Describes a Sync configuration for a resolver.
Contains information on which Conflict Detection as well as Resolution strategy should be performed when the resolver is invoked.
", "refs": { + "CreateFunctionRequest$syncConfig": null, "CreateResolverRequest$syncConfig": "The SyncConfig for a resolver attached to a versioned datasource.
The SyncConfig for a resolver attached to a versioned datasource.
The SyncConfig for a resolver attached to a versioned datasource.
Removes the connection between the webhook that was created by CodePipeline and the external tool with events to be detected. Currently supported only for webhooks that target an action type of GitHub.
", "DisableStageTransition": "Prevents artifacts in a pipeline from transitioning to the next stage in the pipeline.
", "EnableStageTransition": "Enables artifacts in a pipeline to transition to a stage in a pipeline.
", + "GetActionType": "Returns information about an action type created for an external provider, where the action is to be used by customers of the external provider. The action can have been created with any supported integration model.
", "GetJobDetails": "Returns information about a job. Used for custom actions only.
When this API is called, AWS CodePipeline returns temporary credentials for the S3 bucket used to store artifacts for the pipeline, if the action requires access to that S3 bucket for input or output artifacts. This API also returns any secret values defined for the action.
Returns the metadata, structure, stages, and actions of a pipeline. Can be used to return the entire structure of a pipeline in JSON format, which can then be modified and used to update the pipeline structure with UpdatePipeline.
", "GetPipelineExecution": "Returns information about an execution of a pipeline, including details about artifacts, the pipeline execution ID, and the name, version, and status of the pipeline.
", @@ -38,6 +39,7 @@ "StopPipelineExecution": "Stops the specified pipeline execution. You choose to either stop the pipeline execution by completing in-progress actions without starting subsequent actions, or by abandoning in-progress actions. While completing or abandoning in-progress actions, the pipeline execution is in a Stopping state. After all in-progress actions are completed or abandoned, the pipeline execution is in a Stopped state.
Adds to or modifies the tags of the given resource. Tags are metadata that can be used to manage a resource.
", "UntagResource": "Removes tags from an AWS resource.
", + "UpdateActionType": "Updates an action type that has been created with any supported integration model, where the action type is to be used by customers of the action type provider. Use a JSON file with the action definition and UpdateActionType to provide the full structure.
Updates a specified pipeline with edits or changes to its structure. Use a JSON file with the pipeline structure and UpdatePipeline to provide the full structure of the pipeline. Updating the pipeline increases the version number of the pipeline by 1.
The action declaration's AWS Region, such as us-east-1.
", "ActionExecutionInput$region": "The AWS Region for the action, such as us-east-1.
", - "ArtifactStoreMap$key": null + "ArtifactStoreMap$key": null, + "ListActionTypesInput$regionFilter": "The Region to filter on for the list of action types.
" } }, "AWSSessionCredentials": { @@ -66,7 +69,8 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "Job$accountId": "The ID of the AWS account to use when performing the job.
", - "JobDetails$accountId": "The AWS account ID associated with the job.
" + "JobDetails$accountId": "The AWS account ID associated with the job.
", + "PollingAccountList$member": null } }, "AcknowledgeJobInput": { @@ -93,8 +97,10 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "ActionTypeId$category": "A category defines what kind of action can be taken in the stage, and constrains the provider type for the action. Valid categories are limited to one of the following values.
Source
Build
Test
Deploy
Invoke
Approval
A category defines what kind of action can be taken in the stage. Valid categories are limited to one of the following values:
Source
Build
Test
Deploy
Approval
Invoke
The category of the custom action, such as a build action or a test action.
", - "DeleteCustomActionTypeInput$category": "The category of the custom action that you want to delete, such as source or deploy.
" + "DeleteCustomActionTypeInput$category": "The category of the custom action that you want to delete, such as source or deploy.
", + "GetActionTypeInput$category": "A category defines what kind of action can be taken in the stage. Valid categories are limited to one of the following values:
Source
Build
Test
Deploy
Approval
Invoke
The name of the action configuration property.
", + "ActionTypeProperty$name": "The property name. This represents a field name that is displayed to users.
", "QueryParamMap$key": null } }, @@ -262,8 +269,10 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "ActionTypeId$provider": "The provider of the service being called by the action. Valid providers are determined by the action category. For example, an action in the Deploy category type might have a provider of AWS CodeDeploy, which would be specified as CodeDeploy. For more information, see Valid Action Types and Providers in CodePipeline.
", + "ActionTypeIdentifier$provider": "The provider of the action type being called. The provider name is supplied when the action type is created.
", "CreateCustomActionTypeInput$provider": "The provider of the service used in the custom action, such as AWS CodeDeploy.
", - "DeleteCustomActionTypeInput$provider": "The provider of the service used in the custom action, such as AWS CodeDeploy.
" + "DeleteCustomActionTypeInput$provider": "The provider of the service used in the custom action, such as AWS CodeDeploy.
", + "GetActionTypeInput$provider": "The provider of the action type being called. The provider name is specified when the action type is created.
" } }, "ActionRevision": { @@ -298,6 +307,37 @@ "CreateCustomActionTypeOutput$actionType": "Returns information about the details of an action type.
" } }, + "ActionTypeAlreadyExistsException": { + "base": "The specified action type already exists with a different definition.
", + "refs": { + } + }, + "ActionTypeArtifactDetails": { + "base": "Information about parameters for artifacts associated with the action type, such as the minimum and maximum artifacts allowed.
", + "refs": { + "ActionTypeDeclaration$inputArtifactDetails": "Details for the artifacts, such as application files, to be worked on by the action. For example, the minimum and maximum number of input artifacts allowed.
", + "ActionTypeDeclaration$outputArtifactDetails": "Details for the output artifacts, such as a built application, that are the result of the action. For example, the minimum and maximum number of output artifacts allowed.
" + } + }, + "ActionTypeDeclaration": { + "base": "The parameters for the action type definition that are provided when the action type is created or updated.
", + "refs": { + "GetActionTypeOutput$actionType": "The action type information for the requested action type, such as the action type ID.
", + "UpdateActionTypeInput$actionType": "The action type definition for the action type to be updated.
" + } + }, + "ActionTypeDescription": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "ActionTypeDeclaration$description": "The description for the action type to be updated.
" + } + }, + "ActionTypeExecutor": { + "base": "The action engine, or executor, for an action type created for a provider, where the action is to be used by customers of the provider. The action engine is associated with the model used to create and update the action, such as the Lambda integration model.
", + "refs": { + "ActionTypeDeclaration$executor": "Information about the executor for an action type that was created with any supported integration model.
" + } + }, "ActionTypeId": { "base": "Represents information about an action type.
", "refs": { @@ -310,6 +350,12 @@ "ThirdPartyJobData$actionTypeId": "Represents information about an action type.
" } }, + "ActionTypeIdentifier": { + "base": "Specifies the category, owner, provider, and version of the action type.
", + "refs": { + "ActionTypeDeclaration$id": "The action ID is composed of the action category, owner, provider, and version of the action type to be updated.
" + } + }, "ActionTypeList": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -321,6 +367,31 @@ "refs": { } }, + "ActionTypeOwner": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "ActionTypeIdentifier$owner": "The creator of the action type being called. There are two valid values for the owner field: AWS and ThirdParty.
The creator of an action type that has been created with any supported integration model. There are two valid values for the owner field in the action type category: AWS and ThirdParty.
Details identifying the users with permissions to use the action type.
", + "refs": { + "ActionTypeDeclaration$permissions": "Details identifying the accounts with permissions to use the action type.
" + } + }, + "ActionTypeProperties": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "ActionTypeDeclaration$properties": "The properties of the action type to be updated.
" + } + }, + "ActionTypeProperty": { + "base": "Represents information about each property specified in the action configuration, such as the description and key name that display for the customer using the action type.
", + "refs": { + "ActionTypeProperties$member": null + } + }, "ActionTypeSettings": { "base": "Returns information about the settings for an action type.
", "refs": { @@ -328,6 +399,24 @@ "CreateCustomActionTypeInput$settings": "URLs that provide users information about this custom action.
" } }, + "ActionTypeUrls": { + "base": "Returns information about URLs for web pages that display to customers as links on the pipeline view, such as an external configuration page for the action type.
", + "refs": { + "ActionTypeDeclaration$urls": "The links associated with the action type to be updated.
" + } + }, + "AllowedAccount": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "AllowedAccounts$member": null + } + }, + "AllowedAccounts": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "ActionTypePermissions$allowedAccounts": "A list of AWS account IDs with allow access to use the action type in their pipelines.
" + } + }, "ApprovalAlreadyCompletedException": { "base": "The approval action has already been approved or rejected.
", "refs": { @@ -478,6 +567,10 @@ "ActionConfigurationProperty$key": "Whether the configuration property is a key.
", "ActionConfigurationProperty$secret": "Whether the configuration property is secret. Secrets are hidden from all calls except for GetJobDetails, GetThirdPartyJobDetails, PollForJobs, and PollForThirdPartyJobs.
When updating a pipeline, passing * * * * * without changing any other values of the action preserves the previous value of the secret.
", "ActionConfigurationProperty$queryable": "Indicates that the property is used with PollForJobs. When creating a custom action, an action can have up to one queryable property. If it has one, that property must be both required and not secret.
If you create a pipeline with a custom action type, and that custom action contains a queryable property, the value for that configuration property is subject to other restrictions. The value must be less than or equal to twenty (20) characters. The value can contain only alphanumeric characters, underscores, and hyphens.
", + "ActionTypeProperty$optional": "Whether the configuration property is an optional value.
", + "ActionTypeProperty$key": "Whether the configuration property is a key.
", + "ActionTypeProperty$noEcho": "Determines whether the field value entered by the customer is logged. If noEcho is true, the value is not shown in CloudTrail logs for the action execution.
Indicates that the property is used with polling. An action type can have up to one queryable property. If it has one, that property must be both required and not secret.
", "PutActionRevisionOutput$newRevision": "Indicates whether the artifact revision was previously used in an execution of the specified pipeline.
", "StopPipelineExecutionInput$abandon": "Use this option to stop the pipeline execution by abandoning, rather than finishing, in-progress actions.
This option can lead to failed or out-of-sequence tasks.
The interaction or event that started a pipeline execution, such as automated change detection or a StartPipelineExecution API call.
The action engine, or executor, related to the supported integration model used to create and update the action type. The available executor types are Lambda and JobWorker.
The action configuration properties for the action type. These properties are specified in the action definition when the action type is created.
" + } + }, + "ExecutorType": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "ActionTypeExecutor$type": "The integration model used to create and update the action type, such as the Lambda integration model. Each integration type has a related action engine, or executor. The available executor types are Lambda and JobWorker.
The type of the failure.
" } }, + "GetActionTypeInput": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "GetActionTypeOutput": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "GetJobDetailsInput": { "base": "Represents the input of a GetJobDetails action.
The status information for the third party job, if any.
" } }, + "JobTimeout": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "ActionTypeExecutor$jobTimeout": "The timeout in seconds for the job. An action execution can consist of multiple jobs. This is the timeout for a single job, and not for the entire action execution.
" + } + }, + "JobWorkerExecutorConfiguration": { + "base": "Details about the polling configuration for the JobWorker action engine, or executor.
Details about the JobWorker executor of the action type.
A JsonPath expression that is applied to the body/payload of the webhook. The value selected by the JsonPath expression must match the value specified in the MatchEquals field. Otherwise, the request is ignored. For more information, see Java JsonPath implementation in GitHub.
Details about the configuration for the Lambda action engine, or executor.
Details about the Lambda executor of the action type.
The ARN of the Lambda function used by the action engine.
" + } + }, "LastChangedAt": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -997,6 +1136,12 @@ "ListWebhooksInput$MaxResults": "The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
" } }, + "MaximumActionTypeArtifactCount": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "ActionTypeArtifactDetails$maximumCount": "The maximum allowed number of artifacts that can be used with the actiontype. For example, you should specify a minimum and maximum of zero input artifacts for an action type with a category of source.
The minimum allowed number of artifacts that can be used with the action type. For example, you should specify a minimum and maximum of zero input artifacts for an action type with a category of source.
The policy statement that specifies the permissions in the CodePipeline customer’s account that are needed to successfully run an action execution.
To grant permission to another account, specify the account ID as the Principal. For AWS services, the Principal is a domain-style identifier defined by the service, like codepipeline.amazonaws.com.
The size of the passed JSON policy document cannot exceed 2048 characters.
Represents the input of a PollForJobs action.
The accounts in which the job worker is configured and might poll for jobs as part of the action execution.
" + } + }, + "PollingServicePrincipalList": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "JobWorkerExecutorConfiguration$pollingServicePrincipals": "The service Principals in which the job worker is configured and might poll for jobs as part of the action execution.
" + } + }, + "PropertyDescription": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "ActionTypeProperty$description": "The description of the property that is displayed to users.
" + } + }, "PutActionRevisionInput": { "base": "Represents the input of a PutActionRevision action.
The request has failed because of an unknown error, exception, or failure.
", + "refs": { + } + }, "ResolvedActionConfigurationMap": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -1446,6 +1627,12 @@ "AWSSessionCredentials$secretAccessKey": "The secret access key for the session.
" } }, + "ServicePrincipal": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "PollingServicePrincipalList$member": null + } + }, "SessionToken": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -1730,6 +1917,11 @@ "refs": { } }, + "UpdateActionTypeInput": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "UpdatePipelineInput": { "base": "Represents the input of an UpdatePipeline action.
A URL link for more information about the state of the action, such as a deployment group details page.
", "ActionState$revisionUrl": "A URL link for more information about the revision, such as a commit details page.
", "ActionTypeSettings$thirdPartyConfigurationUrl": "The URL of a sign-up page where users can sign up for an external service and perform initial configuration of the action provided by that service.
", + "ActionTypeUrls$configurationUrl": "The URL returned to the CodePipeline console that contains a link to the page where customers can configure the external action.
", "ArtifactRevision$revisionUrl": "The commit ID for the artifact revision. For artifacts stored in GitHub or AWS CodeCommit repositories, the commit ID is linked to a commit details page.
", "SourceRevision$revisionUrl": "The commit ID for the artifact revision. For artifacts stored in GitHub or AWS CodeCommit repositories, the commit ID is linked to a commit details page.
" } @@ -1757,7 +1950,10 @@ "refs": { "ActionTypeSettings$entityUrlTemplate": "The URL returned to the AWS CodePipeline console that provides a deep link to the resources of the external system, such as the configuration page for an AWS CodeDeploy deployment group. This link is provided as part of the action display in the pipeline.
", "ActionTypeSettings$executionUrlTemplate": "The URL returned to the AWS CodePipeline console that contains a link to the top-level landing page for the external system, such as the console page for AWS CodeDeploy. This link is shown on the pipeline view page in the AWS CodePipeline console and provides a link to the execution entity of the external action.
", - "ActionTypeSettings$revisionUrlTemplate": "The URL returned to the AWS CodePipeline console that contains a link to the page where customers can update or change the configuration of the external action.
" + "ActionTypeSettings$revisionUrlTemplate": "The URL returned to the AWS CodePipeline console that contains a link to the page where customers can update or change the configuration of the external action.
", + "ActionTypeUrls$entityUrlTemplate": "The URL returned to the CodePipeline console that provides a deep link to the resources of the external system, such as a status page. This link is provided as part of the action display in the pipeline.
", + "ActionTypeUrls$executionUrlTemplate": "The link to an execution page for the action type in progress. For example, for a CodeDeploy action, this link is shown on the pipeline view page in the CodePipeline console, and it links to a CodeDeploy status page.
", + "ActionTypeUrls$revisionUrlTemplate": "The URL returned to the CodePipeline console that contains a link to the page where customers can update or change the configuration of the external action.
" } }, "ValidationException": { @@ -1769,8 +1965,10 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "ActionTypeId$version": "A string that describes the action version.
", + "ActionTypeIdentifier$version": "A string that describes the action type version.
", "CreateCustomActionTypeInput$version": "The version identifier of the custom action.
", - "DeleteCustomActionTypeInput$version": "The version of the custom action to delete.
" + "DeleteCustomActionTypeInput$version": "The version of the custom action to delete.
", + "GetActionTypeInput$version": "A string that describes the action type version.
" } }, "WebhookArn": { diff --git a/models/apis/detective/2018-10-26/api-2.json b/models/apis/detective/2018-10-26/api-2.json index e4aeeb3ca99..5099ba9ec72 100644 --- a/models/apis/detective/2018-10-26/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/detective/2018-10-26/api-2.json @@ -461,7 +461,10 @@ "AccountId":{"shape":"AccountId"} } }, - "Timestamp":{"type":"timestamp"}, + "Timestamp":{ + "type":"timestamp", + "timestampFormat":"iso8601" + }, "UnprocessedAccount":{ "type":"structure", "members":{ diff --git a/models/apis/eks/2017-11-01/api-2.json b/models/apis/eks/2017-11-01/api-2.json index 1c0adcf2c7c..ae58b148678 100644 --- a/models/apis/eks/2017-11-01/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/eks/2017-11-01/api-2.json @@ -13,6 +13,23 @@ "uid":"eks-2017-11-01" }, "operations":{ + "AssociateIdentityProviderConfig":{ + "name":"AssociateIdentityProviderConfig", + "http":{ + "method":"POST", + "requestUri":"/clusters/{name}/identity-provider-configs/associate" + }, + "input":{"shape":"AssociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest"}, + "output":{"shape":"AssociateIdentityProviderConfigResponse"}, + "errors":[ + {"shape":"InvalidParameterException"}, + {"shape":"ClientException"}, + {"shape":"ServerException"}, + {"shape":"ResourceInUseException"}, + {"shape":"ResourceNotFoundException"}, + {"shape":"InvalidRequestException"} + ] + }, "CreateAddon":{ "name":"CreateAddon", "http":{ @@ -207,6 +224,22 @@ {"shape":"ResourceNotFoundException"} ] }, + "DescribeIdentityProviderConfig":{ + "name":"DescribeIdentityProviderConfig", + "http":{ + "method":"POST", + "requestUri":"/clusters/{name}/identity-provider-configs/describe" + }, + "input":{"shape":"DescribeIdentityProviderConfigRequest"}, + "output":{"shape":"DescribeIdentityProviderConfigResponse"}, + "errors":[ + {"shape":"InvalidParameterException"}, + {"shape":"ResourceNotFoundException"}, + {"shape":"ClientException"}, + {"shape":"ServerException"}, + {"shape":"ServiceUnavailableException"} + ] + }, "DescribeNodegroup":{ "name":"DescribeNodegroup", "http":{ @@ -238,6 +271,23 @@ {"shape":"ResourceNotFoundException"} ] }, + "DisassociateIdentityProviderConfig":{ + "name":"DisassociateIdentityProviderConfig", + "http":{ + "method":"POST", + "requestUri":"/clusters/{name}/identity-provider-configs/disassociate" + }, + "input":{"shape":"DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest"}, + "output":{"shape":"DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigResponse"}, + "errors":[ + {"shape":"InvalidParameterException"}, + {"shape":"ClientException"}, + {"shape":"ServerException"}, + {"shape":"ResourceInUseException"}, + {"shape":"ResourceNotFoundException"}, + {"shape":"InvalidRequestException"} + ] + }, "ListAddons":{ "name":"ListAddons", "http":{ @@ -284,6 +334,22 @@ {"shape":"ServerException"} ] }, + "ListIdentityProviderConfigs":{ + "name":"ListIdentityProviderConfigs", + "http":{ + "method":"GET", + "requestUri":"/clusters/{name}/identity-provider-configs" + }, + "input":{"shape":"ListIdentityProviderConfigsRequest"}, + "output":{"shape":"ListIdentityProviderConfigsResponse"}, + "errors":[ + {"shape":"InvalidParameterException"}, + {"shape":"ClientException"}, + {"shape":"ServerException"}, + {"shape":"ServiceUnavailableException"}, + {"shape":"ResourceNotFoundException"} + ] + }, "ListNodegroups":{ "name":"ListNodegroups", "http":{ @@ -528,6 +594,33 @@ "type":"list", "member":{"shape":"AddonInfo"} }, + "AssociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest":{ + "type":"structure", + "required":[ + "clusterName", + "oidc" + ], + "members":{ + "clusterName":{ + "shape":"String", + "location":"uri", + "locationName":"name" + }, + "oidc":{"shape":"OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest"}, + "tags":{"shape":"TagMap"}, + "clientRequestToken":{ + "shape":"String", + "idempotencyToken":true + } + } + }, + "AssociateIdentityProviderConfigResponse":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "update":{"shape":"Update"}, + "tags":{"shape":"TagMap"} + } + }, "AutoScalingGroup":{ "type":"structure", "members":{ @@ -957,6 +1050,27 @@ "fargateProfile":{"shape":"FargateProfile"} } }, + "DescribeIdentityProviderConfigRequest":{ + "type":"structure", + "required":[ + "clusterName", + "identityProviderConfig" + ], + "members":{ + "clusterName":{ + "shape":"String", + "location":"uri", + "locationName":"name" + }, + "identityProviderConfig":{"shape":"IdentityProviderConfig"} + } + }, + "DescribeIdentityProviderConfigResponse":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "identityProviderConfig":{"shape":"IdentityProviderConfigResponse"} + } + }, "DescribeNodegroupRequest":{ "type":"structure", "required":[ @@ -1017,6 +1131,31 @@ "update":{"shape":"Update"} } }, + "DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest":{ + "type":"structure", + "required":[ + "clusterName", + "identityProviderConfig" + ], + "members":{ + "clusterName":{ + "shape":"String", + "location":"uri", + "locationName":"name" + }, + "identityProviderConfig":{"shape":"IdentityProviderConfig"}, + "clientRequestToken":{ + "shape":"String", + "idempotencyToken":true + } + } + }, + "DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigResponse":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "update":{"shape":"Update"} + } + }, "EncryptionConfig":{ "type":"structure", "members":{ @@ -1112,6 +1251,27 @@ "oidc":{"shape":"OIDC"} } }, + "IdentityProviderConfig":{ + "type":"structure", + "required":[ + "type", + "name" + ], + "members":{ + "type":{"shape":"String"}, + "name":{"shape":"String"} + } + }, + "IdentityProviderConfigResponse":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "oidc":{"shape":"OidcIdentityProviderConfig"} + } + }, + "IdentityProviderConfigs":{ + "type":"list", + "member":{"shape":"IdentityProviderConfig"} + }, "InvalidParameterException":{ "type":"structure", "members":{ @@ -1257,6 +1417,40 @@ "nextToken":{"shape":"String"} } }, + "ListIdentityProviderConfigsRequest":{ + "type":"structure", + "required":["clusterName"], + "members":{ + "clusterName":{ + "shape":"String", + "location":"uri", + "locationName":"name" + }, + "maxResults":{ + "shape":"ListIdentityProviderConfigsRequestMaxResults", + "location":"querystring", + "locationName":"maxResults" + }, + "nextToken":{ + "shape":"String", + "location":"querystring", + "locationName":"nextToken" + } + } + }, + "ListIdentityProviderConfigsRequestMaxResults":{ + "type":"integer", + "box":true, + "max":100, + "min":1 + }, + "ListIdentityProviderConfigsResponse":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "identityProviderConfigs":{"shape":"IdentityProviderConfigs"}, + "nextToken":{"shape":"String"} + } + }, "ListNodegroupsRequest":{ "type":"structure", "required":["clusterName"], @@ -1479,6 +1673,41 @@ "issuer":{"shape":"String"} } }, + "OidcIdentityProviderConfig":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "identityProviderConfigName":{"shape":"String"}, + "identityProviderConfigArn":{"shape":"String"}, + "clusterName":{"shape":"String"}, + "issuerUrl":{"shape":"String"}, + "clientId":{"shape":"String"}, + "usernameClaim":{"shape":"String"}, + "usernamePrefix":{"shape":"String"}, + "groupsClaim":{"shape":"String"}, + "groupsPrefix":{"shape":"String"}, + "requiredClaims":{"shape":"requiredClaimsMap"}, + "tags":{"shape":"TagMap"}, + "status":{"shape":"configStatus"} + } + }, + "OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest":{ + "type":"structure", + "required":[ + "identityProviderConfigName", + "issuerUrl", + "clientId" + ], + "members":{ + "identityProviderConfigName":{"shape":"String"}, + "issuerUrl":{"shape":"String"}, + "clientId":{"shape":"String"}, + "usernameClaim":{"shape":"String"}, + "usernamePrefix":{"shape":"String"}, + "groupsClaim":{"shape":"String"}, + "groupsPrefix":{"shape":"String"}, + "requiredClaims":{"shape":"requiredClaimsMap"} + } + }, "Provider":{ "type":"structure", "members":{ @@ -1825,6 +2054,7 @@ "MinSize", "ReleaseVersion", "PublicAccessCidrs", + "IdentityProviderConfig", "AddonVersion", "ServiceAccountRoleArn", "ResolveConflicts" @@ -1850,6 +2080,8 @@ "EndpointAccessUpdate", "LoggingUpdate", "ConfigUpdate", + "AssociateIdentityProviderConfig", + "DisassociateIdentityProviderConfig", "AddonUpdate" ] }, @@ -1875,6 +2107,14 @@ "publicAccessCidrs":{"shape":"StringList"} } }, + "configStatus":{ + "type":"string", + "enum":[ + "CREATING", + "DELETING", + "ACTIVE" + ] + }, "labelKey":{ "type":"string", "max":63, @@ -1893,6 +2133,21 @@ "type":"map", "key":{"shape":"labelKey"}, "value":{"shape":"labelValue"} + }, + "requiredClaimsKey":{ + "type":"string", + "max":63, + "min":1 + }, + "requiredClaimsMap":{ + "type":"map", + "key":{"shape":"requiredClaimsKey"}, + "value":{"shape":"requiredClaimsValue"} + }, + "requiredClaimsValue":{ + "type":"string", + "max":253, + "min":1 } } } diff --git a/models/apis/eks/2017-11-01/docs-2.json b/models/apis/eks/2017-11-01/docs-2.json index b4c8fcb5d91..1b86c8da4f5 100644 --- a/models/apis/eks/2017-11-01/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/eks/2017-11-01/docs-2.json @@ -2,10 +2,11 @@ "version": "2.0", "service": "Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) is a managed service that makes it easy for you to run Kubernetes on AWS without needing to stand up or maintain your own Kubernetes control plane. Kubernetes is an open-source system for automating the deployment, scaling, and management of containerized applications.
Amazon EKS runs up-to-date versions of the open-source Kubernetes software, so you can use all the existing plugins and tooling from the Kubernetes community. Applications running on Amazon EKS are fully compatible with applications running on any standard Kubernetes environment, whether running in on-premises data centers or public clouds. This means that you can easily migrate any standard Kubernetes application to Amazon EKS without any code modification required.
", "operations": { + "AssociateIdentityProviderConfig": "Associate an identity provider configuration to a cluster.
If you want to authenticate identities using an identity provider, you can create an identity provider configuration and associate it to your cluster. After configuring authentication to your cluster you can create Kubernetes roles and clusterroles to assign permissions to the roles, and then bind the roles to the identities using Kubernetes rolebindings and clusterrolebindings. For more information see Using RBAC Authorization in the Kubernetes documentation.
Creates an Amazon EKS add-on.
Amazon EKS add-ons help to automate the provisioning and lifecycle management of common operational software for Amazon EKS clusters. Amazon EKS add-ons can only be used with Amazon EKS clusters running version 1.18 with platform version eks.3 or later because add-ons rely on the Server-side Apply Kubernetes feature, which is only available in Kubernetes 1.18 and later.
Creates an Amazon EKS control plane.
The Amazon EKS control plane consists of control plane instances that run the Kubernetes software, such as etcd and the API server. The control plane runs in an account managed by AWS, and the Kubernetes API is exposed via the Amazon EKS API server endpoint. Each Amazon EKS cluster control plane is single-tenant and unique and runs on its own set of Amazon EC2 instances.
The cluster control plane is provisioned across multiple Availability Zones and fronted by an Elastic Load Balancing Network Load Balancer. Amazon EKS also provisions elastic network interfaces in your VPC subnets to provide connectivity from the control plane instances to the worker nodes (for example, to support kubectl exec, logs, and proxy data flows).
Amazon EKS worker nodes run in your AWS account and connect to your cluster's control plane via the Kubernetes API server endpoint and a certificate file that is created for your cluster.
You can use the endpointPublicAccess and endpointPrivateAccess parameters to enable or disable public and private access to your cluster's Kubernetes API server endpoint. By default, public access is enabled, and private access is disabled. For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access Control in the Amazon EKS User Guide .
You can use the logging parameter to enable or disable exporting the Kubernetes control plane logs for your cluster to CloudWatch Logs. By default, cluster control plane logs aren't exported to CloudWatch Logs. For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Control Plane Logs in the Amazon EKS User Guide .
CloudWatch Logs ingestion, archive storage, and data scanning rates apply to exported control plane logs. For more information, see Amazon CloudWatch Pricing.
Cluster creation typically takes between 10 and 15 minutes. After you create an Amazon EKS cluster, you must configure your Kubernetes tooling to communicate with the API server and launch worker nodes into your cluster. For more information, see Managing Cluster Authentication and Launching Amazon EKS Worker Nodes in the Amazon EKS User Guide.
", + "CreateCluster": "Creates an Amazon EKS control plane.
The Amazon EKS control plane consists of control plane instances that run the Kubernetes software, such as etcd and the API server. The control plane runs in an account managed by AWS, and the Kubernetes API is exposed via the Amazon EKS API server endpoint. Each Amazon EKS cluster control plane is single-tenant and unique and runs on its own set of Amazon EC2 instances.
The cluster control plane is provisioned across multiple Availability Zones and fronted by an Elastic Load Balancing Network Load Balancer. Amazon EKS also provisions elastic network interfaces in your VPC subnets to provide connectivity from the control plane instances to the nodes (for example, to support kubectl exec, logs, and proxy data flows).
Amazon EKS nodes run in your AWS account and connect to your cluster's control plane via the Kubernetes API server endpoint and a certificate file that is created for your cluster.
You can use the endpointPublicAccess and endpointPrivateAccess parameters to enable or disable public and private access to your cluster's Kubernetes API server endpoint. By default, public access is enabled, and private access is disabled. For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access Control in the Amazon EKS User Guide .
You can use the logging parameter to enable or disable exporting the Kubernetes control plane logs for your cluster to CloudWatch Logs. By default, cluster control plane logs aren't exported to CloudWatch Logs. For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Control Plane Logs in the Amazon EKS User Guide .
CloudWatch Logs ingestion, archive storage, and data scanning rates apply to exported control plane logs. For more information, see Amazon CloudWatch Pricing.
Cluster creation typically takes between 10 and 15 minutes. After you create an Amazon EKS cluster, you must configure your Kubernetes tooling to communicate with the API server and launch nodes into your cluster. For more information, see Managing Cluster Authentication and Launching Amazon EKS nodes in the Amazon EKS User Guide.
", "CreateFargateProfile": "Creates an AWS Fargate profile for your Amazon EKS cluster. You must have at least one Fargate profile in a cluster to be able to run pods on Fargate.
The Fargate profile allows an administrator to declare which pods run on Fargate and specify which pods run on which Fargate profile. This declaration is done through the profile’s selectors. Each profile can have up to five selectors that contain a namespace and labels. A namespace is required for every selector. The label field consists of multiple optional key-value pairs. Pods that match the selectors are scheduled on Fargate. If a to-be-scheduled pod matches any of the selectors in the Fargate profile, then that pod is run on Fargate.
When you create a Fargate profile, you must specify a pod execution role to use with the pods that are scheduled with the profile. This role is added to the cluster's Kubernetes Role Based Access Control (RBAC) for authorization so that the kubelet that is running on the Fargate infrastructure can register with your Amazon EKS cluster so that it can appear in your cluster as a node. The pod execution role also provides IAM permissions to the Fargate infrastructure to allow read access to Amazon ECR image repositories. For more information, see Pod Execution Role in the Amazon EKS User Guide.
Fargate profiles are immutable. However, you can create a new updated profile to replace an existing profile and then delete the original after the updated profile has finished creating.
If any Fargate profiles in a cluster are in the DELETING status, you must wait for that Fargate profile to finish deleting before you can create any other profiles in that cluster.
For more information, see AWS Fargate Profile in the Amazon EKS User Guide.
", - "CreateNodegroup": "Creates a managed worker node group for an Amazon EKS cluster. You can only create a node group for your cluster that is equal to the current Kubernetes version for the cluster. All node groups are created with the latest AMI release version for the respective minor Kubernetes version of the cluster, unless you deploy a custom AMI using a launch template. For more information about using launch templates, see Launch template support.
An Amazon EKS managed node group is an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group and associated Amazon EC2 instances that are managed by AWS for an Amazon EKS cluster. Each node group uses a version of the Amazon EKS optimized Amazon Linux 2 AMI. For more information, see Managed Node Groups in the Amazon EKS User Guide.
", + "CreateNodegroup": "Creates a managed node group for an Amazon EKS cluster. You can only create a node group for your cluster that is equal to the current Kubernetes version for the cluster. All node groups are created with the latest AMI release version for the respective minor Kubernetes version of the cluster, unless you deploy a custom AMI using a launch template. For more information about using launch templates, see Launch template support.
An Amazon EKS managed node group is an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group and associated Amazon EC2 instances that are managed by AWS for an Amazon EKS cluster. Each node group uses a version of the Amazon EKS optimized Amazon Linux 2 AMI. For more information, see Managed Node Groups in the Amazon EKS User Guide.
", "DeleteAddon": "Delete an Amazon EKS add-on.
When you remove the add-on, it will also be deleted from the cluster. You can always manually start an add-on on the cluster using the Kubernetes API.
", "DeleteCluster": "Deletes the Amazon EKS cluster control plane.
If you have active services in your cluster that are associated with a load balancer, you must delete those services before deleting the cluster so that the load balancers are deleted properly. Otherwise, you can have orphaned resources in your VPC that prevent you from being able to delete the VPC. For more information, see Deleting a Cluster in the Amazon EKS User Guide.
If you have managed node groups or Fargate profiles attached to the cluster, you must delete them first. For more information, see DeleteNodegroup and DeleteFargateProfile.
", "DeleteFargateProfile": "Deletes an AWS Fargate profile.
When you delete a Fargate profile, any pods running on Fargate that were created with the profile are deleted. If those pods match another Fargate profile, then they are scheduled on Fargate with that profile. If they no longer match any Fargate profiles, then they are not scheduled on Fargate and they may remain in a pending state.
Only one Fargate profile in a cluster can be in the DELETING status at a time. You must wait for a Fargate profile to finish deleting before you can delete any other profiles in that cluster.
Describes the Kubernetes versions that the add-on can be used with.
", "DescribeCluster": "Returns descriptive information about an Amazon EKS cluster.
The API server endpoint and certificate authority data returned by this operation are required for kubelet and kubectl to communicate with your Kubernetes API server. For more information, see Create a kubeconfig for Amazon EKS.
The API server endpoint and certificate authority data aren't available until the cluster reaches the ACTIVE state.
Returns descriptive information about an AWS Fargate profile.
", + "DescribeIdentityProviderConfig": "Returns descriptive information about an identity provider configuration.
", "DescribeNodegroup": "Returns descriptive information about an Amazon EKS node group.
", "DescribeUpdate": "Returns descriptive information about an update against your Amazon EKS cluster or associated managed node group.
When the status of the update is Succeeded, the update is complete. If an update fails, the status is Failed, and an error detail explains the reason for the failure.
Disassociates an identity provider configuration from a cluster. If you disassociate an identity provider from your cluster, users included in the provider can no longer access the cluster. However, you can still access the cluster with AWS IAM users.
", "ListAddons": "Lists the available add-ons.
", "ListClusters": "Lists the Amazon EKS clusters in your AWS account in the specified Region.
", "ListFargateProfiles": "Lists the AWS Fargate profiles associated with the specified cluster in your AWS account in the specified Region.
", + "ListIdentityProviderConfigs": "A list of identity provider configurations.
", "ListNodegroups": "Lists the Amazon EKS managed node groups associated with the specified cluster in your AWS account in the specified Region. Self-managed node groups are not listed.
", "ListTagsForResource": "List the tags for an Amazon EKS resource.
", "ListUpdates": "Lists the updates associated with an Amazon EKS cluster or managed node group in your AWS account, in the specified Region.
", - "TagResource": "Associates the specified tags to a resource with the specified resourceArn. If existing tags on a resource are not specified in the request parameters, they are not changed. When a resource is deleted, the tags associated with that resource are deleted as well. Tags that you create for Amazon EKS resources do not propagate to any other resources associated with the cluster. For example, if you tag a cluster with this operation, that tag does not automatically propagate to the subnets and worker nodes associated with the cluster.
Associates the specified tags to a resource with the specified resourceArn. If existing tags on a resource are not specified in the request parameters, they are not changed. When a resource is deleted, the tags associated with that resource are deleted as well. Tags that you create for Amazon EKS resources do not propagate to any other resources associated with the cluster. For example, if you tag a cluster with this operation, that tag does not automatically propagate to the subnets and nodes associated with the cluster.
Deletes specified tags from a resource.
", "UpdateAddon": "Updates an Amazon EKS add-on.
", "UpdateClusterConfig": "Updates an Amazon EKS cluster configuration. Your cluster continues to function during the update. The response output includes an update ID that you can use to track the status of your cluster update with the DescribeUpdate API operation.
You can use this API operation to enable or disable exporting the Kubernetes control plane logs for your cluster to CloudWatch Logs. By default, cluster control plane logs aren't exported to CloudWatch Logs. For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Control Plane Logs in the Amazon EKS User Guide .
CloudWatch Logs ingestion, archive storage, and data scanning rates apply to exported control plane logs. For more information, see Amazon CloudWatch Pricing.
You can also use this API operation to enable or disable public and private access to your cluster's Kubernetes API server endpoint. By default, public access is enabled, and private access is disabled. For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access Control in the Amazon EKS User Guide .
At this time, you can not update the subnets or security group IDs for an existing cluster.
Cluster updates are asynchronous, and they should finish within a few minutes. During an update, the cluster status moves to UPDATING (this status transition is eventually consistent). When the update is complete (either Failed or Successful), the cluster status moves to Active.
The list of available versions with Kubernetes version compatibility.
" } }, + "AssociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "AssociateIdentityProviderConfigResponse": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "AutoScalingGroup": { "base": "An Auto Scaling group that is associated with an Amazon EKS managed node group.
", "refs": { @@ -123,7 +137,7 @@ "Compatibility$defaultVersion": "The supported default version.
", "UpdateNodegroupVersionRequest$force": "Force the update if the existing node group's pods are unable to be drained due to a pod disruption budget issue. If an update fails because pods could not be drained, you can force the update after it fails to terminate the old node whether or not any pods are running on the node.
", "VpcConfigResponse$endpointPublicAccess": "This parameter indicates whether the Amazon EKS public API server endpoint is enabled. If the Amazon EKS public API server endpoint is disabled, your cluster's Kubernetes API server can only receive requests that originate from within the cluster VPC.
", - "VpcConfigResponse$endpointPrivateAccess": "This parameter indicates whether the Amazon EKS private API server endpoint is enabled. If the Amazon EKS private API server endpoint is enabled, Kubernetes API requests that originate from within your cluster's VPC use the private VPC endpoint instead of traversing the internet. If this value is disabled and you have worker nodes or AWS Fargate pods in the cluster, then ensure that publicAccessCidrs includes the necessary CIDR blocks for communication with the worker nodes or Fargate pods. For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access Control in the Amazon EKS User Guide .
This parameter indicates whether the Amazon EKS private API server endpoint is enabled. If the Amazon EKS private API server endpoint is enabled, Kubernetes API requests that originate from within your cluster's VPC use the private VPC endpoint instead of traversing the internet. If this value is disabled and you have nodes or AWS Fargate pods in the cluster, then ensure that publicAccessCidrs includes the necessary CIDR blocks for communication with the nodes or Fargate pods. For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access Control in the Amazon EKS User Guide .
If a log type is enabled, that log type exports its control plane logs to CloudWatch Logs. If a log type isn't enabled, that log type doesn't export its control plane logs. Each individual log type can be enabled or disabled independently.
", "VpcConfigRequest$endpointPublicAccess": "Set this value to false to disable public access to your cluster's Kubernetes API server endpoint. If you disable public access, your cluster's Kubernetes API server can only receive requests from within the cluster VPC. The default value for this parameter is true, which enables public access for your Kubernetes API server. For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access Control in the Amazon EKS User Guide .
Set this value to true to enable private access for your cluster's Kubernetes API server endpoint. If you enable private access, Kubernetes API requests from within your cluster's VPC use the private VPC endpoint. The default value for this parameter is false, which disables private access for your Kubernetes API server. If you disable private access and you have worker nodes or AWS Fargate pods in the cluster, then ensure that publicAccessCidrs includes the necessary CIDR blocks for communication with the worker nodes or Fargate pods. For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access Control in the Amazon EKS User Guide .
Set this value to true to enable private access for your cluster's Kubernetes API server endpoint. If you enable private access, Kubernetes API requests from within your cluster's VPC use the private VPC endpoint. The default value for this parameter is false, which disables private access for your Kubernetes API server. If you disable private access and you have nodes or AWS Fargate pods in the cluster, then ensure that publicAccessCidrs includes the necessary CIDR blocks for communication with the nodes or Fargate pods. For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access Control in the Amazon EKS User Guide .
The minimum number of worker nodes that the managed node group can scale in to. This number must be greater than zero.
", - "NodegroupScalingConfig$maxSize": "The maximum number of worker nodes that the managed node group can scale out to. Managed node groups can support up to 100 nodes by default.
", - "NodegroupScalingConfig$desiredSize": "The current number of worker nodes that the managed node group should maintain.
" + "NodegroupScalingConfig$minSize": "The minimum number of nodes that the managed node group can scale in to. This number must be greater than zero.
", + "NodegroupScalingConfig$maxSize": "The maximum number of nodes that the managed node group can scale out to. For information about the maximum number that you can specify, see Amazon EKS service quotas in the Amazon EKS User Guide.
", + "NodegroupScalingConfig$desiredSize": "The current number of nodes that the managed node group should maintain.
" } }, "CapacityTypes": { @@ -331,6 +345,16 @@ "refs": { } }, + "DescribeIdentityProviderConfigRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "DescribeIdentityProviderConfigResponse": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "DescribeNodegroupRequest": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -351,6 +375,16 @@ "refs": { } }, + "DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigResponse": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "EncryptionConfig": { "base": "The encryption configuration for the cluster.
", "refs": { @@ -422,11 +456,31 @@ } }, "Identity": { - "base": "An object representing an identity provider for authentication credentials.
", + "base": "An object representing an identity provider.
", "refs": { "Cluster$identity": "The identity provider information for the cluster.
" } }, + "IdentityProviderConfig": { + "base": "An object representing an identity provider configuration.
", + "refs": { + "DescribeIdentityProviderConfigRequest$identityProviderConfig": "An object that represents an identity provider configuration.
", + "DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest$identityProviderConfig": "An object that represents an identity provider configuration.
", + "IdentityProviderConfigs$member": null + } + }, + "IdentityProviderConfigResponse": { + "base": "An object that represents an identity configuration.
", + "refs": { + "DescribeIdentityProviderConfigResponse$identityProviderConfig": "The object that represents an OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider configuration.
" + } + }, + "IdentityProviderConfigs": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "ListIdentityProviderConfigsResponse$identityProviderConfigs": "The identity provider configurations for the cluster.
" + } + }, "InvalidParameterException": { "base": "The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the API request.
", "refs": { @@ -511,6 +565,22 @@ "refs": { } }, + "ListIdentityProviderConfigsRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "ListIdentityProviderConfigsRequestMaxResults": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "ListIdentityProviderConfigsRequest$maxResults": "The maximum number of identity provider configurations returned by ListIdentityProviderConfigs in paginated output. When you use this parameter, ListIdentityProviderConfigs returns only maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. You can see the remaining results of the initial request by sending another ListIdentityProviderConfigs request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If you don't use this parameter, ListIdentityProviderConfigs returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable.
A brief description of the error.
AccessDenied: Amazon EKS or one or more of your managed nodes is failing to authenticate or authorize with your Kubernetes cluster API server.
AsgInstanceLaunchFailures: Your Auto Scaling group is experiencing failures while attempting to launch instances.
AutoScalingGroupNotFound: We couldn't find the Auto Scaling group associated with the managed node group. You may be able to recreate an Auto Scaling group with the same settings to recover.
ClusterUnreachable: Amazon EKS or one or more of your managed nodes is unable to to communicate with your Kubernetes cluster API server. This can happen if there are network disruptions or if API servers are timing out processing requests.
Ec2LaunchTemplateNotFound: We couldn't find the Amazon EC2 launch template for your managed node group. You may be able to recreate a launch template with the same settings to recover.
Ec2LaunchTemplateVersionMismatch: The Amazon EC2 launch template version for your managed node group does not match the version that Amazon EKS created. You may be able to revert to the version that Amazon EKS created to recover.
Ec2SecurityGroupDeletionFailure: We could not delete the remote access security group for your managed node group. Remove any dependencies from the security group.
Ec2SecurityGroupNotFound: We couldn't find the cluster security group for the cluster. You must recreate your cluster.
Ec2SubnetInvalidConfiguration: One or more Amazon EC2 subnets specified for a node group do not automatically assign public IP addresses to instances launched into it. If you want your instances to be assigned a public IP address, then you need to enable the auto-assign public IP address setting for the subnet. See Modifying the public IPv4 addressing attribute for your subnet in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
IamInstanceProfileNotFound: We couldn't find the IAM instance profile for your managed node group. You may be able to recreate an instance profile with the same settings to recover.
IamNodeRoleNotFound: We couldn't find the IAM role for your managed node group. You may be able to recreate an IAM role with the same settings to recover.
InstanceLimitExceeded: Your AWS account is unable to launch any more instances of the specified instance type. You may be able to request an Amazon EC2 instance limit increase to recover.
InsufficientFreeAddresses: One or more of the subnets associated with your managed node group does not have enough available IP addresses for new nodes.
InternalFailure: These errors are usually caused by an Amazon EKS server-side issue.
NodeCreationFailure: Your launched instances are unable to register with your Amazon EKS cluster. Common causes of this failure are insufficient worker node IAM role permissions or lack of outbound internet access for the nodes.
A brief description of the error.
AccessDenied: Amazon EKS or one or more of your managed nodes is failing to authenticate or authorize with your Kubernetes cluster API server.
AsgInstanceLaunchFailures: Your Auto Scaling group is experiencing failures while attempting to launch instances.
AutoScalingGroupNotFound: We couldn't find the Auto Scaling group associated with the managed node group. You may be able to recreate an Auto Scaling group with the same settings to recover.
ClusterUnreachable: Amazon EKS or one or more of your managed nodes is unable to to communicate with your Kubernetes cluster API server. This can happen if there are network disruptions or if API servers are timing out processing requests.
Ec2LaunchTemplateNotFound: We couldn't find the Amazon EC2 launch template for your managed node group. You may be able to recreate a launch template with the same settings to recover.
Ec2LaunchTemplateVersionMismatch: The Amazon EC2 launch template version for your managed node group does not match the version that Amazon EKS created. You may be able to revert to the version that Amazon EKS created to recover.
Ec2SecurityGroupDeletionFailure: We could not delete the remote access security group for your managed node group. Remove any dependencies from the security group.
Ec2SecurityGroupNotFound: We couldn't find the cluster security group for the cluster. You must recreate your cluster.
Ec2SubnetInvalidConfiguration: One or more Amazon EC2 subnets specified for a node group do not automatically assign public IP addresses to instances launched into it. If you want your instances to be assigned a public IP address, then you need to enable the auto-assign public IP address setting for the subnet. See Modifying the public IPv4 addressing attribute for your subnet in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
IamInstanceProfileNotFound: We couldn't find the IAM instance profile for your managed node group. You may be able to recreate an instance profile with the same settings to recover.
IamNodeRoleNotFound: We couldn't find the IAM role for your managed node group. You may be able to recreate an IAM role with the same settings to recover.
InstanceLimitExceeded: Your AWS account is unable to launch any more instances of the specified instance type. You may be able to request an Amazon EC2 instance limit increase to recover.
InsufficientFreeAddresses: One or more of the subnets associated with your managed node group does not have enough available IP addresses for new nodes.
InternalFailure: These errors are usually caused by an Amazon EKS server-side issue.
NodeCreationFailure: Your launched instances are unable to register with your Amazon EKS cluster. Common causes of this failure are insufficient node IAM role permissions or lack of outbound internet access for the nodes.
An object representing the OpenID Connect identity provider information for the cluster.
", + "base": "An object representing the OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider information for the cluster.
", + "refs": { + "Identity$oidc": "An object representing the OpenID Connect identity provider information.
" + } + }, + "OidcIdentityProviderConfig": { + "base": "An object that represents the configuration for an OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider.
", + "refs": { + "IdentityProviderConfigResponse$oidc": "An object that represents an OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider configuration.
" + } + }, + "OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest": { + "base": "An object representing an OpenID Connect (OIDC) configuration. Before associating an OIDC identity provider to your cluster, review the considerations in Authenticating users for your cluster from an OpenID Connect identity provider in the Amazon EKS User Guide.
", "refs": { - "Identity$oidc": "The OpenID Connect identity provider information for the cluster.
" + "AssociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest$oidc": "An object that represents an OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider configuration.
" } }, "Provider": { @@ -699,6 +781,8 @@ "AddonInfo$type": "The type of the add-on.
", "AddonIssue$message": "A message that provides details about the issue and what might cause it.
", "AddonVersionInfo$addonVersion": "The version of the add-on.
", + "AssociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest$clusterName": "The name of the cluster to associate the configuration to.
", + "AssociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest$clientRequestToken": "Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.
", "AutoScalingGroup$name": "The name of the Auto Scaling group associated with an Amazon EKS managed node group.
", "BadRequestException$message": null, "Certificate$data": "The Base64-encoded certificate data required to communicate with your cluster. Add this to the certificate-authority-data section of the kubeconfig file for your cluster.
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.
", "CreateNodegroupRequest$clusterName": "The name of the cluster to create the node group in.
", "CreateNodegroupRequest$nodegroupName": "The unique name to give your node group.
", - "CreateNodegroupRequest$nodeRole": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with your node group. The Amazon EKS worker node kubelet daemon makes calls to AWS APIs on your behalf. Worker nodes receive permissions for these API calls through an IAM instance profile and associated policies. Before you can launch worker nodes and register them into a cluster, you must create an IAM role for those worker nodes to use when they are launched. For more information, see Amazon EKS Worker Node IAM Role in the Amazon EKS User Guide . If you specify launchTemplate, then don't specify IamInstanceProfile in your launch template, or the node group deployment will fail. For more information about using launch templates with Amazon EKS, see Launch template support in the Amazon EKS User Guide.
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with your node group. The Amazon EKS worker node kubelet daemon makes calls to AWS APIs on your behalf. Nodes receive permissions for these API calls through an IAM instance profile and associated policies. Before you can launch nodes and register them into a cluster, you must create an IAM role for those nodes to use when they are launched. For more information, see Amazon EKS node IAM role in the Amazon EKS User Guide . If you specify launchTemplate, then don't specify IamInstanceProfile in your launch template, or the node group deployment will fail. For more information about using launch templates with Amazon EKS, see Launch template support in the Amazon EKS User Guide.
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.
", "CreateNodegroupRequest$version": "The Kubernetes version to use for your managed nodes. By default, the Kubernetes version of the cluster is used, and this is the only accepted specified value. If you specify launchTemplate, and your launch template uses a custom AMI, then don't specify version, or the node group deployment will fail. For more information about using launch templates with Amazon EKS, see Launch template support in the Amazon EKS User Guide.
The AMI version of the Amazon EKS optimized AMI to use with your node group. By default, the latest available AMI version for the node group's current Kubernetes version is used. For more information, see Amazon EKS optimized Amazon Linux 2 AMI versions in the Amazon EKS User Guide. If you specify launchTemplate, and your launch template uses a custom AMI, then don't specify releaseVersion, or the node group deployment will fail. For more information about using launch templates with Amazon EKS, see Launch template support in the Amazon EKS User Guide.
The name of the cluster to describe.
", "DescribeFargateProfileRequest$clusterName": "The name of the Amazon EKS cluster associated with the Fargate profile.
", "DescribeFargateProfileRequest$fargateProfileName": "The name of the Fargate profile to describe.
", + "DescribeIdentityProviderConfigRequest$clusterName": "The cluster name that the identity provider configuration is associated to.
", "DescribeNodegroupRequest$clusterName": "The name of the Amazon EKS cluster associated with the node group.
", "DescribeNodegroupRequest$nodegroupName": "The name of the node group to describe.
", "DescribeUpdateRequest$name": "The name of the Amazon EKS cluster associated with the update.
", "DescribeUpdateRequest$updateId": "The ID of the update to describe.
", "DescribeUpdateRequest$nodegroupName": "The name of the Amazon EKS node group associated with the update.
", "DescribeUpdateRequest$addonName": "The name of the add-on. The name must match one of the names returned by ListAddons .
The name of the cluster to disassociate an identity provider from.
", + "DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest$clientRequestToken": "A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.
", "ErrorDetail$errorMessage": "A more complete description of the error.
", "FargateProfile$fargateProfileName": "The name of the Fargate profile.
", "FargateProfile$fargateProfileArn": "The full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Fargate profile.
", @@ -758,6 +845,8 @@ "FargateProfileLabel$key": null, "FargateProfileLabel$value": null, "FargateProfileSelector$namespace": "The Kubernetes namespace that the selector should match.
", + "IdentityProviderConfig$type": "The type of the identity provider configuration.
", + "IdentityProviderConfig$name": "The name of the identity provider configuration.
", "InvalidParameterException$clusterName": "The Amazon EKS cluster associated with the exception.
", "InvalidParameterException$nodegroupName": "The Amazon EKS managed node group associated with the exception.
", "InvalidParameterException$fargateProfileName": "The Fargate profile associated with the exception.
", @@ -780,6 +869,9 @@ "ListFargateProfilesRequest$clusterName": "The name of the Amazon EKS cluster that you would like to listFargate profiles in.
", "ListFargateProfilesRequest$nextToken": "The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated ListFargateProfiles request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value.
The nextToken value to include in a future ListFargateProfiles request. When the results of a ListFargateProfiles request exceed maxResults, you can use this value to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when there are no more results to return.
The cluster name that you want to list identity provider configurations for.
", + "ListIdentityProviderConfigsRequest$nextToken": "The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated IdentityProviderConfigsRequest where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value.
The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated ListIdentityProviderConfigsResponse where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value.
The name of the Amazon EKS cluster that you would like to list node groups in.
", "ListNodegroupsRequest$nextToken": "The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated ListNodegroups request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value.
The nextToken value to include in a future ListNodegroups request. When the results of a ListNodegroups request exceed maxResults, you can use this value to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when there are no more results to return.
The name of the cluster that the managed node group resides in.
", "Nodegroup$version": "The Kubernetes version of the managed node group.
", "Nodegroup$releaseVersion": "If the node group was deployed using a launch template with a custom AMI, then this is the AMI ID that was specified in the launch template. For node groups that weren't deployed using a launch template, this is the version of the Amazon EKS optimized AMI that the node group was deployed with.
", - "Nodegroup$nodeRole": "The IAM role associated with your node group. The Amazon EKS worker node kubelet daemon makes calls to AWS APIs on your behalf. Worker nodes receive permissions for these API calls through an IAM instance profile and associated policies.
The remote access security group associated with the node group. This security group controls SSH access to the worker nodes.
", + "Nodegroup$nodeRole": "The IAM role associated with your node group. The Amazon EKS node kubelet daemon makes calls to AWS APIs on your behalf. Nodes receive permissions for these API calls through an IAM instance profile and associated policies.
The remote access security group associated with the node group. This security group controls SSH access to the nodes.
", "NotFoundException$message": null, - "OIDC$issuer": "The issuer URL for the OpenID Connect identity provider.
", + "OIDC$issuer": "The issuer URL for the OIDC identity provider.
", + "OidcIdentityProviderConfig$identityProviderConfigName": "The name of the configuration.
", + "OidcIdentityProviderConfig$identityProviderConfigArn": "The ARN of the configuration.
", + "OidcIdentityProviderConfig$clusterName": "The cluster that the configuration is associated to.
", + "OidcIdentityProviderConfig$issuerUrl": "The URL of the OIDC identity provider that allows the API server to discover public signing keys for verifying tokens.
", + "OidcIdentityProviderConfig$clientId": "This is also known as audience. The ID of the client application that makes authentication requests to the OIDC identity provider.
", + "OidcIdentityProviderConfig$usernameClaim": "The JSON Web token (JWT) claim that is used as the username.
", + "OidcIdentityProviderConfig$usernamePrefix": "The prefix that is prepended to username claims to prevent clashes with existing names. The prefix can't contain system:
The JSON web token (JWT) claim that the provider uses to return your groups.
", + "OidcIdentityProviderConfig$groupsPrefix": "The prefix that is prepended to group claims to prevent clashes with existing names (such as system: groups). For example, the value oidc: creates group names like oidc:engineering and oidc:infra. The prefix can't contain system:
The name of the OIDC provider configuration.
", + "OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest$issuerUrl": "The URL of the OpenID identity provider that allows the API server to discover public signing keys for verifying tokens. The URL must begin with https:// and should correspond to the iss claim in the provider's OIDC ID tokens. Per the OIDC standard, path components are allowed but query parameters are not. Typically the URL consists of only a hostname, like https://server.example.org or https://example.com. This URL should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration and must be publicly accessible over the internet.
This is also known as audience. The ID for the client application that makes authentication requests to the OpenID identity provider.
", + "OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest$usernameClaim": "The JSON Web Token (JWT) claim to use as the username. The default is sub, which is expected to be a unique identifier of the end user. You can choose other claims, such as email or name, depending on the OpenID identity provider. Claims other than email are prefixed with the issuer URL to prevent naming clashes with other plug-ins.
The prefix that is prepended to username claims to prevent clashes with existing names. If you do not provide this field, and username is a value other than email, the prefix defaults to issuerurl#. You can use the value - to disable all prefixing.
The JWT claim that the provider uses to return your groups.
", + "OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest$groupsPrefix": "The prefix that is prepended to group claims to prevent clashes with existing names (such as system: groups). For example, the value oidc: will create group names like oidc:engineering and oidc:infra.
Amazon Resource Name (ARN) or alias of the customer master key (CMK). The CMK must be symmetric, created in the same region as the cluster, and if the CMK was created in a different account, the user must have access to the CMK. For more information, see Allowing Users in Other Accounts to Use a CMK in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
", - "RemoteAccessConfig$ec2SshKey": "The Amazon EC2 SSH key that provides access for SSH communication with the worker nodes in the managed node group. For more information, see Amazon EC2 Key Pairs in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide for Linux Instances.
", + "RemoteAccessConfig$ec2SshKey": "The Amazon EC2 SSH key that provides access for SSH communication with the nodes in the managed node group. For more information, see Amazon EC2 Key Pairs in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide for Linux Instances.
", "ResourceInUseException$clusterName": "The Amazon EKS cluster associated with the exception.
", "ResourceInUseException$nodegroupName": "The Amazon EKS managed node group associated with the exception.
", "ResourceInUseException$addonName": null, @@ -854,7 +962,7 @@ "Compatibility$platformVersions": "The supported compute platform.
", "CreateFargateProfileRequest$subnets": "The IDs of subnets to launch your pods into. At this time, pods running on Fargate are not assigned public IP addresses, so only private subnets (with no direct route to an Internet Gateway) are accepted for this parameter.
", "CreateNodegroupRequest$subnets": "The subnets to use for the Auto Scaling group that is created for your node group. These subnets must have the tag key kubernetes.io/cluster/CLUSTER_NAME with a value of shared, where CLUSTER_NAME is replaced with the name of your cluster. If you specify launchTemplate, then don't specify SubnetId in your launch template, or the node group deployment will fail. For more information about using launch templates with Amazon EKS, see Launch template support in the Amazon EKS User Guide.
Specify the instance types for a node group. If you specify a GPU instance type, be sure to specify AL2_x86_64_GPU with the amiType parameter. If you specify launchTemplate, then you can specify zero or one instance type in your launch template or you can specify 0-20 instance types for instanceTypes. If however, you specify an instance type in your launch template and specify any instanceTypes, the node group deployment will fail. If you don't specify an instance type in a launch template or for instanceTypes, then t3.medium is used, by default. If you specify Spot for capacityType, then we recommend specifying multiple values for instanceTypes. For more information, see Managed node group capacity types and Launch template support in the Amazon EKS User Guide.
Specify the instance types for a node group. If you specify a GPU instance type, be sure to specify AL2_x86_64_GPU with the amiType parameter. If you specify launchTemplate, then you can specify zero or one instance type in your launch template or you can specify 0-20 instance types for instanceTypes. If however, you specify an instance type in your launch template and specify any instanceTypes, the node group deployment will fail. If you don't specify an instance type in a launch template or for instanceTypes, then t3.medium is used, by default. If you specify Spot for capacityType, then we recommend specifying multiple values for instanceTypes. For more information, see Managed node group capacity types and Launch template support in the Amazon EKS User Guide.
Specifies the resources to be encrypted. The only supported value is \"secrets\".
", "ErrorDetail$resourceIds": "An optional field that contains the resource IDs associated with the error.
", "FargateProfile$subnets": "The IDs of subnets to launch pods into.
", @@ -866,14 +974,14 @@ "ListUpdatesResponse$updateIds": "A list of all the updates for the specified cluster and Region.
", "Nodegroup$instanceTypes": "If the node group wasn't deployed with a launch template, then this is the instance type that is associated with the node group. If the node group was deployed with a launch template, then this is null.
The subnets that were specified for the Auto Scaling group that is associated with your node group.
", - "RemoteAccessConfig$sourceSecurityGroups": "The security groups that are allowed SSH access (port 22) to the worker nodes. If you specify an Amazon EC2 SSH key but do not specify a source security group when you create a managed node group, then port 22 on the worker nodes is opened to the internet (0.0.0.0/0). For more information, see Security Groups for Your VPC in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
", + "RemoteAccessConfig$sourceSecurityGroups": "The security groups that are allowed SSH access (port 22) to the nodes. If you specify an Amazon EC2 SSH key but do not specify a source security group when you create a managed node group, then port 22 on the nodes is opened to the internet (0.0.0.0/0). For more information, see Security Groups for Your VPC in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.
", "UnsupportedAvailabilityZoneException$validZones": "The supported Availability Zones for your account. Choose subnets in these Availability Zones for your cluster.
", - "VpcConfigRequest$subnetIds": "Specify subnets for your Amazon EKS worker nodes. Amazon EKS creates cross-account elastic network interfaces in these subnets to allow communication between your worker nodes and the Kubernetes control plane.
", - "VpcConfigRequest$securityGroupIds": "Specify one or more security groups for the cross-account elastic network interfaces that Amazon EKS creates to use to allow communication between your worker nodes and the Kubernetes control plane. If you don't specify any security groups, then familiarize yourself with the difference between Amazon EKS defaults for clusters deployed with Kubernetes:
1.14 Amazon EKS platform version eks.2 and earlier
1.14 Amazon EKS platform version eks.3 and later
For more information, see Amazon EKS security group considerations in the Amazon EKS User Guide .
", - "VpcConfigRequest$publicAccessCidrs": "The CIDR blocks that are allowed access to your cluster's public Kubernetes API server endpoint. Communication to the endpoint from addresses outside of the CIDR blocks that you specify is denied. The default value is 0.0.0.0/0. If you've disabled private endpoint access and you have worker nodes or AWS Fargate pods in the cluster, then ensure that you specify the necessary CIDR blocks. For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access Control in the Amazon EKS User Guide .
Specify subnets for your Amazon EKS nodes. Amazon EKS creates cross-account elastic network interfaces in these subnets to allow communication between your nodes and the Kubernetes control plane.
", + "VpcConfigRequest$securityGroupIds": "Specify one or more security groups for the cross-account elastic network interfaces that Amazon EKS creates to use to allow communication between your nodes and the Kubernetes control plane. If you don't specify any security groups, then familiarize yourself with the difference between Amazon EKS defaults for clusters deployed with Kubernetes:
1.14 Amazon EKS platform version eks.2 and earlier
1.14 Amazon EKS platform version eks.3 and later
For more information, see Amazon EKS security group considerations in the Amazon EKS User Guide .
", + "VpcConfigRequest$publicAccessCidrs": "The CIDR blocks that are allowed access to your cluster's public Kubernetes API server endpoint. Communication to the endpoint from addresses outside of the CIDR blocks that you specify is denied. The default value is 0.0.0.0/0. If you've disabled private endpoint access and you have nodes or AWS Fargate pods in the cluster, then ensure that you specify the necessary CIDR blocks. For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access Control in the Amazon EKS User Guide .
The subnets associated with your cluster.
", - "VpcConfigResponse$securityGroupIds": "The security groups associated with the cross-account elastic network interfaces that are used to allow communication between your worker nodes and the Kubernetes control plane.
", - "VpcConfigResponse$publicAccessCidrs": "The CIDR blocks that are allowed access to your cluster's public Kubernetes API server endpoint. Communication to the endpoint from addresses outside of the listed CIDR blocks is denied. The default value is 0.0.0.0/0. If you've disabled private endpoint access and you have worker nodes or AWS Fargate pods in the cluster, then ensure that the necessary CIDR blocks are listed. For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access Control in the Amazon EKS User Guide .
The security groups associated with the cross-account elastic network interfaces that are used to allow communication between your nodes and the Kubernetes control plane.
", + "VpcConfigResponse$publicAccessCidrs": "The CIDR blocks that are allowed access to your cluster's public Kubernetes API server endpoint. Communication to the endpoint from addresses outside of the listed CIDR blocks is denied. The default value is 0.0.0.0/0. If you've disabled private endpoint access and you have nodes or AWS Fargate pods in the cluster, then ensure that the necessary CIDR blocks are listed. For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access Control in the Amazon EKS User Guide .
The metadata that you apply to the cluster to assist with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. Cluster tags do not propagate to any other resources associated with the cluster.
", + "AssociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest$tags": "The metadata to apply to the configuration to assist with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define.
", + "AssociateIdentityProviderConfigResponse$tags": "The tags for the resource.
", "Cluster$tags": "The metadata that you apply to the cluster to assist with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. Cluster tags do not propagate to any other resources associated with the cluster.
", "CreateAddonRequest$tags": "The metadata to apply to the cluster to assist with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define.
", "CreateClusterRequest$tags": "The metadata to apply to the cluster to assist with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define.
", @@ -901,6 +1011,7 @@ "FargateProfile$tags": "The metadata applied to the Fargate profile to assist with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. Fargate profile tags do not propagate to any other resources associated with the Fargate profile, such as the pods that are scheduled with it.
", "ListTagsForResourceResponse$tags": "The tags for the resource.
", "Nodegroup$tags": "The metadata applied to the node group to assist with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. Node group tags do not propagate to any other resources associated with the node group, such as the Amazon EC2 instances or subnets.
", + "OidcIdentityProviderConfig$tags": "The metadata to apply to the provider configuration to assist with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you defined.
", "TagResourceRequest$tags": "The tags to add to the resource. A tag is an array of key-value pairs.
" } }, @@ -950,7 +1061,9 @@ "Update": { "base": "An object representing an asynchronous update.
", "refs": { + "AssociateIdentityProviderConfigResponse$update": null, "DescribeUpdateResponse$update": "The full description of the specified update.
", + "DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigResponse$update": null, "UpdateAddonResponse$update": null, "UpdateClusterConfigResponse$update": null, "UpdateClusterVersionResponse$update": "The full description of the specified update
", @@ -1057,6 +1170,12 @@ "Cluster$resourcesVpcConfig": "The VPC configuration used by the cluster control plane. Amazon EKS VPC resources have specific requirements to work properly with Kubernetes. For more information, see Cluster VPC Considerations and Cluster Security Group Considerations in the Amazon EKS User Guide.
" } }, + "configStatus": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "OidcIdentityProviderConfig$status": "The status of the OIDC identity provider.
" + } + }, "labelKey": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -1082,6 +1201,25 @@ "Nodegroup$labels": "The Kubernetes labels applied to the nodes in the node group.
Only labels that are applied with the Amazon EKS API are shown here. There may be other Kubernetes labels applied to the nodes in this group.
Kubernetes labels to be added or updated.
" } + }, + "requiredClaimsKey": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "requiredClaimsMap$key": null + } + }, + "requiredClaimsMap": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "OidcIdentityProviderConfig$requiredClaims": "The key-value pairs that describe required claims in the identity token. If set, each claim is verified to be present in the token with a matching value.
", + "OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest$requiredClaims": "The key value pairs that describe required claims in the identity token. If set, each claim is verified to be present in the token with a matching value. For the maximum number of claims that you can require, see Amazon EKS service quotas in the Amazon EKS User Guide.
" + } + }, + "requiredClaimsValue": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "requiredClaimsMap$value": null + } } } } diff --git a/models/apis/eks/2017-11-01/paginators-1.json b/models/apis/eks/2017-11-01/paginators-1.json index c21360409cd..025ef9c5a41 100644 --- a/models/apis/eks/2017-11-01/paginators-1.json +++ b/models/apis/eks/2017-11-01/paginators-1.json @@ -24,6 +24,12 @@ "output_token": "nextToken", "result_key": "fargateProfileNames" }, + "ListIdentityProviderConfigs": { + "input_token": "nextToken", + "limit_key": "maxResults", + "output_token": "nextToken", + "result_key": "identityProviderConfigs" + }, "ListNodegroups": { "input_token": "nextToken", "limit_key": "maxResults", diff --git a/models/apis/elasticloadbalancingv2/2015-12-01/docs-2.json b/models/apis/elasticloadbalancingv2/2015-12-01/docs-2.json index 2d4b3261671..9e5e8b342a8 100644 --- a/models/apis/elasticloadbalancingv2/2015-12-01/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/elasticloadbalancingv2/2015-12-01/docs-2.json @@ -1582,7 +1582,7 @@ "TargetGroupAttributeKey": { "base": null, "refs": { - "TargetGroupAttribute$Key": "The name of the attribute.
The following attribute is supported by all load balancers:
deregistration_delay.timeout_seconds - The amount of time, in seconds, for Elastic Load Balancing to wait before changing the state of a deregistering target from draining to unused. The range is 0-3600 seconds. The default value is 300 seconds. If the target is a Lambda function, this attribute is not supported.
The following attributes are supported by both Application Load Balancers and Network Load Balancers:
stickiness.enabled - Indicates whether sticky sessions are enabled. The value is true or false. The default is false.
stickiness.type - The type of sticky sessions. The possible values are lb_cookie and app_cookie for Application Load Balancers or source_ip for Network Load Balancers.
The following attributes are supported only if the load balancer is an Application Load Balancer and the target is an instance or an IP address:
load_balancing.algorithm.type - The load balancing algorithm determines how the load balancer selects targets when routing requests. The value is round_robin or least_outstanding_requests. The default is round_robin.
slow_start.duration_seconds - The time period, in seconds, during which a newly registered target receives an increasing share of the traffic to the target group. After this time period ends, the target receives its full share of traffic. The range is 30-900 seconds (15 minutes). The default is 0 seconds (disabled).
stickiness.app_cookie.duration_seconds - The time period, in seconds, during which requests from a client should be routed to the same target. After this time period expires, the application-based cookie is considered stale. The range is 1 second to 1 week (604800 seconds). The default value is 1 day (86400 seconds).
stickiness.lb_cookie.duration_seconds - The time period, in seconds, during which requests from a client should be routed to the same target. After this time period expires, the load balancer-generated cookie is considered stale. The range is 1 second to 1 week (604800 seconds). The default value is 1 day (86400 seconds).
The following attribute is supported only if the load balancer is an Application Load Balancer and the target is a Lambda function:
lambda.multi_value_headers.enabled - Indicates whether the request and response headers that are exchanged between the load balancer and the Lambda function include arrays of values or strings. The value is true or false. The default is false. If the value is false and the request contains a duplicate header field name or query parameter key, the load balancer uses the last value sent by the client.
The following attributes are supported only by Network Load Balancers:
deregistration_delay.connection_termination.enabled - Indicates whether the load balancer terminates connections at the end of the deregistration timeout. The value is true or false. The default is false.
preserve_client_ip.enabled - Indicates whether client IP preservation is enabled. The value is true or false. The default is disabled if the target group type is IP address and the target group protocol is TCP or TLS. Otherwise, the default is enabled.
proxy_protocol_v2.enabled - Indicates whether Proxy Protocol version 2 is enabled. The value is true or false. The default is false.
The name of the attribute.
The following attribute is supported by all load balancers:
deregistration_delay.timeout_seconds - The amount of time, in seconds, for Elastic Load Balancing to wait before changing the state of a deregistering target from draining to unused. The range is 0-3600 seconds. The default value is 300 seconds. If the target is a Lambda function, this attribute is not supported.
The following attributes are supported by both Application Load Balancers and Network Load Balancers:
stickiness.enabled - Indicates whether sticky sessions are enabled. The value is true or false. The default is false.
stickiness.type - The type of sticky sessions. The possible values are lb_cookie and app_cookie for Application Load Balancers or source_ip for Network Load Balancers.
The following attributes are supported only if the load balancer is an Application Load Balancer and the target is an instance or an IP address:
load_balancing.algorithm.type - The load balancing algorithm determines how the load balancer selects targets when routing requests. The value is round_robin or least_outstanding_requests. The default is round_robin.
slow_start.duration_seconds - The time period, in seconds, during which a newly registered target receives an increasing share of the traffic to the target group. After this time period ends, the target receives its full share of traffic. The range is 30-900 seconds (15 minutes). The default is 0 seconds (disabled).
stickiness.app_cookie.cookie_name - Indicates the name of the application-based cookie. Names that start with the following names are not allowed: AWSALB, AWSALBAPP, and AWSALBTG. They're reserved for use by the load balancer.
stickiness.app_cookie.duration_seconds - The time period, in seconds, during which requests from a client should be routed to the same target. After this time period expires, the application-based cookie is considered stale. The range is 1 second to 1 week (604800 seconds). The default value is 1 day (86400 seconds).
stickiness.lb_cookie.duration_seconds - The time period, in seconds, during which requests from a client should be routed to the same target. After this time period expires, the load balancer-generated cookie is considered stale. The range is 1 second to 1 week (604800 seconds). The default value is 1 day (86400 seconds).
The following attribute is supported only if the load balancer is an Application Load Balancer and the target is a Lambda function:
lambda.multi_value_headers.enabled - Indicates whether the request and response headers that are exchanged between the load balancer and the Lambda function include arrays of values or strings. The value is true or false. The default is false. If the value is false and the request contains a duplicate header field name or query parameter key, the load balancer uses the last value sent by the client.
The following attributes are supported only by Network Load Balancers:
deregistration_delay.connection_termination.enabled - Indicates whether the load balancer terminates connections at the end of the deregistration timeout. The value is true or false. The default is false.
preserve_client_ip.enabled - Indicates whether client IP preservation is enabled. The value is true or false. The default is disabled if the target group type is IP address and the target group protocol is TCP or TLS. Otherwise, the default is enabled. Client IP preservation cannot be disabled for UDP and TCP_UDP target groups.
proxy_protocol_v2.enabled - Indicates whether Proxy Protocol version 2 is enabled. The value is true or false. The default is false.
AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) is a web service for securely controlling access to AWS services. With IAM, you can centrally manage users, security credentials such as access keys, and permissions that control which AWS resources users and applications can access. For more information about IAM, see AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) and the AWS Identity and Access Management User Guide.
", "operations": { "AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProvider": "Adds a new client ID (also known as audience) to the list of client IDs already registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource.
This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you add an existing client ID to the provider.
", - "AddRoleToInstanceProfile": "Adds the specified IAM role to the specified instance profile. An instance profile can contain only one role. (The number and size of IAM resources in an AWS account are limited. For more information, see IAM and STS Quotas in the IAM User Guide.) You can remove the existing role and then add a different role to an instance profile. You must then wait for the change to appear across all of AWS because of eventual consistency. To force the change, you must disassociate the instance profile and then associate the instance profile, or you can stop your instance and then restart it.
The caller of this API must be granted the PassRole permission on the IAM role by a permissions policy.
For more information about roles, go to Working with Roles. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles.
", + "AddRoleToInstanceProfile": "Adds the specified IAM role to the specified instance profile. An instance profile can contain only one role, and this quota cannot be increased. You can remove the existing role and then add a different role to an instance profile. You must then wait for the change to appear across all of AWS because of eventual consistency. To force the change, you must disassociate the instance profile and then associate the instance profile, or you can stop your instance and then restart it.
The caller of this operation must be granted the PassRole permission on the IAM role by a permissions policy.
For more information about roles, see Working with roles. For more information about instance profiles, see About instance profiles.
", "AddUserToGroup": "Adds the specified user to the specified group.
", - "AttachGroupPolicy": "Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM group.
You use this API to attach a managed policy to a group. To embed an inline policy in a group, use PutGroupPolicy.
For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", - "AttachRolePolicy": "Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM role. When you attach a managed policy to a role, the managed policy becomes part of the role's permission (access) policy.
You cannot use a managed policy as the role's trust policy. The role's trust policy is created at the same time as the role, using CreateRole. You can update a role's trust policy using UpdateAssumeRolePolicy.
Use this API to attach a managed policy to a role. To embed an inline policy in a role, use PutRolePolicy. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", - "AttachUserPolicy": "Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified user.
You use this API to attach a managed policy to a user. To embed an inline policy in a user, use PutUserPolicy.
For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", - "ChangePassword": "Changes the password of the IAM user who is calling this operation. The AWS account root user password is not affected by this operation.
To change the password for a different user, see UpdateLoginProfile. For more information about modifying passwords, see Managing Passwords in the IAM User Guide.
", - "CreateAccessKey": " Creates a new AWS secret access key and corresponding AWS access key ID for the specified user. The default status for new keys is Active.
If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID signing the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials. This is true even if the AWS account has no associated users.
The number and size of IAM resources in an AWS account are limited. For more information, see IAM and STS Quotas in the IAM User Guide.
To ensure the security of your AWS account, the secret access key is accessible only during key and user creation. You must save the key (for example, in a text file) if you want to be able to access it again. If a secret key is lost, you can delete the access keys for the associated user and then create new keys.
Creates an alias for your AWS account. For information about using an AWS account alias, see Using an Alias for Your AWS Account ID in the IAM User Guide.
", - "CreateGroup": "Creates a new group.
The number and size of IAM resources in an AWS account are limited. For more information, see IAM and STS Quotas in the IAM User Guide.
", - "CreateInstanceProfile": "Creates a new instance profile. For information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles.
The number and size of IAM resources in an AWS account are limited. For more information, see IAM and STS Quotas in the IAM User Guide.
", - "CreateLoginProfile": "Creates a password for the specified user, giving the user the ability to access AWS services through the AWS Management Console. For more information about managing passwords, see Managing Passwords in the IAM User Guide.
", + "AttachGroupPolicy": "Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM group.
You use this operation to attach a managed policy to a group. To embed an inline policy in a group, use PutGroupPolicy.
For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "AttachRolePolicy": "Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM role. When you attach a managed policy to a role, the managed policy becomes part of the role's permission (access) policy.
You cannot use a managed policy as the role's trust policy. The role's trust policy is created at the same time as the role, using CreateRole. You can update a role's trust policy using UpdateAssumeRolePolicy.
Use this operation to attach a managed policy to a role. To embed an inline policy in a role, use PutRolePolicy. For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "AttachUserPolicy": "Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified user.
You use this operation to attach a managed policy to a user. To embed an inline policy in a user, use PutUserPolicy.
For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "ChangePassword": "Changes the password of the IAM user who is calling this operation. This operation can be performed using the AWS CLI, the AWS API, or the My Security Credentials page in the AWS Management Console. The AWS account root user password is not affected by this operation.
Use UpdateLoginProfile to use the AWS CLI, the AWS API, or the Users page in the IAM console to change the password for any IAM user. For more information about modifying passwords, see Managing passwords in the IAM User Guide.
", + "CreateAccessKey": " Creates a new AWS secret access key and corresponding AWS access key ID for the specified user. The default status for new keys is Active.
If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID signing the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials. This is true even if the AWS account has no associated users.
For information about quotas on the number of keys you can create, see IAM and STS quotas in the IAM User Guide.
To ensure the security of your AWS account, the secret access key is accessible only during key and user creation. You must save the key (for example, in a text file) if you want to be able to access it again. If a secret key is lost, you can delete the access keys for the associated user and then create new keys.
Creates an alias for your AWS account. For information about using an AWS account alias, see Using an alias for your AWS account ID in the IAM User Guide.
", + "CreateGroup": "Creates a new group.
For information about the number of groups you can create, see IAM and STS quotas in the IAM User Guide.
", + "CreateInstanceProfile": "Creates a new instance profile. For information about instance profiles, see About instance profiles.
For information about the number of instance profiles you can create, see IAM object quotas in the IAM User Guide.
", + "CreateLoginProfile": "Creates a password for the specified IAM user. A password allows an IAM user to access AWS services through the AWS Management Console.
You can use the AWS CLI, the AWS API, or the Users page in the IAM console to create a password for any IAM user. Use ChangePassword to update your own existing password in the My Security Credentials page in the AWS Management Console.
For more information about managing passwords, see Managing passwords in the IAM User Guide.
", "CreateOpenIDConnectProvider": "Creates an IAM entity to describe an identity provider (IdP) that supports OpenID Connect (OIDC).
The OIDC provider that you create with this operation can be used as a principal in a role's trust policy. Such a policy establishes a trust relationship between AWS and the OIDC provider.
When you create the IAM OIDC provider, you specify the following:
The URL of the OIDC identity provider (IdP) to trust
A list of client IDs (also known as audiences) that identify the application or applications that are allowed to authenticate using the OIDC provider
A list of thumbprints of one or more server certificates that the IdP uses
You get all of this information from the OIDC IdP that you want to use to access AWS.
The trust for the OIDC provider is derived from the IAM provider that this operation creates. Therefore, it is best to limit access to the CreateOpenIDConnectProvider operation to highly privileged users.
Creates a new managed policy for your AWS account.
This operation creates a policy version with a version identifier of v1 and sets v1 as the policy's default version. For more information about policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
For more information about managed policies in general, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", - "CreatePolicyVersion": "Creates a new version of the specified managed policy. To update a managed policy, you create a new policy version. A managed policy can have up to five versions. If the policy has five versions, you must delete an existing version using DeletePolicyVersion before you create a new version.
Optionally, you can set the new version as the policy's default version. The default version is the version that is in effect for the IAM users, groups, and roles to which the policy is attached.
For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", - "CreateRole": "Creates a new role for your AWS account. For more information about roles, go to IAM Roles. The number and size of IAM resources in an AWS account are limited. For more information, see IAM and STS Quotas in the IAM User Guide.
", - "CreateSAMLProvider": "Creates an IAM resource that describes an identity provider (IdP) that supports SAML 2.0.
The SAML provider resource that you create with this operation can be used as a principal in an IAM role's trust policy. Such a policy can enable federated users who sign in using the SAML IdP to assume the role. You can create an IAM role that supports Web-based single sign-on (SSO) to the AWS Management Console or one that supports API access to AWS.
When you create the SAML provider resource, you upload a SAML metadata document that you get from your IdP. That document includes the issuer's name, expiration information, and keys that can be used to validate the SAML authentication response (assertions) that the IdP sends. You must generate the metadata document using the identity management software that is used as your organization's IdP.
This operation requires Signature Version 4.
For more information, see Enabling SAML 2.0 Federated Users to Access the AWS Management Console and About SAML 2.0-based Federation in the IAM User Guide.
", - "CreateServiceLinkedRole": "Creates an IAM role that is linked to a specific AWS service. The service controls the attached policies and when the role can be deleted. This helps ensure that the service is not broken by an unexpectedly changed or deleted role, which could put your AWS resources into an unknown state. Allowing the service to control the role helps improve service stability and proper cleanup when a service and its role are no longer needed. For more information, see Using Service-Linked Roles in the IAM User Guide.
To attach a policy to this service-linked role, you must make the request using the AWS service that depends on this role.
", - "CreateServiceSpecificCredential": "Generates a set of credentials consisting of a user name and password that can be used to access the service specified in the request. These credentials are generated by IAM, and can be used only for the specified service.
You can have a maximum of two sets of service-specific credentials for each supported service per user.
The only supported service at this time is AWS CodeCommit.
You can reset the password to a new service-generated value by calling ResetServiceSpecificCredential.
For more information about service-specific credentials, see Using IAM with AWS CodeCommit: Git Credentials, SSH Keys, and AWS Access Keys in the IAM User Guide.
", - "CreateUser": "Creates a new IAM user for your AWS account.
The number and size of IAM resources in an AWS account are limited. For more information, see IAM and STS Quotas in the IAM User Guide.
", - "CreateVirtualMFADevice": "Creates a new virtual MFA device for the AWS account. After creating the virtual MFA, use EnableMFADevice to attach the MFA device to an IAM user. For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, go to Using a Virtual MFA Device in the IAM User Guide.
The number and size of IAM resources in an AWS account are limited. For more information, see IAM and STS Quotas in the IAM User Guide.
The seed information contained in the QR code and the Base32 string should be treated like any other secret access information. In other words, protect the seed information as you would your AWS access keys or your passwords. After you provision your virtual device, you should ensure that the information is destroyed following secure procedures.
Deactivates the specified MFA device and removes it from association with the user name for which it was originally enabled.
For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, go to Enabling a Virtual Multi-factor Authentication (MFA) Device in the IAM User Guide.
", + "CreatePolicy": "Creates a new managed policy for your AWS account.
This operation creates a policy version with a version identifier of v1 and sets v1 as the policy's default version. For more information about policy versions, see Versioning for managed policies in the IAM User Guide.
For more information about managed policies in general, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "CreatePolicyVersion": "Creates a new version of the specified managed policy. To update a managed policy, you create a new policy version. A managed policy can have up to five versions. If the policy has five versions, you must delete an existing version using DeletePolicyVersion before you create a new version.
Optionally, you can set the new version as the policy's default version. The default version is the version that is in effect for the IAM users, groups, and roles to which the policy is attached.
For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for managed policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "CreateRole": "Creates a new role for your AWS account. For more information about roles, see IAM roles. For information about quotas for role names and the number of roles you can create, see IAM and STS quotas in the IAM User Guide.
", + "CreateSAMLProvider": "Creates an IAM resource that describes an identity provider (IdP) that supports SAML 2.0.
The SAML provider resource that you create with this operation can be used as a principal in an IAM role's trust policy. Such a policy can enable federated users who sign in using the SAML IdP to assume the role. You can create an IAM role that supports Web-based single sign-on (SSO) to the AWS Management Console or one that supports API access to AWS.
When you create the SAML provider resource, you upload a SAML metadata document that you get from your IdP. That document includes the issuer's name, expiration information, and keys that can be used to validate the SAML authentication response (assertions) that the IdP sends. You must generate the metadata document using the identity management software that is used as your organization's IdP.
This operation requires Signature Version 4.
For more information, see Enabling SAML 2.0 federated users to access the AWS Management Console and About SAML 2.0-based federation in the IAM User Guide.
", + "CreateServiceLinkedRole": "Creates an IAM role that is linked to a specific AWS service. The service controls the attached policies and when the role can be deleted. This helps ensure that the service is not broken by an unexpectedly changed or deleted role, which could put your AWS resources into an unknown state. Allowing the service to control the role helps improve service stability and proper cleanup when a service and its role are no longer needed. For more information, see Using service-linked roles in the IAM User Guide.
To attach a policy to this service-linked role, you must make the request using the AWS service that depends on this role.
", + "CreateServiceSpecificCredential": "Generates a set of credentials consisting of a user name and password that can be used to access the service specified in the request. These credentials are generated by IAM, and can be used only for the specified service.
You can have a maximum of two sets of service-specific credentials for each supported service per user.
You can create service-specific credentials for AWS CodeCommit and Amazon Keyspaces (for Apache Cassandra).
You can reset the password to a new service-generated value by calling ResetServiceSpecificCredential.
For more information about service-specific credentials, see Using IAM with AWS CodeCommit: Git credentials, SSH keys, and AWS access keys in the IAM User Guide.
", + "CreateUser": "Creates a new IAM user for your AWS account.
For information about quotas for the number of IAM users you can create, see IAM and STS quotas in the IAM User Guide.
", + "CreateVirtualMFADevice": "Creates a new virtual MFA device for the AWS account. After creating the virtual MFA, use EnableMFADevice to attach the MFA device to an IAM user. For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, see Using a virtual MFA device in the IAM User Guide.
For information about the maximum number of MFA devices you can create, see IAM and STS quotas in the IAM User Guide.
The seed information contained in the QR code and the Base32 string should be treated like any other secret access information. In other words, protect the seed information as you would your AWS access keys or your passwords. After you provision your virtual device, you should ensure that the information is destroyed following secure procedures.
Deactivates the specified MFA device and removes it from association with the user name for which it was originally enabled.
For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, see Enabling a virtual multi-factor authentication (MFA) device in the IAM User Guide.
", "DeleteAccessKey": "Deletes the access key pair associated with the specified IAM user.
If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID signing the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users.
", - "DeleteAccountAlias": "Deletes the specified AWS account alias. For information about using an AWS account alias, see Using an Alias for Your AWS Account ID in the IAM User Guide.
", + "DeleteAccountAlias": "Deletes the specified AWS account alias. For information about using an AWS account alias, see Using an alias for your AWS account ID in the IAM User Guide.
", "DeleteAccountPasswordPolicy": "Deletes the password policy for the AWS account. There are no parameters.
", "DeleteGroup": "Deletes the specified IAM group. The group must not contain any users or have any attached policies.
", - "DeleteGroupPolicy": "Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM group.
A group can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy from a group, use DetachGroupPolicy. For more information about policies, refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", - "DeleteInstanceProfile": "Deletes the specified instance profile. The instance profile must not have an associated role.
Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the instance profile you are about to delete. Deleting a role or instance profile that is associated with a running instance will break any applications running on the instance.
For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles.
", - "DeleteLoginProfile": "Deletes the password for the specified IAM user, which terminates the user's ability to access AWS services through the AWS Management Console.
Deleting a user's password does not prevent a user from accessing AWS through the command line interface or the API. To prevent all user access, you must also either make any access keys inactive or delete them. For more information about making keys inactive or deleting them, see UpdateAccessKey and DeleteAccessKey.
Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM group.
A group can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy from a group, use DetachGroupPolicy. For more information about policies, refer to Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "DeleteInstanceProfile": "Deletes the specified instance profile. The instance profile must not have an associated role.
Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the instance profile you are about to delete. Deleting a role or instance profile that is associated with a running instance will break any applications running on the instance.
For more information about instance profiles, see About instance profiles.
", + "DeleteLoginProfile": "Deletes the password for the specified IAM user, which terminates the user's ability to access AWS services through the AWS Management Console.
You can use the AWS CLI, the AWS API, or the Users page in the IAM console to delete a password for any IAM user. You can use ChangePassword to update, but not delete, your own password in the My Security Credentials page in the AWS Management Console.
Deleting a user's password does not prevent a user from accessing AWS through the command line interface or the API. To prevent all user access, you must also either make any access keys inactive or delete them. For more information about making keys inactive or deleting them, see UpdateAccessKey and DeleteAccessKey.
Deletes an OpenID Connect identity provider (IdP) resource object in IAM.
Deleting an IAM OIDC provider resource does not update any roles that reference the provider as a principal in their trust policies. Any attempt to assume a role that references a deleted provider fails.
This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you call the operation for a provider that does not exist.
", - "DeletePolicy": "Deletes the specified managed policy.
Before you can delete a managed policy, you must first detach the policy from all users, groups, and roles that it is attached to. In addition, you must delete all the policy's versions. The following steps describe the process for deleting a managed policy:
Detach the policy from all users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, using the DetachUserPolicy, DetachGroupPolicy, or DetachRolePolicy API operations. To list all the users, groups, and roles that a policy is attached to, use ListEntitiesForPolicy.
Delete all versions of the policy using DeletePolicyVersion. To list the policy's versions, use ListPolicyVersions. You cannot use DeletePolicyVersion to delete the version that is marked as the default version. You delete the policy's default version in the next step of the process.
Delete the policy (this automatically deletes the policy's default version) using this API.
For information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", - "DeletePolicyVersion": "Deletes the specified version from the specified managed policy.
You cannot delete the default version from a policy using this API. To delete the default version from a policy, use DeletePolicy. To find out which version of a policy is marked as the default version, use ListPolicyVersions.
For information about versions for managed policies, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", - "DeleteRole": "Deletes the specified role. The role must not have any policies attached. For more information about roles, go to Working with Roles.
Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the role you are about to delete. Deleting a role or instance profile that is associated with a running instance will break any applications running on the instance.
Deletes the specified managed policy.
Before you can delete a managed policy, you must first detach the policy from all users, groups, and roles that it is attached to. In addition, you must delete all the policy's versions. The following steps describe the process for deleting a managed policy:
Detach the policy from all users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, using DetachUserPolicy, DetachGroupPolicy, or DetachRolePolicy. To list all the users, groups, and roles that a policy is attached to, use ListEntitiesForPolicy.
Delete all versions of the policy using DeletePolicyVersion. To list the policy's versions, use ListPolicyVersions. You cannot use DeletePolicyVersion to delete the version that is marked as the default version. You delete the policy's default version in the next step of the process.
Delete the policy (this automatically deletes the policy's default version) using this operation.
For information about managed policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "DeletePolicyVersion": "Deletes the specified version from the specified managed policy.
You cannot delete the default version from a policy using this operation. To delete the default version from a policy, use DeletePolicy. To find out which version of a policy is marked as the default version, use ListPolicyVersions.
For information about versions for managed policies, see Versioning for managed policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "DeleteRole": "Deletes the specified role. The role must not have any policies attached. For more information about roles, see Working with roles.
Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the role you are about to delete. Deleting a role or instance profile that is associated with a running instance will break any applications running on the instance.
Deletes the permissions boundary for the specified IAM role.
Deleting the permissions boundary for a role might increase its permissions. For example, it might allow anyone who assumes the role to perform all the actions granted in its permissions policies.
Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM role.
A role can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy from a role, use DetachRolePolicy. For more information about policies, refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "DeleteRolePolicy": "Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM role.
A role can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy from a role, use DetachRolePolicy. For more information about policies, refer to Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", "DeleteSAMLProvider": "Deletes a SAML provider resource in IAM.
Deleting the provider resource from IAM does not update any roles that reference the SAML provider resource's ARN as a principal in their trust policies. Any attempt to assume a role that references a non-existent provider resource ARN fails.
This operation requires Signature Version 4.
Deletes the specified SSH public key.
The SSH public key deleted by this operation is used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
", - "DeleteServerCertificate": "Deletes the specified server certificate.
For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM.
If you are using a server certificate with Elastic Load Balancing, deleting the certificate could have implications for your application. If Elastic Load Balancing doesn't detect the deletion of bound certificates, it may continue to use the certificates. This could cause Elastic Load Balancing to stop accepting traffic. We recommend that you remove the reference to the certificate from Elastic Load Balancing before using this command to delete the certificate. For more information, go to DeleteLoadBalancerListeners in the Elastic Load Balancing API Reference.
Submits a service-linked role deletion request and returns a DeletionTaskId, which you can use to check the status of the deletion. Before you call this operation, confirm that the role has no active sessions and that any resources used by the role in the linked service are deleted. If you call this operation more than once for the same service-linked role and an earlier deletion task is not complete, then the DeletionTaskId of the earlier request is returned.
If you submit a deletion request for a service-linked role whose linked service is still accessing a resource, then the deletion task fails. If it fails, the GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus API operation returns the reason for the failure, usually including the resources that must be deleted. To delete the service-linked role, you must first remove those resources from the linked service and then submit the deletion request again. Resources are specific to the service that is linked to the role. For more information about removing resources from a service, see the AWS documentation for your service.
For more information about service-linked roles, see Roles Terms and Concepts: AWS Service-Linked Role in the IAM User Guide.
", + "DeleteSSHPublicKey": "Deletes the specified SSH public key.
The SSH public key deleted by this operation is used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
", + "DeleteServerCertificate": "Deletes the specified server certificate.
For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with server certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM.
If you are using a server certificate with Elastic Load Balancing, deleting the certificate could have implications for your application. If Elastic Load Balancing doesn't detect the deletion of bound certificates, it may continue to use the certificates. This could cause Elastic Load Balancing to stop accepting traffic. We recommend that you remove the reference to the certificate from Elastic Load Balancing before using this command to delete the certificate. For more information, see DeleteLoadBalancerListeners in the Elastic Load Balancing API Reference.
Submits a service-linked role deletion request and returns a DeletionTaskId, which you can use to check the status of the deletion. Before you call this operation, confirm that the role has no active sessions and that any resources used by the role in the linked service are deleted. If you call this operation more than once for the same service-linked role and an earlier deletion task is not complete, then the DeletionTaskId of the earlier request is returned.
If you submit a deletion request for a service-linked role whose linked service is still accessing a resource, then the deletion task fails. If it fails, the GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus operation returns the reason for the failure, usually including the resources that must be deleted. To delete the service-linked role, you must first remove those resources from the linked service and then submit the deletion request again. Resources are specific to the service that is linked to the role. For more information about removing resources from a service, see the AWS documentation for your service.
For more information about service-linked roles, see Roles terms and concepts: AWS service-linked role in the IAM User Guide.
", "DeleteServiceSpecificCredential": "Deletes the specified service-specific credential.
", "DeleteSigningCertificate": "Deletes a signing certificate associated with the specified IAM user.
If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID signing the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated IAM users.
", - "DeleteUser": "Deletes the specified IAM user. Unlike the AWS Management Console, when you delete a user programmatically, you must delete the items attached to the user manually, or the deletion fails. For more information, see Deleting an IAM User. Before attempting to delete a user, remove the following items:
Password (DeleteLoginProfile)
Access keys (DeleteAccessKey)
Signing certificate (DeleteSigningCertificate)
SSH public key (DeleteSSHPublicKey)
Git credentials (DeleteServiceSpecificCredential)
Multi-factor authentication (MFA) device (DeactivateMFADevice, DeleteVirtualMFADevice)
Inline policies (DeleteUserPolicy)
Attached managed policies (DetachUserPolicy)
Group memberships (RemoveUserFromGroup)
Deletes the specified IAM user. Unlike the AWS Management Console, when you delete a user programmatically, you must delete the items attached to the user manually, or the deletion fails. For more information, see Deleting an IAM user. Before attempting to delete a user, remove the following items:
Password (DeleteLoginProfile)
Access keys (DeleteAccessKey)
Signing certificate (DeleteSigningCertificate)
SSH public key (DeleteSSHPublicKey)
Git credentials (DeleteServiceSpecificCredential)
Multi-factor authentication (MFA) device (DeactivateMFADevice, DeleteVirtualMFADevice)
Inline policies (DeleteUserPolicy)
Attached managed policies (DetachUserPolicy)
Group memberships (RemoveUserFromGroup)
Deletes the permissions boundary for the specified IAM user.
Deleting the permissions boundary for a user might increase its permissions by allowing the user to perform all the actions granted in its permissions policies.
Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM user.
A user can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy from a user, use DetachUserPolicy. For more information about policies, refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "DeleteUserPolicy": "Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM user.
A user can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy from a user, use DetachUserPolicy. For more information about policies, refer to Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", "DeleteVirtualMFADevice": "Deletes a virtual MFA device.
You must deactivate a user's virtual MFA device before you can delete it. For information about deactivating MFA devices, see DeactivateMFADevice.
Removes the specified managed policy from the specified IAM group.
A group can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use the DeleteGroupPolicy API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", - "DetachRolePolicy": "Removes the specified managed policy from the specified role.
A role can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use the DeleteRolePolicy API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", - "DetachUserPolicy": "Removes the specified managed policy from the specified user.
A user can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use the DeleteUserPolicy API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "DetachGroupPolicy": "Removes the specified managed policy from the specified IAM group.
A group can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use DeleteGroupPolicy. For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "DetachRolePolicy": "Removes the specified managed policy from the specified role.
A role can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use DeleteRolePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "DetachUserPolicy": "Removes the specified managed policy from the specified user.
A user can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use DeleteUserPolicy. For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", "EnableMFADevice": "Enables the specified MFA device and associates it with the specified IAM user. When enabled, the MFA device is required for every subsequent login by the IAM user associated with the device.
", - "GenerateCredentialReport": "Generates a credential report for the AWS account. For more information about the credential report, see Getting Credential Reports in the IAM User Guide.
", - "GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport": "Generates a report for service last accessed data for AWS Organizations. You can generate a report for any entities (organization root, organizational unit, or account) or policies in your organization.
To call this operation, you must be signed in using your AWS Organizations master account credentials. You can use your long-term IAM user or root user credentials, or temporary credentials from assuming an IAM role. SCPs must be enabled for your organization root. You must have the required IAM and AWS Organizations permissions. For more information, see Refining Permissions Using Service Last Accessed Data in the IAM User Guide.
You can generate a service last accessed data report for entities by specifying only the entity's path. This data includes a list of services that are allowed by any service control policies (SCPs) that apply to the entity.
You can generate a service last accessed data report for a policy by specifying an entity's path and an optional AWS Organizations policy ID. This data includes a list of services that are allowed by the specified SCP.
For each service in both report types, the data includes the most recent account activity that the policy allows to account principals in the entity or the entity's children. For important information about the data, reporting period, permissions required, troubleshooting, and supported Regions see Reducing Permissions Using Service Last Accessed Data in the IAM User Guide.
The data includes all attempts to access AWS, not just the successful ones. This includes all attempts that were made using the AWS Management Console, the AWS API through any of the SDKs, or any of the command line tools. An unexpected entry in the service last accessed data does not mean that an account has been compromised, because the request might have been denied. Refer to your CloudTrail logs as the authoritative source for information about all API calls and whether they were successful or denied access. For more information, see Logging IAM Events with CloudTrail in the IAM User Guide.
This operation returns a JobId. Use this parameter in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport operation to check the status of the report generation. To check the status of this request, use the JobId parameter in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport operation and test the JobStatus response parameter. When the job is complete, you can retrieve the report.
To generate a service last accessed data report for entities, specify an entity path without specifying the optional AWS Organizations policy ID. The type of entity that you specify determines the data returned in the report.
Root – When you specify the organizations root as the entity, the resulting report lists all of the services allowed by SCPs that are attached to your root. For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in your organization except the master account, because the master account is not limited by SCPs.
OU – When you specify an organizational unit (OU) as the entity, the resulting report lists all of the services allowed by SCPs that are attached to the OU and its parents. For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in the OU or its children. This data excludes the master account, because the master account is not limited by SCPs.
Master account – When you specify the master account, the resulting report lists all AWS services, because the master account is not limited by SCPs. For each service, the report includes data for only the master account.
Account – When you specify another account as the entity, the resulting report lists all of the services allowed by SCPs that are attached to the account and its parents. For each service, the report includes data for only the specified account.
To generate a service last accessed data report for policies, specify an entity path and the optional AWS Organizations policy ID. The type of entity that you specify determines the data returned for each service.
Root – When you specify the root entity and a policy ID, the resulting report lists all of the services that are allowed by the specified SCP. For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in your organization to which the SCP applies. This data excludes the master account, because the master account is not limited by SCPs. If the SCP is not attached to any entities in the organization, then the report will return a list of services with no data.
OU – When you specify an OU entity and a policy ID, the resulting report lists all of the services that are allowed by the specified SCP. For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in the OU or its children to which the SCP applies. This means that other accounts outside the OU that are affected by the SCP might not be included in the data. This data excludes the master account, because the master account is not limited by SCPs. If the SCP is not attached to the OU or one of its children, the report will return a list of services with no data.
Master account – When you specify the master account, the resulting report lists all AWS services, because the master account is not limited by SCPs. If you specify a policy ID in the CLI or API, the policy is ignored. For each service, the report includes data for only the master account.
Account – When you specify another account entity and a policy ID, the resulting report lists all of the services that are allowed by the specified SCP. For each service, the report includes data for only the specified account. This means that other accounts in the organization that are affected by the SCP might not be included in the data. If the SCP is not attached to the account, the report will return a list of services with no data.
Service last accessed data does not use other policy types when determining whether a principal could access a service. These other policy types include identity-based policies, resource-based policies, access control lists, IAM permissions boundaries, and STS assume role policies. It only applies SCP logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating Policies in the IAM User Guide.
For more information about service last accessed data, see Reducing Policy Scope by Viewing User Activity in the IAM User Guide.
", - "GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails": "Generates a report that includes details about when an IAM resource (user, group, role, or policy) was last used in an attempt to access AWS services. Recent activity usually appears within four hours. IAM reports activity for the last 365 days, or less if your Region began supporting this feature within the last year. For more information, see Regions Where Data Is Tracked.
The service last accessed data includes all attempts to access an AWS API, not just the successful ones. This includes all attempts that were made using the AWS Management Console, the AWS API through any of the SDKs, or any of the command line tools. An unexpected entry in the service last accessed data does not mean that your account has been compromised, because the request might have been denied. Refer to your CloudTrail logs as the authoritative source for information about all API calls and whether they were successful or denied access. For more information, see Logging IAM Events with CloudTrail in the IAM User Guide.
The GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns a JobId. Use this parameter in the following operations to retrieve the following details from your report:
GetServiceLastAccessedDetails – Use this operation for users, groups, roles, or policies to list every AWS service that the resource could access using permissions policies. For each service, the response includes information about the most recent access attempt.
The JobId returned by GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetail must be used by the same role within a session, or by the same user when used to call GetServiceLastAccessedDetail.
GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities – Use this operation for groups and policies to list information about the associated entities (users or roles) that attempted to access a specific AWS service.
To check the status of the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails request, use the JobId parameter in the same operations and test the JobStatus response parameter.
For additional information about the permissions policies that allow an identity (user, group, or role) to access specific services, use the ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess operation.
Service last accessed data does not use other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, AWS Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and AWS STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating Policies in the IAM User Guide.
For more information about service and action last accessed data, see Reducing Permissions Using Service Last Accessed Data in the IAM User Guide.
", + "GenerateCredentialReport": "Generates a credential report for the AWS account. For more information about the credential report, see Getting credential reports in the IAM User Guide.
", + "GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport": "Generates a report for service last accessed data for AWS Organizations. You can generate a report for any entities (organization root, organizational unit, or account) or policies in your organization.
To call this operation, you must be signed in using your AWS Organizations management account credentials. You can use your long-term IAM user or root user credentials, or temporary credentials from assuming an IAM role. SCPs must be enabled for your organization root. You must have the required IAM and AWS Organizations permissions. For more information, see Refining permissions using service last accessed data in the IAM User Guide.
You can generate a service last accessed data report for entities by specifying only the entity's path. This data includes a list of services that are allowed by any service control policies (SCPs) that apply to the entity.
You can generate a service last accessed data report for a policy by specifying an entity's path and an optional AWS Organizations policy ID. This data includes a list of services that are allowed by the specified SCP.
For each service in both report types, the data includes the most recent account activity that the policy allows to account principals in the entity or the entity's children. For important information about the data, reporting period, permissions required, troubleshooting, and supported Regions see Reducing permissions using service last accessed data in the IAM User Guide.
The data includes all attempts to access AWS, not just the successful ones. This includes all attempts that were made using the AWS Management Console, the AWS API through any of the SDKs, or any of the command line tools. An unexpected entry in the service last accessed data does not mean that an account has been compromised, because the request might have been denied. Refer to your CloudTrail logs as the authoritative source for information about all API calls and whether they were successful or denied access. For more information, see Logging IAM events with CloudTrail in the IAM User Guide.
This operation returns a JobId. Use this parameter in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport operation to check the status of the report generation. To check the status of this request, use the JobId parameter in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport operation and test the JobStatus response parameter. When the job is complete, you can retrieve the report.
To generate a service last accessed data report for entities, specify an entity path without specifying the optional AWS Organizations policy ID. The type of entity that you specify determines the data returned in the report.
Root – When you specify the organizations root as the entity, the resulting report lists all of the services allowed by SCPs that are attached to your root. For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in your organization except the management account, because the management account is not limited by SCPs.
OU – When you specify an organizational unit (OU) as the entity, the resulting report lists all of the services allowed by SCPs that are attached to the OU and its parents. For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in the OU or its children. This data excludes the management account, because the management account is not limited by SCPs.
management account – When you specify the management account, the resulting report lists all AWS services, because the management account is not limited by SCPs. For each service, the report includes data for only the management account.
Account – When you specify another account as the entity, the resulting report lists all of the services allowed by SCPs that are attached to the account and its parents. For each service, the report includes data for only the specified account.
To generate a service last accessed data report for policies, specify an entity path and the optional AWS Organizations policy ID. The type of entity that you specify determines the data returned for each service.
Root – When you specify the root entity and a policy ID, the resulting report lists all of the services that are allowed by the specified SCP. For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in your organization to which the SCP applies. This data excludes the management account, because the management account is not limited by SCPs. If the SCP is not attached to any entities in the organization, then the report will return a list of services with no data.
OU – When you specify an OU entity and a policy ID, the resulting report lists all of the services that are allowed by the specified SCP. For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in the OU or its children to which the SCP applies. This means that other accounts outside the OU that are affected by the SCP might not be included in the data. This data excludes the management account, because the management account is not limited by SCPs. If the SCP is not attached to the OU or one of its children, the report will return a list of services with no data.
management account – When you specify the management account, the resulting report lists all AWS services, because the management account is not limited by SCPs. If you specify a policy ID in the CLI or API, the policy is ignored. For each service, the report includes data for only the management account.
Account – When you specify another account entity and a policy ID, the resulting report lists all of the services that are allowed by the specified SCP. For each service, the report includes data for only the specified account. This means that other accounts in the organization that are affected by the SCP might not be included in the data. If the SCP is not attached to the account, the report will return a list of services with no data.
Service last accessed data does not use other policy types when determining whether a principal could access a service. These other policy types include identity-based policies, resource-based policies, access control lists, IAM permissions boundaries, and STS assume role policies. It only applies SCP logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating policies in the IAM User Guide.
For more information about service last accessed data, see Reducing policy scope by viewing user activity in the IAM User Guide.
", + "GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails": "Generates a report that includes details about when an IAM resource (user, group, role, or policy) was last used in an attempt to access AWS services. Recent activity usually appears within four hours. IAM reports activity for the last 365 days, or less if your Region began supporting this feature within the last year. For more information, see Regions where data is tracked.
The service last accessed data includes all attempts to access an AWS API, not just the successful ones. This includes all attempts that were made using the AWS Management Console, the AWS API through any of the SDKs, or any of the command line tools. An unexpected entry in the service last accessed data does not mean that your account has been compromised, because the request might have been denied. Refer to your CloudTrail logs as the authoritative source for information about all API calls and whether they were successful or denied access. For more information, see Logging IAM events with CloudTrail in the IAM User Guide.
The GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns a JobId. Use this parameter in the following operations to retrieve the following details from your report:
GetServiceLastAccessedDetails – Use this operation for users, groups, roles, or policies to list every AWS service that the resource could access using permissions policies. For each service, the response includes information about the most recent access attempt.
The JobId returned by GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetail must be used by the same role within a session, or by the same user when used to call GetServiceLastAccessedDetail.
GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities – Use this operation for groups and policies to list information about the associated entities (users or roles) that attempted to access a specific AWS service.
To check the status of the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails request, use the JobId parameter in the same operations and test the JobStatus response parameter.
For additional information about the permissions policies that allow an identity (user, group, or role) to access specific services, use the ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess operation.
Service last accessed data does not use other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, AWS Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and AWS STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating policies in the IAM User Guide.
For more information about service and action last accessed data, see Reducing permissions using service last accessed data in the IAM User Guide.
", "GetAccessKeyLastUsed": "Retrieves information about when the specified access key was last used. The information includes the date and time of last use, along with the AWS service and Region that were specified in the last request made with that key.
", - "GetAccountAuthorizationDetails": "Retrieves information about all IAM users, groups, roles, and policies in your AWS account, including their relationships to one another. Use this API to obtain a snapshot of the configuration of IAM permissions (users, groups, roles, and policies) in your account.
Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality.
You can optionally filter the results using the Filter parameter. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
Retrieves the password policy for the AWS account. For more information about using a password policy, go to Managing an IAM Password Policy.
", - "GetAccountSummary": "Retrieves information about IAM entity usage and IAM quotas in the AWS account.
The number and size of IAM resources in an AWS account are limited. For more information, see IAM and STS Quotas in the IAM User Guide.
", + "GetAccountAuthorizationDetails": "Retrieves information about all IAM users, groups, roles, and policies in your AWS account, including their relationships to one another. Use this operation to obtain a snapshot of the configuration of IAM permissions (users, groups, roles, and policies) in your account.
Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality.
You can optionally filter the results using the Filter parameter. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
Retrieves the password policy for the AWS account. This tells you the complexity requirements and mandatory rotation periods for the IAM user passwords in your account. For more information about using a password policy, see Managing an IAM password policy.
", + "GetAccountSummary": "Retrieves information about IAM entity usage and IAM quotas in the AWS account.
For information about IAM quotas, see IAM and STS quotas in the IAM User Guide.
", "GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy": "Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in the input policies. The policies are supplied as a list of one or more strings. To get the context keys from policies associated with an IAM user, group, or role, use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy.
Context keys are variables maintained by AWS and its services that provide details about the context of an API query request. Context keys can be evaluated by testing against a value specified in an IAM policy. Use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy to understand what key names and values you must supply when you call SimulateCustomPolicy. Note that all parameters are shown in unencoded form here for clarity but must be URL encoded to be included as a part of a real HTML request.
Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in all the IAM policies that are attached to the specified IAM entity. The entity can be an IAM user, group, or role. If you specify a user, then the request also includes all of the policies attached to groups that the user is a member of.
You can optionally include a list of one or more additional policies, specified as strings. If you want to include only a list of policies by string, use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy instead.
Note: This API discloses information about the permissions granted to other users. If you do not want users to see other user's permissions, then consider allowing them to use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy instead.
Context keys are variables maintained by AWS and its services that provide details about the context of an API query request. Context keys can be evaluated by testing against a value in an IAM policy. Use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy to understand what key names and values you must supply when you call SimulatePrincipalPolicy.
", - "GetCredentialReport": "Retrieves a credential report for the AWS account. For more information about the credential report, see Getting Credential Reports in the IAM User Guide.
", + "GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy": "Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in all the IAM policies that are attached to the specified IAM entity. The entity can be an IAM user, group, or role. If you specify a user, then the request also includes all of the policies attached to groups that the user is a member of.
You can optionally include a list of one or more additional policies, specified as strings. If you want to include only a list of policies by string, use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy instead.
Note: This operation discloses information about the permissions granted to other users. If you do not want users to see other user's permissions, then consider allowing them to use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy instead.
Context keys are variables maintained by AWS and its services that provide details about the context of an API query request. Context keys can be evaluated by testing against a value in an IAM policy. Use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy to understand what key names and values you must supply when you call SimulatePrincipalPolicy.
", + "GetCredentialReport": "Retrieves a credential report for the AWS account. For more information about the credential report, see Getting credential reports in the IAM User Guide.
", "GetGroup": " Returns a list of IAM users that are in the specified IAM group. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM group.
Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality.
An IAM group can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a group, use GetPolicy to determine the policy's default version, then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy document.
For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", - "GetInstanceProfile": "Retrieves information about the specified instance profile, including the instance profile's path, GUID, ARN, and role. For more information about instance profiles, see About Instance Profiles in the IAM User Guide.
", - "GetLoginProfile": "Retrieves the user name and password-creation date for the specified IAM user. If the user has not been assigned a password, the operation returns a 404 (NoSuchEntity) error.
Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM group.
Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality.
An IAM group can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a group, use GetPolicy to determine the policy's default version, then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy document.
For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "GetInstanceProfile": "Retrieves information about the specified instance profile, including the instance profile's path, GUID, ARN, and role. For more information about instance profiles, see About instance profiles in the IAM User Guide.
", + "GetLoginProfile": "Retrieves the user name and password creation date for the specified IAM user. If the user has not been assigned a password, the operation returns a 404 (NoSuchEntity) error.
Returns information about the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object in IAM.
", - "GetOrganizationsAccessReport": "Retrieves the service last accessed data report for AWS Organizations that was previously generated using the GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport operation. This operation retrieves the status of your report job and the report contents.
Depending on the parameters that you passed when you generated the report, the data returned could include different information. For details, see GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport.
To call this operation, you must be signed in to the master account in your organization. SCPs must be enabled for your organization root. You must have permissions to perform this operation. For more information, see Refining Permissions Using Service Last Accessed Data in the IAM User Guide.
For each service that principals in an account (root users, IAM users, or IAM roles) could access using SCPs, the operation returns details about the most recent access attempt. If there was no attempt, the service is listed without details about the most recent attempt to access the service. If the operation fails, it returns the reason that it failed.
By default, the list is sorted by service namespace.
", - "GetPolicy": "Retrieves information about the specified managed policy, including the policy's default version and the total number of IAM users, groups, and roles to which the policy is attached. To retrieve the list of the specific users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, use the ListEntitiesForPolicy API. This API returns metadata about the policy. To retrieve the actual policy document for a specific version of the policy, use GetPolicyVersion.
This API retrieves information about managed policies. To retrieve information about an inline policy that is embedded with an IAM user, group, or role, use the GetUserPolicy, GetGroupPolicy, or GetRolePolicy API.
For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", - "GetPolicyVersion": "Retrieves information about the specified version of the specified managed policy, including the policy document.
Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality.
To list the available versions for a policy, use ListPolicyVersions.
This API retrieves information about managed policies. To retrieve information about an inline policy that is embedded in a user, group, or role, use the GetUserPolicy, GetGroupPolicy, or GetRolePolicy API.
For more information about the types of policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", - "GetRole": "Retrieves information about the specified role, including the role's path, GUID, ARN, and the role's trust policy that grants permission to assume the role. For more information about roles, see Working with Roles.
Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality.
Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded with the specified IAM role.
Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality.
An IAM role can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a role, use GetPolicy to determine the policy's default version, then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy document.
For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
For more information about roles, see Using Roles to Delegate Permissions and Federate Identities.
", + "GetOrganizationsAccessReport": "Retrieves the service last accessed data report for AWS Organizations that was previously generated using the GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport operation. This operation retrieves the status of your report job and the report contents.
Depending on the parameters that you passed when you generated the report, the data returned could include different information. For details, see GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport.
To call this operation, you must be signed in to the management account in your organization. SCPs must be enabled for your organization root. You must have permissions to perform this operation. For more information, see Refining permissions using service last accessed data in the IAM User Guide.
For each service that principals in an account (root users, IAM users, or IAM roles) could access using SCPs, the operation returns details about the most recent access attempt. If there was no attempt, the service is listed without details about the most recent attempt to access the service. If the operation fails, it returns the reason that it failed.
By default, the list is sorted by service namespace.
", + "GetPolicy": "Retrieves information about the specified managed policy, including the policy's default version and the total number of IAM users, groups, and roles to which the policy is attached. To retrieve the list of the specific users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, use ListEntitiesForPolicy. This operation returns metadata about the policy. To retrieve the actual policy document for a specific version of the policy, use GetPolicyVersion.
This operation retrieves information about managed policies. To retrieve information about an inline policy that is embedded with an IAM user, group, or role, use GetUserPolicy, GetGroupPolicy, or GetRolePolicy.
For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "GetPolicyVersion": "Retrieves information about the specified version of the specified managed policy, including the policy document.
Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality.
To list the available versions for a policy, use ListPolicyVersions.
This operation retrieves information about managed policies. To retrieve information about an inline policy that is embedded in a user, group, or role, use GetUserPolicy, GetGroupPolicy, or GetRolePolicy.
For more information about the types of policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for managed policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "GetRole": "Retrieves information about the specified role, including the role's path, GUID, ARN, and the role's trust policy that grants permission to assume the role. For more information about roles, see Working with roles.
Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality.
Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded with the specified IAM role.
Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality.
An IAM role can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a role, use GetPolicy to determine the policy's default version, then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy document.
For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
For more information about roles, see Using roles to delegate permissions and federate identities.
", "GetSAMLProvider": "Returns the SAML provider metadocument that was uploaded when the IAM SAML provider resource object was created or updated.
This operation requires Signature Version 4.
Retrieves the specified SSH public key, including metadata about the key.
The SSH public key retrieved by this operation is used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
", - "GetServerCertificate": "Retrieves information about the specified server certificate stored in IAM.
For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM.
", - "GetServiceLastAccessedDetails": "Retrieves a service last accessed report that was created using the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation. You can use the JobId parameter in GetServiceLastAccessedDetails to retrieve the status of your report job. When the report is complete, you can retrieve the generated report. The report includes a list of AWS services that the resource (user, group, role, or managed policy) can access.
Service last accessed data does not use other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, AWS Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and AWS STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating Policies in the IAM User Guide.
For each service that the resource could access using permissions policies, the operation returns details about the most recent access attempt. If there was no attempt, the service is listed without details about the most recent attempt to access the service. If the operation fails, the GetServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns the reason that it failed.
The GetServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns a list of services. This list includes the number of entities that have attempted to access the service and the date and time of the last attempt. It also returns the ARN of the following entity, depending on the resource ARN that you used to generate the report:
User – Returns the user ARN that you used to generate the report
Group – Returns the ARN of the group member (user) that last attempted to access the service
Role – Returns the role ARN that you used to generate the report
Policy – Returns the ARN of the user or role that last used the policy to attempt to access the service
By default, the list is sorted by service namespace.
If you specified ACTION_LEVEL granularity when you generated the report, this operation returns service and action last accessed data. This includes the most recent access attempt for each tracked action within a service. Otherwise, this operation returns only service data.
For more information about service and action last accessed data, see Reducing Permissions Using Service Last Accessed Data in the IAM User Guide.
", + "GetSSHPublicKey": "Retrieves the specified SSH public key, including metadata about the key.
The SSH public key retrieved by this operation is used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
", + "GetServerCertificate": "Retrieves information about the specified server certificate stored in IAM.
For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with server certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM.
", + "GetServiceLastAccessedDetails": "Retrieves a service last accessed report that was created using the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation. You can use the JobId parameter in GetServiceLastAccessedDetails to retrieve the status of your report job. When the report is complete, you can retrieve the generated report. The report includes a list of AWS services that the resource (user, group, role, or managed policy) can access.
Service last accessed data does not use other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, AWS Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and AWS STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating policies in the IAM User Guide.
For each service that the resource could access using permissions policies, the operation returns details about the most recent access attempt. If there was no attempt, the service is listed without details about the most recent attempt to access the service. If the operation fails, the GetServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns the reason that it failed.
The GetServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns a list of services. This list includes the number of entities that have attempted to access the service and the date and time of the last attempt. It also returns the ARN of the following entity, depending on the resource ARN that you used to generate the report:
User – Returns the user ARN that you used to generate the report
Group – Returns the ARN of the group member (user) that last attempted to access the service
Role – Returns the role ARN that you used to generate the report
Policy – Returns the ARN of the user or role that last used the policy to attempt to access the service
By default, the list is sorted by service namespace.
If you specified ACTION_LEVEL granularity when you generated the report, this operation returns service and action last accessed data. This includes the most recent access attempt for each tracked action within a service. Otherwise, this operation returns only service data.
For more information about service and action last accessed data, see Reducing permissions using service last accessed data in the IAM User Guide.
", "GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities": "After you generate a group or policy report using the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation, you can use the JobId parameter in GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities. This operation retrieves the status of your report job and a list of entities that could have used group or policy permissions to access the specified service.
Group – For a group report, this operation returns a list of users in the group that could have used the group’s policies in an attempt to access the service.
Policy – For a policy report, this operation returns a list of entities (users or roles) that could have used the policy in an attempt to access the service.
You can also use this operation for user or role reports to retrieve details about those entities.
If the operation fails, the GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities operation returns the reason that it failed.
By default, the list of associated entities is sorted by date, with the most recent access listed first.
", - "GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus": "Retrieves the status of your service-linked role deletion. After you use the DeleteServiceLinkedRole API operation to submit a service-linked role for deletion, you can use the DeletionTaskId parameter in GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus to check the status of the deletion. If the deletion fails, this operation returns the reason that it failed, if that information is returned by the service.
Retrieves information about the specified IAM user, including the user's creation date, path, unique ID, and ARN.
If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request to this API.
", - "GetUserPolicy": "Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM user.
Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality.
An IAM user can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a user, use GetPolicy to determine the policy's default version. Then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy document.
For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus": "Retrieves the status of your service-linked role deletion. After you use DeleteServiceLinkedRole to submit a service-linked role for deletion, you can use the DeletionTaskId parameter in GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus to check the status of the deletion. If the deletion fails, this operation returns the reason that it failed, if that information is returned by the service.
Retrieves information about the specified IAM user, including the user's creation date, path, unique ID, and ARN.
If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request to this operation.
", + "GetUserPolicy": "Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM user.
Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986. You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality.
An IAM user can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a user, use GetPolicy to determine the policy's default version. Then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy document.
For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", "ListAccessKeys": "Returns information about the access key IDs associated with the specified IAM user. If there is none, the operation returns an empty list.
Although each user is limited to a small number of keys, you can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users.
To ensure the security of your AWS account, the secret access key is accessible only during key and user creation.
Lists the account alias associated with the AWS account (Note: you can have only one). For information about using an AWS account alias, see Using an Alias for Your AWS Account ID in the IAM User Guide.
", - "ListAttachedGroupPolicies": "Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM group.
An IAM group can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies for a group, use the ListGroupPolicies API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the specified group (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation returns an empty list.
Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM role.
An IAM role can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies for a role, use the ListRolePolicies API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the specified role (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation returns an empty list.
Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM user.
An IAM user can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies for a user, use the ListUserPolicies API. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the specified group (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation returns an empty list.
Lists the account alias associated with the AWS account (Note: you can have only one). For information about using an AWS account alias, see Using an alias for your AWS account ID in the IAM User Guide.
", + "ListAttachedGroupPolicies": "Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM group.
An IAM group can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies for a group, use ListGroupPolicies. For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the specified group (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation returns an empty list.
Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM role.
An IAM role can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies for a role, use ListRolePolicies. For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the specified role (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation returns an empty list.
Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM user.
An IAM user can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies for a user, use ListUserPolicies. For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the specified group (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation returns an empty list.
Lists all IAM users, groups, and roles that the specified managed policy is attached to.
You can use the optional EntityFilter parameter to limit the results to a particular type of entity (users, groups, or roles). For example, to list only the roles that are attached to the specified policy, set EntityFilter to Role.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified IAM group.
An IAM group can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed policies that are attached to a group, use ListAttachedGroupPolicies. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified group, the operation returns an empty list.
Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified IAM group.
An IAM group can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed policies that are attached to a group, use ListAttachedGroupPolicies. For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified group, the operation returns an empty list.
Lists the IAM groups that have the specified path prefix.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
Lists the IAM groups that the specified IAM user belongs to.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
Lists the instance profiles that have the specified path prefix. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
Lists the instance profiles that have the specified associated IAM role. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
Lists the MFA devices for an IAM user. If the request includes a IAM user name, then this operation lists all the MFA devices associated with the specified user. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID signing the request for this API.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
Lists information about the IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource objects defined in the AWS account.
", - "ListPolicies": "Lists all the managed policies that are available in your AWS account, including your own customer-defined managed policies and all AWS managed policies.
You can filter the list of policies that is returned using the optional OnlyAttached, Scope, and PathPrefix parameters. For example, to list only the customer managed policies in your AWS account, set Scope to Local. To list only AWS managed policies, set Scope to AWS.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
For more information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", - "ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess": "Retrieves a list of policies that the IAM identity (user, group, or role) can use to access each specified service.
This operation does not use other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, AWS Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and AWS STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating Policies in the IAM User Guide.
The list of policies returned by the operation depends on the ARN of the identity that you provide.
User – The list of policies includes the managed and inline policies that are attached to the user directly. The list also includes any additional managed and inline policies that are attached to the group to which the user belongs.
Group – The list of policies includes only the managed and inline policies that are attached to the group directly. Policies that are attached to the group’s user are not included.
Role – The list of policies includes only the managed and inline policies that are attached to the role.
For each managed policy, this operation returns the ARN and policy name. For each inline policy, it returns the policy name and the entity to which it is attached. Inline policies do not have an ARN. For more information about these policy types, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
Policies that are attached to users and roles as permissions boundaries are not returned. To view which managed policy is currently used to set the permissions boundary for a user or role, use the GetUser or GetRole operations.
", - "ListPolicyVersions": "Lists information about the versions of the specified managed policy, including the version that is currently set as the policy's default version.
For more information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", - "ListRolePolicies": "Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified IAM role.
An IAM role can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed policies that are attached to a role, use ListAttachedRolePolicies. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified role, the operation returns an empty list.
Lists the tags that are attached to the specified role. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
", - "ListRoles": "Lists the IAM roles that have the specified path prefix. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about roles, go to Working with Roles.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
Lists the SAML provider resource objects defined in IAM in the account.
This operation requires Signature Version 4.
Returns information about the SSH public keys associated with the specified IAM user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list.
The SSH public keys returned by this operation are used only for authenticating the IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
Although each user is limited to a small number of keys, you can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
Lists the server certificates stored in IAM that have the specified path prefix. If none exist, the operation returns an empty list.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM.
", - "ListServiceSpecificCredentials": "Returns information about the service-specific credentials associated with the specified IAM user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list. The service-specific credentials returned by this operation are used only for authenticating the IAM user to a specific service. For more information about using service-specific credentials to authenticate to an AWS service, see Set Up service-specific credentials in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
", - "ListSigningCertificates": "Returns information about the signing certificates associated with the specified IAM user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list.
Although each user is limited to a small number of signing certificates, you can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request for this API. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users.
Lists the names of the inline policies embedded in the specified IAM user.
An IAM user can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed policies that are attached to a user, use ListAttachedUserPolicies. For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified user, the operation returns an empty list.
Lists the tags that are attached to the specified user. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
", - "ListUsers": "Lists the IAM users that have the specified path prefix. If no path prefix is specified, the operation returns all users in the AWS account. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
Lists the virtual MFA devices defined in the AWS account by assignment status. If you do not specify an assignment status, the operation returns a list of all virtual MFA devices. Assignment status can be Assigned, Unassigned, or Any.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM group.
A user can also have managed policies attached to it. To attach a managed policy to a group, use AttachGroupPolicy. To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
For information about limits on the number of inline policies that you can embed in a group, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide.
Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling PutGroupPolicy. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
Adds or updates the policy that is specified as the IAM role's permissions boundary. You can use an AWS managed policy or a customer managed policy to set the boundary for a role. Use the boundary to control the maximum permissions that the role can have. Setting a permissions boundary is an advanced feature that can affect the permissions for the role.
You cannot set the boundary for a service-linked role.
Policies used as permissions boundaries do not provide permissions. You must also attach a permissions policy to the role. To learn how the effective permissions for a role are evaluated, see IAM JSON Policy Evaluation Logic in the IAM User Guide.
Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM role.
When you embed an inline policy in a role, the inline policy is used as part of the role's access (permissions) policy. The role's trust policy is created at the same time as the role, using CreateRole. You can update a role's trust policy using UpdateAssumeRolePolicy. For more information about IAM roles, go to Using Roles to Delegate Permissions and Federate Identities.
A role can also have a managed policy attached to it. To attach a managed policy to a role, use AttachRolePolicy. To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
For information about limits on the number of inline policies that you can embed with a role, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide.
Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling PutRolePolicy. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
Adds or updates the policy that is specified as the IAM user's permissions boundary. You can use an AWS managed policy or a customer managed policy to set the boundary for a user. Use the boundary to control the maximum permissions that the user can have. Setting a permissions boundary is an advanced feature that can affect the permissions for the user.
Policies that are used as permissions boundaries do not provide permissions. You must also attach a permissions policy to the user. To learn how the effective permissions for a user are evaluated, see IAM JSON Policy Evaluation Logic in the IAM User Guide.
Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM user.
An IAM user can also have a managed policy attached to it. To attach a managed policy to a user, use AttachUserPolicy. To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
For information about limits on the number of inline policies that you can embed in a user, see Limitations on IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide.
Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling PutUserPolicy. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM instance profile. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "ListInstanceProfiles": "Lists the instance profiles that have the specified path prefix. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about instance profiles, see About instance profiles.
IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information for an instance profile, see GetInstanceProfile.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
Lists the instance profiles that have the specified associated IAM role. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about instance profiles, go to About instance profiles.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM virtual multi-factor authentication (MFA) device. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "ListMFADevices": "Lists the MFA devices for an IAM user. If the request includes a IAM user name, then this operation lists all the MFA devices associated with the specified user. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the AWS access key ID signing the request for this operation.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
Lists the tags that are attached to the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible identity provider. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information, see About web identity federation.
For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "ListOpenIDConnectProviders": "Lists information about the IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource objects defined in the AWS account.
IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information for an OIDC provider, see GetOpenIDConnectProvider.
Lists all the managed policies that are available in your AWS account, including your own customer-defined managed policies and all AWS managed policies.
You can filter the list of policies that is returned using the optional OnlyAttached, Scope, and PathPrefix parameters. For example, to list only the customer managed policies in your AWS account, set Scope to Local. To list only AWS managed policies, set Scope to AWS.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
For more information about managed policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information for a customer manged policy, see GetPolicy.
Retrieves a list of policies that the IAM identity (user, group, or role) can use to access each specified service.
This operation does not use other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, AWS Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and AWS STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating policies in the IAM User Guide.
The list of policies returned by the operation depends on the ARN of the identity that you provide.
User – The list of policies includes the managed and inline policies that are attached to the user directly. The list also includes any additional managed and inline policies that are attached to the group to which the user belongs.
Group – The list of policies includes only the managed and inline policies that are attached to the group directly. Policies that are attached to the group’s user are not included.
Role – The list of policies includes only the managed and inline policies that are attached to the role.
For each managed policy, this operation returns the ARN and policy name. For each inline policy, it returns the policy name and the entity to which it is attached. Inline policies do not have an ARN. For more information about these policy types, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
Policies that are attached to users and roles as permissions boundaries are not returned. To view which managed policy is currently used to set the permissions boundary for a user or role, use the GetUser or GetRole operations.
", + "ListPolicyTags": "Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM customer managed policy. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "ListPolicyVersions": "Lists information about the versions of the specified managed policy, including the version that is currently set as the policy's default version.
For more information about managed policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "ListRolePolicies": "Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified IAM role.
An IAM role can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed policies that are attached to a role, use ListAttachedRolePolicies. For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified role, the operation returns an empty list.
Lists the tags that are attached to the specified role. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "ListRoles": "Lists the IAM roles that have the specified path prefix. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about roles, see Working with roles.
IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information for a role, see GetRole.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
Lists the tags that are attached to the specified Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity provider. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information, see About SAML 2.0-based federation.
For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "ListSAMLProviders": "Lists the SAML provider resource objects defined in IAM in the account. IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information for a SAML provider, see GetSAMLProvider.
This operation requires Signature Version 4.
Returns information about the SSH public keys associated with the specified IAM user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list.
The SSH public keys returned by this operation are used only for authenticating the IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
Although each user is limited to a small number of keys, you can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM server certificate. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
For certificates in a Region supported by AWS Certificate Manager (ACM), we recommend that you don't use IAM server certificates. Instead, use ACM to provision, manage, and deploy your server certificates. For more information about IAM server certificates, Working with server certificates in the IAM User Guide.
Lists the server certificates stored in IAM that have the specified path prefix. If none exist, the operation returns an empty list.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with server certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM.
IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information for a servercertificate, see GetServerCertificate.
Returns information about the service-specific credentials associated with the specified IAM user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list. The service-specific credentials returned by this operation are used only for authenticating the IAM user to a specific service. For more information about using service-specific credentials to authenticate to an AWS service, see Set up service-specific credentials in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
", + "ListSigningCertificates": "Returns information about the signing certificates associated with the specified IAM user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list.
Although each user is limited to a small number of signing certificates, you can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request for this operation. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users.
Lists the names of the inline policies embedded in the specified IAM user.
An IAM user can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed policies that are attached to a user, use ListAttachedUserPolicies. For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified user, the operation returns an empty list.
Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM user. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "ListUsers": "Lists the IAM users that have the specified path prefix. If no path prefix is specified, the operation returns all users in the AWS account. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list.
IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information for a user, see GetUser.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
Lists the virtual MFA devices defined in the AWS account by assignment status. If you do not specify an assignment status, the operation returns a list of all virtual MFA devices. Assignment status can be Assigned, Unassigned, or Any.
IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information for a virtual MFA device, see ListVirtualMFADevices.
You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.
Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM group.
A user can also have managed policies attached to it. To attach a managed policy to a group, use AttachGroupPolicy. To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
For information about the maximum number of inline policies that you can embed in a group, see IAM and STS quotas in the IAM User Guide.
Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling PutGroupPolicy. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, see Making query requests in the IAM User Guide.
Adds or updates the policy that is specified as the IAM role's permissions boundary. You can use an AWS managed policy or a customer managed policy to set the boundary for a role. Use the boundary to control the maximum permissions that the role can have. Setting a permissions boundary is an advanced feature that can affect the permissions for the role.
You cannot set the boundary for a service-linked role.
Policies used as permissions boundaries do not provide permissions. You must also attach a permissions policy to the role. To learn how the effective permissions for a role are evaluated, see IAM JSON policy evaluation logic in the IAM User Guide.
Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM role.
When you embed an inline policy in a role, the inline policy is used as part of the role's access (permissions) policy. The role's trust policy is created at the same time as the role, using CreateRole. You can update a role's trust policy using UpdateAssumeRolePolicy. For more information about IAM roles, see Using roles to delegate permissions and federate identities.
A role can also have a managed policy attached to it. To attach a managed policy to a role, use AttachRolePolicy. To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
For information about the maximum number of inline policies that you can embed with a role, see IAM and STS quotas in the IAM User Guide.
Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling PutRolePolicy. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, see Making query requests in the IAM User Guide.
Adds or updates the policy that is specified as the IAM user's permissions boundary. You can use an AWS managed policy or a customer managed policy to set the boundary for a user. Use the boundary to control the maximum permissions that the user can have. Setting a permissions boundary is an advanced feature that can affect the permissions for the user.
Policies that are used as permissions boundaries do not provide permissions. You must also attach a permissions policy to the user. To learn how the effective permissions for a user are evaluated, see IAM JSON policy evaluation logic in the IAM User Guide.
Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM user.
An IAM user can also have a managed policy attached to it. To attach a managed policy to a user, use AttachUserPolicy. To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
For information about the maximum number of inline policies that you can embed in a user, see IAM and STS quotas in the IAM User Guide.
Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling PutUserPolicy. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, see Making query requests in the IAM User Guide.
Removes the specified client ID (also known as audience) from the list of client IDs registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object.
This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you try to remove a client ID that does not exist.
", - "RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfile": "Removes the specified IAM role from the specified EC2 instance profile.
Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the role you are about to remove from the instance profile. Removing a role from an instance profile that is associated with a running instance might break any applications running on the instance.
For more information about IAM roles, go to Working with Roles. For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles.
", + "RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfile": "Removes the specified IAM role from the specified EC2 instance profile.
Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the role you are about to remove from the instance profile. Removing a role from an instance profile that is associated with a running instance might break any applications running on the instance.
For more information about IAM roles, see Working with roles. For more information about instance profiles, see About instance profiles.
", "RemoveUserFromGroup": "Removes the specified user from the specified group.
", "ResetServiceSpecificCredential": "Resets the password for a service-specific credential. The new password is AWS generated and cryptographically strong. It cannot be configured by the user. Resetting the password immediately invalidates the previous password associated with this user.
", - "ResyncMFADevice": "Synchronizes the specified MFA device with its IAM resource object on the AWS servers.
For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, go to Using a Virtual MFA Device in the IAM User Guide.
", - "SetDefaultPolicyVersion": "Sets the specified version of the specified policy as the policy's default (operative) version.
This operation affects all users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to. To list the users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, use the ListEntitiesForPolicy API.
For information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", - "SetSecurityTokenServicePreferences": "Sets the specified version of the global endpoint token as the token version used for the AWS account.
By default, AWS Security Token Service (STS) is available as a global service, and all STS requests go to a single endpoint at https://sts.amazonaws.com. AWS recommends using Regional STS endpoints to reduce latency, build in redundancy, and increase session token availability. For information about Regional endpoints for STS, see AWS Regions and Endpoints in the AWS General Reference.
If you make an STS call to the global endpoint, the resulting session tokens might be valid in some Regions but not others. It depends on the version that is set in this operation. Version 1 tokens are valid only in AWS Regions that are available by default. These tokens do not work in manually enabled Regions, such as Asia Pacific (Hong Kong). Version 2 tokens are valid in all Regions. However, version 2 tokens are longer and might affect systems where you temporarily store tokens. For information, see Activating and Deactivating STS in an AWS Region in the IAM User Guide.
To view the current session token version, see the GlobalEndpointTokenVersion entry in the response of the GetAccountSummary operation.
Simulate how a set of IAM policies and optionally a resource-based policy works with a list of API operations and AWS resources to determine the policies' effective permissions. The policies are provided as strings.
The simulation does not perform the API operations; it only checks the authorization to determine if the simulated policies allow or deny the operations.
If you want to simulate existing policies that are attached to an IAM user, group, or role, use SimulatePrincipalPolicy instead.
Context keys are variables that are maintained by AWS and its services and which provide details about the context of an API query request. You can use the Condition element of an IAM policy to evaluate context keys. To get the list of context keys that the policies require for correct simulation, use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy.
If the output is long, you can use MaxItems and Marker parameters to paginate the results.
Simulate how a set of IAM policies attached to an IAM entity works with a list of API operations and AWS resources to determine the policies' effective permissions. The entity can be an IAM user, group, or role. If you specify a user, then the simulation also includes all of the policies that are attached to groups that the user belongs to.
You can optionally include a list of one or more additional policies specified as strings to include in the simulation. If you want to simulate only policies specified as strings, use SimulateCustomPolicy instead.
You can also optionally include one resource-based policy to be evaluated with each of the resources included in the simulation.
The simulation does not perform the API operations; it only checks the authorization to determine if the simulated policies allow or deny the operations.
Note: This API discloses information about the permissions granted to other users. If you do not want users to see other user's permissions, then consider allowing them to use SimulateCustomPolicy instead.
Context keys are variables maintained by AWS and its services that provide details about the context of an API query request. You can use the Condition element of an IAM policy to evaluate context keys. To get the list of context keys that the policies require for correct simulation, use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy.
If the output is long, you can use the MaxItems and Marker parameters to paginate the results.
Adds one or more tags to an IAM role. The role can be a regular role or a service-linked role. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value.
A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following:
Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200.
Access control - Reference tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM user or role that has a specified tag attached. You can also restrict access to only those resources that have a certain tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control Access Using IAM Tags in the IAM User Guide.
Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams are using which AWS resources.
Make sure that you have no invalid tags and that you do not exceed the allowed number of tags per role. In either case, the entire request fails and no tags are added to the role.
AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code.
For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
", - "TagUser": "Adds one or more tags to an IAM user. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value.
A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following:
Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200.
Access control - Reference tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM requesting user or to a role that has a specified tag attached. You can also restrict access to only those resources that have a certain tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control Access Using IAM Tags in the IAM User Guide.
Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams are using which AWS resources.
Make sure that you have no invalid tags and that you do not exceed the allowed number of tags per role. In either case, the entire request fails and no tags are added to the role.
AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code.
For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
", - "UntagRole": "Removes the specified tags from the role. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
", - "UntagUser": "Removes the specified tags from the user. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
", - "UpdateAccessKey": "Changes the status of the specified access key from Active to Inactive, or vice versa. This operation can be used to disable a user's key as part of a key rotation workflow.
If the UserName is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users.
For information about rotating keys, see Managing Keys and Certificates in the IAM User Guide.
", - "UpdateAccountPasswordPolicy": "Updates the password policy settings for the AWS account.
This operation does not support partial updates. No parameters are required, but if you do not specify a parameter, that parameter's value reverts to its default value. See the Request Parameters section for each parameter's default value. Also note that some parameters do not allow the default parameter to be explicitly set. Instead, to invoke the default value, do not include that parameter when you invoke the operation.
For more information about using a password policy, see Managing an IAM Password Policy in the IAM User Guide.
", - "UpdateAssumeRolePolicy": "Updates the policy that grants an IAM entity permission to assume a role. This is typically referred to as the \"role trust policy\". For more information about roles, go to Using Roles to Delegate Permissions and Federate Identities.
", - "UpdateGroup": "Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM group.
You should understand the implications of changing a group's path or name. For more information, see Renaming Users and Groups in the IAM User Guide.
The person making the request (the principal), must have permission to change the role group with the old name and the new name. For example, to change the group named Managers to MGRs, the principal must have a policy that allows them to update both groups. If the principal has permission to update the Managers group, but not the MGRs group, then the update fails. For more information about permissions, see Access Management.
Changes the password for the specified IAM user.
IAM users can change their own passwords by calling ChangePassword. For more information about modifying passwords, see Managing Passwords in the IAM User Guide.
", + "ResyncMFADevice": "Synchronizes the specified MFA device with its IAM resource object on the AWS servers.
For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, see Using a virtual MFA device in the IAM User Guide.
", + "SetDefaultPolicyVersion": "Sets the specified version of the specified policy as the policy's default (operative) version.
This operation affects all users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to. To list the users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, use ListEntitiesForPolicy.
For information about managed policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "SetSecurityTokenServicePreferences": "Sets the specified version of the global endpoint token as the token version used for the AWS account.
By default, AWS Security Token Service (STS) is available as a global service, and all STS requests go to a single endpoint at https://sts.amazonaws.com. AWS recommends using Regional STS endpoints to reduce latency, build in redundancy, and increase session token availability. For information about Regional endpoints for STS, see AWS AWS Security Token Service endpoints and quotas in the AWS General Reference.
If you make an STS call to the global endpoint, the resulting session tokens might be valid in some Regions but not others. It depends on the version that is set in this operation. Version 1 tokens are valid only in AWS Regions that are available by default. These tokens do not work in manually enabled Regions, such as Asia Pacific (Hong Kong). Version 2 tokens are valid in all Regions. However, version 2 tokens are longer and might affect systems where you temporarily store tokens. For information, see Activating and deactivating STS in an AWS region in the IAM User Guide.
To view the current session token version, see the GlobalEndpointTokenVersion entry in the response of the GetAccountSummary operation.
Simulate how a set of IAM policies and optionally a resource-based policy works with a list of API operations and AWS resources to determine the policies' effective permissions. The policies are provided as strings.
The simulation does not perform the API operations; it only checks the authorization to determine if the simulated policies allow or deny the operations. You can simulate resources that don't exist in your account.
If you want to simulate existing policies that are attached to an IAM user, group, or role, use SimulatePrincipalPolicy instead.
Context keys are variables that are maintained by AWS and its services and which provide details about the context of an API query request. You can use the Condition element of an IAM policy to evaluate context keys. To get the list of context keys that the policies require for correct simulation, use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy.
If the output is long, you can use MaxItems and Marker parameters to paginate the results.
For more information about using the policy simulator, see Testing IAM policies with the IAM policy simulator in the IAM User Guide.
", + "SimulatePrincipalPolicy": "Simulate how a set of IAM policies attached to an IAM entity works with a list of API operations and AWS resources to determine the policies' effective permissions. The entity can be an IAM user, group, or role. If you specify a user, then the simulation also includes all of the policies that are attached to groups that the user belongs to. You can simulate resources that don't exist in your account.
You can optionally include a list of one or more additional policies specified as strings to include in the simulation. If you want to simulate only policies specified as strings, use SimulateCustomPolicy instead.
You can also optionally include one resource-based policy to be evaluated with each of the resources included in the simulation.
The simulation does not perform the API operations; it only checks the authorization to determine if the simulated policies allow or deny the operations.
Note: This operation discloses information about the permissions granted to other users. If you do not want users to see other user's permissions, then consider allowing them to use SimulateCustomPolicy instead.
Context keys are variables maintained by AWS and its services that provide details about the context of an API query request. You can use the Condition element of an IAM policy to evaluate context keys. To get the list of context keys that the policies require for correct simulation, use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy.
If the output is long, you can use the MaxItems and Marker parameters to paginate the results.
For more information about using the policy simulator, see Testing IAM policies with the IAM policy simulator in the IAM User Guide.
", + "TagInstanceProfile": "Adds one or more tags to an IAM instance profile. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value.
Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following:
Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200.
Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM instance profile that has a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags in the IAM User Guide.
If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code.
Adds one or more tags to an IAM virtual multi-factor authentication (MFA) device. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value.
A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following:
Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200.
Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM virtual MFA device that has a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags in the IAM User Guide.
If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code.
Adds one or more tags to an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible identity provider. For more information about these providers, see About web identity federation. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value.
A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following:
Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200.
Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an OIDC provider that has a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags in the IAM User Guide.
If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code.
Adds one or more tags to an IAM customer managed policy. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value.
A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following:
Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200.
Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM customer managed policy that has a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags in the IAM User Guide.
If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code.
Adds one or more tags to an IAM role. The role can be a regular role or a service-linked role. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value.
A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following:
Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200.
Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM role that has a specified tag attached. You can also restrict access to only those resources that have a certain tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags in the IAM User Guide.
Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams are using which AWS resources.
If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code.
For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM identities in the IAM User Guide.
", + "TagSAMLProvider": "Adds one or more tags to a Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity provider. For more information about these providers, see About SAML 2.0-based federation . If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value.
A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following:
Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200.
Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only a SAML identity provider that has a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags in the IAM User Guide.
If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code.
Adds one or more tags to an IAM server certificate. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value.
For certificates in a Region supported by AWS Certificate Manager (ACM), we recommend that you don't use IAM server certificates. Instead, use ACM to provision, manage, and deploy your server certificates. For more information about IAM server certificates, Working with server certificates in the IAM User Guide.
A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following:
Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200.
Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only a server certificate that has a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags in the IAM User Guide.
Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams are using which AWS resources.
If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code.
Adds one or more tags to an IAM user. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value.
A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following:
Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200.
Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM requesting user that has a specified tag attached. You can also restrict access to only those resources that have a certain tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags in the IAM User Guide.
Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams are using which AWS resources.
If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code.
For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM identities in the IAM User Guide.
", + "UntagInstanceProfile": "Removes the specified tags from the IAM instance profile. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "UntagMFADevice": "Removes the specified tags from the IAM virtual multi-factor authentication (MFA) device. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "UntagOpenIDConnectProvider": "Removes the specified tags from the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible identity provider in IAM. For more information about OIDC providers, see About web identity federation. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "UntagPolicy": "Removes the specified tags from the customer managed policy. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "UntagRole": "Removes the specified tags from the role. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "UntagSAMLProvider": "Removes the specified tags from the specified Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity provider in IAM. For more information about these providers, see About web identity federation. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "UntagServerCertificate": "Removes the specified tags from the IAM server certificate. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
For certificates in a Region supported by AWS Certificate Manager (ACM), we recommend that you don't use IAM server certificates. Instead, use ACM to provision, manage, and deploy your server certificates. For more information about IAM server certificates, Working with server certificates in the IAM User Guide.
Removes the specified tags from the user. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "UpdateAccessKey": "Changes the status of the specified access key from Active to Inactive, or vice versa. This operation can be used to disable a user's key as part of a key rotation workflow.
If the UserName is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users.
For information about rotating keys, see Managing keys and certificates in the IAM User Guide.
", + "UpdateAccountPasswordPolicy": "Updates the password policy settings for the AWS account.
This operation does not support partial updates. No parameters are required, but if you do not specify a parameter, that parameter's value reverts to its default value. See the Request Parameters section for each parameter's default value. Also note that some parameters do not allow the default parameter to be explicitly set. Instead, to invoke the default value, do not include that parameter when you invoke the operation.
For more information about using a password policy, see Managing an IAM password policy in the IAM User Guide.
", + "UpdateAssumeRolePolicy": "Updates the policy that grants an IAM entity permission to assume a role. This is typically referred to as the \"role trust policy\". For more information about roles, see Using roles to delegate permissions and federate identities.
", + "UpdateGroup": "Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM group.
You should understand the implications of changing a group's path or name. For more information, see Renaming users and groups in the IAM User Guide.
The person making the request (the principal), must have permission to change the role group with the old name and the new name. For example, to change the group named Managers to MGRs, the principal must have a policy that allows them to update both groups. If the principal has permission to update the Managers group, but not the MGRs group, then the update fails. For more information about permissions, see Access management.
Changes the password for the specified IAM user. You can use the AWS CLI, the AWS API, or the Users page in the IAM console to change the password for any IAM user. Use ChangePassword to change your own password in the My Security Credentials page in the AWS Management Console.
For more information about modifying passwords, see Managing passwords in the IAM User Guide.
", "UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint": "Replaces the existing list of server certificate thumbprints associated with an OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object with a new list of thumbprints.
The list that you pass with this operation completely replaces the existing list of thumbprints. (The lists are not merged.)
Typically, you need to update a thumbprint only when the identity provider's certificate changes, which occurs rarely. However, if the provider's certificate does change, any attempt to assume an IAM role that specifies the OIDC provider as a principal fails until the certificate thumbprint is updated.
Trust for the OIDC provider is derived from the provider's certificate and is validated by the thumbprint. Therefore, it is best to limit access to the UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint operation to highly privileged users.
Updates the description or maximum session duration setting of a role.
", "UpdateRoleDescription": "Use UpdateRole instead.
Modifies only the description of a role. This operation performs the same function as the Description parameter in the UpdateRole operation.
Updates the metadata document for an existing SAML provider resource object.
This operation requires Signature Version 4.
Sets the status of an IAM user's SSH public key to active or inactive. SSH public keys that are inactive cannot be used for authentication. This operation can be used to disable a user's SSH public key as part of a key rotation work flow.
The SSH public key affected by this operation is used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
", - "UpdateServerCertificate": "Updates the name and/or the path of the specified server certificate stored in IAM.
For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM.
You should understand the implications of changing a server certificate's path or name. For more information, see Renaming a Server Certificate in the IAM User Guide.
The person making the request (the principal), must have permission to change the server certificate with the old name and the new name. For example, to change the certificate named ProductionCert to ProdCert, the principal must have a policy that allows them to update both certificates. If the principal has permission to update the ProductionCert group, but not the ProdCert certificate, then the update fails. For more information about permissions, see Access Management in the IAM User Guide.
Sets the status of an IAM user's SSH public key to active or inactive. SSH public keys that are inactive cannot be used for authentication. This operation can be used to disable a user's SSH public key as part of a key rotation work flow.
The SSH public key affected by this operation is used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
", + "UpdateServerCertificate": "Updates the name and/or the path of the specified server certificate stored in IAM.
For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with server certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM.
You should understand the implications of changing a server certificate's path or name. For more information, see Renaming a server certificate in the IAM User Guide.
The person making the request (the principal), must have permission to change the server certificate with the old name and the new name. For example, to change the certificate named ProductionCert to ProdCert, the principal must have a policy that allows them to update both certificates. If the principal has permission to update the ProductionCert group, but not the ProdCert certificate, then the update fails. For more information about permissions, see Access management in the IAM User Guide.
Sets the status of a service-specific credential to Active or Inactive. Service-specific credentials that are inactive cannot be used for authentication to the service. This operation can be used to disable a user's service-specific credential as part of a credential rotation work flow.
Changes the status of the specified user signing certificate from active to disabled, or vice versa. This operation can be used to disable an IAM user's signing certificate as part of a certificate rotation work flow.
If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users.
Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM user.
You should understand the implications of changing an IAM user's path or name. For more information, see Renaming an IAM User and Renaming an IAM Group in the IAM User Guide.
To change a user name, the requester must have appropriate permissions on both the source object and the target object. For example, to change Bob to Robert, the entity making the request must have permission on Bob and Robert, or must have permission on all (*). For more information about permissions, see Permissions and Policies.
Uploads an SSH public key and associates it with the specified IAM user.
The SSH public key uploaded by this operation can be used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
", - "UploadServerCertificate": "Uploads a server certificate entity for the AWS account. The server certificate entity includes a public key certificate, a private key, and an optional certificate chain, which should all be PEM-encoded.
We recommend that you use AWS Certificate Manager to provision, manage, and deploy your server certificates. With ACM you can request a certificate, deploy it to AWS resources, and let ACM handle certificate renewals for you. Certificates provided by ACM are free. For more information about using ACM, see the AWS Certificate Manager User Guide.
For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with Server Certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM.
For information about the number of server certificates you can upload, see Limitations on IAM Entities and Objects in the IAM User Guide.
Because the body of the public key certificate, private key, and the certificate chain can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling UploadServerCertificate. For information about setting up signatures and authorization through the API, go to Signing AWS API Requests in the AWS General Reference. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Calling the API by Making HTTP Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
Uploads an X.509 signing certificate and associates it with the specified IAM user. Some AWS services use X.509 signing certificates to validate requests that are signed with a corresponding private key. When you upload the certificate, its default status is Active.
If the UserName is not specified, the IAM user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users.
Because the body of an X.509 certificate can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling UploadSigningCertificate. For information about setting up signatures and authorization through the API, go to Signing AWS API Requests in the AWS General Reference. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests in the IAM User Guide.
Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM user.
You should understand the implications of changing an IAM user's path or name. For more information, see Renaming an IAM user and Renaming an IAM group in the IAM User Guide.
To change a user name, the requester must have appropriate permissions on both the source object and the target object. For example, to change Bob to Robert, the entity making the request must have permission on Bob and Robert, or must have permission on all (*). For more information about permissions, see Permissions and policies.
Uploads an SSH public key and associates it with the specified IAM user.
The SSH public key uploaded by this operation can be used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH connections in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
", + "UploadServerCertificate": "Uploads a server certificate entity for the AWS account. The server certificate entity includes a public key certificate, a private key, and an optional certificate chain, which should all be PEM-encoded.
We recommend that you use AWS Certificate Manager to provision, manage, and deploy your server certificates. With ACM you can request a certificate, deploy it to AWS resources, and let ACM handle certificate renewals for you. Certificates provided by ACM are free. For more information about using ACM, see the AWS Certificate Manager User Guide.
For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with server certificates in the IAM User Guide. This topic includes a list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM.
For information about the number of server certificates you can upload, see IAM and STS quotas in the IAM User Guide.
Because the body of the public key certificate, private key, and the certificate chain can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling UploadServerCertificate. For information about setting up signatures and authorization through the API, see Signing AWS API requests in the AWS General Reference. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, see Calling the API by making HTTP query requests in the IAM User Guide.
Uploads an X.509 signing certificate and associates it with the specified IAM user. Some AWS services require you to use certificates to validate requests that are signed with a corresponding private key. When you upload the certificate, its default status is Active.
For information about when you would use an X.509 signing certificate, see Managing server certificates in IAM in the IAM User Guide.
If the UserName is not specified, the IAM user name is determined implicitly based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users.
Because the body of an X.509 certificate can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling UploadSigningCertificate. For information about setting up signatures and authorization through the API, see Signing AWS API requests in the AWS General Reference. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, see Making query requests in the IAM User Guide.
Contains information about an attached permissions boundary.
An attached permissions boundary is a managed policy that has been attached to a user or role to set the permissions boundary.
For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
", + "base": "Contains information about an attached permissions boundary.
An attached permissions boundary is a managed policy that has been attached to a user or role to set the permissions boundary.
For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for IAM identities in the IAM User Guide.
", "refs": { - "Role$PermissionsBoundary": "The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the role.
For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
", - "RoleDetail$PermissionsBoundary": "The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the role.
For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
", - "User$PermissionsBoundary": "The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the user.
For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
", - "UserDetail$PermissionsBoundary": "The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the user.
For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
" + "Role$PermissionsBoundary": "The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the role.
For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for IAM identities in the IAM User Guide.
", + "RoleDetail$PermissionsBoundary": "The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the role.
For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for IAM identities in the IAM User Guide.
", + "User$PermissionsBoundary": "For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for IAM identities in the IAM User Guide.
", + "UserDetail$PermissionsBoundary": "The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the user.
For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for IAM identities in the IAM User Guide.
" } }, "AttachedPolicy": { - "base": "Contains information about an attached policy.
An attached policy is a managed policy that has been attached to a user, group, or role. This data type is used as a response element in the ListAttachedGroupPolicies, ListAttachedRolePolicies, ListAttachedUserPolicies, and GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operations.
For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "base": "Contains information about an attached policy.
An attached policy is a managed policy that has been attached to a user, group, or role. This data type is used as a response element in the ListAttachedGroupPolicies, ListAttachedRolePolicies, ListAttachedUserPolicies, and GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operations.
For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", "refs": { "attachedPoliciesListType$member": null } @@ -457,7 +475,7 @@ } }, "CredentialReportExpiredException": { - "base": "The request was rejected because the most recent credential report has expired. To generate a new credential report, use GenerateCredentialReport. For more information about credential report expiration, see Getting Credential Reports in the IAM User Guide.
", + "base": "The request was rejected because the most recent credential report has expired. To generate a new credential report, use GenerateCredentialReport. For more information about credential report expiration, see Getting credential reports in the IAM User Guide.
", "refs": { } }, @@ -685,7 +703,7 @@ "EvalDecisionDetailsType": { "base": null, "refs": { - "EvaluationResult$EvalDecisionDetails": "Additional details about the results of the cross-account evaluation decision. This parameter is populated for only cross-account simulations. It contains a brief summary of how each policy type contributes to the final evaluation decision.
If the simulation evaluates policies within the same account and includes a resource ARN, then the parameter is present but the response is empty. If the simulation evaluates policies within the same account and specifies all resources (*), then the parameter is not returned.
When you make a cross-account request, AWS evaluates the request in the trusting account and the trusted account. The request is allowed only if both evaluations return true. For more information about how policies are evaluated, see Evaluating Policies Within a Single Account.
If an AWS Organizations SCP included in the evaluation denies access, the simulation ends. In this case, policy evaluation does not proceed any further and this parameter is not returned.
", + "EvaluationResult$EvalDecisionDetails": "Additional details about the results of the cross-account evaluation decision. This parameter is populated for only cross-account simulations. It contains a brief summary of how each policy type contributes to the final evaluation decision.
If the simulation evaluates policies within the same account and includes a resource ARN, then the parameter is present but the response is empty. If the simulation evaluates policies within the same account and specifies all resources (*), then the parameter is not returned.
When you make a cross-account request, AWS evaluates the request in the trusting account and the trusted account. The request is allowed only if both evaluations return true. For more information about how policies are evaluated, see Evaluating policies within a single account.
If an AWS Organizations SCP included in the evaluation denies access, the simulation ends. In this case, policy evaluation does not proceed any further and this parameter is not returned.
", "ResourceSpecificResult$EvalDecisionDetails": "Additional details about the results of the evaluation decision on a single resource. This parameter is returned only for cross-account simulations. This parameter explains how each policy type contributes to the resource-specific evaluation decision.
" } }, @@ -1015,7 +1033,7 @@ } }, "LimitExceededException": { - "base": "The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit exceeded.
", + "base": "The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded.
", "refs": { } }, @@ -1115,6 +1133,16 @@ "refs": { } }, + "ListInstanceProfileTagsRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "ListInstanceProfileTagsResponse": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "ListInstanceProfilesForRoleRequest": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -1135,6 +1163,16 @@ "refs": { } }, + "ListMFADeviceTagsRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "ListMFADeviceTagsResponse": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "ListMFADevicesRequest": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -1145,6 +1183,16 @@ "refs": { } }, + "ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsResponse": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "ListOpenIDConnectProvidersRequest": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -1181,6 +1229,16 @@ "refs": { } }, + "ListPolicyTagsRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "ListPolicyTagsResponse": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "ListPolicyVersionsRequest": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -1221,6 +1279,16 @@ "refs": { } }, + "ListSAMLProviderTagsRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "ListSAMLProviderTagsResponse": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "ListSAMLProvidersRequest": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -1241,6 +1309,16 @@ "refs": { } }, + "ListServerCertificateTagsRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "ListServerCertificateTagsResponse": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "ListServerCertificatesRequest": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -1335,7 +1413,7 @@ } }, "ManagedPolicyDetail": { - "base": "Contains information about a managed policy, including the policy's ARN, versions, and the number of principal entities (users, groups, and roles) that the policy is attached to.
This data type is used as a response element in the GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operation.
For more information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "base": "Contains information about a managed policy, including the policy's ARN, versions, and the number of principal entities (users, groups, and roles) that the policy is attached to.
This data type is used as a response element in the GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operation.
For more information about managed policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", "refs": { "ManagedPolicyDetailListType$member": null } @@ -1401,7 +1479,7 @@ } }, "Policy": { - "base": "Contains information about a managed policy.
This data type is used as a response element in the CreatePolicy, GetPolicy, and ListPolicies operations.
For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "base": "Contains information about a managed policy.
This data type is used as a response element in the CreatePolicy, GetPolicy, and ListPolicies operations.
For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", "refs": { "CreatePolicyResponse$Policy": "A structure containing details about the new policy.
", "GetPolicyResponse$Policy": "A structure containing details about the policy.
", @@ -1434,7 +1512,7 @@ } }, "PolicyGroup": { - "base": "Contains information about a group that a managed policy is attached to.
This data type is used as a response element in the ListEntitiesForPolicy operation.
For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "base": "Contains information about a group that a managed policy is attached to.
This data type is used as a response element in the ListEntitiesForPolicy operation.
For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", "refs": { "PolicyGroupListType$member": null } @@ -1457,7 +1535,7 @@ } }, "PolicyRole": { - "base": "Contains information about a role that a managed policy is attached to.
This data type is used as a response element in the ListEntitiesForPolicy operation.
For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "base": "Contains information about a role that a managed policy is attached to.
This data type is used as a response element in the ListEntitiesForPolicy operation.
For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", "refs": { "PolicyRoleListType$member": null } @@ -1475,14 +1553,14 @@ } }, "PolicyUsageType": { - "base": "The policy usage type that indicates whether the policy is used as a permissions policy or as the permissions boundary for an entity.
For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
", + "base": "The policy usage type that indicates whether the policy is used as a permissions policy or as the permissions boundary for an entity.
For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for IAM identities in the IAM User Guide.
", "refs": { "ListEntitiesForPolicyRequest$PolicyUsageFilter": "The policy usage method to use for filtering the results.
To list only permissions policies, set PolicyUsageFilter to PermissionsPolicy. To list only the policies used to set permissions boundaries, set the value to PermissionsBoundary.
This parameter is optional. If it is not included, all policies are returned.
", "ListPoliciesRequest$PolicyUsageFilter": "The policy usage method to use for filtering the results.
To list only permissions policies, set PolicyUsageFilter to PermissionsPolicy. To list only the policies used to set permissions boundaries, set the value to PermissionsBoundary.
This parameter is optional. If it is not included, all policies are returned.
" } }, "PolicyUser": { - "base": "Contains information about a user that a managed policy is attached to.
This data type is used as a response element in the ListEntitiesForPolicy operation.
For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "base": "Contains information about a user that a managed policy is attached to.
This data type is used as a response element in the ListEntitiesForPolicy operation.
For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", "refs": { "PolicyUserListType$member": null } @@ -1494,7 +1572,7 @@ } }, "PolicyVersion": { - "base": "Contains information about a version of a managed policy.
This data type is used as a response element in the CreatePolicyVersion, GetPolicyVersion, ListPolicyVersions, and GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operations.
For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "base": "Contains information about a version of a managed policy.
This data type is used as a response element in the CreatePolicyVersion, GetPolicyVersion, ListPolicyVersions, and GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operations.
For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", "refs": { "CreatePolicyVersionResponse$PolicyVersion": "A structure containing details about the new policy version.
", "GetPolicyVersionResponse$PolicyVersion": "A structure containing details about the policy version.
", @@ -1602,15 +1680,15 @@ "ResourceHandlingOptionType": { "base": null, "refs": { - "SimulateCustomPolicyRequest$ResourceHandlingOption": "Specifies the type of simulation to run. Different API operations that support resource-based policies require different combinations of resources. By specifying the type of simulation to run, you enable the policy simulator to enforce the presence of the required resources to ensure reliable simulation results. If your simulation does not match one of the following scenarios, then you can omit this parameter. The following list shows each of the supported scenario values and the resources that you must define to run the simulation.
Each of the EC2 scenarios requires that you specify instance, image, and security-group resources. If your scenario includes an EBS volume, then you must specify that volume as a resource. If the EC2 scenario includes VPC, then you must supply the network-interface resource. If it includes an IP subnet, then you must specify the subnet resource. For more information on the EC2 scenario options, see Supported Platforms in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
EC2-Classic-InstanceStore
instance, image, security-group
EC2-Classic-EBS
instance, image, security-group, volume
EC2-VPC-InstanceStore
instance, image, security-group, network-interface
EC2-VPC-InstanceStore-Subnet
instance, image, security-group, network-interface, subnet
EC2-VPC-EBS
instance, image, security-group, network-interface, volume
EC2-VPC-EBS-Subnet
instance, image, security-group, network-interface, subnet, volume
Specifies the type of simulation to run. Different API operations that support resource-based policies require different combinations of resources. By specifying the type of simulation to run, you enable the policy simulator to enforce the presence of the required resources to ensure reliable simulation results. If your simulation does not match one of the following scenarios, then you can omit this parameter. The following list shows each of the supported scenario values and the resources that you must define to run the simulation.
Each of the EC2 scenarios requires that you specify instance, image, and security group resources. If your scenario includes an EBS volume, then you must specify that volume as a resource. If the EC2 scenario includes VPC, then you must supply the network interface resource. If it includes an IP subnet, then you must specify the subnet resource. For more information on the EC2 scenario options, see Supported Platforms in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
EC2-Classic-InstanceStore
instance, image, security group
EC2-Classic-EBS
instance, image, security group, volume
EC2-VPC-InstanceStore
instance, image, security group, network interface
EC2-VPC-InstanceStore-Subnet
instance, image, security group, network interface, subnet
EC2-VPC-EBS
instance, image, security group, network interface, volume
EC2-VPC-EBS-Subnet
instance, image, security group, network interface, subnet, volume
Specifies the type of simulation to run. Different API operations that support resource-based policies require different combinations of resources. By specifying the type of simulation to run, you enable the policy simulator to enforce the presence of the required resources to ensure reliable simulation results. If your simulation does not match one of the following scenarios, then you can omit this parameter. The following list shows each of the supported scenario values and the resources that you must define to run the simulation.
Each of the EC2 scenarios requires that you specify instance, image, and security-group resources. If your scenario includes an EBS volume, then you must specify that volume as a resource. If the EC2 scenario includes VPC, then you must supply the network-interface resource. If it includes an IP subnet, then you must specify the subnet resource. For more information on the EC2 scenario options, see Supported platforms in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
EC2-Classic-InstanceStore
instance, image, security-group
EC2-Classic-EBS
instance, image, security-group, volume
EC2-VPC-InstanceStore
instance, image, security-group, network-interface
EC2-VPC-InstanceStore-Subnet
instance, image, security-group, network-interface, subnet
EC2-VPC-EBS
instance, image, security-group, network-interface, volume
EC2-VPC-EBS-Subnet
instance, image, security-group, network-interface, subnet, volume
Specifies the type of simulation to run. Different API operations that support resource-based policies require different combinations of resources. By specifying the type of simulation to run, you enable the policy simulator to enforce the presence of the required resources to ensure reliable simulation results. If your simulation does not match one of the following scenarios, then you can omit this parameter. The following list shows each of the supported scenario values and the resources that you must define to run the simulation.
Each of the EC2 scenarios requires that you specify instance, image, and security group resources. If your scenario includes an EBS volume, then you must specify that volume as a resource. If the EC2 scenario includes VPC, then you must supply the network interface resource. If it includes an IP subnet, then you must specify the subnet resource. For more information on the EC2 scenario options, see Supported platforms in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
EC2-Classic-InstanceStore
instance, image, security group
EC2-Classic-EBS
instance, image, security group, volume
EC2-VPC-InstanceStore
instance, image, security group, network interface
EC2-VPC-InstanceStore-Subnet
instance, image, security group, network interface, subnet
EC2-VPC-EBS
instance, image, security group, network interface, volume
EC2-VPC-EBS-Subnet
instance, image, security group, network interface, subnet, volume
A list of ARNs of AWS resources to include in the simulation. If this parameter is not provided, then the value defaults to * (all resources). Each API in the ActionNames parameter is evaluated for each resource in this list. The simulation determines the access result (allowed or denied) of each combination and reports it in the response.
The simulation does not automatically retrieve policies for the specified resources. If you want to include a resource policy in the simulation, then you must include the policy as a string in the ResourcePolicy parameter.
If you include a ResourcePolicy, then it must be applicable to all of the resources included in the simulation or you receive an invalid input error.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", - "SimulatePrincipalPolicyRequest$ResourceArns": "A list of ARNs of AWS resources to include in the simulation. If this parameter is not provided, then the value defaults to * (all resources). Each API in the ActionNames parameter is evaluated for each resource in this list. The simulation determines the access result (allowed or denied) of each combination and reports it in the response.
The simulation does not automatically retrieve policies for the specified resources. If you want to include a resource policy in the simulation, then you must include the policy as a string in the ResourcePolicy parameter.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
" + "SimulateCustomPolicyRequest$ResourceArns": "A list of ARNs of AWS resources to include in the simulation. If this parameter is not provided, then the value defaults to * (all resources). Each API in the ActionNames parameter is evaluated for each resource in this list. The simulation determines the access result (allowed or denied) of each combination and reports it in the response. You can simulate resources that don't exist in your account.
The simulation does not automatically retrieve policies for the specified resources. If you want to include a resource policy in the simulation, then you must include the policy as a string in the ResourcePolicy parameter.
If you include a ResourcePolicy, then it must be applicable to all of the resources included in the simulation or you receive an invalid input error.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", + "SimulatePrincipalPolicyRequest$ResourceArns": "A list of ARNs of AWS resources to include in the simulation. If this parameter is not provided, then the value defaults to * (all resources). Each API in the ActionNames parameter is evaluated for each resource in this list. The simulation determines the access result (allowed or denied) of each combination and reports it in the response. You can simulate resources that don't exist in your account.
The simulation does not automatically retrieve policies for the specified resources. If you want to include a resource policy in the simulation, then you must include the policy as a string in the ResourcePolicy parameter.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
" } }, "ResourceNameType": { @@ -1622,7 +1700,7 @@ "SimulateCustomPolicyRequest$ResourceOwner": "An ARN representing the AWS account ID that specifies the owner of any simulated resource that does not identify its owner in the resource ARN. Examples of resource ARNs include an S3 bucket or object. If ResourceOwner is specified, it is also used as the account owner of any ResourcePolicy included in the simulation. If the ResourceOwner parameter is not specified, then the owner of the resources and the resource policy defaults to the account of the identity provided in CallerArn. This parameter is required only if you specify a resource-based policy and account that owns the resource is different from the account that owns the simulated calling user CallerArn.
The ARN for an account uses the following syntax: arn:aws:iam::AWS-account-ID:root. For example, to represent the account with the 112233445566 ID, use the following ARN: arn:aws:iam::112233445566-ID:root.
The ARN of the IAM user that you want to use as the simulated caller of the API operations. CallerArn is required if you include a ResourcePolicy so that the policy's Principal element has a value to use in evaluating the policy.
You can specify only the ARN of an IAM user. You cannot specify the ARN of an assumed role, federated user, or a service principal.
", "SimulatePrincipalPolicyRequest$ResourceOwner": "An AWS account ID that specifies the owner of any simulated resource that does not identify its owner in the resource ARN. Examples of resource ARNs include an S3 bucket or object. If ResourceOwner is specified, it is also used as the account owner of any ResourcePolicy included in the simulation. If the ResourceOwner parameter is not specified, then the owner of the resources and the resource policy defaults to the account of the identity provided in CallerArn. This parameter is required only if you specify a resource-based policy and account that owns the resource is different from the account that owns the simulated calling user CallerArn.
The ARN of the IAM user that you want to specify as the simulated caller of the API operations. If you do not specify a CallerArn, it defaults to the ARN of the user that you specify in PolicySourceArn, if you specified a user. If you include both a PolicySourceArn (for example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/David) and a CallerArn (for example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/Bob), the result is that you simulate calling the API operations as Bob, as if Bob had David's policies.
You can specify only the ARN of an IAM user. You cannot specify the ARN of an assumed role, federated user, or a service principal.
CallerArn is required if you include a ResourcePolicy and the PolicySourceArn is not the ARN for an IAM user. This is required so that the resource-based policy's Principal element has a value to use in evaluating the policy.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
" + "SimulatePrincipalPolicyRequest$CallerArn": "The ARN of the IAM user that you want to specify as the simulated caller of the API operations. If you do not specify a CallerArn, it defaults to the ARN of the user that you specify in PolicySourceArn, if you specified a user. If you include both a PolicySourceArn (for example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/David) and a CallerArn (for example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/Bob), the result is that you simulate calling the API operations as Bob, as if Bob had David's policies.
You can specify only the ARN of an IAM user. You cannot specify the ARN of an assumed role, federated user, or a service principal.
CallerArn is required if you include a ResourcePolicy and the PolicySourceArn is not the ARN for an IAM user. This is required so that the resource-based policy's Principal element has a value to use in evaluating the policy.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
" } }, "ResourceSpecificResult": { @@ -1659,10 +1737,10 @@ } }, "RoleLastUsed": { - "base": "Contains information about the last time that an IAM role was used. This includes the date and time and the Region in which the role was last used. Activity is only reported for the trailing 400 days. This period can be shorter if your Region began supporting these features within the last year. The role might have been used more than 400 days ago. For more information, see Regions Where Data Is Tracked in the IAM User Guide.
This data type is returned as a response element in the GetRole and GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operations.
", + "base": "Contains information about the last time that an IAM role was used. This includes the date and time and the Region in which the role was last used. Activity is only reported for the trailing 400 days. This period can be shorter if your Region began supporting these features within the last year. The role might have been used more than 400 days ago. For more information, see Regions where data is tracked in the IAM User Guide.
This data type is returned as a response element in the GetRole and GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operations.
", "refs": { - "Role$RoleLastUsed": "Contains information about the last time that an IAM role was used. This includes the date and time and the Region in which the role was last used. Activity is only reported for the trailing 400 days. This period can be shorter if your Region began supporting these features within the last year. The role might have been used more than 400 days ago. For more information, see Regions Where Data Is Tracked in the IAM User Guide.
", - "RoleDetail$RoleLastUsed": "Contains information about the last time that an IAM role was used. This includes the date and time and the Region in which the role was last used. Activity is only reported for the trailing 400 days. This period can be shorter if your Region began supporting these features within the last year. The role might have been used more than 400 days ago. For more information, see Regions Where Data Is Tracked in the IAM User Guide.
" + "Role$RoleLastUsed": "Contains information about the last time that an IAM role was used. This includes the date and time and the Region in which the role was last used. Activity is only reported for the trailing 400 days. This period can be shorter if your Region began supporting these features within the last year. The role might have been used more than 400 days ago. For more information, see Regions where data is tracked in the IAM User Guide.
", + "RoleDetail$RoleLastUsed": "Contains information about the last time that an IAM role was used. This includes the date and time and the Region in which the role was last used. Activity is only reported for the trailing 400 days. This period can be shorter if your Region began supporting these features within the last year. The role might have been used more than 400 days ago. For more information, see Regions where data is tracked in the IAM User Guide.
" } }, "RoleUsageListType": { @@ -1680,7 +1758,7 @@ "SAMLMetadataDocumentType": { "base": null, "refs": { - "CreateSAMLProviderRequest$SAMLMetadataDocument": "An XML document generated by an identity provider (IdP) that supports SAML 2.0. The document includes the issuer's name, expiration information, and keys that can be used to validate the SAML authentication response (assertions) that are received from the IdP. You must generate the metadata document using the identity management software that is used as your organization's IdP.
For more information, see About SAML 2.0-based Federation in the IAM User Guide
", + "CreateSAMLProviderRequest$SAMLMetadataDocument": "An XML document generated by an identity provider (IdP) that supports SAML 2.0. The document includes the issuer's name, expiration information, and keys that can be used to validate the SAML authentication response (assertions) that are received from the IdP. You must generate the metadata document using the identity management software that is used as your organization's IdP.
For more information, see About SAML 2.0-based federation in the IAM User Guide
", "GetSAMLProviderResponse$SAMLMetadataDocument": "The XML metadata document that includes information about an identity provider.
", "UpdateSAMLProviderRequest$SAMLMetadataDocument": "An XML document generated by an identity provider (IdP) that supports SAML 2.0. The document includes the issuer's name, expiration information, and keys that can be used to validate the SAML authentication response (assertions) that are received from the IdP. You must generate the metadata document using the identity management software that is used as your organization's IdP.
" } @@ -1815,9 +1893,9 @@ "GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyRequest$PolicyInputList": "A list of policies for which you want the list of context keys referenced in those policies. Each document is specified as a string containing the complete, valid JSON text of an IAM policy.
The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:
Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range
The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \\u00FF)
The special characters tab (\\u0009), line feed (\\u000A), and carriage return (\\u000D)
An optional list of additional policies for which you want the list of context keys that are referenced.
The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:
Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range
The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \\u00FF)
The special characters tab (\\u0009), line feed (\\u000A), and carriage return (\\u000D)
A list of policy documents to include in the simulation. Each document is specified as a string containing the complete, valid JSON text of an IAM policy. Do not include any resource-based policies in this parameter. Any resource-based policy must be submitted with the ResourcePolicy parameter. The policies cannot be \"scope-down\" policies, such as you could include in a call to GetFederationToken or one of the AssumeRole API operations. In other words, do not use policies designed to restrict what a user can do while using the temporary credentials.
The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:
Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range
The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \\u00FF)
The special characters tab (\\u0009), line feed (\\u000A), and carriage return (\\u000D)
The IAM permissions boundary policy to simulate. The permissions boundary sets the maximum permissions that an IAM entity can have. You can input only one permissions boundary when you pass a policy to this operation. For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide. The policy input is specified as a string that contains the complete, valid JSON text of a permissions boundary policy.
The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:
Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range
The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \\u00FF)
The special characters tab (\\u0009), line feed (\\u000A), and carriage return (\\u000D)
The IAM permissions boundary policy to simulate. The permissions boundary sets the maximum permissions that an IAM entity can have. You can input only one permissions boundary when you pass a policy to this operation. For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for IAM entities in the IAM User Guide. The policy input is specified as a string that contains the complete, valid JSON text of a permissions boundary policy.
The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:
Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range
The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \\u00FF)
The special characters tab (\\u0009), line feed (\\u000A), and carriage return (\\u000D)
An optional list of additional policy documents to include in the simulation. Each document is specified as a string containing the complete, valid JSON text of an IAM policy.
The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:
Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range
The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \\u00FF)
The special characters tab (\\u0009), line feed (\\u000A), and carriage return (\\u000D)
The IAM permissions boundary policy to simulate. The permissions boundary sets the maximum permissions that the entity can have. You can input only one permissions boundary when you pass a policy to this operation. An IAM entity can only have one permissions boundary in effect at a time. For example, if a permissions boundary is attached to an entity and you pass in a different permissions boundary policy using this parameter, then the new permissions boundary policy is used for the simulation. For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Entities in the IAM User Guide. The policy input is specified as a string containing the complete, valid JSON text of a permissions boundary policy.
The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:
Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range
The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \\u00FF)
The special characters tab (\\u0009), line feed (\\u000A), and carriage return (\\u000D)
The IAM permissions boundary policy to simulate. The permissions boundary sets the maximum permissions that the entity can have. You can input only one permissions boundary when you pass a policy to this operation. An IAM entity can only have one permissions boundary in effect at a time. For example, if a permissions boundary is attached to an entity and you pass in a different permissions boundary policy using this parameter, then the new permissions boundary policy is used for the simulation. For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for IAM entities in the IAM User Guide. The policy input is specified as a string containing the complete, valid JSON text of a permissions boundary policy.
The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:
Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range
The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \\u00FF)
The special characters tab (\\u0009), line feed (\\u000A), and carriage return (\\u000D)
A structure that represents user-provided metadata that can be associated with a resource such as an IAM user or role. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
", + "base": "A structure that represents user-provided metadata that can be associated with an IAM resource. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", "refs": { "tagListType$member": null } }, + "TagInstanceProfileRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "TagMFADeviceRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "TagOpenIDConnectProviderRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "TagPolicyRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "TagRoleRequest": { "base": null, "refs": { } }, + "TagSAMLProviderRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "TagServerCertificateRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "TagUserRequest": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -1871,11 +1979,41 @@ "refs": { } }, + "UntagInstanceProfileRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "UntagMFADeviceRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "UntagOpenIDConnectProviderRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "UntagPolicyRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "UntagRoleRequest": { "base": null, "refs": { } }, + "UntagSAMLProviderRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "UntagServerCertificateRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "UntagUserRequest": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -2000,7 +2138,7 @@ "base": "Contains information about an IAM user entity.
This data type is used as a response element in the following operations:
", "refs": { "CreateUserResponse$User": "A structure with details about the new IAM user.
", - "GetUserResponse$User": "A structure containing details about the IAM user.
Due to a service issue, password last used data does not include password use from May 3, 2018 22:50 PDT to May 23, 2018 14:08 PDT. This affects last sign-in dates shown in the IAM console and password last used dates in the IAM credential report, and returned by this GetUser API. If users signed in during the affected time, the password last used date that is returned is the date the user last signed in before May 3, 2018. For users that signed in after May 23, 2018 14:08 PDT, the returned password last used date is accurate.
You can use password last used information to identify unused credentials for deletion. For example, you might delete users who did not sign in to AWS in the last 90 days. In cases like this, we recommend that you adjust your evaluation window to include dates after May 23, 2018. Alternatively, if your users use access keys to access AWS programmatically you can refer to access key last used information because it is accurate for all dates.
A structure containing details about the IAM user.
Due to a service issue, password last used data does not include password use from May 3, 2018 22:50 PDT to May 23, 2018 14:08 PDT. This affects last sign-in dates shown in the IAM console and password last used dates in the IAM credential report, and returned by this operation. If users signed in during the affected time, the password last used date that is returned is the date the user last signed in before May 3, 2018. For users that signed in after May 23, 2018 14:08 PDT, the returned password last used date is accurate.
You can use password last used information to identify unused credentials for deletion. For example, you might delete users who did not sign in to AWS in the last 90 days. In cases like this, we recommend that you adjust your evaluation window to include dates after May 23, 2018. Alternatively, if your users use access keys to access AWS programmatically you can refer to access key last used information because it is accurate for all dates.
The IAM user associated with this virtual MFA device.
", "userListType$member": null } @@ -2055,57 +2193,66 @@ } }, "arnType": { - "base": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for AWS resources.
For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", + "base": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for AWS resources.
For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", "refs": { "AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProviderRequest$OpenIDConnectProviderArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource to add the client ID to. You can get a list of OIDC provider ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation.
", "ArnListType$member": null, - "AttachGroupPolicyRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", - "AttachRolePolicyRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", - "AttachUserPolicyRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", + "AttachGroupPolicyRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", + "AttachRolePolicyRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", + "AttachUserPolicyRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", "AttachedPermissionsBoundary$PermissionsBoundaryArn": "The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the user or role.
", "AttachedPolicy$PolicyArn": null, "CreateOpenIDConnectProviderResponse$OpenIDConnectProviderArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the new IAM OpenID Connect provider that is created. For more information, see OpenIDConnectProviderListEntry.
", - "CreatePolicyVersionRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy to which you want to add a new version.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", + "CreatePolicyVersionRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy to which you want to add a new version.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", "CreateRoleRequest$PermissionsBoundary": "The ARN of the policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the role.
", "CreateSAMLProviderResponse$SAMLProviderArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the new SAML provider resource in IAM.
", "CreateUserRequest$PermissionsBoundary": "The ARN of the policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the user.
", "DeleteOpenIDConnectProviderRequest$OpenIDConnectProviderArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OpenID Connect provider resource object to delete. You can get a list of OpenID Connect provider resource ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation.
", - "DeletePolicyRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to delete.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", - "DeletePolicyVersionRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy from which you want to delete a version.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", + "DeletePolicyRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to delete.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", + "DeletePolicyVersionRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy from which you want to delete a version.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", "DeleteSAMLProviderRequest$SAMLProviderArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider to delete.
", - "DetachGroupPolicyRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", - "DetachRolePolicyRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", - "DetachUserPolicyRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", + "DetachGroupPolicyRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", + "DetachRolePolicyRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", + "DetachUserPolicyRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", "EntityInfo$Arn": null, "GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsRequest$Arn": "The ARN of the IAM resource (user, group, role, or managed policy) used to generate information about when the resource was last used in an attempt to access an AWS service.
", - "GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyRequest$PolicySourceArn": "The ARN of a user, group, or role whose policies contain the context keys that you want listed. If you specify a user, the list includes context keys that are found in all policies that are attached to the user. The list also includes all groups that the user is a member of. If you pick a group or a role, then it includes only those context keys that are found in policies attached to that entity. Note that all parameters are shown in unencoded form here for clarity, but must be URL encoded to be included as a part of a real HTML request.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", - "GetOpenIDConnectProviderRequest$OpenIDConnectProviderArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the OIDC provider resource object in IAM to get information for. You can get a list of OIDC provider resource ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", - "GetPolicyRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the managed policy that you want information about.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", - "GetPolicyVersionRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the managed policy that you want information about.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", - "GetSAMLProviderRequest$SAMLProviderArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider resource object in IAM to get information about.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", - "Group$Arn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the group. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyRequest$PolicySourceArn": "The ARN of a user, group, or role whose policies contain the context keys that you want listed. If you specify a user, the list includes context keys that are found in all policies that are attached to the user. The list also includes all groups that the user is a member of. If you pick a group or a role, then it includes only those context keys that are found in policies attached to that entity. Note that all parameters are shown in unencoded form here for clarity, but must be URL encoded to be included as a part of a real HTML request.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", + "GetOpenIDConnectProviderRequest$OpenIDConnectProviderArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the OIDC provider resource object in IAM to get information for. You can get a list of OIDC provider resource ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", + "GetPolicyRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the managed policy that you want information about.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", + "GetPolicyVersionRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the managed policy that you want information about.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", + "GetSAMLProviderRequest$SAMLProviderArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider resource object in IAM to get information about.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", + "Group$Arn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the group. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", "GroupDetail$Arn": null, - "InstanceProfile$Arn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the instance profile. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", - "ListEntitiesForPolicyRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy for which you want the versions.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", + "InstanceProfile$Arn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the instance profile. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "ListEntitiesForPolicyRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy for which you want the versions.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", + "ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsRequest$OpenIDConnectProviderArn": "The ARN of the OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider whose tags you want to see.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
", "ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessRequest$Arn": "The ARN of the IAM identity (user, group, or role) whose policies you want to list.
", - "ListPolicyVersionsRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy for which you want the versions.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", + "ListPolicyTagsRequest$PolicyArn": "The ARN of the IAM customer managed policy whose tags you want to see.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
", + "ListPolicyVersionsRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy for which you want the versions.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", + "ListSAMLProviderTagsRequest$SAMLProviderArn": "The ARN of the Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity provider whose tags you want to see.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
", "ManagedPolicyDetail$Arn": null, "OpenIDConnectProviderListEntry$Arn": null, "Policy$Arn": null, "PolicyGrantingServiceAccess$PolicyArn": null, "PutRolePermissionsBoundaryRequest$PermissionsBoundary": "The ARN of the policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the role.
", "PutUserPermissionsBoundaryRequest$PermissionsBoundary": "The ARN of the policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the user.
", - "RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderRequest$OpenIDConnectProviderArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OIDC provider resource to remove the client ID from. You can get a list of OIDC provider ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", - "Role$Arn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the role. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide guide.
", + "RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderRequest$OpenIDConnectProviderArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OIDC provider resource to remove the client ID from. You can get a list of OIDC provider ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", + "Role$Arn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the role. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide guide.
", "RoleDetail$Arn": null, "SAMLProviderListEntry$Arn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider.
", - "ServerCertificateMetadata$Arn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the server certificate. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "ServerCertificateMetadata$Arn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the server certificate. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", "ServiceLastAccessed$LastAuthenticatedEntity": "The ARN of the authenticated entity (user or role) that last attempted to access the service. AWS does not report unauthenticated requests.
This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
", - "SetDefaultPolicyVersionRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy whose default version you want to set.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", - "SimulatePrincipalPolicyRequest$PolicySourceArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a user, group, or role whose policies you want to include in the simulation. If you specify a user, group, or role, the simulation includes all policies that are associated with that entity. If you specify a user, the simulation also includes all policies that are attached to any groups the user belongs to.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", + "SetDefaultPolicyVersionRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy whose default version you want to set.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", + "SimulatePrincipalPolicyRequest$PolicySourceArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a user, group, or role whose policies you want to include in the simulation. If you specify a user, group, or role, the simulation includes all policies that are associated with that entity. If you specify a user, the simulation also includes all policies that are attached to any groups the user belongs to.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", + "TagOpenIDConnectProviderRequest$OpenIDConnectProviderArn": "The ARN of the OIDC identity provider in IAM to which you want to add tags.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
", + "TagPolicyRequest$PolicyArn": "The ARN of the IAM customer managed policy to which you want to add tags.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
", + "TagSAMLProviderRequest$SAMLProviderArn": "The ARN of the SAML identity provider in IAM to which you want to add tags.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
", "TrackedActionLastAccessed$LastAccessedEntity": null, - "UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintRequest$OpenIDConnectProviderArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OIDC provider resource object for which you want to update the thumbprint. You can get a list of OIDC provider ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", - "UpdateSAMLProviderRequest$SAMLProviderArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider to update.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
", + "UntagOpenIDConnectProviderRequest$OpenIDConnectProviderArn": "The ARN of the OIDC provider in IAM from which you want to remove tags.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
", + "UntagPolicyRequest$PolicyArn": "The ARN of the IAM customer managed policy from which you want to remove tags.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
", + "UntagSAMLProviderRequest$SAMLProviderArn": "The ARN of the SAML identity provider in IAM from which you want to remove tags.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
", + "UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintRequest$OpenIDConnectProviderArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OIDC provider resource object for which you want to update the thumbprint. You can get a list of OIDC provider ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", + "UpdateSAMLProviderRequest$SAMLProviderArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider to update.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS General Reference.
", "UpdateSAMLProviderResponse$SAMLProviderArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider that was updated.
", "User$Arn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the user. For more information about ARNs and how to use ARNs in policies, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", "UserDetail$Arn": null @@ -2132,9 +2279,9 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "ManagedPolicyDetail$AttachmentCount": "The number of principal entities (users, groups, and roles) that the policy is attached to.
", - "ManagedPolicyDetail$PermissionsBoundaryUsageCount": "The number of entities (users and roles) for which the policy is used as the permissions boundary.
For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
", + "ManagedPolicyDetail$PermissionsBoundaryUsageCount": "The number of entities (users and roles) for which the policy is used as the permissions boundary.
For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for IAM identities in the IAM User Guide.
", "Policy$AttachmentCount": "The number of entities (users, groups, and roles) that the policy is attached to.
", - "Policy$PermissionsBoundaryUsageCount": "The number of entities (users and roles) for which the policy is used to set the permissions boundary.
For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
" + "Policy$PermissionsBoundaryUsageCount": "The number of entities (users and roles) for which the policy is used to set the permissions boundary.
For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for IAM identities in the IAM User Guide.
" } }, "authenticationCodeType": { @@ -2158,7 +2305,7 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "CreateLoginProfileRequest$PasswordResetRequired": "Specifies whether the user is required to set a new password on next sign-in.
", - "CreatePolicyVersionRequest$SetAsDefault": "Specifies whether to set this version as the policy's default version.
When this parameter is true, the new policy version becomes the operative version. That is, it becomes the version that is in effect for the IAM users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to.
For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "CreatePolicyVersionRequest$SetAsDefault": "Specifies whether to set this version as the policy's default version.
When this parameter is true, the new policy version becomes the operative version. That is, it becomes the version that is in effect for the IAM users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to.
For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for managed policies in the IAM User Guide.
", "GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsResponse$IsTruncated": "A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can use the Marker request parameter to make a subsequent pagination request that retrieves more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when more results are available. Check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all of your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can use the Marker request parameter to make a subsequent pagination request that retrieves more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when more results are available. Check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all of your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can use the Marker request parameter to make a subsequent pagination request that retrieves more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when more results are available. Check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all of your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
A flag to filter the results to only the attached policies.
When OnlyAttached is true, the returned list contains only the policies that are attached to an IAM user, group, or role. When OnlyAttached is false, or when the parameter is not included, all policies are returned.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can use the Marker request parameter to make a subsequent pagination request that retrieves more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when more results are available. Check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all of your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can use the Marker request parameter to make a subsequent pagination request that retrieves more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when more results are available. Check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all of your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can use the Marker request parameter to make a subsequent pagination request that retrieves more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when more results are available. Check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all of your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can use the Marker request parameter to make a subsequent pagination request that retrieves more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when more results are available. Check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all of your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
Specifies whether the user is required to set a new password on next sign-in.
", "ManagedPolicyDetail$IsAttachable": "Specifies whether the policy can be attached to an IAM user, group, or role.
", "OrganizationsDecisionDetail$AllowedByOrganizations": "Specifies whether the simulated operation is allowed by the Organizations service control policies that impact the simulated user's account.
", - "PasswordPolicy$RequireSymbols": "Specifies whether to require symbols for IAM user passwords.
", - "PasswordPolicy$RequireNumbers": "Specifies whether to require numbers for IAM user passwords.
", - "PasswordPolicy$RequireUppercaseCharacters": "Specifies whether to require uppercase characters for IAM user passwords.
", - "PasswordPolicy$RequireLowercaseCharacters": "Specifies whether to require lowercase characters for IAM user passwords.
", + "PasswordPolicy$RequireSymbols": "Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one of the following symbols:
! @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) _ + - = [ ] { } | '
", + "PasswordPolicy$RequireNumbers": "Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one numeric character (0 to 9).
", + "PasswordPolicy$RequireUppercaseCharacters": "Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one uppercase character (A to Z).
", + "PasswordPolicy$RequireLowercaseCharacters": "Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one lowercase character (a to z).
", "PasswordPolicy$AllowUsersToChangePassword": "Specifies whether IAM users are allowed to change their own password.
", "PasswordPolicy$ExpirePasswords": "Indicates whether passwords in the account expire. Returns true if MaxPasswordAge contains a value greater than 0. Returns false if MaxPasswordAge is 0 or not present.
Specifies whether an action is allowed by a permissions boundary that is applied to an IAM entity (user or role). A value of true means that the permissions boundary does not deny the action. This means that the policy includes an Allow statement that matches the request. In this case, if an identity-based policy also allows the action, the request is allowed. A value of false means that either the requested action is not allowed (implicitly denied) or that the action is explicitly denied by the permissions boundary. In both of these cases, the action is not allowed, regardless of the identity-based policy.
Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one numeric character (0 to 9).
If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that passwords do not require at least one numeric character.
Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one uppercase character from the ISO basic Latin alphabet (A to Z).
If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that passwords do not require at least one uppercase character.
Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one lowercase character from the ISO basic Latin alphabet (a to z).
If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that passwords do not require at least one lowercase character.
Allows all IAM users in your account to use the AWS Management Console to change their own passwords. For more information, see Letting IAM Users Change Their Own Passwords in the IAM User Guide.
If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that IAM users in the account do not automatically have permissions to change their own password.
Allows all IAM users in your account to use the AWS Management Console to change their own passwords. For more information, see Letting IAM users change their own passwords in the IAM User Guide.
If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that IAM users in the account do not automatically have permissions to change their own password.
The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the policy version was created.
", "Role$CreateDate": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the role was created.
", "RoleDetail$CreateDate": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the role was created.
", - "RoleLastUsed$LastUsedDate": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format that the role was last used.
This field is null if the role has not been used within the IAM tracking period. For more information about the tracking period, see Regions Where Data Is Tracked in the IAM User Guide.
", + "RoleLastUsed$LastUsedDate": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format that the role was last used.
This field is null if the role has not been used within the IAM tracking period. For more information about the tracking period, see Regions where data is tracked in the IAM User Guide.
", "SAMLProviderListEntry$ValidUntil": "The expiration date and time for the SAML provider.
", "SAMLProviderListEntry$CreateDate": "The date and time when the SAML provider was created.
", "SSHPublicKey$UploadDate": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the SSH public key was uploaded.
", @@ -2322,7 +2475,7 @@ "SigningCertificate$UploadDate": "The date when the signing certificate was uploaded.
", "TrackedActionLastAccessed$LastAccessedTime": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when an authenticated entity most recently attempted to access the tracked service. AWS does not report unauthenticated requests.
This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
", "User$CreateDate": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the user was created.
", - "User$PasswordLastUsed": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the user's password was last used to sign in to an AWS website. For a list of AWS websites that capture a user's last sign-in time, see the Credential Reports topic in the IAM User Guide. If a password is used more than once in a five-minute span, only the first use is returned in this field. If the field is null (no value), then it indicates that they never signed in with a password. This can be because:
The user never had a password.
A password exists but has not been used since IAM started tracking this information on October 20, 2014.
A null value does not mean that the user never had a password. Also, if the user does not currently have a password but had one in the past, then this field contains the date and time the most recent password was used.
This value is returned only in the GetUser and ListUsers operations.
", + "User$PasswordLastUsed": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the user's password was last used to sign in to an AWS website. For a list of AWS websites that capture a user's last sign-in time, see the Credential reports topic in the IAM User Guide. If a password is used more than once in a five-minute span, only the first use is returned in this field. If the field is null (no value), then it indicates that they never signed in with a password. This can be because:
The user never had a password.
A password exists but has not been used since IAM started tracking this information on October 20, 2014.
A null value does not mean that the user never had a password. Also, if the user does not currently have a password but had one in the past, then this field contains the date and time the most recent password was used.
This value is returned only in the GetUser and ListUsers operations.
", "UserDetail$CreateDate": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the user was created.
", "VirtualMFADevice$EnableDate": "The date and time on which the virtual MFA device was enabled.
" } @@ -2372,7 +2525,7 @@ "entityNameType": { "base": null, "refs": { - "PolicyGrantingServiceAccess$EntityName": "The name of the entity (user or role) to which the inline policy is attached.
This field is null for managed policies. For more information about these policy types, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
" + "PolicyGrantingServiceAccess$EntityName": "The name of the entity (user or role) to which the inline policy is attached.
This field is null for managed policies. For more information about these policy types, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
" } }, "entityTemporarilyUnmodifiableMessage": { @@ -2405,7 +2558,7 @@ "PutUserPolicyRequest$UserName": "The name of the user to associate the policy with.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", "RemoveUserFromGroupRequest$UserName": "The name of the user to remove.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", "ResyncMFADeviceRequest$UserName": "The name of the user whose MFA device you want to resynchronize.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", - "TagUserRequest$UserName": "The name of the user that you want to add tags to.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
", + "TagUserRequest$UserName": "The name of the IAM user to which you want to add tags.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
", "UntagUserRequest$UserName": "The name of the IAM user from which you want to remove tags.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
", "UpdateAccessKeyRequest$UserName": "The name of the user whose key you want to update.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", "UpdateSigningCertificateRequest$UserName": "The name of the IAM user the signing certificate belongs to.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", @@ -2416,7 +2569,7 @@ "globalEndpointTokenVersion": { "base": null, "refs": { - "SetSecurityTokenServicePreferencesRequest$GlobalEndpointTokenVersion": "The version of the global endpoint token. Version 1 tokens are valid only in AWS Regions that are available by default. These tokens do not work in manually enabled Regions, such as Asia Pacific (Hong Kong). Version 2 tokens are valid in all Regions. However, version 2 tokens are longer and might affect systems where you temporarily store tokens.
For information, see Activating and Deactivating STS in an AWS Region in the IAM User Guide.
" + "SetSecurityTokenServicePreferencesRequest$GlobalEndpointTokenVersion": "The version of the global endpoint token. Version 1 tokens are valid only in AWS Regions that are available by default. These tokens do not work in manually enabled Regions, such as Asia Pacific (Hong Kong). Version 2 tokens are valid in all Regions. However, version 2 tokens are longer and might affect systems where you temporarily store tokens.
For information, see Activating and deactivating STS in an AWS region in the IAM User Guide.
" } }, "groupDetailListType": { @@ -2444,7 +2597,7 @@ "AddUserToGroupRequest$GroupName": "The name of the group to update.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", "AttachGroupPolicyRequest$GroupName": "The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the group to attach the policy to.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", "CreateGroupRequest$GroupName": "The name of the group to create. Do not include the path in this value.
IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources named both \"MyResource\" and \"myresource\".
", - "CreateServiceLinkedRoleRequest$AWSServiceName": "The service principal for the AWS service to which this role is attached. You use a string similar to a URL but without the http:// in front. For example: elasticbeanstalk.amazonaws.com.
Service principals are unique and case-sensitive. To find the exact service principal for your service-linked role, see AWS Services That Work with IAM in the IAM User Guide. Look for the services that have Yes in the Service-Linked Role column. Choose the Yes link to view the service-linked role documentation for that service.
", + "CreateServiceLinkedRoleRequest$AWSServiceName": "The service principal for the AWS service to which this role is attached. You use a string similar to a URL but without the http:// in front. For example: elasticbeanstalk.amazonaws.com.
Service principals are unique and case-sensitive. To find the exact service principal for your service-linked role, see AWS services that work with IAM in the IAM User Guide. Look for the services that have Yes in the Service-Linked Role column. Choose the Yes link to view the service-linked role documentation for that service.
", "DeleteGroupPolicyRequest$GroupName": "The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the group that the policy is embedded in.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", "DeleteGroupRequest$GroupName": "The name of the IAM group to delete.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", "DetachGroupPolicyRequest$GroupName": "The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM group to detach the policy from.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", @@ -2467,19 +2620,19 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "EntityInfo$Id": "The identifier of the entity (user or role).
", - "Group$GroupId": "The stable and unique string identifying the group. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", - "GroupDetail$GroupId": "The stable and unique string identifying the group. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", - "InstanceProfile$InstanceProfileId": "The stable and unique string identifying the instance profile. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", - "ManagedPolicyDetail$PolicyId": "The stable and unique string identifying the policy.
For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", - "Policy$PolicyId": "The stable and unique string identifying the policy.
For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", - "PolicyGroup$GroupId": "The stable and unique string identifying the group. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", - "PolicyRole$RoleId": "The stable and unique string identifying the role. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", - "PolicyUser$UserId": "The stable and unique string identifying the user. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", - "Role$RoleId": "The stable and unique string identifying the role. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", - "RoleDetail$RoleId": "The stable and unique string identifying the role. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", - "ServerCertificateMetadata$ServerCertificateId": "The stable and unique string identifying the server certificate. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", - "User$UserId": "The stable and unique string identifying the user. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", - "UserDetail$UserId": "The stable and unique string identifying the user. For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
" + "Group$GroupId": "The stable and unique string identifying the group. For more information about IDs, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "GroupDetail$GroupId": "The stable and unique string identifying the group. For more information about IDs, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "InstanceProfile$InstanceProfileId": "The stable and unique string identifying the instance profile. For more information about IDs, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "ManagedPolicyDetail$PolicyId": "The stable and unique string identifying the policy.
For more information about IDs, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "Policy$PolicyId": "The stable and unique string identifying the policy.
For more information about IDs, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "PolicyGroup$GroupId": "The stable and unique string identifying the group. For more information about IDs, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "PolicyRole$RoleId": "The stable and unique string identifying the role. For more information about IDs, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "PolicyUser$UserId": "The stable and unique string identifying the user. For more information about IDs, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "Role$RoleId": "The stable and unique string identifying the role. For more information about IDs, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "RoleDetail$RoleId": "The stable and unique string identifying the role. For more information about IDs, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "ServerCertificateMetadata$ServerCertificateId": "The stable and unique string identifying the server certificate. For more information about IDs, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "User$UserId": "The stable and unique string identifying the user. For more information about IDs, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "UserDetail$UserId": "The stable and unique string identifying the user. For more information about IDs, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
" } }, "instanceProfileListType": { @@ -2498,7 +2651,10 @@ "DeleteInstanceProfileRequest$InstanceProfileName": "The name of the instance profile to delete.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", "GetInstanceProfileRequest$InstanceProfileName": "The name of the instance profile to get information about.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", "InstanceProfile$InstanceProfileName": "The name identifying the instance profile.
", - "RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileRequest$InstanceProfileName": "The name of the instance profile to update.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
" + "ListInstanceProfileTagsRequest$InstanceProfileName": "The name of the IAM instance profile whose tags you want to see.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
", + "RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileRequest$InstanceProfileName": "The name of the instance profile to update.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", + "TagInstanceProfileRequest$InstanceProfileName": "The name of the IAM instance profile to which you want to add tags.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
", + "UntagInstanceProfileRequest$InstanceProfileName": "The name of the IAM instance profile from which you want to remove tags.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
" } }, "integerType": { @@ -2606,16 +2762,22 @@ "ListGroupPoliciesRequest$Marker": "Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.
Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.
If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.
If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.
If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
(Optional) Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items that you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum that you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.
If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when more results are available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.
If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.
If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
(Optional) Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items that you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum that you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.
If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when more results are available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.
If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
(Optional) Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items that you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum that you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.
If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when more results are available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.
If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
(Optional) Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items that you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum that you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.
If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when more results are available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.
If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.
If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
(Optional) Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items that you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum that you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.
If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when more results are available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.
If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
(Optional) Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items that you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum that you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.
If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when more results are available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.
If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
(Optional) Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items that you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum that you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.
If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when more results are available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.
If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.
If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.
If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/).
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\\u0021) through the DEL character (\\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/).
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\\u0021) through the DEL character (\\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
The path to the instance profile. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/).
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\\u0021) through the DEL character (\\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/).
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\\u0021) through the DEL character (\\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
The path for the user name. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/).
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\\u0021) through the DEL character (\\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
The path for the virtual MFA device. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/).
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\\u0021) through the DEL character (\\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
The path to the entity (user or role). For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", - "Group$Path": "The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", - "GroupDetail$Path": "The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", - "InstanceProfile$Path": "The path to the instance profile. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "CreateUserRequest$Path": "The path for the user name. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/).
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\\u0021) through the DEL character (\\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
The path for the virtual MFA device. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/).
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\\u0021) through the DEL character (\\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
The path to the entity (user or role). For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "Group$Path": "The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "GroupDetail$Path": "The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "InstanceProfile$Path": "The path to the instance profile. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", "ListEntitiesForPolicyRequest$PathPrefix": "The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all entities.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\\u0021) through the DEL character (\\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", - "RoleDetail$Path": "The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", - "ServerCertificateMetadata$Path": "The path to the server certificate. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "Role$Path": "The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "RoleDetail$Path": "The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "ServerCertificateMetadata$Path": "The path to the server certificate. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", "UpdateGroupRequest$NewPath": "New path for the IAM group. Only include this if changing the group's path.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\\u0021) through the DEL character (\\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
The new path for the server certificate. Include this only if you are updating the server certificate's path.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\\u0021) through the DEL character (\\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
New path for the IAM user. Include this parameter only if you're changing the user's path.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\\u0021) through the DEL character (\\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
The path for the server certificate. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\\u0021) through the DEL character (\\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
If you are uploading a server certificate specifically for use with Amazon CloudFront distributions, you must specify a path using the path parameter. The path must begin with /cloudfront and must include a trailing slash (for example, /cloudfront/test/).
The path to the user. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", - "UserDetail$Path": "The path to the user. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
" + "UploadServerCertificateRequest$Path": "The path for the server certificate. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\\u0021) through the DEL character (\\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
If you are uploading a server certificate specifically for use with Amazon CloudFront distributions, you must specify a path using the path parameter. The path must begin with /cloudfront and must include a trailing slash (for example, /cloudfront/test/).
The path to the user. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the user.
", + "UserDetail$Path": "The path to the user. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
" } }, "policyDescriptionType": { @@ -2798,7 +2966,7 @@ "policyDocumentVersionListType": { "base": null, "refs": { - "ListPolicyVersionsResponse$Versions": "A list of policy versions.
For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "ListPolicyVersionsResponse$Versions": "A list of policy versions.
For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for managed policies in the IAM User Guide.
", "ManagedPolicyDetail$PolicyVersionList": "A list containing information about the versions of the policy.
" } }, @@ -2862,19 +3030,19 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "EntityInfo$Type": "The type of entity (user or role).
", - "PolicyGrantingServiceAccess$EntityType": "The type of entity (user or role) that used the policy to access the service to which the inline policy is attached.
This field is null for managed policies. For more information about these policy types, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
" + "PolicyGrantingServiceAccess$EntityType": "The type of entity (user or role) that used the policy to access the service to which the inline policy is attached.
This field is null for managed policies. For more information about these policy types, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
" } }, "policyPathType": { "base": null, "refs": { - "CreatePolicyRequest$Path": "The path for the policy.
For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/).
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\\u0021) through the DEL character (\\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
The path for the policy.
For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/).
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\\u0021) through the DEL character (\\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\\u0021) through the DEL character (\\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\\u0021) through the DEL character (\\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\\u0021) through the DEL character (\\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\\u0021) through the DEL character (\\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
The path to the policy.
For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", - "Policy$Path": "The path to the policy.
For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
" + "ManagedPolicyDetail$Path": "The path to the policy.
For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", + "Policy$Path": "The path to the policy.
For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
" } }, "policyScopeType": { @@ -2886,18 +3054,18 @@ "policyType": { "base": null, "refs": { - "PolicyGrantingServiceAccess$PolicyType": "The policy type. For more information about these policy types, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies in the IAM User Guide.
" + "PolicyGrantingServiceAccess$PolicyType": "The policy type. For more information about these policy types, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
" } }, "policyVersionIdType": { "base": null, "refs": { - "DeletePolicyVersionRequest$VersionId": "The policy version to delete.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consists of the lowercase letter 'v' followed by one or two digits, and optionally followed by a period '.' and a string of letters and digits.
For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "DeletePolicyVersionRequest$VersionId": "The policy version to delete.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consists of the lowercase letter 'v' followed by one or two digits, and optionally followed by a period '.' and a string of letters and digits.
For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for managed policies in the IAM User Guide.
", "GetPolicyVersionRequest$VersionId": "Identifies the policy version to retrieve.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consists of the lowercase letter 'v' followed by one or two digits, and optionally followed by a period '.' and a string of letters and digits.
", - "ManagedPolicyDetail$DefaultVersionId": "The identifier for the version of the policy that is set as the default (operative) version.
For more information about policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
", + "ManagedPolicyDetail$DefaultVersionId": "The identifier for the version of the policy that is set as the default (operative) version.
For more information about policy versions, see Versioning for managed policies in the IAM User Guide.
", "Policy$DefaultVersionId": "The identifier for the version of the policy that is set as the default version.
", "PolicyVersion$VersionId": "The identifier for the policy version.
Policy version identifiers always begin with v (always lowercase). When a policy is created, the first policy version is v1.
The version of the policy to set as the default (operative) version.
For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies in the IAM User Guide.
" + "SetDefaultPolicyVersionRequest$VersionId": "The version of the policy to set as the default (operative) version.
For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for managed policies in the IAM User Guide.
" } }, "privateKeyType": { @@ -2951,16 +3119,22 @@ "ListGroupPoliciesResponse$Marker": "When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
The maximum session duration (in seconds) that you want to set for the specified role. If you do not specify a value for this setting, the default maximum of one hour is applied. This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours.
Anyone who assumes the role from the AWS CLI or API can use the DurationSeconds API parameter or the duration-seconds CLI parameter to request a longer session. The MaxSessionDuration setting determines the maximum duration that can be requested using the DurationSeconds parameter. If users don't specify a value for the DurationSeconds parameter, their security credentials are valid for one hour by default. This applies when you use the AssumeRole* API operations or the assume-role* CLI operations but does not apply when you use those operations to create a console URL. For more information, see Using IAM Roles in the IAM User Guide.
The maximum session duration (in seconds) that you want to set for the specified role. If you do not specify a value for this setting, the default maximum of one hour is applied. This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours.
Anyone who assumes the role from the AWS CLI or API can use the DurationSeconds API parameter or the duration-seconds CLI parameter to request a longer session. The MaxSessionDuration setting determines the maximum duration that can be requested using the DurationSeconds parameter. If users don't specify a value for the DurationSeconds parameter, their security credentials are valid for one hour by default. This applies when you use the AssumeRole* API operations or the assume-role* CLI operations but does not apply when you use those operations to create a console URL. For more information, see Using IAM roles in the IAM User Guide.
The maximum session duration (in seconds) for the specified role. Anyone who uses the AWS CLI, or API to assume the role can specify the duration using the optional DurationSeconds API parameter or duration-seconds CLI parameter.
The maximum session duration (in seconds) that you want to set for the specified role. If you do not specify a value for this setting, the default maximum of one hour is applied. This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours.
Anyone who assumes the role from the AWS CLI or API can use the DurationSeconds API parameter or the duration-seconds CLI parameter to request a longer session. The MaxSessionDuration setting determines the maximum duration that can be requested using the DurationSeconds parameter. If users don't specify a value for the DurationSeconds parameter, their security credentials are valid for one hour by default. This applies when you use the AssumeRole* API operations or the assume-role* CLI operations but does not apply when you use those operations to create a console URL. For more information, see Using IAM Roles in the IAM User Guide.
The maximum session duration (in seconds) that you want to set for the specified role. If you do not specify a value for this setting, the default maximum of one hour is applied. This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours.
Anyone who assumes the role from the AWS CLI or API can use the DurationSeconds API parameter or the duration-seconds CLI parameter to request a longer session. The MaxSessionDuration setting determines the maximum duration that can be requested using the DurationSeconds parameter. If users don't specify a value for the DurationSeconds parameter, their security credentials are valid for one hour by default. This applies when you use the AssumeRole* API operations or the assume-role* CLI operations but does not apply when you use those operations to create a console URL. For more information, see Using IAM roles in the IAM User Guide.
The name of the role to remove.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", "Role$RoleName": "The friendly name that identifies the role.
", "RoleDetail$RoleName": "The friendly name that identifies the role.
", - "TagRoleRequest$RoleName": "The name of the role that you want to add tags to.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", + "TagRoleRequest$RoleName": "The name of the IAM role to which you want to add tags.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", "UntagRoleRequest$RoleName": "The name of the IAM role from which you want to remove tags.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", "UpdateAssumeRolePolicyRequest$RoleName": "The name of the role to update with the new policy.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", "UpdateRoleDescriptionRequest$RoleName": "The name of the role that you want to modify.
", @@ -3038,8 +3212,11 @@ "DeactivateMFADeviceRequest$SerialNumber": "The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the device ARN.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@:/-
", "DeleteVirtualMFADeviceRequest$SerialNumber": "The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@:/-
", "EnableMFADeviceRequest$SerialNumber": "The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the device ARN.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@:/-
", + "ListMFADeviceTagsRequest$SerialNumber": "The unique identifier for the IAM virtual MFA device whose tags you want to see. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
", "MFADevice$SerialNumber": "The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the device ARN.
", "ResyncMFADeviceRequest$SerialNumber": "Serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", + "TagMFADeviceRequest$SerialNumber": "The unique identifier for the IAM virtual MFA device to which you want to add tags. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
", + "UntagMFADeviceRequest$SerialNumber": "The unique identifier for the IAM virtual MFA device from which you want to remove tags. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
", "VirtualMFADevice$SerialNumber": "The serial number associated with VirtualMFADevice.
The name of the server certificate you want to delete.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", "GetServerCertificateRequest$ServerCertificateName": "The name of the server certificate you want to retrieve information about.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", + "ListServerCertificateTagsRequest$ServerCertificateName": "The name of the IAM server certificate whose tags you want to see.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
", "ServerCertificateMetadata$ServerCertificateName": "The name that identifies the server certificate.
", + "TagServerCertificateRequest$ServerCertificateName": "The name of the IAM server certificate to which you want to add tags.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
", + "UntagServerCertificateRequest$ServerCertificateName": "The name of the IAM server certificate from which you want to remove tags.
This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-
", "UpdateServerCertificateRequest$ServerCertificateName": "The name of the server certificate that you want to update.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", "UpdateServerCertificateRequest$NewServerCertificateName": "The new name for the server certificate. Include this only if you are updating the server certificate's name. The name of the certificate cannot contain any spaces.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", "UploadServerCertificateRequest$ServerCertificateName": "The name for the server certificate. Do not include the path in this value. The name of the certificate cannot contain any spaces.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
" @@ -3085,16 +3265,16 @@ "serviceNamespaceListType": { "base": null, "refs": { - "ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessRequest$ServiceNamespaces": "The service namespace for the AWS services whose policies you want to list.
To learn the service namespace for a service, go to Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for AWS Services in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
The service namespace for the AWS services whose policies you want to list.
To learn the service namespace for a service, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for AWS services in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see AWS service namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
The namespace of the service in which access was attempted.
To learn the service namespace of a service, go to Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for AWS Services in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
The service namespace for an AWS service. Provide the service namespace to learn when the IAM entity last attempted to access the specified service.
To learn the service namespace for a service, go to Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for AWS Services in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
The namespace of the service that was accessed.
To learn the service namespace of a service, go to Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for AWS Services in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
The namespace of the service in which access was attempted.
To learn the service namespace of a service, go to Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for AWS Services in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
The namespace of the service in which access was attempted.
To learn the service namespace of a service, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for AWS services in the Service Authorization Reference. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see AWS service namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
The service namespace for an AWS service. Provide the service namespace to learn when the IAM entity last attempted to access the specified service.
To learn the service namespace for a service, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for AWS services in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see AWS service namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
The namespace of the service that was accessed.
To learn the service namespace of a service, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for AWS services in the Service Authorization Reference. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see AWS service namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
The namespace of the service in which access was attempted.
To learn the service namespace of a service, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for AWS services in the Service Authorization Reference. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see AWS Service Namespaces in the AWS General Reference.
The status of the service-specific credential. Active means that the key is valid for API calls, while Inactive means it is not.
The status of the service-specific credential. Active means that the key is valid for API calls, while Inactive means it is not.
The status of the signing certificate. Active means that the key is valid for API calls, while Inactive means it is not.
The status you want to assign to the secret access key. Active means that the key can be used for API calls to AWS, while Inactive means that the key cannot be used.
The status you want to assign to the secret access key. Active means that the key can be used for programmatic calls to AWS, while Inactive means that the key cannot be used.
The status to assign to the SSH public key. Active means that the key can be used for authentication with an AWS CodeCommit repository. Inactive means that the key cannot be used.
The status to be assigned to the service-specific credential.
", - "UpdateSigningCertificateRequest$Status": " The status you want to assign to the certificate. Active means that the certificate can be used for API calls to AWS Inactive means that the certificate cannot be used.
The status you want to assign to the certificate. Active means that the certificate can be used for programmatic calls to AWS Inactive means that the certificate cannot be used.
The Region where the last service access attempt occurred.
This field is null if no principals in the reported Organizations entity attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
", "AccessKeyLastUsed$ServiceName": "The name of the AWS service with which this access key was most recently used. The value of this field is \"N/A\" in the following situations:
The user does not have an access key.
An access key exists but has not been used since IAM started tracking this information.
There is no sign-in data associated with the user.
The AWS Region where this access key was most recently used. The value for this field is \"N/A\" in the following situations:
The user does not have an access key.
An access key exists but has not been used since IAM began tracking this information.
There is no sign-in data associated with the user.
For more information about AWS Regions, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
", + "AccessKeyLastUsed$Region": "The AWS Region where this access key was most recently used. The value for this field is \"N/A\" in the following situations:
The user does not have an access key.
An access key exists but has not been used since IAM began tracking this information.
There is no sign-in data associated with the user.
For more information about AWS Regions, see Regions and endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
", "ErrorDetails$Message": "Detailed information about the reason that the operation failed.
", "ErrorDetails$Code": "The error code associated with the operation failure.
", "RoleLastUsed$Region": "The name of the AWS Region in which the role was last used.
", @@ -3184,7 +3364,13 @@ "tagKeyListType": { "base": null, "refs": { + "UntagInstanceProfileRequest$TagKeys": "A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys are removed from the specified instance profile.
", + "UntagMFADeviceRequest$TagKeys": "A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys are removed from the specified instance profile.
", + "UntagOpenIDConnectProviderRequest$TagKeys": "A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys are removed from the specified OIDC provider.
", + "UntagPolicyRequest$TagKeys": "A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys are removed from the specified policy.
", "UntagRoleRequest$TagKeys": "A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys are removed from the specified role.
", + "UntagSAMLProviderRequest$TagKeys": "A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys are removed from the specified SAML identity provider.
", + "UntagServerCertificateRequest$TagKeys": "A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys are removed from the specified IAM server certificate.
", "UntagUserRequest$TagKeys": "A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys are removed from the specified user.
" } }, @@ -3198,16 +3384,43 @@ "tagListType": { "base": null, "refs": { - "CreateRoleRequest$Tags": "A list of tags that you want to attach to the newly created role. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed number of tags per role, then the entire request fails and the role is not created.
A list of tags that you want to attach to the newly created user. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed number of tags per user, then the entire request fails and the user is not created.
The list of tags currently that is attached to the role. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached to the specified role, the response contains an empty list.
", - "ListUserTagsResponse$Tags": "The list of tags that are currently attached to the user. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached to the specified user, the response contains an empty list.
", - "Role$Tags": "A list of tags that are attached to the specified role. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
", - "RoleDetail$Tags": "A list of tags that are attached to the specified role. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
", - "TagRoleRequest$Tags": "The list of tags that you want to attach to the role. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. You can specify this with a JSON string.
", - "TagUserRequest$Tags": "The list of tags that you want to attach to the user. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value.
", - "User$Tags": "A list of tags that are associated with the specified user. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
", - "UserDetail$Tags": "A list of tags that are associated with the specified user. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities in the IAM User Guide.
" + "CreateInstanceProfileRequest$Tags": "A list of tags that you want to attach to the newly created IAM instance profile. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.
A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.
A list of tags that are attached to the new IAM OIDC provider. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "CreatePolicyRequest$Tags": "A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM customer managed policy. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.
A list of tags that you want to attach to the new role. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.
A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM SAML provider. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.
A list of tags that are attached to the new IAM SAML provider. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "CreateUserRequest$Tags": "A list of tags that you want to attach to the new user. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.
A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM virtual MFA device. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.
A list of tags that are attached to the specified IAM OIDC provider. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "GetSAMLProviderResponse$Tags": "A list of tags that are attached to the specified IAM SAML provider. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "InstanceProfile$Tags": "A list of tags that are attached to the instance profile. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "ListInstanceProfileTagsResponse$Tags": "The list of tags that are currently attached to the IAM instance profile. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached to the specified resource, the response contains an empty list.
", + "ListMFADeviceTagsResponse$Tags": "The list of tags that are currently attached to the virtual MFA device. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached to the specified resource, the response contains an empty list.
", + "ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsResponse$Tags": "The list of tags that are currently attached to the OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached to the specified resource, the response contains an empty list.
", + "ListPolicyTagsResponse$Tags": "The list of tags that are currently attached to the IAM customer managed policy. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached to the specified resource, the response contains an empty list.
", + "ListRoleTagsResponse$Tags": "The list of tags that are currently attached to the role. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached to the specified resource, the response contains an empty list.
", + "ListSAMLProviderTagsResponse$Tags": "The list of tags that are currently attached to the Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity provider. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached to the specified resource, the response contains an empty list.
", + "ListServerCertificateTagsResponse$Tags": "The list of tags that are currently attached to the IAM server certificate. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached to the specified resource, the response contains an empty list.
", + "ListUserTagsResponse$Tags": "The list of tags that are currently attached to the user. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached to the specified resource, the response contains an empty list.
", + "Policy$Tags": "A list of tags that are attached to the instance profile. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "Role$Tags": "A list of tags that are attached to the role. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "RoleDetail$Tags": "A list of tags that are attached to the role. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "ServerCertificate$Tags": "A list of tags that are attached to the server certificate. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "TagInstanceProfileRequest$Tags": "The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM instance profile. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value.
", + "TagMFADeviceRequest$Tags": "The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM virtual MFA device. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value.
", + "TagOpenIDConnectProviderRequest$Tags": "The list of tags that you want to attach to the OIDC identity provider in IAM. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value.
", + "TagPolicyRequest$Tags": "The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM customer managed policy. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value.
", + "TagRoleRequest$Tags": "The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM role. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value.
", + "TagSAMLProviderRequest$Tags": "The list of tags that you want to attach to the SAML identity provider in IAM. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value.
", + "TagServerCertificateRequest$Tags": "The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM server certificate. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value.
", + "TagUserRequest$Tags": "The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM user. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value.
", + "UploadServerCertificateRequest$Tags": "A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM server certificate resource. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.
A list of tags that are attached to the new IAM server certificate. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "User$Tags": "A list of tags that are associated with the user. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "UserDetail$Tags": "A list of tags that are associated with the user. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
", + "VirtualMFADevice$Tags": "A list of tags that are attached to the virtual MFA device. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.
" } }, "tagValueType": { @@ -3219,7 +3432,7 @@ "thumbprintListType": { "base": "Contains a list of thumbprints of identity provider server certificates.
", "refs": { - "CreateOpenIDConnectProviderRequest$ThumbprintList": "A list of server certificate thumbprints for the OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider's server certificates. Typically this list includes only one entry. However, IAM lets you have up to five thumbprints for an OIDC provider. This lets you maintain multiple thumbprints if the identity provider is rotating certificates.
The server certificate thumbprint is the hex-encoded SHA-1 hash value of the X.509 certificate used by the domain where the OpenID Connect provider makes its keys available. It is always a 40-character string.
You must provide at least one thumbprint when creating an IAM OIDC provider. For example, assume that the OIDC provider is server.example.com and the provider stores its keys at https://keys.server.example.com/openid-connect. In that case, the thumbprint string would be the hex-encoded SHA-1 hash value of the certificate used by https://keys.server.example.com.
For more information about obtaining the OIDC provider's thumbprint, see Obtaining the Thumbprint for an OpenID Connect Provider in the IAM User Guide.
", + "CreateOpenIDConnectProviderRequest$ThumbprintList": "A list of server certificate thumbprints for the OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider's server certificates. Typically this list includes only one entry. However, IAM lets you have up to five thumbprints for an OIDC provider. This lets you maintain multiple thumbprints if the identity provider is rotating certificates.
The server certificate thumbprint is the hex-encoded SHA-1 hash value of the X.509 certificate used by the domain where the OpenID Connect provider makes its keys available. It is always a 40-character string.
You must provide at least one thumbprint when creating an IAM OIDC provider. For example, assume that the OIDC provider is server.example.com and the provider stores its keys at https://keys.server.example.com/openid-connect. In that case, the thumbprint string would be the hex-encoded SHA-1 hash value of the certificate used by https://keys.server.example.com.
For more information about obtaining the OIDC provider's thumbprint, see Obtaining the thumbprint for an OpenID Connect provider in the IAM User Guide.
", "GetOpenIDConnectProviderResponse$ThumbprintList": "A list of certificate thumbprints that are associated with the specified IAM OIDC provider resource object. For more information, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider.
", "UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintRequest$ThumbprintList": "A list of certificate thumbprints that are associated with the specified IAM OpenID Connect provider. For more information, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider.
" } diff --git a/models/apis/macie2/2020-01-01/api-2.json b/models/apis/macie2/2020-01-01/api-2.json index ce2f064be62..132ab560e56 100644 --- a/models/apis/macie2/2020-01-01/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/macie2/2020-01-01/api-2.json @@ -677,6 +677,43 @@ } ] }, + "DisassociateFromAdministratorAccount": { + "name": "DisassociateFromAdministratorAccount", + "http": { + "method": "POST", + "requestUri": "/administrator/disassociate", + "responseCode": 200 + }, + "input": { + "shape": "DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountRequest" + }, + "output": { + "shape": "DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountResponse" + }, + "errors": [ + { + "shape": "ValidationException" + }, + { + "shape": "InternalServerException" + }, + { + "shape": "ServiceQuotaExceededException" + }, + { + "shape": "AccessDeniedException" + }, + { + "shape": "ResourceNotFoundException" + }, + { + "shape": "ThrottlingException" + }, + { + "shape": "ConflictException" + } + ] + }, "DisassociateFromMasterAccount": { "name": "DisassociateFromMasterAccount", "http": { @@ -825,6 +862,43 @@ } ] }, + "GetAdministratorAccount": { + "name": "GetAdministratorAccount", + "http": { + "method": "GET", + "requestUri": "/administrator", + "responseCode": 200 + }, + "input": { + "shape": "GetAdministratorAccountRequest" + }, + "output": { + "shape": "GetAdministratorAccountResponse" + }, + "errors": [ + { + "shape": "ValidationException" + }, + { + "shape": "InternalServerException" + }, + { + "shape": "ServiceQuotaExceededException" + }, + { + "shape": "AccessDeniedException" + }, + { + "shape": "ResourceNotFoundException" + }, + { + "shape": "ThrottlingException" + }, + { + "shape": "ConflictException" + } + ] + }, "GetBucketStatistics": { "name": "GetBucketStatistics", "http": { @@ -1837,6 +1911,10 @@ "AcceptInvitationRequest": { "type": "structure", "members": { + "administratorAccountId": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "administratorAccountId" + }, "invitationId": { "shape": "__string", "locationName": "invitationId" @@ -1847,7 +1925,6 @@ } }, "required": [ - "masterAccount", "invitationId" ] }, @@ -3094,6 +3171,14 @@ "type": "structure", "members": {} }, + "DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountRequest": { + "type": "structure", + "members": {} + }, + "DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountResponse": { + "type": "structure", + "members": {} + }, "DisassociateFromMasterAccountRequest": { "type": "structure", "members": {} @@ -3428,6 +3513,19 @@ } } }, + "GetAdministratorAccountRequest": { + "type": "structure", + "members": {} + }, + "GetAdministratorAccountResponse": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "administrator": { + "shape": "Invitation", + "locationName": "administrator" + } + } + }, "GetBucketStatisticsRequest": { "type": "structure", "members": { @@ -3748,6 +3846,10 @@ "shape": "__string", "locationName": "accountId" }, + "administratorAccountId": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "administratorAccountId" + }, "arn": { "shape": "__string", "locationName": "arn" @@ -4493,6 +4595,10 @@ "shape": "__string", "locationName": "accountId" }, + "administratorAccountId": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "administratorAccountId" + }, "arn": { "shape": "__string", "locationName": "arn" @@ -5828,4 +5934,4 @@ "timestampFormat": "unixTimestamp" } } -} \ No newline at end of file +} diff --git a/models/apis/macie2/2020-01-01/docs-2.json b/models/apis/macie2/2020-01-01/docs-2.json index aae2ea93298..a3c4e65621a 100644 --- a/models/apis/macie2/2020-01-01/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/macie2/2020-01-01/docs-2.json @@ -7,23 +7,25 @@ "CreateClassificationJob" : "Creates and defines the settings for a classification job.
", "CreateCustomDataIdentifier" : "Creates and defines the criteria and other settings for a custom data identifier.
", "CreateFindingsFilter" : "Creates and defines the criteria and other settings for a findings filter.
", - "CreateInvitations" : "Sends an Amazon Macie membership invitation to one or more accounts.
", - "CreateMember" : "Associates an account with an Amazon Macie master account.
", + "CreateInvitations" : "Sends an Amazon Macie membership invitation to one or more accounts.
", + "CreateMember" : "Associates an account with an Amazon Macie administrator account.
", "CreateSampleFindings" : "Creates sample findings.
", "DeclineInvitations" : "Declines Amazon Macie membership invitations that were received from specific accounts.
", "DeleteCustomDataIdentifier" : "Soft deletes a custom data identifier.
", "DeleteFindingsFilter" : "Deletes a findings filter.
", "DeleteInvitations" : "Deletes Amazon Macie membership invitations that were received from specific accounts.
", - "DeleteMember" : "Deletes the association between an Amazon Macie master account and an account.
", + "DeleteMember" : "Deletes the association between an Amazon Macie administrator account and an account.
", "DescribeBuckets" : "Retrieves (queries) statistical data and other information about one or more S3 buckets that Amazon Macie monitors and analyzes.
", "DescribeClassificationJob" : "Retrieves the status and settings for a classification job.
", "DescribeOrganizationConfiguration" : "Retrieves the Amazon Macie configuration settings for an AWS organization.
", "DisableMacie" : "Disables an Amazon Macie account and deletes Macie resources for the account.
", "DisableOrganizationAdminAccount" : "Disables an account as the delegated Amazon Macie administrator account for an AWS organization.
", - "DisassociateFromMasterAccount" : "Disassociates a member account from its Amazon Macie master account.
", - "DisassociateMember" : "Disassociates an Amazon Macie master account from a member account.
", + "DisassociateFromAdministratorAccount" : "Disassociates a member account from its Amazon Macie administrator account.
", + "DisassociateFromMasterAccount" : "(Deprecated) Disassociates a member account from its Amazon Macie administrator account. This operation has been replaced by the DisassociateFromAdministratorAccount operation.
", + "DisassociateMember" : "Disassociates an Amazon Macie administrator account from a member account.
", "EnableMacie" : "Enables Amazon Macie and specifies the configuration settings for a Macie account.
", "EnableOrganizationAdminAccount" : "Designates an account as the delegated Amazon Macie administrator account for an AWS organization.
", + "GetAdministratorAccount" : "Retrieves information about the Amazon Macie administrator account for an account.
", "GetBucketStatistics" : "Retrieves (queries) aggregated statistical data for all the S3 buckets that Amazon Macie monitors and analyzes.
", "GetClassificationExportConfiguration" : "Retrieves the configuration settings for storing data classification results.
", "GetCustomDataIdentifier" : "Retrieves the criteria and other settings for a custom data identifier.
", @@ -32,8 +34,8 @@ "GetFindingsFilter" : "Retrieves the criteria and other settings for a findings filter.
", "GetInvitationsCount" : "Retrieves the count of Amazon Macie membership invitations that were received by an account.
", "GetMacieSession" : "Retrieves the current status and configuration settings for an Amazon Macie account.
", - "GetMasterAccount" : "Retrieves information about the Amazon Macie master account for an account.
", - "GetMember" : "Retrieves information about a member account that's associated with an Amazon Macie master account.
", + "GetMasterAccount" : "(Deprecated) Retrieves information about the Amazon Macie administrator account for an account. This operation has been replaced by the GetAdministratorAccount operation.
", + "GetMember" : "Retrieves information about an account that's associated with an Amazon Macie administrator account.
", "GetUsageStatistics" : "Retrieves (queries) quotas and aggregated usage data for one or more accounts.
", "GetUsageTotals" : "Retrieves (queries) aggregated usage data for an account.
", "ListClassificationJobs" : "Retrieves a subset of information about one or more classification jobs.
", @@ -41,7 +43,7 @@ "ListFindings" : "Retrieves a subset of information about one or more findings.
", "ListFindingsFilters" : "Retrieves a subset of information about all the findings filters for an account.
", "ListInvitations" : "Retrieves information about all the Amazon Macie membership invitations that were received by an account.
", - "ListMembers" : "Retrieves information about the accounts that are associated with an Amazon Macie master account.
", + "ListMembers" : "Retrieves information about the accounts that are associated with an Amazon Macie administrator account.
", "ListOrganizationAdminAccounts" : "Retrieves information about the delegated Amazon Macie administrator account for an AWS organization.
", "ListTagsForResource" : "Retrieves the tags (keys and values) that are associated with a classification job, custom data identifier, findings filter, or member account.
", "PutClassificationExportConfiguration" : "Creates or updates the configuration settings for storing data classification results.
", @@ -51,12 +53,12 @@ "UpdateClassificationJob" : "Changes the status of a classification job.
", "UpdateFindingsFilter" : "Updates the criteria and other settings for a findings filter.
", "UpdateMacieSession" : "Suspends or re-enables an Amazon Macie account, or updates the configuration settings for a Macie account.
", - "UpdateMemberSession" : "Enables an Amazon Macie master account to suspend or re-enable a member account.
", + "UpdateMemberSession" : "Enables an Amazon Macie administrator to suspend or re-enable a member account.
", "UpdateOrganizationConfiguration" : "Updates the Amazon Macie configuration settings for an AWS organization.
" }, "shapes" : { "AcceptInvitationRequest" : { - "base" : "Specifies an Amazon Macie membership invitation to accept.
", + "base" : "Specifies an Amazon Macie membership invitation to accept. In the request, you have to specify the ID for the AWS account that sent the invitation. Otherwise, a validation error occurs. To specify this ID, we recommend that you use the administratorAccountId property instead of the masterAccount property. The masterAccount property has been deprecated and is retained only for backward compatibility.
", "refs" : { } }, "AccessControlList" : { @@ -70,9 +72,9 @@ "refs" : { } }, "AccountDetail" : { - "base" : "Specifies details for an account to associate with an Amazon Macie master account.
", + "base" : "Specifies details for an account to associate with an Amazon Macie administrator account.
", "refs" : { - "CreateMemberRequest$Account" : "The details for the account to associate with the master account.
" + "CreateMemberRequest$Account" : "The details for the account to associate with the administrator account.
" } }, "AccountLevelPermissions" : { @@ -88,9 +90,9 @@ } }, "AdminStatus" : { - "base" : "The current status of an account as the delegated Amazon Macie administrator account for an AWS organization.
", + "base" : "The current status of an account as the delegated Amazon Macie administrator account for an AWS organization. Possible values are:
", "refs" : { - "AdminAccount$Status" : "The current status of the account as a delegated administrator of Amazon Macie for the organization.
" + "AdminAccount$Status" : "The current status of the account as the delegated administrator of Amazon Macie for the organization.
" } }, "ApiCallDetails" : { @@ -286,11 +288,11 @@ "refs" : { } }, "CreateMemberRequest" : { - "base" : "Specifies an account to associate with an Amazon Macie master account.
", + "base" : "Specifies an AWS account to associate with an Amazon Macie administrator account.
", "refs" : { } }, "CreateMemberResponse" : { - "base" : "Provides information about a request to associate an account with an Amazon Macie master account.
", + "base" : "Provides information about a request to associate an account with an Amazon Macie administrator account.
", "refs" : { } }, "CreateSampleFindingsRequest" : { @@ -413,7 +415,7 @@ "refs" : { } }, "EnableMacieRequest" : { - "base" : "Enables Amazon Macie and specifies the configuration settings for an Amazon Macie account.
", + "base" : "Enables Amazon Macie and specifies the configuration settings for a Macie account.
", "refs" : { } }, "EnableOrganizationAdminAccountRequest" : { @@ -427,7 +429,7 @@ } }, "ErrorCode" : { - "base" : "The source of an error, issue, or delay. Possible values are:
", + "base" : "The source of an issue or delay. Possible values are:
", "refs" : { "UnprocessedAccount$ErrorCode" : "The source of the issue or delay in processing the request.
" } @@ -482,7 +484,7 @@ "base" : "The frequency with which Amazon Macie publishes updates to policy findings for an account. This includes publishing updates to AWS Security Hub and Amazon EventBridge (formerly called Amazon CloudWatch Events). Valid values are:
", "refs" : { "EnableMacieRequest$FindingPublishingFrequency" : "Specifies how often to publish updates to policy findings for the account. This includes publishing updates to AWS Security Hub and Amazon EventBridge (formerly called Amazon CloudWatch Events).", - "GetMacieSessionResponse$FindingPublishingFrequency" : "The frequency with which Amazon Macie publishes updates to policy findings for the account. This includes publishing updates to AWS Security Hub and Amazon EventBridge (formerly called Amazon CloudWatch Events).
", + "GetMacieSessionResponse$FindingPublishingFrequency" : "The frequency with which Macie publishes updates to policy findings for the account. This includes publishing updates to AWS Security Hub and Amazon EventBridge (formerly called Amazon CloudWatch Events).
", "UpdateMacieSessionRequest$FindingPublishingFrequency" : "Specifies how often to publish updates to policy findings for the account. This includes publishing updates to AWS Security Hub and Amazon EventBridge (formerly called Amazon CloudWatch Events)." } }, @@ -520,6 +522,10 @@ "__listOfFindingsFilterListItem$member" : null } }, + "GetAdministratorAccountResponse" : { + "base" : "Provides information about the Amazon Macie administrator account for an account. If the accounts are associated by a Macie membership invitation, the response also provides information about that invitation.
", + "refs" : { } + }, "GetBucketStatisticsRequest" : { "base" : "Specifies the account that owns the S3 buckets to retrieve aggregated statistical data for.
", "refs" : { } @@ -565,11 +571,11 @@ "refs" : { } }, "GetMasterAccountResponse" : { - "base" : "Provides information about the Amazon Macie master account for an account. If the accounts are associated by a Macie membership invitation, the response also provides information about that invitation.
", + "base" : "(Deprecated) Provides information about the Amazon Macie administrator account for an account. If the accounts are associated by a Macie membership invitation, the response also provides information about that invitation.
", "refs" : { } }, "GetMemberResponse" : { - "base" : "Provides information about an account that's associated with an Amazon Macie master account.
", + "base" : "Provides information about an account that's associated with an Amazon Macie administrator account.
", "refs" : { } }, "GetUsageStatisticsRequest" : { @@ -609,7 +615,8 @@ "Invitation" : { "base" : "Provides information about an Amazon Macie membership invitation that was received by an account.
", "refs" : { - "GetMasterAccountResponse$Master" : "The AWS account ID for the master account. If the accounts are associated by a Macie membership invitation, this object also provides details about the invitation that was sent and accepted to establish the relationship between the accounts.
", + "GetAdministratorAccountResponse$Administrator" : "The AWS account ID for the administrator account. If the accounts are associated by a Macie membership invitation, this object also provides details about the invitation that was sent to establish the relationship between the accounts.
", + "GetMasterAccountResponse$Master" : "(Deprecated) The AWS account ID for the administrator account. If the accounts are associated by a Macie membership invitation, this object also provides details about the invitation that was sent to establish the relationship between the accounts.
", "__listOfInvitation$member" : null } }, @@ -767,7 +774,7 @@ "refs" : { } }, "ListInvitationsResponse" : { - "base" : "Provides information about all the Amazon Macie membership invitations that were received by an account.
", + "base" : "Provides information about the Amazon Macie membership invitations that were received by an account.
", "refs" : { } }, "ListJobsFilterCriteria" : { @@ -801,7 +808,7 @@ } }, "ListMembersResponse" : { - "base" : "Provides information about the accounts that are associated with an Amazon Macie master account.
", + "base" : "Provides information about the accounts that are associated with an Amazon Macie administrator account.
", "refs" : { } }, "ListOrganizationAdminAccountsResponse" : { @@ -815,14 +822,14 @@ "MacieStatus" : { "base" : "The status of an Amazon Macie account. Valid values are:
", "refs" : { - "EnableMacieRequest$Status" : "Specifies the status for the account. To enable Amazon Macie and start all Amazon Macie activities for the account, set this value to ENABLED.
", - "GetMacieSessionResponse$Status" : "The current status of the Amazon Macie account. Possible values are: PAUSED, the account is enabled but all Amazon Macie activities are suspended (paused) for the account; and, ENABLED, the account is enabled and all Amazon Macie activities are enabled for the account.
", - "UpdateMacieSessionRequest$Status" : "Specifies whether to change the status of the account. Valid values are: ENABLED, resume all Amazon Macie activities for the account; and, PAUSED, suspend all Macie activities for the account.
", + "EnableMacieRequest$Status" : "Specifies the status for the account. To enable Amazon Macie and start all Macie activities for the account, set this value to ENABLED.
", + "GetMacieSessionResponse$Status" : "The current status of the Macie account. Possible values are: PAUSED, the account is enabled but all Macie activities are suspended (paused) for the account; and, ENABLED, the account is enabled and all Macie activities are enabled for the account.
", + "UpdateMacieSessionRequest$Status" : "Specifies a new status for the account. Valid values are: ENABLED, resume all Amazon Macie activities for the account; and, PAUSED, suspend all Macie activities for the account.
", "UpdateMemberSessionRequest$Status" : "Specifies the new status for the account. Valid values are: ENABLED, resume all Amazon Macie activities for the account; and, PAUSED, suspend all Macie activities for the account.
" } }, "Member" : { - "base" : "Provides information about an account that's associated with an Amazon Macie master account.
", + "base" : "Provides information about an account that's associated with an Amazon Macie administrator account.
", "refs" : { "__listOfMember$member" : null } @@ -919,11 +926,11 @@ } }, "RelationshipStatus" : { - "base" : "The current status of the relationship between an account and an associated Amazon Macie master account (inviter account). Possible values are:
", + "base" : "The current status of the relationship between an account and an associated Amazon Macie administrator account (inviter account). Possible values are:
", "refs" : { - "GetMemberResponse$RelationshipStatus" : "The current status of the relationship between the account and the master account.
", + "GetMemberResponse$RelationshipStatus" : "The current status of the relationship between the account and the administrator account.
", "Invitation$RelationshipStatus" : "The status of the relationship between the account that sent the invitation (inviter account) and the account that received the invitation (invitee account).
", - "Member$RelationshipStatus" : "The current status of the relationship between the account and the master account.
" + "Member$RelationshipStatus" : "The current status of the relationship between the account and the administrator account.
" } }, "ReplicationDetails" : { @@ -1194,7 +1201,7 @@ "refs" : { } }, "UpdateOrganizationConfigurationRequest" : { - "base" : "Specifies whether Amazon Macie is enabled automatically for accounts that are added to an AWS organization.
", + "base" : "Specifies whether to enable Amazon Macie automatically for accounts that are added to an AWS organization.
", "refs" : { } }, "UsageByAccount" : { @@ -1314,7 +1321,7 @@ "S3Object$PublicAccess" : "Specifies whether the object is publicly accessible due to the combination of permissions settings that apply to the object.
", "ServiceLimit$IsServiceLimited" : "Specifies whether the account has met the quota that corresponds to the metric specified by the UsageByAccount.type field in the response.
", "SessionContextAttributes$MfaAuthenticated" : "Specifies whether the credentials were authenticated with a multi-factor authentication (MFA) device.
", - "UpdateOrganizationConfigurationRequest$AutoEnable" : "Specifies whether Amazon Macie is enabled automatically for each account, when the account is added to the AWS organization.
" + "UpdateOrganizationConfigurationRequest$AutoEnable" : "Specifies whether to enable Amazon Macie automatically for each account, when the account is added to the AWS organization.
" } }, "__double" : { @@ -1429,7 +1436,7 @@ "__listOfMember" : { "base" : null, "refs" : { - "ListMembersResponse$Members" : "An array of objects, one for each account that's associated with the master account and meets the criteria specified by the onlyAssociated request parameter.
" + "ListMembersResponse$Members" : "An array of objects, one for each account that's associated with the administrator account and meets the criteria specified by the onlyAssociated request parameter.
" } }, "__listOfS3BucketDefinitionForJob" : { @@ -1570,8 +1577,9 @@ "__string" : { "base" : null, "refs" : { + "AcceptInvitationRequest$AdministratorAccountId" : "The AWS account ID for the account that sent the invitation.
", "AcceptInvitationRequest$InvitationId" : "The unique identifier for the invitation to accept.
", - "AcceptInvitationRequest$MasterAccount" : "The AWS account ID for the account that sent the invitation.
", + "AcceptInvitationRequest$MasterAccount" : "(Deprecated) The AWS account ID for the account that sent the invitation. This property has been replaced by the administratorAccountId property and is retained only for backward compatibility.
", "AccessDeniedException$Message" : "The explanation of the error that occurred.
", "AccountDetail$AccountId" : "The AWS account ID for the account.
", "AccountDetail$Email" : "The email address for the account.
", @@ -1621,7 +1629,7 @@ "CreateFindingsFilterResponse$Arn" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the filter that was created.
", "CreateFindingsFilterResponse$Id" : "The unique identifier for the filter that was created.
", "CreateInvitationsRequest$Message" : "A custom message to include in the invitation. Amazon Macie adds this message to the standard content that it sends for an invitation.
", - "CreateMemberResponse$Arn" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the account that was associated with the master account.
", + "CreateMemberResponse$Arn" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the account that was associated with the administrator account.
", "CustomDataIdentifierSummary$Arn" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the custom data identifier.
", "CustomDataIdentifierSummary$Description" : "The custom description of the custom data identifier.
", "CustomDataIdentifierSummary$Id" : "The unique identifier for the custom data identifier.
", @@ -1664,11 +1672,12 @@ "GetFindingsFilterResponse$Description" : "The custom description of the filter.
", "GetFindingsFilterResponse$Id" : "The unique identifier for the filter.
", "GetFindingsFilterResponse$Name" : "The custom name of the filter.
", - "GetMacieSessionResponse$ServiceRole" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service-linked role that allows Amazon Macie to monitor and analyze data in AWS resources for the account.
", + "GetMacieSessionResponse$ServiceRole" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service-linked role that allows Macie to monitor and analyze data in AWS resources for the account.
", "GetMemberResponse$AccountId" : "The AWS account ID for the account.
", + "GetMemberResponse$AdministratorAccountId" : "The AWS account ID for the administrator account.
", "GetMemberResponse$Arn" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the account.
", "GetMemberResponse$Email" : "The email address for the account.
", - "GetMemberResponse$MasterAccountId" : "The AWS account ID for the master account.
", + "GetMemberResponse$MasterAccountId" : "(Deprecated) The AWS account ID for the administrator account. This property has been replaced by the administratorAccountId property and is retained only for backward compatibility.
", "GetUsageStatisticsRequest$NextToken" : "The nextToken string that specifies which page of results to return in a paginated response.
", "GetUsageStatisticsResponse$NextToken" : "The string to use in a subsequent request to get the next page of results in a paginated response. This value is null if there are no additional pages.
", "GroupCount$GroupKey" : "The name of the property that defines the group in the query results, as specified by the groupBy property in the query request.
", @@ -1703,9 +1712,10 @@ "ListMembersResponse$NextToken" : "The string to use in a subsequent request to get the next page of results in a paginated response. This value is null if there are no additional pages.
", "ListOrganizationAdminAccountsResponse$NextToken" : "The string to use in a subsequent request to get the next page of results in a paginated response. This value is null if there are no additional pages.
", "Member$AccountId" : "The AWS account ID for the account.
", + "Member$AdministratorAccountId" : "The AWS account ID for the administrator account.
", "Member$Arn" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the account.
", "Member$Email" : "The email address for the account.
", - "Member$MasterAccountId" : "The AWS account ID for the master account.
", + "Member$MasterAccountId" : "(Deprecated) The AWS account ID for the administrator account. This property has been replaced by the administratorAccountId property and is retained only for backward compatibility.
", "Record$JsonPath" : "The path, as a JSONPath expression, to the field in the record that contains the data.
If the name of an element exceeds 20 characters, Amazon Macie truncates the name by removing characters from the beginning of the name. If the resulting full path exceeds 250 characters, Macie also truncates the path, starting with the first element in the path, until the path contains 250 or fewer characters.
", "ResourceNotFoundException$Message" : "The explanation of the error that occurred.
", "S3Bucket$Arn" : "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket.
", @@ -1770,14 +1780,14 @@ "GetBucketStatisticsResponse$LastUpdated" : "The date and time, in UTC and extended ISO 8601 format, when Amazon Macie most recently retrieved data about the buckets from Amazon S3.
", "GetCustomDataIdentifierResponse$CreatedAt" : "The date and time, in UTC and extended ISO 8601 format, when the custom data identifier was created.
", "GetMacieSessionResponse$CreatedAt" : "The date and time, in UTC and extended ISO 8601 format, when the Amazon Macie account was created.
", - "GetMacieSessionResponse$UpdatedAt" : "The date and time, in UTC and extended ISO 8601 format, of the most recent change to the status of the Amazon Macie account.
", + "GetMacieSessionResponse$UpdatedAt" : "The date and time, in UTC and extended ISO 8601 format, of the most recent change to the status of the Macie account.
", "GetMemberResponse$InvitedAt" : "The date and time, in UTC and extended ISO 8601 format, when an Amazon Macie membership invitation was last sent to the account. This value is null if a Macie invitation hasn't been sent to the account.
", - "GetMemberResponse$UpdatedAt" : "The date and time, in UTC and extended ISO 8601 format, of the most recent change to the status of the relationship between the account and the master account.
", + "GetMemberResponse$UpdatedAt" : "The date and time, in UTC and extended ISO 8601 format, of the most recent change to the status of the relationship between the account and the administrator account.
", "Invitation$InvitedAt" : "The date and time, in UTC and extended ISO 8601 format, when the invitation was sent.
", "JobDetails$LastJobRunTime" : "The date and time, in UTC and extended ISO 8601 format, when the job (lastJobId) started. If the job is a recurring job, this value indicates when the most recent run started.
This value is null if the value for the isDefinedInJob property is FALSE or UNKNOWN.
", "JobSummary$CreatedAt" : "The date and time, in UTC and extended ISO 8601 format, when the job was created.
", "Member$InvitedAt" : "The date and time, in UTC and extended ISO 8601 format, when an Amazon Macie membership invitation was last sent to the account. This value is null if a Macie invitation hasn't been sent to the account.
", - "Member$UpdatedAt" : "The date and time, in UTC and extended ISO 8601 format, of the most recent change to the status of the relationship between the account and the master account.
", + "Member$UpdatedAt" : "The date and time, in UTC and extended ISO 8601 format, of the most recent change to the status of the relationship between the account and the administrator account.
", "S3Bucket$CreatedAt" : "The date and time, in UTC and extended ISO 8601 format, when the bucket was created.
", "S3Object$LastModified" : "The date and time, in UTC and extended ISO 8601 format, when the object was last modified.
", "SessionContextAttributes$CreationDate" : "The date and time, in UTC and ISO 8601 format, when the credentials were issued.
", @@ -1787,4 +1797,4 @@ } } } -} \ No newline at end of file +} diff --git a/models/apis/personalize-events/2018-03-22/api-2.json b/models/apis/personalize-events/2018-03-22/api-2.json index 24d57a9d763..52d2aba77bc 100644 --- a/models/apis/personalize-events/2018-03-22/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/personalize-events/2018-03-22/api-2.json @@ -32,7 +32,8 @@ "input":{"shape":"PutItemsRequest"}, "errors":[ {"shape":"InvalidInputException"}, - {"shape":"ResourceNotFoundException"} + {"shape":"ResourceNotFoundException"}, + {"shape":"ResourceInUseException"} ] }, "PutUsers":{ @@ -44,7 +45,8 @@ "input":{"shape":"PutUsersRequest"}, "errors":[ {"shape":"InvalidInputException"}, - {"shape":"ResourceNotFoundException"} + {"shape":"ResourceNotFoundException"}, + {"shape":"ResourceInUseException"} ] } }, @@ -126,7 +128,7 @@ }, "ItemProperties":{ "type":"string", - "max":1024, + "max":4096, "min":1 }, "PutEventsRequest":{ @@ -170,6 +172,14 @@ "max":40, "min":1 }, + "ResourceInUseException":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "message":{"shape":"ErrorMessage"} + }, + "error":{"httpStatusCode":409}, + "exception":true + }, "ResourceNotFoundException":{ "type":"structure", "members":{ @@ -207,7 +217,7 @@ }, "UserProperties":{ "type":"string", - "max":1024, + "max":4096, "min":1 } } diff --git a/models/apis/personalize-events/2018-03-22/docs-2.json b/models/apis/personalize-events/2018-03-22/docs-2.json index 9f4eb6c50fa..43e04a75d7b 100644 --- a/models/apis/personalize-events/2018-03-22/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/personalize-events/2018-03-22/docs-2.json @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ { "version": "2.0", - "service": "Amazon Personalize can consume real-time user event data, such as stream or click data, and use it for model training either alone or combined with historical data. For more information see recording-events.
", + "service": "Amazon Personalize can consume real-time user event data, such as stream or click data, and use it for model training either alone or combined with historical data. For more information see Recording Events.
", "operations": { - "PutEvents": "Records user interaction event data. For more information see event-record-api.
", - "PutItems": "Adds one or more items to an Items dataset. For more information see importing-items.
", - "PutUsers": "Adds one or more users to a Users dataset. For more information see importing-users.
" + "PutEvents": "Records user interaction event data. For more information see Recording Events.
", + "PutItems": "Adds one or more items to an Items dataset. For more information see Importing Items Incrementally.
", + "PutUsers": "Adds one or more users to a Users dataset. For more information see Importing Users Incrementally.
" }, "shapes": { "Arn": { "base": null, "refs": { - "PutItemsRequest$datasetArn": "The Amazon Resource Number (ARN) of the Items dataset you are adding the item or items to.
", - "PutUsersRequest$datasetArn": "The Amazon Resource Number (ARN) of the Users dataset you are adding the user or users to.
" + "PutItemsRequest$datasetArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Items dataset you are adding the item or items to.
", + "PutUsersRequest$datasetArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Users dataset you are adding the user or users to.
" } }, "Date": { @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "InvalidInputException$message": null, + "ResourceInUseException$message": null, "ResourceNotFoundException$message": null } }, @@ -63,7 +64,7 @@ } }, "Item": { - "base": "Represents item metadata added to an Items dataset using the PutItems API.
Represents item metadata added to an Items dataset using the PutItems API. For more information see Importing Items Incrementally.
A string map of item-specific metadata. Each element in the map consists of a key-value pair. For example,
{\"numberOfRatings\": \"12\"}
The keys use camel case names that match the fields in the Items schema. In the above example, the numberOfRatings would match the 'NUMBER_OF_RATINGS' field defined in the Items schema.
A string map of item-specific metadata. Each element in the map consists of a key-value pair. For example, {\"numberOfRatings\": \"12\"}.
The keys use camel case names that match the fields in the schema for the Items dataset. In the previous example, the numberOfRatings matches the 'NUMBER_OF_RATINGS' field defined in the Items schema. For categorical string data, to include multiple categories for a single item, separate each category with a pipe separator (|). For example, \\\"Horror|Action\\\".
The ID of the recommendation.
" } }, + "ResourceInUseException": { + "base": "The specified resource is in use.
", + "refs": { + } + }, "ResourceNotFoundException": { "base": "Could not find the specified resource.
", "refs": { @@ -120,12 +126,12 @@ "Event$eventType": "The type of event, such as click or download. This property corresponds to the EVENT_TYPE field of your Interactions schema and depends on the types of events you are tracking.
The ID associated with the item.
", "PutEventsRequest$trackingId": "The tracking ID for the event. The ID is generated by a call to the CreateEventTracker API.
", - "PutEventsRequest$sessionId": "The session ID associated with the user's visit. Your application generates the sessionId when a user first visits your website or uses your application. Amazon Personalize uses the sessionId to associate events with the user before they log in. For more information see event-record-api.
", + "PutEventsRequest$sessionId": "The session ID associated with the user's visit. Your application generates the sessionId when a user first visits your website or uses your application. Amazon Personalize uses the sessionId to associate events with the user before they log in. For more information, see Recording Events.
", "User$userId": "The ID associated with the user.
" } }, "User": { - "base": "Represents user metadata added to a Users dataset using the PutUsers API.
Represents user metadata added to a Users dataset using the PutUsers API. For more information see Importing Users Incrementally.
A string map of user-specific metadata. Each element in the map consists of a key-value pair. For example,
{\"numberOfVideosWatched\": \"45\"}
The keys use camel case names that match the fields in the Users schema. In the above example, the numberOfVideosWatched would match the 'NUMBER_OF_VIDEOS_WATCHED' field defined in the Users schema.
A string map of user-specific metadata. Each element in the map consists of a key-value pair. For example, {\"numberOfVideosWatched\": \"45\"}.
The keys use camel case names that match the fields in the schema for the Users dataset. In the previous example, the numberOfVideosWatched matches the 'NUMBER_OF_VIDEOS_WATCHED' field defined in the Users schema. For categorical string data, to include multiple categories for a single user, separate each category with a pipe separator (|). For example, \\\"Member|Frequent shopper\\\".
Whether the source AWS Region supports replicating automated backups to the current AWS Region.
", "StartActivityStreamResponse$ApplyImmediately": "Indicates whether or not the database activity stream will start as soon as possible, regardless of the maintenance window for the database.
", "UpgradeTarget$AutoUpgrade": "A value that indicates whether the target version is applied to any source DB instances that have AutoMinorVersionUpgrade set to true.
A value that indicates whether a database engine is upgraded to a major version.
", + "UpgradeTarget$IsMajorVersionUpgrade": "A value that indicates whether upgrading to the target version requires upgrading the major version of the database engine.
", "ValidStorageOptions$SupportsStorageAutoscaling": "Whether or not Amazon RDS can automatically scale storage for DB instances that use the new instance class.
" } }, @@ -499,7 +499,9 @@ "ScalingConfiguration$AutoPause": "A value that indicates whether to allow or disallow automatic pause for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode. A DB cluster can be paused only when it's idle (it has no connections).
If a DB cluster is paused for more than seven days, the DB cluster might be backed up with a snapshot. In this case, the DB cluster is restored when there is a request to connect to it.
A value that indicates whether automatic pause is allowed for the Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode.
When the value is set to false for an Aurora Serverless DB cluster, the DB cluster automatically resumes.
", "StartActivityStreamRequest$ApplyImmediately": "Specifies whether or not the database activity stream is to start as soon as possible, regardless of the maintenance window for the database.
", - "StopActivityStreamRequest$ApplyImmediately": "Specifies whether or not the database activity stream is to stop as soon as possible, regardless of the maintenance window for the database.
" + "StopActivityStreamRequest$ApplyImmediately": "Specifies whether or not the database activity stream is to stop as soon as possible, regardless of the maintenance window for the database.
", + "UpgradeTarget$SupportsParallelQuery": "A value that indicates whether you can use Aurora parallel query with the target engine version.
", + "UpgradeTarget$SupportsGlobalDatabases": "A value that indicates whether you can use Aurora global databases with the target engine version.
" } }, "CancelExportTaskMessage": { @@ -1944,7 +1946,8 @@ "refs": { "DBEngineVersion$SupportedEngineModes": "A list of the supported DB engine modes.
", "OrderableDBInstanceOption$SupportedEngineModes": "A list of the supported DB engine modes.
", - "Parameter$SupportedEngineModes": "The valid DB engine modes.
" + "Parameter$SupportedEngineModes": "The valid DB engine modes.
", + "UpgradeTarget$SupportedEngineModes": "A list of the supported DB engine modes for the target engine version.
" } }, "Event": { @@ -3706,10 +3709,11 @@ "DBClusterRole$FeatureName": "The name of the feature associated with the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion.
", "DBClusterSnapshot$DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier": "Specifies the identifier for the DB cluster snapshot.
", "DBClusterSnapshot$DBClusterIdentifier": "Specifies the DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster that this DB cluster snapshot was created from.
", - "DBClusterSnapshot$Engine": "Specifies the name of the database engine.
", + "DBClusterSnapshot$Engine": "Specifies the name of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot.
", + "DBClusterSnapshot$EngineMode": "Provides the engine mode of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot.
", "DBClusterSnapshot$Status": "Specifies the status of this DB cluster snapshot.
", "DBClusterSnapshot$VpcId": "Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB cluster snapshot.
", - "DBClusterSnapshot$MasterUsername": "Provides the master username for the DB cluster snapshot.
", + "DBClusterSnapshot$MasterUsername": "Provides the master username for this DB cluster snapshot.
", "DBClusterSnapshot$EngineVersion": "Provides the version of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot.
", "DBClusterSnapshot$LicenseModel": "Provides the license model information for this DB cluster snapshot.
", "DBClusterSnapshot$SnapshotType": "Provides the type of the DB cluster snapshot.
", diff --git a/models/apis/wafv2/2019-07-29/api-2.json b/models/apis/wafv2/2019-07-29/api-2.json index ce955ff497f..2ff4ffb674b 100755 --- a/models/apis/wafv2/2019-07-29/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/wafv2/2019-07-29/api-2.json @@ -681,6 +681,11 @@ }, "shapes":{ "Action":{"type":"string"}, + "All":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + } + }, "AllQueryArguments":{ "type":"structure", "members":{ @@ -724,6 +729,14 @@ "members":{ } }, + "BodyParsingFallbackBehavior":{ + "type":"string", + "enum":[ + "MATCH", + "NO_MATCH", + "EVALUATE_AS_STRING" + ] + }, "Boolean":{"type":"boolean"}, "ByteMatchStatement":{ "type":"structure", @@ -1340,7 +1353,8 @@ "UriPath":{"shape":"UriPath"}, "QueryString":{"shape":"QueryString"}, "Body":{"shape":"Body"}, - "Method":{"shape":"Method"} + "Method":{"shape":"Method"}, + "JsonBody":{"shape":"JsonBody"} } }, "FieldToMatchData":{ @@ -1672,6 +1686,44 @@ } }, "IPString":{"type":"string"}, + "JsonBody":{ + "type":"structure", + "required":[ + "MatchPattern", + "MatchScope" + ], + "members":{ + "MatchPattern":{"shape":"JsonMatchPattern"}, + "MatchScope":{"shape":"JsonMatchScope"}, + "InvalidFallbackBehavior":{"shape":"BodyParsingFallbackBehavior"} + } + }, + "JsonMatchPattern":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "All":{"shape":"All"}, + "IncludedPaths":{"shape":"JsonPointerPaths"} + } + }, + "JsonMatchScope":{ + "type":"string", + "enum":[ + "ALL", + "KEY", + "VALUE" + ] + }, + "JsonPointerPath":{ + "type":"string", + "max":512, + "min":1, + "pattern":"([/])|([/](([^~])|(~[01]))+)" + }, + "JsonPointerPaths":{ + "type":"list", + "member":{"shape":"JsonPointerPath"}, + "min":1 + }, "ListAvailableManagedRuleGroupsRequest":{ "type":"structure", "required":["Scope"], @@ -1948,7 +2000,10 @@ "POSITION", "FORWARDED_IP_CONFIG", "IP_SET_FORWARDED_IP_CONFIG", - "HEADER_NAME" + "HEADER_NAME", + "JSON_MATCH_PATTERN", + "JSON_MATCH_SCOPE", + "BODY_PARSING_FALLBACK_BEHAVIOR" ] }, "ParameterExceptionParameter":{ diff --git a/models/apis/wafv2/2019-07-29/docs-2.json b/models/apis/wafv2/2019-07-29/docs-2.json index 33a0d29b1a7..c32a2fd431d 100755 --- a/models/apis/wafv2/2019-07-29/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/wafv2/2019-07-29/docs-2.json @@ -2,46 +2,46 @@ "version": "2.0", "service": "This is the latest version of the AWS WAF API, released in November, 2019. The names of the entities that you use to access this API, like endpoints and namespaces, all have the versioning information added, like \"V2\" or \"v2\", to distinguish from the prior version. We recommend migrating your resources to this version, because it has a number of significant improvements.
If you used AWS WAF prior to this release, you can't use this AWS WAFV2 API to access any AWS WAF resources that you created before. You can access your old rules, web ACLs, and other AWS WAF resources only through the AWS WAF Classic APIs. The AWS WAF Classic APIs have retained the prior names, endpoints, and namespaces.
For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources to this version, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
AWS WAF is a web application firewall that lets you monitor the HTTP and HTTPS requests that are forwarded to Amazon CloudFront, an Amazon API Gateway REST API, an Application Load Balancer, or an AWS AppSync GraphQL API. AWS WAF also lets you control access to your content. Based on conditions that you specify, such as the IP addresses that requests originate from or the values of query strings, the API Gateway REST API, CloudFront distribution, the Application Load Balancer, or the AWS AppSync GraphQL API responds to requests either with the requested content or with an HTTP 403 status code (Forbidden). You also can configure CloudFront to return a custom error page when a request is blocked.
This API guide is for developers who need detailed information about AWS WAF API actions, data types, and errors. For detailed information about AWS WAF features and an overview of how to use AWS WAF, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
You can make calls using the endpoints listed in AWS Service Endpoints for AWS WAF.
For regional applications, you can use any of the endpoints in the list. A regional application can be an Application Load Balancer (ALB), an API Gateway REST API, or an AppSync GraphQL API.
For AWS CloudFront applications, you must use the API endpoint listed for US East (N. Virginia): us-east-1.
Alternatively, you can use one of the AWS SDKs to access an API that's tailored to the programming language or platform that you're using. For more information, see AWS SDKs.
We currently provide two versions of the AWS WAF API: this API and the prior versions, the classic AWS WAF APIs. This new API provides the same functionality as the older versions, with the following major improvements:
You use one API for both global and regional applications. Where you need to distinguish the scope, you specify a Scope parameter and set it to CLOUDFRONT or REGIONAL.
You can define a Web ACL or rule group with a single call, and update it with a single call. You define all rule specifications in JSON format, and pass them to your rule group or Web ACL calls.
The limits AWS WAF places on the use of rules more closely reflects the cost of running each type of rule. Rule groups include capacity settings, so you know the maximum cost of a rule group when you use it.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Associates a Web ACL with a regional application resource, to protect the resource. A regional application can be an Application Load Balancer (ALB), an API Gateway REST API, or an AppSync GraphQL API.
For AWS CloudFront, don't use this call. Instead, use your CloudFront distribution configuration. To associate a Web ACL, in the CloudFront call UpdateDistribution, set the web ACL ID to the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Web ACL. For information, see UpdateDistribution.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Returns the web ACL capacity unit (WCU) requirements for a specified scope and set of rules. You can use this to check the capacity requirements for the rules you want to use in a RuleGroup or WebACL.
AWS WAF uses WCUs to calculate and control the operating resources that are used to run your rules, rule groups, and web ACLs. AWS WAF calculates capacity differently for each rule type, to reflect the relative cost of each rule. Simple rules that cost little to run use fewer WCUs than more complex rules that use more processing power. Rule group capacity is fixed at creation, which helps users plan their web ACL WCU usage when they use a rule group. The WCU limit for web ACLs is 1,500.
", - "CreateIPSet": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Creates an IPSet, which you use to identify web requests that originate from specific IP addresses or ranges of IP addresses. For example, if you're receiving a lot of requests from a ranges of IP addresses, you can configure AWS WAF to block them using an IPSet that lists those IP addresses.
", - "CreateRegexPatternSet": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Creates a RegexPatternSet, which you reference in a RegexPatternSetReferenceStatement, to have AWS WAF inspect a web request component for the specified patterns.
", - "CreateRuleGroup": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Creates a RuleGroup per the specifications provided.
A rule group defines a collection of rules to inspect and control web requests that you can use in a WebACL. When you create a rule group, you define an immutable capacity limit. If you update a rule group, you must stay within the capacity. This allows others to reuse the rule group with confidence in its capacity requirements.
", - "CreateWebACL": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Creates a WebACL per the specifications provided.
A Web ACL defines a collection of rules to use to inspect and control web requests. Each rule has an action defined (allow, block, or count) for requests that match the statement of the rule. In the Web ACL, you assign a default action to take (allow, block) for any request that does not match any of the rules. The rules in a Web ACL can be a combination of the types Rule, RuleGroup, and managed rule group. You can associate a Web ACL with one or more AWS resources to protect. The resources can be Amazon CloudFront, an Amazon API Gateway REST API, an Application Load Balancer, or an AWS AppSync GraphQL API.
", + "AssociateWebACL": "Associates a Web ACL with a regional application resource, to protect the resource. A regional application can be an Application Load Balancer (ALB), an API Gateway REST API, or an AppSync GraphQL API.
For AWS CloudFront, don't use this call. Instead, use your CloudFront distribution configuration. To associate a Web ACL, in the CloudFront call UpdateDistribution, set the web ACL ID to the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Web ACL. For information, see UpdateDistribution.
Returns the web ACL capacity unit (WCU) requirements for a specified scope and set of rules. You can use this to check the capacity requirements for the rules you want to use in a RuleGroup or WebACL.
AWS WAF uses WCUs to calculate and control the operating resources that are used to run your rules, rule groups, and web ACLs. AWS WAF calculates capacity differently for each rule type, to reflect the relative cost of each rule. Simple rules that cost little to run use fewer WCUs than more complex rules that use more processing power. Rule group capacity is fixed at creation, which helps users plan their web ACL WCU usage when they use a rule group. The WCU limit for web ACLs is 1,500.
", + "CreateIPSet": "Creates an IPSet, which you use to identify web requests that originate from specific IP addresses or ranges of IP addresses. For example, if you're receiving a lot of requests from a ranges of IP addresses, you can configure AWS WAF to block them using an IPSet that lists those IP addresses.
", + "CreateRegexPatternSet": "Creates a RegexPatternSet, which you reference in a RegexPatternSetReferenceStatement, to have AWS WAF inspect a web request component for the specified patterns.
", + "CreateRuleGroup": "Creates a RuleGroup per the specifications provided.
A rule group defines a collection of rules to inspect and control web requests that you can use in a WebACL. When you create a rule group, you define an immutable capacity limit. If you update a rule group, you must stay within the capacity. This allows others to reuse the rule group with confidence in its capacity requirements.
", + "CreateWebACL": "Creates a WebACL per the specifications provided.
A Web ACL defines a collection of rules to use to inspect and control web requests. Each rule has an action defined (allow, block, or count) for requests that match the statement of the rule. In the Web ACL, you assign a default action to take (allow, block) for any request that does not match any of the rules. The rules in a Web ACL can be a combination of the types Rule, RuleGroup, and managed rule group. You can associate a Web ACL with one or more AWS resources to protect. The resources can be Amazon CloudFront, an Amazon API Gateway REST API, an Application Load Balancer, or an AWS AppSync GraphQL API.
", "DeleteFirewallManagerRuleGroups": "Deletes all rule groups that are managed by AWS Firewall Manager for the specified web ACL.
You can only use this if ManagedByFirewallManager is false in the specified WebACL.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Deletes the specified IPSet.
", - "DeleteLoggingConfiguration": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Deletes the LoggingConfiguration from the specified web ACL.
", + "DeleteIPSet": "Deletes the specified IPSet.
", + "DeleteLoggingConfiguration": "Deletes the LoggingConfiguration from the specified web ACL.
", "DeletePermissionPolicy": "Permanently deletes an IAM policy from the specified rule group.
You must be the owner of the rule group to perform this operation.
", - "DeleteRegexPatternSet": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Deletes the specified RegexPatternSet.
", - "DeleteRuleGroup": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Deletes the specified RuleGroup.
", - "DeleteWebACL": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Deletes the specified WebACL.
You can only use this if ManagedByFirewallManager is false in the specified WebACL.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Provides high-level information for a managed rule group, including descriptions of the rules.
", - "DisassociateWebACL": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Disassociates a Web ACL from a regional application resource. A regional application can be an Application Load Balancer (ALB), an API Gateway REST API, or an AppSync GraphQL API.
For AWS CloudFront, don't use this call. Instead, use your CloudFront distribution configuration. To disassociate a Web ACL, provide an empty web ACL ID in the CloudFront call UpdateDistribution. For information, see UpdateDistribution.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Retrieves the specified IPSet.
", - "GetLoggingConfiguration": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Returns the LoggingConfiguration for the specified web ACL.
", + "DeleteRegexPatternSet": "Deletes the specified RegexPatternSet.
", + "DeleteRuleGroup": "Deletes the specified RuleGroup.
", + "DeleteWebACL": "Deletes the specified WebACL.
You can only use this if ManagedByFirewallManager is false in the specified WebACL.
Provides high-level information for a managed rule group, including descriptions of the rules.
", + "DisassociateWebACL": "Disassociates a Web ACL from a regional application resource. A regional application can be an Application Load Balancer (ALB), an API Gateway REST API, or an AppSync GraphQL API.
For AWS CloudFront, don't use this call. Instead, use your CloudFront distribution configuration. To disassociate a Web ACL, provide an empty web ACL ID in the CloudFront call UpdateDistribution. For information, see UpdateDistribution.
Retrieves the specified IPSet.
", + "GetLoggingConfiguration": "Returns the LoggingConfiguration for the specified web ACL.
", "GetPermissionPolicy": "Returns the IAM policy that is attached to the specified rule group.
You must be the owner of the rule group to perform this operation.
", - "GetRateBasedStatementManagedKeys": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Retrieves the keys that are currently blocked by a rate-based rule. The maximum number of managed keys that can be blocked for a single rate-based rule is 10,000. If more than 10,000 addresses exceed the rate limit, those with the highest rates are blocked.
", - "GetRegexPatternSet": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Retrieves the specified RegexPatternSet.
", - "GetRuleGroup": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Retrieves the specified RuleGroup.
", - "GetSampledRequests": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Gets detailed information about a specified number of requests--a sample--that AWS WAF randomly selects from among the first 5,000 requests that your AWS resource received during a time range that you choose. You can specify a sample size of up to 500 requests, and you can specify any time range in the previous three hours.
GetSampledRequests returns a time range, which is usually the time range that you specified. However, if your resource (such as a CloudFront distribution) received 5,000 requests before the specified time range elapsed, GetSampledRequests returns an updated time range. This new time range indicates the actual period during which AWS WAF selected the requests in the sample.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Retrieves the specified WebACL.
", - "GetWebACLForResource": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Retrieves the WebACL for the specified resource.
", - "ListAvailableManagedRuleGroups": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Retrieves an array of managed rule groups that are available for you to use. This list includes all AWS Managed Rules rule groups and the AWS Marketplace managed rule groups that you're subscribed to.
", - "ListIPSets": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Retrieves an array of IPSetSummary objects for the IP sets that you manage.
", - "ListLoggingConfigurations": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Retrieves an array of your LoggingConfiguration objects.
", - "ListRegexPatternSets": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Retrieves an array of RegexPatternSetSummary objects for the regex pattern sets that you manage.
", - "ListResourcesForWebACL": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Retrieves an array of the Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) for the regional resources that are associated with the specified web ACL. If you want the list of AWS CloudFront resources, use the AWS CloudFront call ListDistributionsByWebACLId.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Retrieves an array of RuleGroupSummary objects for the rule groups that you manage.
", - "ListTagsForResource": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Retrieves the TagInfoForResource for the specified resource. Tags are key:value pairs that you can use to categorize and manage your resources, for purposes like billing. For example, you might set the tag key to \"customer\" and the value to the customer name or ID. You can specify one or more tags to add to each AWS resource, up to 50 tags for a resource.
You can tag the AWS resources that you manage through AWS WAF: web ACLs, rule groups, IP sets, and regex pattern sets. You can't manage or view tags through the AWS WAF console.
", - "ListWebACLs": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Retrieves an array of WebACLSummary objects for the web ACLs that you manage.
", - "PutLoggingConfiguration": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Enables the specified LoggingConfiguration, to start logging from a web ACL, according to the configuration provided.
You can access information about all traffic that AWS WAF inspects using the following steps:
Create an Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose.
Create the data firehose with a PUT source and in the Region that you are operating. If you are capturing logs for Amazon CloudFront, always create the firehose in US East (N. Virginia).
Give the data firehose a name that starts with the prefix aws-waf-logs-. For example, aws-waf-logs-us-east-2-analytics.
Do not create the data firehose using a Kinesis stream as your source.
Associate that firehose to your web ACL using a PutLoggingConfiguration request.
When you successfully enable logging using a PutLoggingConfiguration request, AWS WAF will create a service linked role with the necessary permissions to write logs to the Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose. For more information, see Logging Web ACL Traffic Information in the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Retrieves the keys that are currently blocked by a rate-based rule. The maximum number of managed keys that can be blocked for a single rate-based rule is 10,000. If more than 10,000 addresses exceed the rate limit, those with the highest rates are blocked.
", + "GetRegexPatternSet": "Retrieves the specified RegexPatternSet.
", + "GetRuleGroup": "Retrieves the specified RuleGroup.
", + "GetSampledRequests": "Gets detailed information about a specified number of requests--a sample--that AWS WAF randomly selects from among the first 5,000 requests that your AWS resource received during a time range that you choose. You can specify a sample size of up to 500 requests, and you can specify any time range in the previous three hours.
GetSampledRequests returns a time range, which is usually the time range that you specified. However, if your resource (such as a CloudFront distribution) received 5,000 requests before the specified time range elapsed, GetSampledRequests returns an updated time range. This new time range indicates the actual period during which AWS WAF selected the requests in the sample.
Retrieves the specified WebACL.
", + "GetWebACLForResource": "Retrieves the WebACL for the specified resource.
", + "ListAvailableManagedRuleGroups": "Retrieves an array of managed rule groups that are available for you to use. This list includes all AWS Managed Rules rule groups and the AWS Marketplace managed rule groups that you're subscribed to.
", + "ListIPSets": "Retrieves an array of IPSetSummary objects for the IP sets that you manage.
", + "ListLoggingConfigurations": "Retrieves an array of your LoggingConfiguration objects.
", + "ListRegexPatternSets": "Retrieves an array of RegexPatternSetSummary objects for the regex pattern sets that you manage.
", + "ListResourcesForWebACL": "Retrieves an array of the Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) for the regional resources that are associated with the specified web ACL. If you want the list of AWS CloudFront resources, use the AWS CloudFront call ListDistributionsByWebACLId.
Retrieves an array of RuleGroupSummary objects for the rule groups that you manage.
", + "ListTagsForResource": "Retrieves the TagInfoForResource for the specified resource. Tags are key:value pairs that you can use to categorize and manage your resources, for purposes like billing. For example, you might set the tag key to \"customer\" and the value to the customer name or ID. You can specify one or more tags to add to each AWS resource, up to 50 tags for a resource.
You can tag the AWS resources that you manage through AWS WAF: web ACLs, rule groups, IP sets, and regex pattern sets. You can't manage or view tags through the AWS WAF console.
", + "ListWebACLs": "Retrieves an array of WebACLSummary objects for the web ACLs that you manage.
", + "PutLoggingConfiguration": "Enables the specified LoggingConfiguration, to start logging from a web ACL, according to the configuration provided.
You can access information about all traffic that AWS WAF inspects using the following steps:
Create an Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose.
Create the data firehose with a PUT source and in the Region that you are operating. If you are capturing logs for Amazon CloudFront, always create the firehose in US East (N. Virginia).
Give the data firehose a name that starts with the prefix aws-waf-logs-. For example, aws-waf-logs-us-east-2-analytics.
Do not create the data firehose using a Kinesis stream as your source.
Associate that firehose to your web ACL using a PutLoggingConfiguration request.
When you successfully enable logging using a PutLoggingConfiguration request, AWS WAF will create a service linked role with the necessary permissions to write logs to the Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose. For more information, see Logging Web ACL Traffic Information in the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Attaches an IAM policy to the specified resource. Use this to share a rule group across accounts.
You must be the owner of the rule group to perform this operation.
This action is subject to the following restrictions:
You can attach only one policy with each PutPermissionPolicy request.
The ARN in the request must be a valid WAF RuleGroup ARN and the rule group must exist in the same region.
The user making the request must be the owner of the rule group.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Associates tags with the specified AWS resource. Tags are key:value pairs that you can use to categorize and manage your resources, for purposes like billing. For example, you might set the tag key to \"customer\" and the value to the customer name or ID. You can specify one or more tags to add to each AWS resource, up to 50 tags for a resource.
You can tag the AWS resources that you manage through AWS WAF: web ACLs, rule groups, IP sets, and regex pattern sets. You can't manage or view tags through the AWS WAF console.
", - "UntagResource": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Disassociates tags from an AWS resource. Tags are key:value pairs that you can associate with AWS resources. For example, the tag key might be \"customer\" and the tag value might be \"companyA.\" You can specify one or more tags to add to each container. You can add up to 50 tags to each AWS resource.
", - "UpdateIPSet": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Updates the specified IPSet.
", - "UpdateRegexPatternSet": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Updates the specified RegexPatternSet.
", - "UpdateRuleGroup": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Updates the specified RuleGroup.
A rule group defines a collection of rules to inspect and control web requests that you can use in a WebACL. When you create a rule group, you define an immutable capacity limit. If you update a rule group, you must stay within the capacity. This allows others to reuse the rule group with confidence in its capacity requirements.
", - "UpdateWebACL": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Updates the specified WebACL.
A Web ACL defines a collection of rules to use to inspect and control web requests. Each rule has an action defined (allow, block, or count) for requests that match the statement of the rule. In the Web ACL, you assign a default action to take (allow, block) for any request that does not match any of the rules. The rules in a Web ACL can be a combination of the types Rule, RuleGroup, and managed rule group. You can associate a Web ACL with one or more AWS resources to protect. The resources can be Amazon CloudFront, an Amazon API Gateway REST API, an Application Load Balancer, or an AWS AppSync GraphQL API.
" + "TagResource": "Associates tags with the specified AWS resource. Tags are key:value pairs that you can use to categorize and manage your resources, for purposes like billing. For example, you might set the tag key to \"customer\" and the value to the customer name or ID. You can specify one or more tags to add to each AWS resource, up to 50 tags for a resource.
You can tag the AWS resources that you manage through AWS WAF: web ACLs, rule groups, IP sets, and regex pattern sets. You can't manage or view tags through the AWS WAF console.
", + "UntagResource": "Disassociates tags from an AWS resource. Tags are key:value pairs that you can associate with AWS resources. For example, the tag key might be \"customer\" and the tag value might be \"companyA.\" You can specify one or more tags to add to each container. You can add up to 50 tags to each AWS resource.
", + "UpdateIPSet": "Updates the specified IPSet.
", + "UpdateRegexPatternSet": "Updates the specified RegexPatternSet.
", + "UpdateRuleGroup": "Updates the specified RuleGroup.
A rule group defines a collection of rules to inspect and control web requests that you can use in a WebACL. When you create a rule group, you define an immutable capacity limit. If you update a rule group, you must stay within the capacity. This allows others to reuse the rule group with confidence in its capacity requirements.
", + "UpdateWebACL": "Updates the specified WebACL.
A Web ACL defines a collection of rules to use to inspect and control web requests. Each rule has an action defined (allow, block, or count) for requests that match the statement of the rule. In the Web ACL, you assign a default action to take (allow, block) for any request that does not match any of the rules. The rules in a Web ACL can be a combination of the types Rule, RuleGroup, and managed rule group. You can associate a Web ACL with one or more AWS resources to protect. The resources can be Amazon CloudFront, an Amazon API Gateway REST API, an Application Load Balancer, or an AWS AppSync GraphQL API.
" }, "shapes": { "Action": { @@ -50,21 +50,27 @@ "SampledHTTPRequest$Action": "The action for the Rule that the request matched: ALLOW, BLOCK, or COUNT.
Inspect all of the elements that AWS WAF has parsed and extracted from the web request JSON body that are within the JsonBody MatchScope. This is used with the FieldToMatch option JsonBody.
This is used only to indicate the web request component for AWS WAF to inspect, in the FieldToMatch specification.
", + "refs": { + "JsonMatchPattern$All": "Match all of the elements. See also MatchScope in JsonBody.
You must specify either this setting or the IncludedPaths setting, but not both.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
All query arguments of a web request.
This is used only to indicate the web request component for AWS WAF to inspect, in the FieldToMatch specification.
", + "base": "All query arguments of a web request.
This is used only to indicate the web request component for AWS WAF to inspect, in the FieldToMatch specification.
", "refs": { "FieldToMatch$AllQueryArguments": "Inspect all query arguments.
" } }, "AllowAction": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Specifies that AWS WAF should allow requests.
This is used only in the context of other settings, for example to specify values for RuleAction and web ACL DefaultAction.
", + "base": "Specifies that AWS WAF should allow requests.
This is used only in the context of other settings, for example to specify values for RuleAction and web ACL DefaultAction.
", "refs": { "DefaultAction$Allow": "Specifies that AWS WAF should allow requests by default.
", "RuleAction$Allow": "Instructs AWS WAF to allow the web request.
" } }, "AndStatement": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
A logical rule statement used to combine other rule statements with AND logic. You provide more than one Statement within the AndStatement.
A logical rule statement used to combine other rule statements with AND logic. You provide more than one Statement within the AndStatement.
A logical rule statement used to combine other rule statements with AND logic. You provide more than one Statement within the AndStatement.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Specifies that AWS WAF should block requests.
This is used only in the context of other settings, for example to specify values for RuleAction and web ACL DefaultAction.
", + "base": "Specifies that AWS WAF should block requests.
This is used only in the context of other settings, for example to specify values for RuleAction and web ACL DefaultAction.
", "refs": { "DefaultAction$Block": "Specifies that AWS WAF should block requests by default.
", "RuleAction$Block": "Instructs AWS WAF to block the web request.
" } }, "Body": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
The body of a web request. This immediately follows the request headers.
This is used only to indicate the web request component for AWS WAF to inspect, in the FieldToMatch specification.
", + "base": "The body of a web request. This immediately follows the request headers.
This is used only to indicate the web request component for AWS WAF to inspect, in the FieldToMatch specification.
", + "refs": { + "FieldToMatch$Body": "Inspect the request body as plain text. The request body immediately follows the request headers. This is the part of a request that contains any additional data that you want to send to your web server as the HTTP request body, such as data from a form.
Note that only the first 8 KB (8192 bytes) of the request body are forwarded to AWS WAF for inspection by the underlying host service. If you don't need to inspect more than 8 KB, you can guarantee that you don't allow additional bytes in by combining a statement that inspects the body of the web request, such as ByteMatchStatement or RegexPatternSetReferenceStatement, with a SizeConstraintStatement that enforces an 8 KB size limit on the body of the request. AWS WAF doesn't support inspecting the entire contents of web requests whose bodies exceed the 8 KB limit.
" + } + }, + "BodyParsingFallbackBehavior": { + "base": null, "refs": { - "FieldToMatch$Body": "Inspect the request body, which immediately follows the request headers. This is the part of a request that contains any additional data that you want to send to your web server as the HTTP request body, such as data from a form.
Note that only the first 8 KB (8192 bytes) of the request body are forwarded to AWS WAF for inspection by the underlying host service. If you don't need to inspect more than 8 KB, you can guarantee that you don't allow additional bytes in by combining a statement that inspects the body of the web request, such as ByteMatchStatement or RegexPatternSetReferenceStatement, with a SizeConstraintStatement that enforces an 8 KB size limit on the body of the request. AWS WAF doesn't support inspecting the entire contents of web requests whose bodies exceed the 8 KB limit.
" + "JsonBody$InvalidFallbackBehavior": "The inspection behavior to fall back to if the JSON in the request body is invalid. For AWS WAF, invalid JSON is any content that isn't complete syntactical JSON, content whose root node isn't an object or an array, and duplicate keys in the content.
You can specify the following fallback behaviors:
MATCH - Treat the web request as matching the rule statement. AWS WAF applies the rule action to the request.
NO_MATCH - Treat the web request as not matching the rule statement.
EVALUATE_AS_STRING - Inspect the body as plain text. This option applies the text transformations and inspection criteria that you defined for the JSON inspection to the body text string.
If you don't provide this setting, when AWS WAF encounters invalid JSON, it parses and inspects what it can, up to the first invalid JSON that it encounters.
" } }, "Boolean": { @@ -102,7 +114,7 @@ } }, "ByteMatchStatement": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
A rule statement that defines a string match search for AWS WAF to apply to web requests. The byte match statement provides the bytes to search for, the location in requests that you want AWS WAF to search, and other settings. The bytes to search for are typically a string that corresponds with ASCII characters. In the AWS WAF console and the developer guide, this is refered to as a string match statement.
", + "base": "A rule statement that defines a string match search for AWS WAF to apply to web requests. The byte match statement provides the bytes to search for, the location in requests that you want AWS WAF to search, and other settings. The bytes to search for are typically a string that corresponds with ASCII characters. In the AWS WAF console and the developer guide, this is refered to as a string match statement.
", "refs": { "Statement$ByteMatchStatement": "A rule statement that defines a string match search for AWS WAF to apply to web requests. The byte match statement provides the bytes to search for, the location in requests that you want AWS WAF to search, and other settings. The bytes to search for are typically a string that corresponds with ASCII characters. In the AWS WAF console and the developer guide, this is refered to as a string match statement.
" } @@ -139,7 +151,7 @@ } }, "CountAction": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Specifies that AWS WAF should count requests.
This is used only in the context of other settings, for example to specify values for RuleAction and web ACL DefaultAction.
", + "base": "Specifies that AWS WAF should count requests.
This is used only in the context of other settings, for example to specify values for RuleAction and web ACL DefaultAction.
", "refs": { "OverrideAction$Count": "Override the rule action setting to count.
", "RuleAction$Count": "Instructs AWS WAF to count the web request and allow it.
" @@ -204,7 +216,7 @@ } }, "DefaultAction": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
In a WebACL, this is the action that you want AWS WAF to perform when a web request doesn't match any of the rules in the WebACL. The default action must be a terminating action, so count is not allowed.
In a WebACL, this is the action that you want AWS WAF to perform when a web request doesn't match any of the rules in the WebACL. The default action must be a terminating action, so count is not allowed.
The action to perform if none of the Rules contained in the WebACL match.
The action to perform if none of the Rules contained in the WebACL match.
A description of the IP set that helps with identification. You cannot change the description of an IP set after you create it.
", - "CreateRegexPatternSetRequest$Description": "A description of the set that helps with identification. You cannot change the description of a set after you create it.
", - "CreateRuleGroupRequest$Description": "A description of the rule group that helps with identification. You cannot change the description of a rule group after you create it.
", - "CreateWebACLRequest$Description": "A description of the Web ACL that helps with identification. You cannot change the description of a Web ACL after you create it.
", - "IPSet$Description": "A description of the IP set that helps with identification. You cannot change the description of an IP set after you create it.
", - "IPSetSummary$Description": "A description of the IP set that helps with identification. You cannot change the description of an IP set after you create it.
", + "CreateIPSetRequest$Description": "A description of the IP set that helps with identification.
", + "CreateRegexPatternSetRequest$Description": "A description of the set that helps with identification.
", + "CreateRuleGroupRequest$Description": "A description of the rule group that helps with identification.
", + "CreateWebACLRequest$Description": "A description of the Web ACL that helps with identification.
", + "IPSet$Description": "A description of the IP set that helps with identification.
", + "IPSetSummary$Description": "A description of the IP set that helps with identification.
", "ManagedRuleGroupSummary$Description": "The description of the managed rule group, provided by AWS Managed Rules or the AWS Marketplace seller who manages it.
", - "RegexPatternSet$Description": "A description of the set that helps with identification. You cannot change the description of a set after you create it.
", - "RegexPatternSetSummary$Description": "A description of the set that helps with identification. You cannot change the description of a set after you create it.
", - "RuleGroup$Description": "A description of the rule group that helps with identification. You cannot change the description of a rule group after you create it.
", - "RuleGroupSummary$Description": "A description of the rule group that helps with identification. You cannot change the description of a rule group after you create it.
", - "UpdateIPSetRequest$Description": "A description of the IP set that helps with identification. You cannot change the description of an IP set after you create it.
", - "UpdateRegexPatternSetRequest$Description": "A description of the set that helps with identification. You cannot change the description of a set after you create it.
", - "UpdateRuleGroupRequest$Description": "A description of the rule group that helps with identification. You cannot change the description of a rule group after you create it.
", - "UpdateWebACLRequest$Description": "A description of the Web ACL that helps with identification. You cannot change the description of a Web ACL after you create it.
", - "WebACL$Description": "A description of the Web ACL that helps with identification. You cannot change the description of a Web ACL after you create it.
", - "WebACLSummary$Description": "A description of the Web ACL that helps with identification. You cannot change the description of a Web ACL after you create it.
" + "RegexPatternSet$Description": "A description of the set that helps with identification.
", + "RegexPatternSetSummary$Description": "A description of the set that helps with identification.
", + "RuleGroup$Description": "A description of the rule group that helps with identification.
", + "RuleGroupSummary$Description": "A description of the rule group that helps with identification.
", + "UpdateIPSetRequest$Description": "A description of the IP set that helps with identification.
", + "UpdateRegexPatternSetRequest$Description": "A description of the set that helps with identification.
", + "UpdateRuleGroupRequest$Description": "A description of the rule group that helps with identification.
", + "UpdateWebACLRequest$Description": "A description of the Web ACL that helps with identification.
", + "WebACL$Description": "A description of the Web ACL that helps with identification.
", + "WebACLSummary$Description": "A description of the Web ACL that helps with identification.
" } }, "EntityId": { @@ -415,7 +427,7 @@ } }, "ExcludedRule": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Specifies a single rule to exclude from the rule group. Excluding a rule overrides its action setting for the rule group in the web ACL, setting it to COUNT. This effectively excludes the rule from acting on web requests.
Specifies a single rule to exclude from the rule group. Excluding a rule overrides its action setting for the rule group in the web ACL, setting it to COUNT. This effectively excludes the rule from acting on web requests.
The match status to assign to the web request if the request doesn't have a valid IP address in the specified position.
If the specified header isn't present in the request, AWS WAF doesn't apply the rule to the web request at all.
You can specify the following fallback behaviors:
MATCH - Treat the web request as matching the rule statement. AWS WAF applies the rule action to the request.
NO_MATCH - Treat the web request as not matching the rule statement.
The match status to assign to the web request if the request doesn't have a valid IP address in the specified position.
If the specified header isn't present in the request, AWS WAF doesn't apply the rule to the web request at all.
You can specify the following fallback behaviors:
MATCH - Treat the web request as matching the rule statement. AWS WAF applies the rule action to the request.
NO_MATCH - Treat the web request as not matching the rule statement.
The match status to assign to the web request if the request doesn't have a valid IP address in the specified position.
If the specified header isn't present in the request, AWS WAF doesn't apply the rule to the web request at all.
You can specify the following fallback behaviors:
MATCH - Treat the web request as matching the rule statement. AWS WAF applies the rule action to the request.
NO_MATCH - Treat the web request as not matching the rule statement.
The match status to assign to the web request if the request doesn't have a valid IP address in the specified position.
If the specified header isn't present in the request, AWS WAF doesn't apply the rule to the web request at all.
You can specify the following fallback behaviors:
MATCH - Treat the web request as matching the rule statement. AWS WAF applies the rule action to the request.
NO_MATCH - Treat the web request as not matching the rule statement.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
The part of a web request that you want AWS WAF to inspect. Include the single FieldToMatch type that you want to inspect, with additional specifications as needed, according to the type. You specify a single request component in FieldToMatch for each rule statement that requires it. To inspect more than one component of a web request, create a separate rule statement for each component.
The part of a web request that you want AWS WAF to inspect. Include the single FieldToMatch type that you want to inspect, with additional specifications as needed, according to the type. You specify a single request component in FieldToMatch for each rule statement that requires it. To inspect more than one component of a web request, create a separate rule statement for each component.
The part of a web request that you want AWS WAF to inspect. For more information, see FieldToMatch.
", "RedactedFields$member": null, @@ -492,7 +504,7 @@ } }, "GeoMatchStatement": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
A rule statement used to identify web requests based on country of origin.
", + "base": "A rule statement used to identify web requests based on country of origin.
", "refs": { "Statement$GeoMatchStatement": "A rule statement used to identify web requests based on country of origin.
" } @@ -588,7 +600,7 @@ } }, "HTTPHeader": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Part of the response from GetSampledRequests. This is a complex type that appears as Headers in the response syntax. HTTPHeader contains the names and values of all of the headers that appear in one of the web requests.
Part of the response from GetSampledRequests. This is a complex type that appears as Headers in the response syntax. HTTPHeader contains the names and values of all of the headers that appear in one of the web requests.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Part of the response from GetSampledRequests. This is a complex type that appears as Request in the response syntax. HTTPRequest contains information about one of the web requests.
Part of the response from GetSampledRequests. This is a complex type that appears as Request in the response syntax. HTTPRequest contains information about one of the web requests.
A complex type that contains detailed information about the request.
" } @@ -653,7 +665,7 @@ } }, "IPSet": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Contains one or more IP addresses or blocks of IP addresses specified in Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation. AWS WAF supports any CIDR range. For information about CIDR notation, see the Wikipedia entry Classless Inter-Domain Routing.
AWS WAF assigns an ARN to each IPSet that you create. To use an IP set in a rule, you provide the ARN to the Rule statement IPSetReferenceStatement.
Contains one or more IP addresses or blocks of IP addresses specified in Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation. AWS WAF supports any CIDR range. For information about CIDR notation, see the Wikipedia entry Classless Inter-Domain Routing.
AWS WAF assigns an ARN to each IPSet that you create. To use an IP set in a rule, you provide the ARN to the Rule statement IPSetReferenceStatement.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
A rule statement used to detect web requests coming from particular IP addresses or address ranges. To use this, create an IPSet that specifies the addresses you want to detect, then use the ARN of that set in this statement. To create an IP set, see CreateIPSet.
Each IP set rule statement references an IP set. You create and maintain the set independent of your rules. This allows you to use the single set in multiple rules. When you update the referenced set, AWS WAF automatically updates all rules that reference it.
", + "base": "A rule statement used to detect web requests coming from particular IP addresses or address ranges. To use this, create an IPSet that specifies the addresses you want to detect, then use the ARN of that set in this statement. To create an IP set, see CreateIPSet.
Each IP set rule statement references an IP set. You create and maintain the set independent of your rules. This allows you to use the single set in multiple rules. When you update the referenced set, AWS WAF automatically updates all rules that reference it.
", "refs": { "Statement$IPSetReferenceStatement": "A rule statement used to detect web requests coming from particular IP addresses or address ranges. To use this, create an IPSet that specifies the addresses you want to detect, then use the ARN of that set in this statement. To create an IP set, see CreateIPSet.
Each IP set rule statement references an IP set. You create and maintain the set independent of your rules. This allows you to use the single set in multiple rules. When you update the referenced set, AWS WAF automatically updates all rules that reference it.
" } @@ -677,7 +689,7 @@ } }, "IPSetSummary": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
High-level information about an IPSet, returned by operations like create and list. This provides information like the ID, that you can use to retrieve and manage an IPSet, and the ARN, that you provide to the IPSetReferenceStatement to use the address set in a Rule.
High-level information about an IPSet, returned by operations like create and list. This provides information like the ID, that you can use to retrieve and manage an IPSet, and the ARN, that you provide to the IPSetReferenceStatement to use the address set in a Rule.
High-level information about an IPSet, returned by operations like create and list. This provides information like the ID, that you can use to retrieve and manage an IPSet, and the ARN, that you provide to the IPSetReferenceStatement to use the address set in a Rule.
The IP address that the request originated from. If the web ACL is associated with a CloudFront distribution, this is the value of one of the following fields in CloudFront access logs:
c-ip, if the viewer did not use an HTTP proxy or a load balancer to send the request
x-forwarded-for, if the viewer did use an HTTP proxy or a load balancer to send the request
The body of a web request, inspected as JSON. The body immediately follows the request headers. This is used in the FieldToMatch specification.
Use the specifications in this object to indicate which parts of the JSON body to inspect using the rule's inspection criteria. AWS WAF inspects only the parts of the JSON that result from the matches that you indicate.
", + "refs": { + "FieldToMatch$JsonBody": "Inspect the request body as JSON. The request body immediately follows the request headers. This is the part of a request that contains any additional data that you want to send to your web server as the HTTP request body, such as data from a form.
Note that only the first 8 KB (8192 bytes) of the request body are forwarded to AWS WAF for inspection by the underlying host service. If you don't need to inspect more than 8 KB, you can guarantee that you don't allow additional bytes in by combining a statement that inspects the body of the web request, such as ByteMatchStatement or RegexPatternSetReferenceStatement, with a SizeConstraintStatement that enforces an 8 KB size limit on the body of the request. AWS WAF doesn't support inspecting the entire contents of web requests whose bodies exceed the 8 KB limit.
" + } + }, + "JsonMatchPattern": { + "base": "The patterns to look for in the JSON body. AWS WAF inspects the results of these pattern matches against the rule inspection criteria. This is used with the FieldToMatch option JsonBody.
The patterns to look for in the JSON body. AWS WAF inspects the results of these pattern matches against the rule inspection criteria.
" + } + }, + "JsonMatchScope": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "JsonBody$MatchScope": "The parts of the JSON to match against using the MatchPattern. If you specify All, AWS WAF matches against keys and values.
Match only the specified include paths. See also MatchScope in JsonBody.
Provide the include paths using JSON Pointer syntax. For example, \"IncludedPaths\": [\"/dogs/0/name\", \"/dogs/1/name\"]. For information about this syntax, see the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) documentation JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) Pointer.
You must specify either this setting or the All setting, but not both.
Don't use this option to include all paths. Instead, use the All setting.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Defines an association between Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose destinations and a web ACL resource, for logging from AWS WAF. As part of the association, you can specify parts of the standard logging fields to keep out of the logs.
", + "base": "Defines an association between Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose destinations and a web ACL resource, for logging from AWS WAF. As part of the association, you can specify parts of the standard logging fields to keep out of the logs.
", "refs": { "GetLoggingConfigurationResponse$LoggingConfiguration": "The LoggingConfiguration for the specified web ACL.
", "LoggingConfigurations$member": null, @@ -824,7 +866,7 @@ } }, "ManagedRuleGroupStatement": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
A rule statement used to run the rules that are defined in a managed rule group. To use this, provide the vendor name and the name of the rule group in this statement. You can retrieve the required names by calling ListAvailableManagedRuleGroups.
You can't nest a ManagedRuleGroupStatement, for example for use inside a NotStatement or OrStatement. It can only be referenced as a top-level statement within a rule.
A rule statement used to run the rules that are defined in a managed rule group. To use this, provide the vendor name and the name of the rule group in this statement. You can retrieve the required names by calling ListAvailableManagedRuleGroups.
You can't nest a ManagedRuleGroupStatement, for example for use inside a NotStatement or OrStatement. It can only be referenced as a top-level statement within a rule.
A rule statement used to run the rules that are defined in a managed rule group. To use this, provide the vendor name and the name of the rule group in this statement. You can retrieve the required names by calling ListAvailableManagedRuleGroups.
You can't nest a ManagedRuleGroupStatement, for example for use inside a NotStatement or OrStatement. It can only be referenced as a top-level statement within a rule.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
High-level information about a managed rule group, returned by ListAvailableManagedRuleGroups. This provides information like the name and vendor name, that you provide when you add a ManagedRuleGroupStatement to a web ACL. Managed rule groups include AWS Managed Rules rule groups, which are free of charge to AWS WAF customers, and AWS Marketplace managed rule groups, which you can subscribe to through AWS Marketplace.
", + "base": "High-level information about a managed rule group, returned by ListAvailableManagedRuleGroups. This provides information like the name and vendor name, that you provide when you add a ManagedRuleGroupStatement to a web ACL. Managed rule groups include AWS Managed Rules rule groups, which are free of charge to AWS WAF customers, and AWS Marketplace managed rule groups, which you can subscribe to through AWS Marketplace.
", "refs": { "ManagedRuleGroupSummaries$member": null } }, "Method": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
The HTTP method of a web request. The method indicates the type of operation that the request is asking the origin to perform.
This is used only to indicate the web request component for AWS WAF to inspect, in the FieldToMatch specification.
", + "base": "The HTTP method of a web request. The method indicates the type of operation that the request is asking the origin to perform.
This is used only to indicate the web request component for AWS WAF to inspect, in the FieldToMatch specification.
", "refs": { "FieldToMatch$Method": "Inspect the HTTP method. The method indicates the type of operation that the request is asking the origin to perform.
" } @@ -875,19 +917,19 @@ } }, "NoneAction": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Specifies that AWS WAF should do nothing. This is generally used to try out a rule without performing any actions. You set the OverrideAction on the Rule.
This is used only in the context of other settings, for example to specify values for RuleAction and web ACL DefaultAction.
", + "base": "Specifies that AWS WAF should do nothing. This is generally used to try out a rule without performing any actions. You set the OverrideAction on the Rule.
This is used only in the context of other settings, for example to specify values for RuleAction and web ACL DefaultAction.
", "refs": { "OverrideAction$None": "Don't override the rule action setting.
" } }, "NotStatement": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
A logical rule statement used to negate the results of another rule statement. You provide one Statement within the NotStatement.
A logical rule statement used to negate the results of another rule statement. You provide one Statement within the NotStatement.
A logical rule statement used to negate the results of another rule statement. You provide one Statement within the NotStatement.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
A logical rule statement used to combine other rule statements with OR logic. You provide more than one Statement within the OrStatement.
A logical rule statement used to combine other rule statements with OR logic. You provide more than one Statement within the OrStatement.
A logical rule statement used to combine other rule statements with OR logic. You provide more than one Statement within the OrStatement.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
The query string of a web request. This is the part of a URL that appears after a ? character, if any.
This is used only to indicate the web request component for AWS WAF to inspect, in the FieldToMatch specification.
", + "base": "The query string of a web request. This is the part of a URL that appears after a ? character, if any.
This is used only to indicate the web request component for AWS WAF to inspect, in the FieldToMatch specification.
", "refs": { "FieldToMatch$QueryString": "Inspect the query string. This is the part of a URL that appears after a ? character, if any.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
A rate-based rule tracks the rate of requests for each originating IP address, and triggers the rule action when the rate exceeds a limit that you specify on the number of requests in any 5-minute time span. You can use this to put a temporary block on requests from an IP address that is sending excessive requests.
When the rule action triggers, AWS WAF blocks additional requests from the IP address until the request rate falls below the limit.
You can optionally nest another statement inside the rate-based statement, to narrow the scope of the rule so that it only counts requests that match the nested statement. For example, based on recent requests that you have seen from an attacker, you might create a rate-based rule with a nested AND rule statement that contains the following nested statements:
An IP match statement with an IP set that specified the address 192.0.2.44.
A string match statement that searches in the User-Agent header for the string BadBot.
In this rate-based rule, you also define a rate limit. For this example, the rate limit is 1,000. Requests that meet both of the conditions in the statements are counted. If the count exceeds 1,000 requests per five minutes, the rule action triggers. Requests that do not meet both conditions are not counted towards the rate limit and are not affected by this rule.
You cannot nest a RateBasedStatement, for example for use inside a NotStatement or OrStatement. It can only be referenced as a top-level statement within a rule.
A rate-based rule tracks the rate of requests for each originating IP address, and triggers the rule action when the rate exceeds a limit that you specify on the number of requests in any 5-minute time span. You can use this to put a temporary block on requests from an IP address that is sending excessive requests.
When the rule action triggers, AWS WAF blocks additional requests from the IP address until the request rate falls below the limit.
You can optionally nest another statement inside the rate-based statement, to narrow the scope of the rule so that it only counts requests that match the nested statement. For example, based on recent requests that you have seen from an attacker, you might create a rate-based rule with a nested AND rule statement that contains the following nested statements:
An IP match statement with an IP set that specified the address 192.0.2.44.
A string match statement that searches in the User-Agent header for the string BadBot.
In this rate-based rule, you also define a rate limit. For this example, the rate limit is 1,000. Requests that meet both of the conditions in the statements are counted. If the count exceeds 1,000 requests per five minutes, the rule action triggers. Requests that do not meet both conditions are not counted towards the rate limit and are not affected by this rule.
You cannot nest a RateBasedStatement, for example for use inside a NotStatement or OrStatement. It can only be referenced as a top-level statement within a rule.
A rate-based rule tracks the rate of requests for each originating IP address, and triggers the rule action when the rate exceeds a limit that you specify on the number of requests in any 5-minute time span. You can use this to put a temporary block on requests from an IP address that is sending excessive requests.
When the rule action triggers, AWS WAF blocks additional requests from the IP address until the request rate falls below the limit.
You can optionally nest another statement inside the rate-based statement, to narrow the scope of the rule so that it only counts requests that match the nested statement. For example, based on recent requests that you have seen from an attacker, you might create a rate-based rule with a nested AND rule statement that contains the following nested statements:
An IP match statement with an IP set that specified the address 192.0.2.44.
A string match statement that searches in the User-Agent header for the string BadBot.
In this rate-based rule, you also define a rate limit. For this example, the rate limit is 1,000. Requests that meet both of the conditions in the statements are counted. If the count exceeds 1,000 requests per five minutes, the rule action triggers. Requests that do not meet both conditions are not counted towards the rate limit and are not affected by this rule.
You cannot nest a RateBasedStatement, for example for use inside a NotStatement or OrStatement. It can only be referenced as a top-level statement within a rule.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
The set of IP addresses that are currently blocked for a rate-based statement.
", + "base": "The set of IP addresses that are currently blocked for a rate-based statement.
", "refs": { "GetRateBasedStatementManagedKeysResponse$ManagedKeysIPV4": "The keys that are of Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4).
", "GetRateBasedStatementManagedKeysResponse$ManagedKeysIPV6": "The keys that are of Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6).
" @@ -1000,19 +1042,19 @@ } }, "Regex": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
A single regular expression. This is used in a RegexPatternSet.
", + "base": "A single regular expression. This is used in a RegexPatternSet.
", "refs": { "RegularExpressionList$member": null } }, "RegexPatternSet": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Contains one or more regular expressions.
AWS WAF assigns an ARN to each RegexPatternSet that you create. To use a set in a rule, you provide the ARN to the Rule statement RegexPatternSetReferenceStatement.
Contains one or more regular expressions.
AWS WAF assigns an ARN to each RegexPatternSet that you create. To use a set in a rule, you provide the ARN to the Rule statement RegexPatternSetReferenceStatement.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
A rule statement used to search web request components for matches with regular expressions. To use this, create a RegexPatternSet that specifies the expressions that you want to detect, then use the ARN of that set in this statement. A web request matches the pattern set rule statement if the request component matches any of the patterns in the set. To create a regex pattern set, see CreateRegexPatternSet.
Each regex pattern set rule statement references a regex pattern set. You create and maintain the set independent of your rules. This allows you to use the single set in multiple rules. When you update the referenced set, AWS WAF automatically updates all rules that reference it.
", + "base": "A rule statement used to search web request components for matches with regular expressions. To use this, create a RegexPatternSet that specifies the expressions that you want to detect, then use the ARN of that set in this statement. A web request matches the pattern set rule statement if the request component matches any of the patterns in the set. To create a regex pattern set, see CreateRegexPatternSet.
Each regex pattern set rule statement references a regex pattern set. You create and maintain the set independent of your rules. This allows you to use the single set in multiple rules. When you update the referenced set, AWS WAF automatically updates all rules that reference it.
", "refs": { "Statement$RegexPatternSetReferenceStatement": "A rule statement used to search web request components for matches with regular expressions. To use this, create a RegexPatternSet that specifies the expressions that you want to detect, then use the ARN of that set in this statement. A web request matches the pattern set rule statement if the request component matches any of the patterns in the set. To create a regex pattern set, see CreateRegexPatternSet.
Each regex pattern set rule statement references a regex pattern set. You create and maintain the set independent of your rules. This allows you to use the single set in multiple rules. When you update the referenced set, AWS WAF automatically updates all rules that reference it.
" } @@ -1024,7 +1066,7 @@ } }, "RegexPatternSetSummary": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
High-level information about a RegexPatternSet, returned by operations like create and list. This provides information like the ID, that you can use to retrieve and manage a RegexPatternSet, and the ARN, that you provide to the RegexPatternSetReferenceStatement to use the pattern set in a Rule.
High-level information about a RegexPatternSet, returned by operations like create and list. This provides information like the ID, that you can use to retrieve and manage a RegexPatternSet, and the ARN, that you provide to the RegexPatternSetReferenceStatement to use the pattern set in a Rule.
High-level information about a RegexPatternSet, returned by operations like create and list. This provides information like the ID, that you can use to retrieve and manage a RegexPatternSet, and the ARN, that you provide to the RegexPatternSetReferenceStatement to use the pattern set in a Rule.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
A single rule, which you can use in a WebACL or RuleGroup to identify web requests that you want to allow, block, or count. Each rule includes one top-level Statement that AWS WAF uses to identify matching web requests, and parameters that govern how AWS WAF handles them.
", + "base": "A single rule, which you can use in a WebACL or RuleGroup to identify web requests that you want to allow, block, or count. Each rule includes one top-level Statement that AWS WAF uses to identify matching web requests, and parameters that govern how AWS WAF handles them.
", "refs": { "Rules$member": null } }, "RuleAction": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
The action that AWS WAF should take on a web request when it matches a rule's statement. Settings at the web ACL level can override the rule action setting.
", + "base": "The action that AWS WAF should take on a web request when it matches a rule's statement. Settings at the web ACL level can override the rule action setting.
", "refs": { "Rule$Action": "The action that AWS WAF should take on a web request when it matches the rule statement. Settings at the web ACL level can override the rule action setting.
This is used only for rules whose statements do not reference a rule group. Rule statements that reference a rule group include RuleGroupReferenceStatement and ManagedRuleGroupStatement.
You must specify either this Action setting or the rule OverrideAction setting, but not both:
If the rule statement does not reference a rule group, use this rule action setting and not the rule override action setting.
If the rule statement references a rule group, use the override action setting and not this action setting.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
A rule group defines a collection of rules to inspect and control web requests that you can use in a WebACL. When you create a rule group, you define an immutable capacity limit. If you update a rule group, you must stay within the capacity. This allows others to reuse the rule group with confidence in its capacity requirements.
", + "base": "A rule group defines a collection of rules to inspect and control web requests that you can use in a WebACL. When you create a rule group, you define an immutable capacity limit. If you update a rule group, you must stay within the capacity. This allows others to reuse the rule group with confidence in its capacity requirements.
", "refs": { "GetRuleGroupResponse$RuleGroup": "" } }, "RuleGroupReferenceStatement": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
A rule statement used to run the rules that are defined in a RuleGroup. To use this, create a rule group with your rules, then provide the ARN of the rule group in this statement.
You cannot nest a RuleGroupReferenceStatement, for example for use inside a NotStatement or OrStatement. It can only be referenced as a top-level statement within a rule.
A rule statement used to run the rules that are defined in a RuleGroup. To use this, create a rule group with your rules, then provide the ARN of the rule group in this statement.
You cannot nest a RuleGroupReferenceStatement, for example for use inside a NotStatement or OrStatement. It can only be referenced as a top-level statement within a rule.
A rule statement used to run the rules that are defined in a RuleGroup. To use this, create a rule group with your rules, then provide the ARN of the rule group in this statement.
You cannot nest a RuleGroupReferenceStatement, for example for use inside a NotStatement or OrStatement. It can only be referenced as a top-level statement within a rule.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
High-level information about a RuleGroup, returned by operations like create and list. This provides information like the ID, that you can use to retrieve and manage a RuleGroup, and the ARN, that you provide to the RuleGroupReferenceStatement to use the rule group in a Rule.
High-level information about a RuleGroup, returned by operations like create and list. This provides information like the ID, that you can use to retrieve and manage a RuleGroup, and the ARN, that you provide to the RuleGroupReferenceStatement to use the rule group in a Rule.
High-level information about a RuleGroup, returned by operations like create and list. This provides information like the ID, that you can use to retrieve and manage a RuleGroup, and the ARN, that you provide to the RuleGroupReferenceStatement to use the rule group in a Rule.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
High-level information about a Rule, returned by operations like DescribeManagedRuleGroup. This provides information like the ID, that you can use to retrieve and manage a RuleGroup, and the ARN, that you provide to the RuleGroupReferenceStatement to use the rule group in a Rule.
High-level information about a Rule, returned by operations like DescribeManagedRuleGroup. This provides information like the ID, that you can use to retrieve and manage a RuleGroup, and the ARN, that you provide to the RuleGroupReferenceStatement to use the rule group in a Rule.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Represents a single sampled web request. The response from GetSampledRequests includes a SampledHTTPRequests complex type that appears as SampledRequests in the response syntax. SampledHTTPRequests contains an array of SampledHTTPRequest objects.
Represents a single sampled web request. The response from GetSampledRequests includes a SampledHTTPRequests complex type that appears as SampledRequests in the response syntax. SampledHTTPRequests contains an array of SampledHTTPRequest objects.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
One of the headers in a web request, identified by name, for example, User-Agent or Referer. This setting isn't case sensitive.
This is used only to indicate the web request component for AWS WAF to inspect, in the FieldToMatch specification.
", + "base": "One of the headers in a web request, identified by name, for example, User-Agent or Referer. This setting isn't case sensitive.
This is used only to indicate the web request component for AWS WAF to inspect, in the FieldToMatch specification.
", "refs": { "FieldToMatch$SingleHeader": "Inspect a single header. Provide the name of the header to inspect, for example, User-Agent or Referer. This setting isn't case sensitive.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
One query argument in a web request, identified by name, for example UserName or SalesRegion. The name can be up to 30 characters long and isn't case sensitive.
", + "base": "One query argument in a web request, identified by name, for example UserName or SalesRegion. The name can be up to 30 characters long and isn't case sensitive.
", "refs": { "FieldToMatch$SingleQueryArgument": "Inspect a single query argument. Provide the name of the query argument to inspect, such as UserName or SalesRegion. The name can be up to 30 characters long and isn't case sensitive.
This is used only to indicate the web request component for AWS WAF to inspect, in the FieldToMatch specification.
" } @@ -1235,19 +1277,19 @@ } }, "SizeConstraintStatement": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
A rule statement that compares a number of bytes against the size of a request component, using a comparison operator, such as greater than (>) or less than (<). For example, you can use a size constraint statement to look for query strings that are longer than 100 bytes.
If you configure AWS WAF to inspect the request body, AWS WAF inspects only the first 8192 bytes (8 KB). If the request body for your web requests never exceeds 8192 bytes, you can create a size constraint condition and block requests that have a request body greater than 8192 bytes.
If you choose URI for the value of Part of the request to filter on, the slash (/) in the URI counts as one character. For example, the URI /logo.jpg is nine characters long.
A rule statement that compares a number of bytes against the size of a request component, using a comparison operator, such as greater than (>) or less than (<). For example, you can use a size constraint statement to look for query strings that are longer than 100 bytes.
If you configure AWS WAF to inspect the request body, AWS WAF inspects only the first 8192 bytes (8 KB). If the request body for your web requests never exceeds 8192 bytes, you can create a size constraint condition and block requests that have a request body greater than 8192 bytes.
If you choose URI for the value of Part of the request to filter on, the slash (/) in the URI counts as one character. For example, the URI /logo.jpg is nine characters long.
A rule statement that compares a number of bytes against the size of a request component, using a comparison operator, such as greater than (>) or less than (<). For example, you can use a size constraint statement to look for query strings that are longer than 100 bytes.
If you configure AWS WAF to inspect the request body, AWS WAF inspects only the first 8192 bytes (8 KB). If the request body for your web requests never exceeds 8192 bytes, you can create a size constraint condition and block requests that have a request body greater than 8192 bytes.
If you choose URI for the value of Part of the request to filter on, the slash (/) in the URI counts as one character. For example, the URI /logo.jpg is nine characters long.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Attackers sometimes insert malicious SQL code into web requests in an effort to extract data from your database. To allow or block web requests that appear to contain malicious SQL code, create one or more SQL injection match conditions. An SQL injection match condition identifies the part of web requests, such as the URI or the query string, that you want AWS WAF to inspect. Later in the process, when you create a web ACL, you specify whether to allow or block requests that appear to contain malicious SQL code.
", + "base": "Attackers sometimes insert malicious SQL code into web requests in an effort to extract data from your database. To allow or block web requests that appear to contain malicious SQL code, create one or more SQL injection match conditions. An SQL injection match condition identifies the part of web requests, such as the URI or the query string, that you want AWS WAF to inspect. Later in the process, when you create a web ACL, you specify whether to allow or block requests that appear to contain malicious SQL code.
", "refs": { "Statement$SqliMatchStatement": "Attackers sometimes insert malicious SQL code into web requests in an effort to extract data from your database. To allow or block web requests that appear to contain malicious SQL code, create one or more SQL injection match conditions. An SQL injection match condition identifies the part of web requests, such as the URI or the query string, that you want AWS WAF to inspect. Later in the process, when you create a web ACL, you specify whether to allow or block requests that appear to contain malicious SQL code.
" } }, "Statement": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
The processing guidance for a Rule, used by AWS WAF to determine whether a web request matches the rule.
", + "base": "The processing guidance for a Rule, used by AWS WAF to determine whether a web request matches the rule.
", "refs": { "NotStatement$Statement": "The statement to negate. You can use any statement that can be nested.
", "RateBasedStatement$ScopeDownStatement": "An optional nested statement that narrows the scope of the rate-based statement to matching web requests. This can be any nestable statement, and you can nest statements at any level below this scope-down statement.
", @@ -1263,13 +1305,13 @@ } }, "Tag": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
A tag associated with an AWS resource. Tags are key:value pairs that you can use to categorize and manage your resources, for purposes like billing or other management. Typically, the tag key represents a category, such as \"environment\", and the tag value represents a specific value within that category, such as \"test,\" \"development,\" or \"production\". Or you might set the tag key to \"customer\" and the value to the customer name or ID. You can specify one or more tags to add to each AWS resource, up to 50 tags for a resource.
You can tag the AWS resources that you manage through AWS WAF: web ACLs, rule groups, IP sets, and regex pattern sets. You can't manage or view tags through the AWS WAF console.
", + "base": "A tag associated with an AWS resource. Tags are key:value pairs that you can use to categorize and manage your resources, for purposes like billing or other management. Typically, the tag key represents a category, such as \"environment\", and the tag value represents a specific value within that category, such as \"test,\" \"development,\" or \"production\". Or you might set the tag key to \"customer\" and the value to the customer name or ID. You can specify one or more tags to add to each AWS resource, up to 50 tags for a resource.
You can tag the AWS resources that you manage through AWS WAF: web ACLs, rule groups, IP sets, and regex pattern sets. You can't manage or view tags through the AWS WAF console.
", "refs": { "TagList$member": null } }, "TagInfoForResource": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
The collection of tagging definitions for an AWS resource. Tags are key:value pairs that you can use to categorize and manage your resources, for purposes like billing or other management. Typically, the tag key represents a category, such as \"environment\", and the tag value represents a specific value within that category, such as \"test,\" \"development,\" or \"production\". Or you might set the tag key to \"customer\" and the value to the customer name or ID. You can specify one or more tags to add to each AWS resource, up to 50 tags for a resource.
You can tag the AWS resources that you manage through AWS WAF: web ACLs, rule groups, IP sets, and regex pattern sets. You can't manage or view tags through the AWS WAF console.
", + "base": "The collection of tagging definitions for an AWS resource. Tags are key:value pairs that you can use to categorize and manage your resources, for purposes like billing or other management. Typically, the tag key represents a category, such as \"environment\", and the tag value represents a specific value within that category, such as \"test,\" \"development,\" or \"production\". Or you might set the tag key to \"customer\" and the value to the customer name or ID. You can specify one or more tags to add to each AWS resource, up to 50 tags for a resource.
You can tag the AWS resources that you manage through AWS WAF: web ACLs, rule groups, IP sets, and regex pattern sets. You can't manage or view tags through the AWS WAF console.
", "refs": { "ListTagsForResourceResponse$TagInfoForResource": "The collection of tagging definitions for the resource.
" } @@ -1315,7 +1357,7 @@ } }, "TextTransformation": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Text transformations eliminate some of the unusual formatting that attackers use in web requests in an effort to bypass detection.
", + "base": "Text transformations eliminate some of the unusual formatting that attackers use in web requests in an effort to bypass detection.
", "refs": { "TextTransformations$member": null } @@ -1343,9 +1385,9 @@ } }, "TimeWindow": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
In a GetSampledRequests request, the StartTime and EndTime objects specify the time range for which you want AWS WAF to return a sample of web requests.
You must specify the times in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) format. UTC format includes the special designator, Z. For example, \"2016-09-27T14:50Z\". You can specify any time range in the previous three hours.
In a GetSampledRequests response, the StartTime and EndTime objects specify the time range for which AWS WAF actually returned a sample of web requests. AWS WAF gets the specified number of requests from among the first 5,000 requests that your AWS resource receives during the specified time period. If your resource receives more than 5,000 requests during that period, AWS WAF stops sampling after the 5,000th request. In that case, EndTime is the time that AWS WAF received the 5,000th request.
In a GetSampledRequests request, the StartTime and EndTime objects specify the time range for which you want AWS WAF to return a sample of web requests.
You must specify the times in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) format. UTC format includes the special designator, Z. For example, \"2016-09-27T14:50Z\". You can specify any time range in the previous three hours.
In a GetSampledRequests response, the StartTime and EndTime objects specify the time range for which AWS WAF actually returned a sample of web requests. AWS WAF gets the specified number of requests from among the first 5,000 requests that your AWS resource receives during the specified time period. If your resource receives more than 5,000 requests during that period, AWS WAF stops sampling after the 5,000th request. In that case, EndTime is the time that AWS WAF received the 5,000th request.
The start date and time and the end date and time of the range for which you want GetSampledRequests to return a sample of requests. You must specify the times in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) format. UTC format includes the special designator, Z. For example, \"2016-09-27T14:50Z\". You can specify any time range in the previous three hours.
The start date and time and the end date and time of the range for which you want GetSampledRequests to return a sample of requests. You must specify the times in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) format. UTC format includes the special designator, Z. For example, \"2016-09-27T14:50Z\". You can specify any time range in the previous three hours. If you specify a start time that's earlier than three hours ago, AWS WAF sets it to three hours ago.
Usually, TimeWindow is the time range that you specified in the GetSampledRequests request. However, if your AWS resource received more than 5,000 requests during the time range that you specified in the request, GetSampledRequests returns the time range for the first 5,000 requests. Times are in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) format.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
The path component of the URI of a web request. This is the part of a web request that identifies a resource, for example, /images/daily-ad.jpg.
This is used only to indicate the web request component for AWS WAF to inspect, in the FieldToMatch specification.
", + "base": "The path component of the URI of a web request. This is the part of a web request that identifies a resource, for example, /images/daily-ad.jpg.
This is used only to indicate the web request component for AWS WAF to inspect, in the FieldToMatch specification.
", "refs": { "FieldToMatch$UriPath": "Inspect the request URI path. This is the part of a web request that identifies a resource, for example, /images/daily-ad.jpg.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
Defines and enables Amazon CloudWatch metrics and web request sample collection.
", + "base": "Defines and enables Amazon CloudWatch metrics and web request sample collection.
", "refs": { "CreateRuleGroupRequest$VisibilityConfig": "Defines and enables Amazon CloudWatch metrics and web request sample collection.
", "CreateWebACLRequest$VisibilityConfig": "Defines and enables Amazon CloudWatch metrics and web request sample collection.
", @@ -1516,7 +1558,7 @@ } }, "WebACL": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
A Web ACL defines a collection of rules to use to inspect and control web requests. Each rule has an action defined (allow, block, or count) for requests that match the statement of the rule. In the Web ACL, you assign a default action to take (allow, block) for any request that does not match any of the rules. The rules in a Web ACL can be a combination of the types Rule, RuleGroup, and managed rule group. You can associate a Web ACL with one or more AWS resources to protect. The resources can be Amazon CloudFront, an Amazon API Gateway REST API, an Application Load Balancer, or an AWS AppSync GraphQL API.
", + "base": "A Web ACL defines a collection of rules to use to inspect and control web requests. Each rule has an action defined (allow, block, or count) for requests that match the statement of the rule. In the Web ACL, you assign a default action to take (allow, block) for any request that does not match any of the rules. The rules in a Web ACL can be a combination of the types Rule, RuleGroup, and managed rule group. You can associate a Web ACL with one or more AWS resources to protect. The resources can be Amazon CloudFront, an Amazon API Gateway REST API, an Application Load Balancer, or an AWS AppSync GraphQL API.
", "refs": { "GetWebACLForResourceResponse$WebACL": "The Web ACL that is associated with the resource. If there is no associated resource, AWS WAF returns a null Web ACL.
", "GetWebACLResponse$WebACL": "The Web ACL specification. You can modify the settings in this Web ACL and use it to update this Web ACL or create a new one.
" @@ -1529,14 +1571,14 @@ } }, "WebACLSummary": { - "base": "This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
High-level information about a WebACL, returned by operations like create and list. This provides information like the ID, that you can use to retrieve and manage a WebACL, and the ARN, that you provide to operations like AssociateWebACL.
High-level information about a WebACL, returned by operations like create and list. This provides information like the ID, that you can use to retrieve and manage a WebACL, and the ARN, that you provide to operations like AssociateWebACL.
High-level information about a WebACL, returned by operations like create and list. This provides information like the ID, that you can use to retrieve and manage a WebACL, and the ARN, that you provide to operations like AssociateWebACL.
This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide.
A rule statement that defines a cross-site scripting (XSS) match search for AWS WAF to apply to web requests. XSS attacks are those where the attacker uses vulnerabilities in a benign website as a vehicle to inject malicious client-site scripts into other legitimate web browsers. The XSS match statement provides the location in requests that you want AWS WAF to search and text transformations to use on the search area before AWS WAF searches for character sequences that are likely to be malicious strings.
", + "base": "A rule statement that defines a cross-site scripting (XSS) match search for AWS WAF to apply to web requests. XSS attacks are those where the attacker uses vulnerabilities in a benign website as a vehicle to inject malicious client-site scripts into other legitimate web browsers. The XSS match statement provides the location in requests that you want AWS WAF to search and text transformations to use on the search area before AWS WAF searches for character sequences that are likely to be malicious strings.
", "refs": { "Statement$XssMatchStatement": "A rule statement that defines a cross-site scripting (XSS) match search for AWS WAF to apply to web requests. XSS attacks are those where the attacker uses vulnerabilities in a benign website as a vehicle to inject malicious client-site scripts into other legitimate web browsers. The XSS match statement provides the location in requests that you want AWS WAF to search and text transformations to use on the search area before AWS WAF searches for character sequences that are likely to be malicious strings.
" } diff --git a/models/endpoints/endpoints.json b/models/endpoints/endpoints.json index abab30fc7fa..93a2ab4f658 100644 --- a/models/endpoints/endpoints.json +++ b/models/endpoints/endpoints.json @@ -8602,6 +8602,22 @@ "us-gov-west-1" : { } } }, + "models.lex" : { + "defaults" : { + "credentialScope" : { + "service" : "lex" + } + }, + "endpoints" : { + "us-gov-west-1" : { }, + "us-gov-west-1-fips" : { + "credentialScope" : { + "region" : "us-gov-west-1" + }, + "hostname" : "models-fips.lex.us-gov-west-1.amazonaws.com" + } + } + }, "monitoring" : { "endpoints" : { "fips-us-gov-east-1" : { @@ -8795,6 +8811,22 @@ "us-gov-west-1" : { } } }, + "runtime.lex" : { + "defaults" : { + "credentialScope" : { + "service" : "lex" + } + }, + "endpoints" : { + "us-gov-west-1" : { }, + "us-gov-west-1-fips" : { + "credentialScope" : { + "region" : "us-gov-west-1" + }, + "hostname" : "runtime-fips.lex.us-gov-west-1.amazonaws.com" + } + } + }, "runtime.sagemaker" : { "endpoints" : { "us-gov-west-1" : { }, diff --git a/service/appsync/api.go b/service/appsync/api.go index badd222ac67..bcfab8bd219 100644 --- a/service/appsync/api.go +++ b/service/appsync/api.go @@ -5105,6 +5105,12 @@ type CreateFunctionInput struct { // The Function response mapping template. ResponseMappingTemplate *string `locationName:"responseMappingTemplate" min:"1" type:"string"` + + // Describes a Sync configuration for a resolver. + // + // Contains information on which Conflict Detection as well as Resolution strategy + // should be performed when the resolver is invoked. + SyncConfig *SyncConfig `locationName:"syncConfig" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -5196,6 +5202,12 @@ func (s *CreateFunctionInput) SetResponseMappingTemplate(v string) *CreateFuncti return s } +// SetSyncConfig sets the SyncConfig field's value. +func (s *CreateFunctionInput) SetSyncConfig(v *SyncConfig) *CreateFunctionInput { + s.SyncConfig = v + return s +} + type CreateFunctionOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -6530,6 +6542,12 @@ type FunctionConfiguration struct { // The Function response mapping template. ResponseMappingTemplate *string `locationName:"responseMappingTemplate" min:"1" type:"string"` + + // Describes a Sync configuration for a resolver. + // + // Contains information on which Conflict Detection as well as Resolution strategy + // should be performed when the resolver is invoked. + SyncConfig *SyncConfig `locationName:"syncConfig" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -6590,6 +6608,12 @@ func (s *FunctionConfiguration) SetResponseMappingTemplate(v string) *FunctionCo return s } +// SetSyncConfig sets the SyncConfig field's value. +func (s *FunctionConfiguration) SetSyncConfig(v *SyncConfig) *FunctionConfiguration { + s.SyncConfig = v + return s +} + // Represents the input of a GetApiCache operation. type GetApiCacheInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -9709,6 +9733,12 @@ type UpdateFunctionInput struct { // The Function request mapping template. ResponseMappingTemplate *string `locationName:"responseMappingTemplate" min:"1" type:"string"` + + // Describes a Sync configuration for a resolver. + // + // Contains information on which Conflict Detection as well as Resolution strategy + // should be performed when the resolver is invoked. + SyncConfig *SyncConfig `locationName:"syncConfig" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -9812,6 +9842,12 @@ func (s *UpdateFunctionInput) SetResponseMappingTemplate(v string) *UpdateFuncti return s } +// SetSyncConfig sets the SyncConfig field's value. +func (s *UpdateFunctionInput) SetSyncConfig(v *SyncConfig) *UpdateFunctionInput { + s.SyncConfig = v + return s +} + type UpdateFunctionOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` diff --git a/service/codepipeline/api.go b/service/codepipeline/api.go index 4883a79860e..e952c521914 100644 --- a/service/codepipeline/api.go +++ b/service/codepipeline/api.go @@ -910,6 +910,90 @@ func (c *CodePipeline) EnableStageTransitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input * return out, req.Send() } +const opGetActionType = "GetActionType" + +// GetActionTypeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetActionType operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetActionType for more information on using the GetActionType +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetActionTypeRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetActionTypeRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codepipeline-2015-07-09/GetActionType +func (c *CodePipeline) GetActionTypeRequest(input *GetActionTypeInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetActionTypeOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetActionType, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetActionTypeInput{} + } + + output = &GetActionTypeOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetActionType API operation for AWS CodePipeline. +// +// Returns information about an action type created for an external provider, +// where the action is to be used by customers of the external provider. The +// action can have been created with any supported integration model. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodePipeline's +// API operation GetActionType for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// * ActionTypeNotFoundException +// The specified action type cannot be found. +// +// * ValidationException +// The validation was specified in an invalid format. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codepipeline-2015-07-09/GetActionType +func (c *CodePipeline) GetActionType(input *GetActionTypeInput) (*GetActionTypeOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetActionTypeRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetActionTypeWithContext is the same as GetActionType with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetActionType for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *CodePipeline) GetActionTypeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetActionTypeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetActionTypeOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetActionTypeRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opGetJobDetails = "GetJobDetails" // GetJobDetailsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -3603,6 +3687,95 @@ func (c *CodePipeline) UntagResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UntagRes return out, req.Send() } +const opUpdateActionType = "UpdateActionType" + +// UpdateActionTypeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UpdateActionType operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UpdateActionType for more information on using the UpdateActionType +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UpdateActionTypeRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UpdateActionTypeRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codepipeline-2015-07-09/UpdateActionType +func (c *CodePipeline) UpdateActionTypeRequest(input *UpdateActionTypeInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateActionTypeOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUpdateActionType, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UpdateActionTypeInput{} + } + + output = &UpdateActionTypeOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// UpdateActionType API operation for AWS CodePipeline. +// +// Updates an action type that has been created with any supported integration +// model, where the action type is to be used by customers of the action type +// provider. Use a JSON file with the action definition and UpdateActionType +// to provide the full structure. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodePipeline's +// API operation UpdateActionType for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// * RequestFailedException +// The request has failed because of an unknown error, exception, or failure. +// +// * ValidationException +// The validation was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * ActionTypeNotFoundException +// The specified action type cannot be found. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codepipeline-2015-07-09/UpdateActionType +func (c *CodePipeline) UpdateActionType(input *UpdateActionTypeInput) (*UpdateActionTypeOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateActionTypeRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UpdateActionTypeWithContext is the same as UpdateActionType with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UpdateActionType for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *CodePipeline) UpdateActionTypeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateActionTypeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateActionTypeOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateActionTypeRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opUpdatePipeline = "UpdatePipeline" // UpdatePipelineRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -3711,17 +3884,17 @@ type AWSSessionCredentials struct { // The access key for the session. // // AccessKeyId is a required field - AccessKeyId *string `locationName:"accessKeyId" type:"string" required:"true"` + AccessKeyId *string `locationName:"accessKeyId" type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"` // The secret access key for the session. // // SecretAccessKey is a required field - SecretAccessKey *string `locationName:"secretAccessKey" type:"string" required:"true"` + SecretAccessKey *string `locationName:"secretAccessKey" type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"` // The token for the session. // // SessionToken is a required field - SessionToken *string `locationName:"sessionToken" type:"string" required:"true"` + SessionToken *string `locationName:"sessionToken" type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -4967,82 +5140,44 @@ func (s *ActionType) SetSettings(v *ActionTypeSettings) *ActionType { return s } -// Represents information about an action type. -type ActionTypeId struct { +// Information about parameters for artifacts associated with the action type, +// such as the minimum and maximum artifacts allowed. +type ActionTypeArtifactDetails struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // A category defines what kind of action can be taken in the stage, and constrains - // the provider type for the action. Valid categories are limited to one of - // the following values. - // - // * Source - // - // * Build - // - // * Test - // - // * Deploy - // - // * Invoke - // - // * Approval - // - // Category is a required field - Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ActionCategory"` - - // The creator of the action being called. There are three valid values for - // the Owner field in the action category section within your pipeline structure: - // AWS, ThirdParty, and Custom. For more information, see Valid Action Types - // and Providers in CodePipeline (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codepipeline/latest/userguide/reference-pipeline-structure.html#actions-valid-providers). - // - // Owner is a required field - Owner *string `locationName:"owner" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ActionOwner"` - - // The provider of the service being called by the action. Valid providers are - // determined by the action category. For example, an action in the Deploy category - // type might have a provider of AWS CodeDeploy, which would be specified as - // CodeDeploy. For more information, see Valid Action Types and Providers in - // CodePipeline (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codepipeline/latest/userguide/reference-pipeline-structure.html#actions-valid-providers). + // The maximum allowed number of artifacts that can be used with the actiontype. + // For example, you should specify a minimum and maximum of zero input artifacts + // for an action type with a category of source. // - // Provider is a required field - Provider *string `locationName:"provider" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + // MaximumCount is a required field + MaximumCount *int64 `locationName:"maximumCount" type:"integer" required:"true"` - // A string that describes the action version. + // The minimum allowed number of artifacts that can be used with the action + // type. For example, you should specify a minimum and maximum of zero input + // artifacts for an action type with a category of source. // - // Version is a required field - Version *string `locationName:"version" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + // MinimumCount is a required field + MinimumCount *int64 `locationName:"minimumCount" type:"integer" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation -func (s ActionTypeId) String() string { +func (s ActionTypeArtifactDetails) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation -func (s ActionTypeId) GoString() string { +func (s ActionTypeArtifactDetails) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. -func (s *ActionTypeId) Validate() error { - invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ActionTypeId"} - if s.Category == nil { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Category")) - } - if s.Owner == nil { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Owner")) - } - if s.Provider == nil { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Provider")) - } - if s.Provider != nil && len(*s.Provider) < 1 { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Provider", 1)) - } - if s.Version == nil { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Version")) +func (s *ActionTypeArtifactDetails) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ActionTypeArtifactDetails"} + if s.MaximumCount == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MaximumCount")) } - if s.Version != nil && len(*s.Version) < 1 { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Version", 1)) + if s.MinimumCount == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MinimumCount")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { @@ -5051,71 +5186,533 @@ func (s *ActionTypeId) Validate() error { return nil } -// SetCategory sets the Category field's value. -func (s *ActionTypeId) SetCategory(v string) *ActionTypeId { - s.Category = &v +// SetMaximumCount sets the MaximumCount field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeArtifactDetails) SetMaximumCount(v int64) *ActionTypeArtifactDetails { + s.MaximumCount = &v return s } -// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. -func (s *ActionTypeId) SetOwner(v string) *ActionTypeId { - s.Owner = &v +// SetMinimumCount sets the MinimumCount field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeArtifactDetails) SetMinimumCount(v int64) *ActionTypeArtifactDetails { + s.MinimumCount = &v return s } -// SetProvider sets the Provider field's value. -func (s *ActionTypeId) SetProvider(v string) *ActionTypeId { - s.Provider = &v - return s -} +// The parameters for the action type definition that are provided when the +// action type is created or updated. +type ActionTypeDeclaration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` -// SetVersion sets the Version field's value. -func (s *ActionTypeId) SetVersion(v string) *ActionTypeId { - s.Version = &v - return s -} + // The description for the action type to be updated. + Description *string `locationName:"description" min:"1" type:"string"` -// The specified action type cannot be found. -type ActionTypeNotFoundException struct { - _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` + // Information about the executor for an action type that was created with any + // supported integration model. + // + // Executor is a required field + Executor *ActionTypeExecutor `locationName:"executor" type:"structure" required:"true"` - Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` + // The action ID is composed of the action category, owner, provider, and version + // of the action type to be updated. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *ActionTypeIdentifier `locationName:"id" type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // Details for the artifacts, such as application files, to be worked on by + // the action. For example, the minimum and maximum number of input artifacts + // allowed. + // + // InputArtifactDetails is a required field + InputArtifactDetails *ActionTypeArtifactDetails `locationName:"inputArtifactDetails" type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // Details for the output artifacts, such as a built application, that are the + // result of the action. For example, the minimum and maximum number of output + // artifacts allowed. + // + // OutputArtifactDetails is a required field + OutputArtifactDetails *ActionTypeArtifactDetails `locationName:"outputArtifactDetails" type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // Details identifying the accounts with permissions to use the action type. + Permissions *ActionTypePermissions `locationName:"permissions" type:"structure"` + + // The properties of the action type to be updated. + Properties []*ActionTypeProperty `locationName:"properties" type:"list"` + + // The links associated with the action type to be updated. + Urls *ActionTypeUrls `locationName:"urls" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation -func (s ActionTypeNotFoundException) String() string { +func (s ActionTypeDeclaration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation -func (s ActionTypeNotFoundException) GoString() string { +func (s ActionTypeDeclaration) GoString() string { return s.String() } -func newErrorActionTypeNotFoundException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { - return &ActionTypeNotFoundException{ - RespMetadata: v, +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ActionTypeDeclaration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ActionTypeDeclaration"} + if s.Description != nil && len(*s.Description) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Description", 1)) } -} - -// Code returns the exception type name. -func (s *ActionTypeNotFoundException) Code() string { - return "ActionTypeNotFoundException" -} - -// Message returns the exception's message. -func (s *ActionTypeNotFoundException) Message() string { - if s.Message_ != nil { - return *s.Message_ + if s.Executor == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Executor")) } - return "" -} - -// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. -func (s *ActionTypeNotFoundException) OrigErr() error { - return nil -} + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + if s.InputArtifactDetails == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputArtifactDetails")) + } + if s.OutputArtifactDetails == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputArtifactDetails")) + } + if s.Executor != nil { + if err := s.Executor.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Executor", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.Id != nil { + if err := s.Id.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Id", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.InputArtifactDetails != nil { + if err := s.InputArtifactDetails.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("InputArtifactDetails", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.OutputArtifactDetails != nil { + if err := s.OutputArtifactDetails.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("OutputArtifactDetails", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.Permissions != nil { + if err := s.Permissions.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Permissions", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.Properties != nil { + for i, v := range s.Properties { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Properties", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + if s.Urls != nil { + if err := s.Urls.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Urls", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeDeclaration) SetDescription(v string) *ActionTypeDeclaration { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetExecutor sets the Executor field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeDeclaration) SetExecutor(v *ActionTypeExecutor) *ActionTypeDeclaration { + s.Executor = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeDeclaration) SetId(v *ActionTypeIdentifier) *ActionTypeDeclaration { + s.Id = v + return s +} + +// SetInputArtifactDetails sets the InputArtifactDetails field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeDeclaration) SetInputArtifactDetails(v *ActionTypeArtifactDetails) *ActionTypeDeclaration { + s.InputArtifactDetails = v + return s +} + +// SetOutputArtifactDetails sets the OutputArtifactDetails field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeDeclaration) SetOutputArtifactDetails(v *ActionTypeArtifactDetails) *ActionTypeDeclaration { + s.OutputArtifactDetails = v + return s +} + +// SetPermissions sets the Permissions field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeDeclaration) SetPermissions(v *ActionTypePermissions) *ActionTypeDeclaration { + s.Permissions = v + return s +} + +// SetProperties sets the Properties field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeDeclaration) SetProperties(v []*ActionTypeProperty) *ActionTypeDeclaration { + s.Properties = v + return s +} + +// SetUrls sets the Urls field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeDeclaration) SetUrls(v *ActionTypeUrls) *ActionTypeDeclaration { + s.Urls = v + return s +} + +// The action engine, or executor, for an action type created for a provider, +// where the action is to be used by customers of the provider. The action engine +// is associated with the model used to create and update the action, such as +// the Lambda integration model. +type ActionTypeExecutor struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The action configuration properties for the action type. These properties + // are specified in the action definition when the action type is created. + // + // Configuration is a required field + Configuration *ExecutorConfiguration `locationName:"configuration" type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // The timeout in seconds for the job. An action execution can consist of multiple + // jobs. This is the timeout for a single job, and not for the entire action + // execution. + JobTimeout *int64 `locationName:"jobTimeout" min:"60" type:"integer"` + + // The policy statement that specifies the permissions in the CodePipeline customer’s + // account that are needed to successfully run an action execution. + // + // To grant permission to another account, specify the account ID as the Principal. + // For AWS services, the Principal is a domain-style identifier defined by the + // service, like codepipeline.amazonaws.com. + // + // The size of the passed JSON policy document cannot exceed 2048 characters. + PolicyStatementsTemplate *string `locationName:"policyStatementsTemplate" min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The integration model used to create and update the action type, such as + // the Lambda integration model. Each integration type has a related action + // engine, or executor. The available executor types are Lambda and JobWorker. + // + // Type is a required field + Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExecutorType"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ActionTypeExecutor) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ActionTypeExecutor) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ActionTypeExecutor) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ActionTypeExecutor"} + if s.Configuration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Configuration")) + } + if s.JobTimeout != nil && *s.JobTimeout < 60 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("JobTimeout", 60)) + } + if s.PolicyStatementsTemplate != nil && len(*s.PolicyStatementsTemplate) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PolicyStatementsTemplate", 1)) + } + if s.Type == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type")) + } + if s.Configuration != nil { + if err := s.Configuration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Configuration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetConfiguration sets the Configuration field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeExecutor) SetConfiguration(v *ExecutorConfiguration) *ActionTypeExecutor { + s.Configuration = v + return s +} + +// SetJobTimeout sets the JobTimeout field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeExecutor) SetJobTimeout(v int64) *ActionTypeExecutor { + s.JobTimeout = &v + return s +} + +// SetPolicyStatementsTemplate sets the PolicyStatementsTemplate field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeExecutor) SetPolicyStatementsTemplate(v string) *ActionTypeExecutor { + s.PolicyStatementsTemplate = &v + return s +} + +// SetType sets the Type field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeExecutor) SetType(v string) *ActionTypeExecutor { + s.Type = &v + return s +} + +// Represents information about an action type. +type ActionTypeId struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A category defines what kind of action can be taken in the stage, and constrains + // the provider type for the action. Valid categories are limited to one of + // the following values. + // + // * Source + // + // * Build + // + // * Test + // + // * Deploy + // + // * Invoke + // + // * Approval + // + // Category is a required field + Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ActionCategory"` + + // The creator of the action being called. There are three valid values for + // the Owner field in the action category section within your pipeline structure: + // AWS, ThirdParty, and Custom. For more information, see Valid Action Types + // and Providers in CodePipeline (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codepipeline/latest/userguide/reference-pipeline-structure.html#actions-valid-providers). + // + // Owner is a required field + Owner *string `locationName:"owner" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ActionOwner"` + + // The provider of the service being called by the action. Valid providers are + // determined by the action category. For example, an action in the Deploy category + // type might have a provider of AWS CodeDeploy, which would be specified as + // CodeDeploy. For more information, see Valid Action Types and Providers in + // CodePipeline (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codepipeline/latest/userguide/reference-pipeline-structure.html#actions-valid-providers). + // + // Provider is a required field + Provider *string `locationName:"provider" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A string that describes the action version. + // + // Version is a required field + Version *string `locationName:"version" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ActionTypeId) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ActionTypeId) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ActionTypeId) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ActionTypeId"} + if s.Category == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Category")) + } + if s.Owner == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Owner")) + } + if s.Provider == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Provider")) + } + if s.Provider != nil && len(*s.Provider) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Provider", 1)) + } + if s.Version == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Version")) + } + if s.Version != nil && len(*s.Version) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Version", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCategory sets the Category field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeId) SetCategory(v string) *ActionTypeId { + s.Category = &v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeId) SetOwner(v string) *ActionTypeId { + s.Owner = &v + return s +} + +// SetProvider sets the Provider field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeId) SetProvider(v string) *ActionTypeId { + s.Provider = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersion sets the Version field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeId) SetVersion(v string) *ActionTypeId { + s.Version = &v + return s +} + +// Specifies the category, owner, provider, and version of the action type. +type ActionTypeIdentifier struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A category defines what kind of action can be taken in the stage. Valid categories + // are limited to one of the following values: + // + // * Source + // + // * Build + // + // * Test + // + // * Deploy + // + // * Approval + // + // * Invoke + // + // Category is a required field + Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ActionCategory"` + + // The creator of the action type being called. There are two valid values for + // the owner field: AWS and ThirdParty. + // + // Owner is a required field + Owner *string `locationName:"owner" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The provider of the action type being called. The provider name is supplied + // when the action type is created. + // + // Provider is a required field + Provider *string `locationName:"provider" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A string that describes the action type version. + // + // Version is a required field + Version *string `locationName:"version" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ActionTypeIdentifier) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ActionTypeIdentifier) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ActionTypeIdentifier) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ActionTypeIdentifier"} + if s.Category == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Category")) + } + if s.Owner == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Owner")) + } + if s.Provider == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Provider")) + } + if s.Provider != nil && len(*s.Provider) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Provider", 1)) + } + if s.Version == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Version")) + } + if s.Version != nil && len(*s.Version) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Version", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCategory sets the Category field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeIdentifier) SetCategory(v string) *ActionTypeIdentifier { + s.Category = &v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeIdentifier) SetOwner(v string) *ActionTypeIdentifier { + s.Owner = &v + return s +} + +// SetProvider sets the Provider field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeIdentifier) SetProvider(v string) *ActionTypeIdentifier { + s.Provider = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersion sets the Version field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeIdentifier) SetVersion(v string) *ActionTypeIdentifier { + s.Version = &v + return s +} + +// The specified action type cannot be found. +type ActionTypeNotFoundException struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` + + Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ActionTypeNotFoundException) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ActionTypeNotFoundException) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +func newErrorActionTypeNotFoundException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { + return &ActionTypeNotFoundException{ + RespMetadata: v, + } +} + +// Code returns the exception type name. +func (s *ActionTypeNotFoundException) Code() string { + return "ActionTypeNotFoundException" +} + +// Message returns the exception's message. +func (s *ActionTypeNotFoundException) Message() string { + if s.Message_ != nil { + return *s.Message_ + } + return "" +} + +// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. +func (s *ActionTypeNotFoundException) OrigErr() error { + return nil +} func (s *ActionTypeNotFoundException) Error() string { return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) @@ -5131,6 +5728,160 @@ func (s *ActionTypeNotFoundException) RequestID() string { return s.RespMetadata.RequestID } +// Details identifying the users with permissions to use the action type. +type ActionTypePermissions struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of AWS account IDs with allow access to use the action type in their + // pipelines. + // + // AllowedAccounts is a required field + AllowedAccounts []*string `locationName:"allowedAccounts" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ActionTypePermissions) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ActionTypePermissions) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ActionTypePermissions) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ActionTypePermissions"} + if s.AllowedAccounts == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AllowedAccounts")) + } + if s.AllowedAccounts != nil && len(s.AllowedAccounts) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AllowedAccounts", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAllowedAccounts sets the AllowedAccounts field's value. +func (s *ActionTypePermissions) SetAllowedAccounts(v []*string) *ActionTypePermissions { + s.AllowedAccounts = v + return s +} + +// Represents information about each property specified in the action configuration, +// such as the description and key name that display for the customer using +// the action type. +type ActionTypeProperty struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The description of the property that is displayed to users. + Description *string `locationName:"description" min:"1" type:"string"` + + // Whether the configuration property is a key. + // + // Key is a required field + Key *bool `locationName:"key" type:"boolean" required:"true"` + + // The property name. This represents a field name that is displayed to users. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Determines whether the field value entered by the customer is logged. If + // noEcho is true, the value is not shown in CloudTrail logs for the action + // execution. + // + // NoEcho is a required field + NoEcho *bool `locationName:"noEcho" type:"boolean" required:"true"` + + // Whether the configuration property is an optional value. + // + // Optional is a required field + Optional *bool `locationName:"optional" type:"boolean" required:"true"` + + // Indicates that the property is used with polling. An action type can have + // up to one queryable property. If it has one, that property must be both required + // and not secret. + Queryable *bool `locationName:"queryable" type:"boolean"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ActionTypeProperty) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ActionTypeProperty) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ActionTypeProperty) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ActionTypeProperty"} + if s.Description != nil && len(*s.Description) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Description", 1)) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + if s.NoEcho == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NoEcho")) + } + if s.Optional == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Optional")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeProperty) SetDescription(v string) *ActionTypeProperty { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeProperty) SetKey(v bool) *ActionTypeProperty { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeProperty) SetName(v string) *ActionTypeProperty { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetNoEcho sets the NoEcho field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeProperty) SetNoEcho(v bool) *ActionTypeProperty { + s.NoEcho = &v + return s +} + +// SetOptional sets the Optional field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeProperty) SetOptional(v bool) *ActionTypeProperty { + s.Optional = &v + return s +} + +// SetQueryable sets the Queryable field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeProperty) SetQueryable(v bool) *ActionTypeProperty { + s.Queryable = &v + return s +} + // Returns information about the settings for an action type. type ActionTypeSettings struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -5214,6 +5965,88 @@ func (s *ActionTypeSettings) SetThirdPartyConfigurationUrl(v string) *ActionType return s } +// Returns information about URLs for web pages that display to customers as +// links on the pipeline view, such as an external configuration page for the +// action type. +type ActionTypeUrls struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The URL returned to the CodePipeline console that contains a link to the + // page where customers can configure the external action. + ConfigurationUrl *string `locationName:"configurationUrl" min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The URL returned to the CodePipeline console that provides a deep link to + // the resources of the external system, such as a status page. This link is + // provided as part of the action display in the pipeline. + EntityUrlTemplate *string `locationName:"entityUrlTemplate" min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The link to an execution page for the action type in progress. For example, + // for a CodeDeploy action, this link is shown on the pipeline view page in + // the CodePipeline console, and it links to a CodeDeploy status page. + ExecutionUrlTemplate *string `locationName:"executionUrlTemplate" min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The URL returned to the CodePipeline console that contains a link to the + // page where customers can update or change the configuration of the external + // action. + RevisionUrlTemplate *string `locationName:"revisionUrlTemplate" min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ActionTypeUrls) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ActionTypeUrls) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ActionTypeUrls) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ActionTypeUrls"} + if s.ConfigurationUrl != nil && len(*s.ConfigurationUrl) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ConfigurationUrl", 1)) + } + if s.EntityUrlTemplate != nil && len(*s.EntityUrlTemplate) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("EntityUrlTemplate", 1)) + } + if s.ExecutionUrlTemplate != nil && len(*s.ExecutionUrlTemplate) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ExecutionUrlTemplate", 1)) + } + if s.RevisionUrlTemplate != nil && len(*s.RevisionUrlTemplate) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RevisionUrlTemplate", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetConfigurationUrl sets the ConfigurationUrl field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeUrls) SetConfigurationUrl(v string) *ActionTypeUrls { + s.ConfigurationUrl = &v + return s +} + +// SetEntityUrlTemplate sets the EntityUrlTemplate field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeUrls) SetEntityUrlTemplate(v string) *ActionTypeUrls { + s.EntityUrlTemplate = &v + return s +} + +// SetExecutionUrlTemplate sets the ExecutionUrlTemplate field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeUrls) SetExecutionUrlTemplate(v string) *ActionTypeUrls { + s.ExecutionUrlTemplate = &v + return s +} + +// SetRevisionUrlTemplate sets the RevisionUrlTemplate field's value. +func (s *ActionTypeUrls) SetRevisionUrlTemplate(v string) *ActionTypeUrls { + s.RevisionUrlTemplate = &v + return s +} + // The approval action has already been approved or rejected. type ApprovalAlreadyCompletedException struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -6885,15 +7718,70 @@ func (s ExecutionTrigger) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// SetTriggerDetail sets the TriggerDetail field's value. -func (s *ExecutionTrigger) SetTriggerDetail(v string) *ExecutionTrigger { - s.TriggerDetail = &v +// SetTriggerDetail sets the TriggerDetail field's value. +func (s *ExecutionTrigger) SetTriggerDetail(v string) *ExecutionTrigger { + s.TriggerDetail = &v + return s +} + +// SetTriggerType sets the TriggerType field's value. +func (s *ExecutionTrigger) SetTriggerType(v string) *ExecutionTrigger { + s.TriggerType = &v + return s +} + +// The action engine, or executor, related to the supported integration model +// used to create and update the action type. The available executor types are +// Lambda and JobWorker. +type ExecutorConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Details about the JobWorker executor of the action type. + JobWorkerExecutorConfiguration *JobWorkerExecutorConfiguration `locationName:"jobWorkerExecutorConfiguration" type:"structure"` + + // Details about the Lambda executor of the action type. + LambdaExecutorConfiguration *LambdaExecutorConfiguration `locationName:"lambdaExecutorConfiguration" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ExecutorConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ExecutorConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ExecutorConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ExecutorConfiguration"} + if s.JobWorkerExecutorConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.JobWorkerExecutorConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("JobWorkerExecutorConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.LambdaExecutorConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.LambdaExecutorConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("LambdaExecutorConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetJobWorkerExecutorConfiguration sets the JobWorkerExecutorConfiguration field's value. +func (s *ExecutorConfiguration) SetJobWorkerExecutorConfiguration(v *JobWorkerExecutorConfiguration) *ExecutorConfiguration { + s.JobWorkerExecutorConfiguration = v return s } -// SetTriggerType sets the TriggerType field's value. -func (s *ExecutionTrigger) SetTriggerType(v string) *ExecutionTrigger { - s.TriggerType = &v +// SetLambdaExecutorConfiguration sets the LambdaExecutorConfiguration field's value. +func (s *ExecutorConfiguration) SetLambdaExecutorConfiguration(v *LambdaExecutorConfiguration) *ExecutorConfiguration { + s.LambdaExecutorConfiguration = v return s } @@ -6965,6 +7853,132 @@ func (s *FailureDetails) SetType(v string) *FailureDetails { return s } +type GetActionTypeInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A category defines what kind of action can be taken in the stage. Valid categories + // are limited to one of the following values: + // + // * Source + // + // * Build + // + // * Test + // + // * Deploy + // + // * Approval + // + // * Invoke + // + // Category is a required field + Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ActionCategory"` + + // The creator of an action type that has been created with any supported integration + // model. There are two valid values for the owner field in the action type + // category: AWS and ThirdParty. + // + // Owner is a required field + Owner *string `locationName:"owner" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The provider of the action type being called. The provider name is specified + // when the action type is created. + // + // Provider is a required field + Provider *string `locationName:"provider" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A string that describes the action type version. + // + // Version is a required field + Version *string `locationName:"version" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetActionTypeInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetActionTypeInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetActionTypeInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetActionTypeInput"} + if s.Category == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Category")) + } + if s.Owner == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Owner")) + } + if s.Provider == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Provider")) + } + if s.Provider != nil && len(*s.Provider) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Provider", 1)) + } + if s.Version == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Version")) + } + if s.Version != nil && len(*s.Version) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Version", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCategory sets the Category field's value. +func (s *GetActionTypeInput) SetCategory(v string) *GetActionTypeInput { + s.Category = &v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *GetActionTypeInput) SetOwner(v string) *GetActionTypeInput { + s.Owner = &v + return s +} + +// SetProvider sets the Provider field's value. +func (s *GetActionTypeInput) SetProvider(v string) *GetActionTypeInput { + s.Provider = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersion sets the Version field's value. +func (s *GetActionTypeInput) SetVersion(v string) *GetActionTypeInput { + s.Version = &v + return s +} + +type GetActionTypeOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The action type information for the requested action type, such as the action + // type ID. + ActionType *ActionTypeDeclaration `locationName:"actionType" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetActionTypeOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetActionTypeOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetActionType sets the ActionType field's value. +func (s *GetActionTypeOutput) SetActionType(v *ActionTypeDeclaration) *GetActionTypeOutput { + s.ActionType = v + return s +} + // Represents the input of a GetJobDetails action. type GetJobDetailsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -8471,6 +9485,100 @@ func (s *JobNotFoundException) RequestID() string { return s.RespMetadata.RequestID } +// Details about the polling configuration for the JobWorker action engine, +// or executor. +type JobWorkerExecutorConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The accounts in which the job worker is configured and might poll for jobs + // as part of the action execution. + PollingAccounts []*string `locationName:"pollingAccounts" min:"1" type:"list"` + + // The service Principals in which the job worker is configured and might poll + // for jobs as part of the action execution. + PollingServicePrincipals []*string `locationName:"pollingServicePrincipals" min:"1" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s JobWorkerExecutorConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s JobWorkerExecutorConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *JobWorkerExecutorConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "JobWorkerExecutorConfiguration"} + if s.PollingAccounts != nil && len(s.PollingAccounts) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PollingAccounts", 1)) + } + if s.PollingServicePrincipals != nil && len(s.PollingServicePrincipals) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PollingServicePrincipals", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetPollingAccounts sets the PollingAccounts field's value. +func (s *JobWorkerExecutorConfiguration) SetPollingAccounts(v []*string) *JobWorkerExecutorConfiguration { + s.PollingAccounts = v + return s +} + +// SetPollingServicePrincipals sets the PollingServicePrincipals field's value. +func (s *JobWorkerExecutorConfiguration) SetPollingServicePrincipals(v []*string) *JobWorkerExecutorConfiguration { + s.PollingServicePrincipals = v + return s +} + +// Details about the configuration for the Lambda action engine, or executor. +type LambdaExecutorConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ARN of the Lambda function used by the action engine. + // + // LambdaFunctionArn is a required field + LambdaFunctionArn *string `locationName:"lambdaFunctionArn" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s LambdaExecutorConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s LambdaExecutorConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *LambdaExecutorConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LambdaExecutorConfiguration"} + if s.LambdaFunctionArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LambdaFunctionArn")) + } + if s.LambdaFunctionArn != nil && len(*s.LambdaFunctionArn) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LambdaFunctionArn", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetLambdaFunctionArn sets the LambdaFunctionArn field's value. +func (s *LambdaExecutorConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionArn(v string) *LambdaExecutorConfiguration { + s.LambdaFunctionArn = &v + return s +} + // The number of pipelines associated with the AWS account has exceeded the // limit allowed for the account. type LimitExceededException struct { @@ -8653,6 +9761,9 @@ type ListActionTypesInput struct { // An identifier that was returned from the previous list action types call, // which can be used to return the next set of action types in the list. NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The Region to filter on for the list of action types. + RegionFilter *string `locationName:"regionFilter" min:"4" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -8671,6 +9782,9 @@ func (s *ListActionTypesInput) Validate() error { if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1)) } + if s.RegionFilter != nil && len(*s.RegionFilter) < 4 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RegionFilter", 4)) + } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams @@ -8690,6 +9804,12 @@ func (s *ListActionTypesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListActionTypesInput { return s } +// SetRegionFilter sets the RegionFilter field's value. +func (s *ListActionTypesInput) SetRegionFilter(v string) *ListActionTypesInput { + s.RegionFilter = &v + return s +} + // Represents the output of a ListActionTypes action. type ListActionTypesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -11084,6 +12204,62 @@ func (s RegisterWebhookWithThirdPartyOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } +// The request has failed because of an unknown error, exception, or failure. +type RequestFailedException struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` + + Message_ *string `locationName:"message" min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s RequestFailedException) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s RequestFailedException) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +func newErrorRequestFailedException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { + return &RequestFailedException{ + RespMetadata: v, + } +} + +// Code returns the exception type name. +func (s *RequestFailedException) Code() string { + return "RequestFailedException" +} + +// Message returns the exception's message. +func (s *RequestFailedException) Message() string { + if s.Message_ != nil { + return *s.Message_ + } + return "" +} + +// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. +func (s *RequestFailedException) OrigErr() error { + return nil +} + +func (s *RequestFailedException) Error() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) +} + +// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. +func (s *RequestFailedException) StatusCode() int { + return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode +} + +// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. +func (s *RequestFailedException) RequestID() string { + return s.RespMetadata.RequestID +} + // The resource was specified in an invalid format. type ResourceNotFoundException struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -12397,6 +13573,58 @@ func (s UntagResourceOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } +type UpdateActionTypeInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The action type definition for the action type to be updated. + ActionType *ActionTypeDeclaration `locationName:"actionType" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateActionTypeInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateActionTypeInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdateActionTypeInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateActionTypeInput"} + if s.ActionType != nil { + if err := s.ActionType.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("ActionType", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetActionType sets the ActionType field's value. +func (s *UpdateActionTypeInput) SetActionType(v *ActionTypeDeclaration) *UpdateActionTypeInput { + s.ActionType = v + return s +} + +type UpdateActionTypeOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateActionTypeOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateActionTypeOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + // Represents the input of an UpdatePipeline action. type UpdatePipelineInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -13005,6 +14233,22 @@ func EncryptionKeyType_Values() []string { } } +const ( + // ExecutorTypeJobWorker is a ExecutorType enum value + ExecutorTypeJobWorker = "JobWorker" + + // ExecutorTypeLambda is a ExecutorType enum value + ExecutorTypeLambda = "Lambda" +) + +// ExecutorType_Values returns all elements of the ExecutorType enum +func ExecutorType_Values() []string { + return []string{ + ExecutorTypeJobWorker, + ExecutorTypeLambda, + } +} + const ( // FailureTypeJobFailed is a FailureType enum value FailureTypeJobFailed = "JobFailed" diff --git a/service/codepipeline/codepipelineiface/interface.go b/service/codepipeline/codepipelineiface/interface.go index 11e0fdcbf86..72aee7427c5 100644 --- a/service/codepipeline/codepipelineiface/interface.go +++ b/service/codepipeline/codepipelineiface/interface.go @@ -100,6 +100,10 @@ type CodePipelineAPI interface { EnableStageTransitionWithContext(aws.Context, *codepipeline.EnableStageTransitionInput, ...request.Option) (*codepipeline.EnableStageTransitionOutput, error) EnableStageTransitionRequest(*codepipeline.EnableStageTransitionInput) (*request.Request, *codepipeline.EnableStageTransitionOutput) + GetActionType(*codepipeline.GetActionTypeInput) (*codepipeline.GetActionTypeOutput, error) + GetActionTypeWithContext(aws.Context, *codepipeline.GetActionTypeInput, ...request.Option) (*codepipeline.GetActionTypeOutput, error) + GetActionTypeRequest(*codepipeline.GetActionTypeInput) (*request.Request, *codepipeline.GetActionTypeOutput) + GetJobDetails(*codepipeline.GetJobDetailsInput) (*codepipeline.GetJobDetailsOutput, error) GetJobDetailsWithContext(aws.Context, *codepipeline.GetJobDetailsInput, ...request.Option) (*codepipeline.GetJobDetailsOutput, error) GetJobDetailsRequest(*codepipeline.GetJobDetailsInput) (*request.Request, *codepipeline.GetJobDetailsOutput) @@ -222,6 +226,10 @@ type CodePipelineAPI interface { UntagResourceWithContext(aws.Context, *codepipeline.UntagResourceInput, ...request.Option) (*codepipeline.UntagResourceOutput, error) UntagResourceRequest(*codepipeline.UntagResourceInput) (*request.Request, *codepipeline.UntagResourceOutput) + UpdateActionType(*codepipeline.UpdateActionTypeInput) (*codepipeline.UpdateActionTypeOutput, error) + UpdateActionTypeWithContext(aws.Context, *codepipeline.UpdateActionTypeInput, ...request.Option) (*codepipeline.UpdateActionTypeOutput, error) + UpdateActionTypeRequest(*codepipeline.UpdateActionTypeInput) (*request.Request, *codepipeline.UpdateActionTypeOutput) + UpdatePipeline(*codepipeline.UpdatePipelineInput) (*codepipeline.UpdatePipelineOutput, error) UpdatePipelineWithContext(aws.Context, *codepipeline.UpdatePipelineInput, ...request.Option) (*codepipeline.UpdatePipelineOutput, error) UpdatePipelineRequest(*codepipeline.UpdatePipelineInput) (*request.Request, *codepipeline.UpdatePipelineOutput) diff --git a/service/codepipeline/errors.go b/service/codepipeline/errors.go index 89f833e90c0..ff3d1c82fbb 100644 --- a/service/codepipeline/errors.go +++ b/service/codepipeline/errors.go @@ -192,6 +192,12 @@ const ( // The pipeline version was specified in an invalid format or cannot be found. ErrCodePipelineVersionNotFoundException = "PipelineVersionNotFoundException" + // ErrCodeRequestFailedException for service response error code + // "RequestFailedException". + // + // The request has failed because of an unknown error, exception, or failure. + ErrCodeRequestFailedException = "RequestFailedException" + // ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException for service response error code // "ResourceNotFoundException". // @@ -260,6 +266,7 @@ var exceptionFromCode = map[string]func(protocol.ResponseMetadata) error{ "PipelineNameInUseException": newErrorPipelineNameInUseException, "PipelineNotFoundException": newErrorPipelineNotFoundException, "PipelineVersionNotFoundException": newErrorPipelineVersionNotFoundException, + "RequestFailedException": newErrorRequestFailedException, "ResourceNotFoundException": newErrorResourceNotFoundException, "StageNotFoundException": newErrorStageNotFoundException, "StageNotRetryableException": newErrorStageNotRetryableException, diff --git a/service/detective/api.go b/service/detective/api.go index 17c378ac11d..83091b90f0f 100644 --- a/service/detective/api.go +++ b/service/detective/api.go @@ -1956,7 +1956,7 @@ type Graph struct { // The date and time that the behavior graph was created. The value is in milliseconds // since the epoch. - CreatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + CreatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -2341,7 +2341,7 @@ type MemberDetail struct { // The date and time that Detective sent the invitation to the member account. // The value is in milliseconds since the epoch. - InvitedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + InvitedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // The AWS account identifier of the master account for the behavior graph. MasterId *string `min:"12" type:"string"` @@ -2358,7 +2358,7 @@ type MemberDetail struct { PercentOfGraphUtilization *float64 `type:"double"` // The date and time when the graph utilization percentage was last updated. - PercentOfGraphUtilizationUpdatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + PercentOfGraphUtilizationUpdatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // The current membership status of the member account. The status can have // one of the following values: @@ -2389,7 +2389,7 @@ type MemberDetail struct { // The date and time that the member account was last updated. The value is // in milliseconds since the epoch. - UpdatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + UpdatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` } // String returns the string representation diff --git a/service/eks/api.go b/service/eks/api.go index daeaee4c2f4..0ae9260e51d 100644 --- a/service/eks/api.go +++ b/service/eks/api.go @@ -13,6 +13,114 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restjson" ) +const opAssociateIdentityProviderConfig = "AssociateIdentityProviderConfig" + +// AssociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the AssociateIdentityProviderConfig operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See AssociateIdentityProviderConfig for more information on using the AssociateIdentityProviderConfig +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the AssociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest method. +// req, resp := client.AssociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/eks-2017-11-01/AssociateIdentityProviderConfig +func (c *EKS) AssociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest(input *AssociateIdentityProviderConfigInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opAssociateIdentityProviderConfig, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/clusters/{name}/identity-provider-configs/associate", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &AssociateIdentityProviderConfigInput{} + } + + output = &AssociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// AssociateIdentityProviderConfig API operation for Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service. +// +// Associate an identity provider configuration to a cluster. +// +// If you want to authenticate identities using an identity provider, you can +// create an identity provider configuration and associate it to your cluster. +// After configuring authentication to your cluster you can create Kubernetes +// roles and clusterroles to assign permissions to the roles, and then bind +// the roles to the identities using Kubernetes rolebindings and clusterrolebindings. +// For more information see Using RBAC Authorization (https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/rbac/) +// in the Kubernetes documentation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service's +// API operation AssociateIdentityProviderConfig for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action. Actions can include using +// an action or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permissions to +// use the action or resource or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server-side issue. +// +// * ResourceInUseException +// The specified resource is in use. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The specified resource could not be found. You can view your available clusters +// with ListClusters. You can view your available managed node groups with ListNodegroups. +// Amazon EKS clusters and node groups are Region-specific. +// +// * InvalidRequestException +// The request is invalid given the state of the cluster. Check the state of +// the cluster and the associated operations. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/eks-2017-11-01/AssociateIdentityProviderConfig +func (c *EKS) AssociateIdentityProviderConfig(input *AssociateIdentityProviderConfigInput) (*AssociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AssociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// AssociateIdentityProviderConfigWithContext is the same as AssociateIdentityProviderConfig with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See AssociateIdentityProviderConfig for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *EKS) AssociateIdentityProviderConfigWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssociateIdentityProviderConfigInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AssociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opCreateAddon = "CreateAddon" // CreateAddonRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -174,12 +282,12 @@ func (c *EKS) CreateClusterRequest(input *CreateClusterInput) (req *request.Requ // The cluster control plane is provisioned across multiple Availability Zones // and fronted by an Elastic Load Balancing Network Load Balancer. Amazon EKS // also provisions elastic network interfaces in your VPC subnets to provide -// connectivity from the control plane instances to the worker nodes (for example, +// connectivity from the control plane instances to the nodes (for example, // to support kubectl exec, logs, and proxy data flows). // -// Amazon EKS worker nodes run in your AWS account and connect to your cluster's -// control plane via the Kubernetes API server endpoint and a certificate file -// that is created for your cluster. +// Amazon EKS nodes run in your AWS account and connect to your cluster's control +// plane via the Kubernetes API server endpoint and a certificate file that +// is created for your cluster. // // You can use the endpointPublicAccess and endpointPrivateAccess parameters // to enable or disable public and private access to your cluster's Kubernetes @@ -200,9 +308,9 @@ func (c *EKS) CreateClusterRequest(input *CreateClusterInput) (req *request.Requ // // Cluster creation typically takes between 10 and 15 minutes. After you create // an Amazon EKS cluster, you must configure your Kubernetes tooling to communicate -// with the API server and launch worker nodes into your cluster. For more information, +// with the API server and launch nodes into your cluster. For more information, // see Managing Cluster Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/managing-auth.html) -// and Launching Amazon EKS Worker Nodes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/launch-workers.html) +// and Launching Amazon EKS nodes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/launch-workers.html) // in the Amazon EKS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -438,12 +546,12 @@ func (c *EKS) CreateNodegroupRequest(input *CreateNodegroupInput) (req *request. // CreateNodegroup API operation for Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service. // -// Creates a managed worker node group for an Amazon EKS cluster. You can only -// create a node group for your cluster that is equal to the current Kubernetes -// version for the cluster. All node groups are created with the latest AMI -// release version for the respective minor Kubernetes version of the cluster, -// unless you deploy a custom AMI using a launch template. For more information -// about using launch templates, see Launch template support (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/launch-templates.html). +// Creates a managed node group for an Amazon EKS cluster. You can only create +// a node group for your cluster that is equal to the current Kubernetes version +// for the cluster. All node groups are created with the latest AMI release +// version for the respective minor Kubernetes version of the cluster, unless +// you deploy a custom AMI using a launch template. For more information about +// using launch templates, see Launch template support (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/launch-templates.html). // // An Amazon EKS managed node group is an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group and // associated Amazon EC2 instances that are managed by AWS for an Amazon EKS @@ -1350,6 +1458,102 @@ func (c *EKS) DescribeFargateProfileWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Describe return out, req.Send() } +const opDescribeIdentityProviderConfig = "DescribeIdentityProviderConfig" + +// DescribeIdentityProviderConfigRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DescribeIdentityProviderConfig operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DescribeIdentityProviderConfig for more information on using the DescribeIdentityProviderConfig +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DescribeIdentityProviderConfigRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DescribeIdentityProviderConfigRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/eks-2017-11-01/DescribeIdentityProviderConfig +func (c *EKS) DescribeIdentityProviderConfigRequest(input *DescribeIdentityProviderConfigInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeIdentityProviderConfigOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDescribeIdentityProviderConfig, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/clusters/{name}/identity-provider-configs/describe", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DescribeIdentityProviderConfigInput{} + } + + output = &DescribeIdentityProviderConfigOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DescribeIdentityProviderConfig API operation for Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service. +// +// Returns descriptive information about an identity provider configuration. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service's +// API operation DescribeIdentityProviderConfig for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The specified resource could not be found. You can view your available clusters +// with ListClusters. You can view your available managed node groups with ListNodegroups. +// Amazon EKS clusters and node groups are Region-specific. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action. Actions can include using +// an action or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permissions to +// use the action or resource or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server-side issue. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// The service is unavailable. Back off and retry the operation. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/eks-2017-11-01/DescribeIdentityProviderConfig +func (c *EKS) DescribeIdentityProviderConfig(input *DescribeIdentityProviderConfigInput) (*DescribeIdentityProviderConfigOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeIdentityProviderConfigRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DescribeIdentityProviderConfigWithContext is the same as DescribeIdentityProviderConfig with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DescribeIdentityProviderConfig for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *EKS) DescribeIdentityProviderConfigWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeIdentityProviderConfigInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeIdentityProviderConfigOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeIdentityProviderConfigRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opDescribeNodegroup = "DescribeNodegroup" // DescribeNodegroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -1544,6 +1748,109 @@ func (c *EKS) DescribeUpdateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeUpdateIn return out, req.Send() } +const opDisassociateIdentityProviderConfig = "DisassociateIdentityProviderConfig" + +// DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DisassociateIdentityProviderConfig operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DisassociateIdentityProviderConfig for more information on using the DisassociateIdentityProviderConfig +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/eks-2017-11-01/DisassociateIdentityProviderConfig +func (c *EKS) DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest(input *DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDisassociateIdentityProviderConfig, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/clusters/{name}/identity-provider-configs/disassociate", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigInput{} + } + + output = &DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DisassociateIdentityProviderConfig API operation for Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service. +// +// Disassociates an identity provider configuration from a cluster. If you disassociate +// an identity provider from your cluster, users included in the provider can +// no longer access the cluster. However, you can still access the cluster with +// AWS IAM users. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service's +// API operation DisassociateIdentityProviderConfig for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action. Actions can include using +// an action or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permissions to +// use the action or resource or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server-side issue. +// +// * ResourceInUseException +// The specified resource is in use. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The specified resource could not be found. You can view your available clusters +// with ListClusters. You can view your available managed node groups with ListNodegroups. +// Amazon EKS clusters and node groups are Region-specific. +// +// * InvalidRequestException +// The request is invalid given the state of the cluster. Check the state of +// the cluster and the associated operations. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/eks-2017-11-01/DisassociateIdentityProviderConfig +func (c *EKS) DisassociateIdentityProviderConfig(input *DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigInput) (*DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigWithContext is the same as DisassociateIdentityProviderConfig with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DisassociateIdentityProviderConfig for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *EKS) DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opListAddons = "ListAddons" // ListAddonsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -2000,6 +2307,160 @@ func (c *EKS) ListFargateProfilesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListFa return p.Err() } +const opListIdentityProviderConfigs = "ListIdentityProviderConfigs" + +// ListIdentityProviderConfigsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListIdentityProviderConfigs operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListIdentityProviderConfigs for more information on using the ListIdentityProviderConfigs +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListIdentityProviderConfigsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListIdentityProviderConfigsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/eks-2017-11-01/ListIdentityProviderConfigs +func (c *EKS) ListIdentityProviderConfigsRequest(input *ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListIdentityProviderConfigsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListIdentityProviderConfigs, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/clusters/{name}/identity-provider-configs", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"}, + LimitToken: "maxResults", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput{} + } + + output = &ListIdentityProviderConfigsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListIdentityProviderConfigs API operation for Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service. +// +// A list of identity provider configurations. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service's +// API operation ListIdentityProviderConfigs for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action. Actions can include using +// an action or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permissions to +// use the action or resource or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server-side issue. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// The service is unavailable. Back off and retry the operation. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The specified resource could not be found. You can view your available clusters +// with ListClusters. You can view your available managed node groups with ListNodegroups. +// Amazon EKS clusters and node groups are Region-specific. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/eks-2017-11-01/ListIdentityProviderConfigs +func (c *EKS) ListIdentityProviderConfigs(input *ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput) (*ListIdentityProviderConfigsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListIdentityProviderConfigsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListIdentityProviderConfigsWithContext is the same as ListIdentityProviderConfigs with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListIdentityProviderConfigs for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *EKS) ListIdentityProviderConfigsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListIdentityProviderConfigsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListIdentityProviderConfigsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListIdentityProviderConfigsPages iterates over the pages of a ListIdentityProviderConfigs operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See ListIdentityProviderConfigs method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListIdentityProviderConfigs operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.ListIdentityProviderConfigsPages(params, +// func(page *eks.ListIdentityProviderConfigsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *EKS) ListIdentityProviderConfigsPages(input *ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput, fn func(*ListIdentityProviderConfigsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.ListIdentityProviderConfigsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// ListIdentityProviderConfigsPagesWithContext same as ListIdentityProviderConfigsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *EKS) ListIdentityProviderConfigsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput, fn func(*ListIdentityProviderConfigsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.ListIdentityProviderConfigsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*ListIdentityProviderConfigsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } + } + + return p.Err() +} + const opListNodegroups = "ListNodegroups" // ListNodegroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -2443,7 +2904,7 @@ func (c *EKS) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) (req *request.Request, // that resource are deleted as well. Tags that you create for Amazon EKS resources // do not propagate to any other resources associated with the cluster. For // example, if you tag a cluster with this operation, that tag does not automatically -// propagate to the subnets and worker nodes associated with the cluster. +// propagate to the subnets and nodes associated with the cluster. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3321,77 +3782,193 @@ type AddonIssue struct { // A message that provides details about the issue and what might cause it. Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` - // The resource IDs of the issue. - ResourceIds []*string `locationName:"resourceIds" type:"list"` + // The resource IDs of the issue. + ResourceIds []*string `locationName:"resourceIds" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AddonIssue) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AddonIssue) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCode sets the Code field's value. +func (s *AddonIssue) SetCode(v string) *AddonIssue { + s.Code = &v + return s +} + +// SetMessage sets the Message field's value. +func (s *AddonIssue) SetMessage(v string) *AddonIssue { + s.Message = &v + return s +} + +// SetResourceIds sets the ResourceIds field's value. +func (s *AddonIssue) SetResourceIds(v []*string) *AddonIssue { + s.ResourceIds = v + return s +} + +// Information about an add-on version. +type AddonVersionInfo struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The version of the add-on. + AddonVersion *string `locationName:"addonVersion" type:"string"` + + // The architectures that the version supports. + Architecture []*string `locationName:"architecture" type:"list"` + + // An object that represents the compatibilities of a version. + Compatibilities []*Compatibility `locationName:"compatibilities" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AddonVersionInfo) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AddonVersionInfo) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAddonVersion sets the AddonVersion field's value. +func (s *AddonVersionInfo) SetAddonVersion(v string) *AddonVersionInfo { + s.AddonVersion = &v + return s +} + +// SetArchitecture sets the Architecture field's value. +func (s *AddonVersionInfo) SetArchitecture(v []*string) *AddonVersionInfo { + s.Architecture = v + return s +} + +// SetCompatibilities sets the Compatibilities field's value. +func (s *AddonVersionInfo) SetCompatibilities(v []*Compatibility) *AddonVersionInfo { + s.Compatibilities = v + return s +} + +type AssociateIdentityProviderConfigInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency + // of the request. + ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"` + + // The name of the cluster to associate the configuration to. + // + // ClusterName is a required field + ClusterName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // An object that represents an OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider configuration. + // + // Oidc is a required field + Oidc *OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest `locationName:"oidc" type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // The metadata to apply to the configuration to assist with categorization + // and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both + // of which you define. + Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" min:"1" type:"map"` } // String returns the string representation -func (s AddonIssue) String() string { +func (s AssociateIdentityProviderConfigInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation -func (s AddonIssue) GoString() string { +func (s AssociateIdentityProviderConfigInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// SetCode sets the Code field's value. -func (s *AddonIssue) SetCode(v string) *AddonIssue { - s.Code = &v +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AssociateIdentityProviderConfigInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssociateIdentityProviderConfigInput"} + if s.ClusterName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterName")) + } + if s.ClusterName != nil && len(*s.ClusterName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ClusterName", 1)) + } + if s.Oidc == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Oidc")) + } + if s.Tags != nil && len(s.Tags) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Tags", 1)) + } + if s.Oidc != nil { + if err := s.Oidc.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Oidc", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetClientRequestToken sets the ClientRequestToken field's value. +func (s *AssociateIdentityProviderConfigInput) SetClientRequestToken(v string) *AssociateIdentityProviderConfigInput { + s.ClientRequestToken = &v return s } -// SetMessage sets the Message field's value. -func (s *AddonIssue) SetMessage(v string) *AddonIssue { - s.Message = &v +// SetClusterName sets the ClusterName field's value. +func (s *AssociateIdentityProviderConfigInput) SetClusterName(v string) *AssociateIdentityProviderConfigInput { + s.ClusterName = &v return s } -// SetResourceIds sets the ResourceIds field's value. -func (s *AddonIssue) SetResourceIds(v []*string) *AddonIssue { - s.ResourceIds = v +// SetOidc sets the Oidc field's value. +func (s *AssociateIdentityProviderConfigInput) SetOidc(v *OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest) *AssociateIdentityProviderConfigInput { + s.Oidc = v return s } -// Information about an add-on version. -type AddonVersionInfo struct { - _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *AssociateIdentityProviderConfigInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *AssociateIdentityProviderConfigInput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} - // The version of the add-on. - AddonVersion *string `locationName:"addonVersion" type:"string"` +type AssociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The architectures that the version supports. - Architecture []*string `locationName:"architecture" type:"list"` + // The tags for the resource. + Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" min:"1" type:"map"` - // An object that represents the compatibilities of a version. - Compatibilities []*Compatibility `locationName:"compatibilities" type:"list"` + // An object representing an asynchronous update. + Update *Update `locationName:"update" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation -func (s AddonVersionInfo) String() string { +func (s AssociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation -func (s AddonVersionInfo) GoString() string { +func (s AssociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// SetAddonVersion sets the AddonVersion field's value. -func (s *AddonVersionInfo) SetAddonVersion(v string) *AddonVersionInfo { - s.AddonVersion = &v - return s -} - -// SetArchitecture sets the Architecture field's value. -func (s *AddonVersionInfo) SetArchitecture(v []*string) *AddonVersionInfo { - s.Architecture = v +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *AssociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *AssociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput { + s.Tags = v return s } -// SetCompatibilities sets the Compatibilities field's value. -func (s *AddonVersionInfo) SetCompatibilities(v []*Compatibility) *AddonVersionInfo { - s.Compatibilities = v +// SetUpdate sets the Update field's value. +func (s *AssociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput) SetUpdate(v *Update) *AssociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput { + s.Update = v return s } @@ -4282,7 +4859,7 @@ type CreateNodegroupInput struct { // an instance type in a launch template or for instanceTypes, then t3.medium // is used, by default. If you specify Spot for capacityType, then we recommend // specifying multiple values for instanceTypes. For more information, see Managed - // node group capacity types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/managed-node-groups.html#managed-node-group-capacity-types) + // node group capacity types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/managed-node-groups.html#managed-node-group-capacity-types) // and Launch template support (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/launch-templates.html) // in the Amazon EKS User Guide. InstanceTypes []*string `locationName:"instanceTypes" type:"list"` @@ -4298,11 +4875,11 @@ type CreateNodegroupInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with your node // group. The Amazon EKS worker node kubelet daemon makes calls to AWS APIs - // on your behalf. Worker nodes receive permissions for these API calls through - // an IAM instance profile and associated policies. Before you can launch worker - // nodes and register them into a cluster, you must create an IAM role for those - // worker nodes to use when they are launched. For more information, see Amazon - // EKS Worker Node IAM Role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/worker_node_IAM_role.html) + // on your behalf. Nodes receive permissions for these API calls through an + // IAM instance profile and associated policies. Before you can launch nodes + // and register them into a cluster, you must create an IAM role for those nodes + // to use when they are launched. For more information, see Amazon EKS node + // IAM role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/worker_node_IAM_role.html) // in the Amazon EKS User Guide . If you specify launchTemplate, then don't // specify IamInstanceProfile (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_IamInstanceProfile.html) // in your launch template, or the node group deployment will fail. For more @@ -5174,6 +5751,89 @@ func (s *DescribeFargateProfileOutput) SetFargateProfile(v *FargateProfile) *Des return s } +type DescribeIdentityProviderConfigInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The cluster name that the identity provider configuration is associated to. + // + // ClusterName is a required field + ClusterName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // An object that represents an identity provider configuration. + // + // IdentityProviderConfig is a required field + IdentityProviderConfig *IdentityProviderConfig `locationName:"identityProviderConfig" type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DescribeIdentityProviderConfigInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DescribeIdentityProviderConfigInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DescribeIdentityProviderConfigInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeIdentityProviderConfigInput"} + if s.ClusterName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterName")) + } + if s.ClusterName != nil && len(*s.ClusterName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ClusterName", 1)) + } + if s.IdentityProviderConfig == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IdentityProviderConfig")) + } + if s.IdentityProviderConfig != nil { + if err := s.IdentityProviderConfig.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("IdentityProviderConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetClusterName sets the ClusterName field's value. +func (s *DescribeIdentityProviderConfigInput) SetClusterName(v string) *DescribeIdentityProviderConfigInput { + s.ClusterName = &v + return s +} + +// SetIdentityProviderConfig sets the IdentityProviderConfig field's value. +func (s *DescribeIdentityProviderConfigInput) SetIdentityProviderConfig(v *IdentityProviderConfig) *DescribeIdentityProviderConfigInput { + s.IdentityProviderConfig = v + return s +} + +type DescribeIdentityProviderConfigOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The object that represents an OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider configuration. + IdentityProviderConfig *IdentityProviderConfigResponse `locationName:"identityProviderConfig" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DescribeIdentityProviderConfigOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DescribeIdentityProviderConfigOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetIdentityProviderConfig sets the IdentityProviderConfig field's value. +func (s *DescribeIdentityProviderConfigOutput) SetIdentityProviderConfig(v *IdentityProviderConfigResponse) *DescribeIdentityProviderConfigOutput { + s.IdentityProviderConfig = v + return s +} + type DescribeNodegroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -5355,6 +6015,99 @@ func (s *DescribeUpdateOutput) SetUpdate(v *Update) *DescribeUpdateOutput { return s } +type DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency + // of the request. + ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"` + + // The name of the cluster to disassociate an identity provider from. + // + // ClusterName is a required field + ClusterName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // An object that represents an identity provider configuration. + // + // IdentityProviderConfig is a required field + IdentityProviderConfig *IdentityProviderConfig `locationName:"identityProviderConfig" type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigInput"} + if s.ClusterName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterName")) + } + if s.ClusterName != nil && len(*s.ClusterName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ClusterName", 1)) + } + if s.IdentityProviderConfig == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IdentityProviderConfig")) + } + if s.IdentityProviderConfig != nil { + if err := s.IdentityProviderConfig.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("IdentityProviderConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetClientRequestToken sets the ClientRequestToken field's value. +func (s *DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigInput) SetClientRequestToken(v string) *DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigInput { + s.ClientRequestToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetClusterName sets the ClusterName field's value. +func (s *DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigInput) SetClusterName(v string) *DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigInput { + s.ClusterName = &v + return s +} + +// SetIdentityProviderConfig sets the IdentityProviderConfig field's value. +func (s *DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigInput) SetIdentityProviderConfig(v *IdentityProviderConfig) *DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigInput { + s.IdentityProviderConfig = v + return s +} + +type DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // An object representing an asynchronous update. + Update *Update `locationName:"update" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetUpdate sets the Update field's value. +func (s *DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput) SetUpdate(v *Update) *DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput { + s.Update = v + return s +} + // The encryption configuration for the cluster. type EncryptionConfig struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -5567,48 +6320,125 @@ type FargateProfileSelector struct { } // String returns the string representation -func (s FargateProfileSelector) String() string { +func (s FargateProfileSelector) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s FargateProfileSelector) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetLabels sets the Labels field's value. +func (s *FargateProfileSelector) SetLabels(v map[string]*string) *FargateProfileSelector { + s.Labels = v + return s +} + +// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value. +func (s *FargateProfileSelector) SetNamespace(v string) *FargateProfileSelector { + s.Namespace = &v + return s +} + +// An object representing an identity provider. +type Identity struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // An object representing the OpenID Connect (https://openid.net/connect/) identity + // provider information. + Oidc *OIDC `locationName:"oidc" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Identity) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Identity) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetOidc sets the Oidc field's value. +func (s *Identity) SetOidc(v *OIDC) *Identity { + s.Oidc = v + return s +} + +// An object representing an identity provider configuration. +type IdentityProviderConfig struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the identity provider configuration. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The type of the identity provider configuration. + // + // Type is a required field + Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s IdentityProviderConfig) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation -func (s FargateProfileSelector) GoString() string { +func (s IdentityProviderConfig) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// SetLabels sets the Labels field's value. -func (s *FargateProfileSelector) SetLabels(v map[string]*string) *FargateProfileSelector { - s.Labels = v +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *IdentityProviderConfig) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "IdentityProviderConfig"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Type == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *IdentityProviderConfig) SetName(v string) *IdentityProviderConfig { + s.Name = &v return s } -// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value. -func (s *FargateProfileSelector) SetNamespace(v string) *FargateProfileSelector { - s.Namespace = &v +// SetType sets the Type field's value. +func (s *IdentityProviderConfig) SetType(v string) *IdentityProviderConfig { + s.Type = &v return s } -// An object representing an identity provider for authentication credentials. -type Identity struct { +// An object that represents an identity configuration. +type IdentityProviderConfigResponse struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The OpenID Connect (https://openid.net/connect/) identity provider information - // for the cluster. - Oidc *OIDC `locationName:"oidc" type:"structure"` + // An object that represents an OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider configuration. + Oidc *OidcIdentityProviderConfig `locationName:"oidc" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation -func (s Identity) String() string { +func (s IdentityProviderConfigResponse) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation -func (s Identity) GoString() string { +func (s IdentityProviderConfigResponse) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetOidc sets the Oidc field's value. -func (s *Identity) SetOidc(v *OIDC) *Identity { +func (s *IdentityProviderConfigResponse) SetOidc(v *OidcIdentityProviderConfig) *IdentityProviderConfigResponse { s.Oidc = v return s } @@ -5812,7 +6642,7 @@ type Issue struct { // // * NodeCreationFailure: Your launched instances are unable to register // with your Amazon EKS cluster. Common causes of this failure are insufficient - // worker node IAM role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/worker_node_IAM_role.html) + // node IAM role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/worker_node_IAM_role.html) // permissions or lack of outbound internet access for the nodes. Code *string `locationName:"code" type:"string" enum:"NodegroupIssueCode"` @@ -6284,6 +7114,112 @@ func (s *ListFargateProfilesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListFargateProfilesO return s } +type ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The cluster name that you want to list identity provider configurations for. + // + // ClusterName is a required field + ClusterName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The maximum number of identity provider configurations returned by ListIdentityProviderConfigs + // in paginated output. When you use this parameter, ListIdentityProviderConfigs + // returns only maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response + // element. You can see the remaining results of the initial request by sending + // another ListIdentityProviderConfigs request with the returned nextToken value. + // This value can be between 1 and 100. If you don't use this parameter, ListIdentityProviderConfigs + // returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable. + MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated IdentityProviderConfigsRequest + // where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. + // Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the + // nextToken value. + NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput"} + if s.ClusterName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterName")) + } + if s.ClusterName != nil && len(*s.ClusterName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ClusterName", 1)) + } + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetClusterName sets the ClusterName field's value. +func (s *ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput) SetClusterName(v string) *ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput { + s.ClusterName = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +type ListIdentityProviderConfigsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The identity provider configurations for the cluster. + IdentityProviderConfigs []*IdentityProviderConfig `locationName:"identityProviderConfigs" type:"list"` + + // The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated ListIdentityProviderConfigsResponse + // where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. + // Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the + // nextToken value. + NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListIdentityProviderConfigsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListIdentityProviderConfigsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetIdentityProviderConfigs sets the IdentityProviderConfigs field's value. +func (s *ListIdentityProviderConfigsOutput) SetIdentityProviderConfigs(v []*IdentityProviderConfig) *ListIdentityProviderConfigsOutput { + s.IdentityProviderConfigs = v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListIdentityProviderConfigsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListIdentityProviderConfigsOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + type ListNodegroupsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -6688,10 +7624,9 @@ type Nodegroup struct { // modified. ModifiedAt *time.Time `locationName:"modifiedAt" type:"timestamp"` - // The IAM role associated with your node group. The Amazon EKS worker node - // kubelet daemon makes calls to AWS APIs on your behalf. Worker nodes receive - // permissions for these API calls through an IAM instance profile and associated - // policies. + // The IAM role associated with your node group. The Amazon EKS node kubelet + // daemon makes calls to AWS APIs on your behalf. Nodes receive permissions + // for these API calls through an IAM instance profile and associated policies. NodeRole *string `locationName:"nodeRole" type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) associated with the managed node group. @@ -6905,7 +7840,7 @@ type NodegroupResources struct { AutoScalingGroups []*AutoScalingGroup `locationName:"autoScalingGroups" type:"list"` // The remote access security group associated with the node group. This security - // group controls SSH access to the worker nodes. + // group controls SSH access to the nodes. RemoteAccessSecurityGroup *string `locationName:"remoteAccessSecurityGroup" type:"string"` } @@ -6937,15 +7872,17 @@ func (s *NodegroupResources) SetRemoteAccessSecurityGroup(v string) *NodegroupRe type NodegroupScalingConfig struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The current number of worker nodes that the managed node group should maintain. + // The current number of nodes that the managed node group should maintain. DesiredSize *int64 `locationName:"desiredSize" min:"1" type:"integer"` - // The maximum number of worker nodes that the managed node group can scale - // out to. Managed node groups can support up to 100 nodes by default. + // The maximum number of nodes that the managed node group can scale out to. + // For information about the maximum number that you can specify, see Amazon + // EKS service quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/service-quotas.html) + // in the Amazon EKS User Guide. MaxSize *int64 `locationName:"maxSize" min:"1" type:"integer"` - // The minimum number of worker nodes that the managed node group can scale - // in to. This number must be greater than zero. + // The minimum number of nodes that the managed node group can scale in to. + // This number must be greater than zero. MinSize *int64 `locationName:"minSize" min:"1" type:"integer"` } @@ -7053,12 +7990,12 @@ func (s *NotFoundException) RequestID() string { return s.RespMetadata.RequestID } -// An object representing the OpenID Connect (https://openid.net/connect/) identity -// provider information for the cluster. +// An object representing the OpenID Connect (https://openid.net/connect/) (OIDC) +// identity provider information for the cluster. type OIDC struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The issuer URL for the OpenID Connect identity provider. + // The issuer URL for the OIDC identity provider. Issuer *string `locationName:"issuer" type:"string"` } @@ -7078,6 +8015,274 @@ func (s *OIDC) SetIssuer(v string) *OIDC { return s } +// An object that represents the configuration for an OpenID Connect (OIDC) +// identity provider. +type OidcIdentityProviderConfig struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // This is also known as audience. The ID of the client application that makes + // authentication requests to the OIDC identity provider. + ClientId *string `locationName:"clientId" type:"string"` + + // The cluster that the configuration is associated to. + ClusterName *string `locationName:"clusterName" type:"string"` + + // The JSON web token (JWT) claim that the provider uses to return your groups. + GroupsClaim *string `locationName:"groupsClaim" type:"string"` + + // The prefix that is prepended to group claims to prevent clashes with existing + // names (such as system: groups). For example, the valueoidc: creates group + // names like oidc:engineering and oidc:infra. The prefix can't contain system: + GroupsPrefix *string `locationName:"groupsPrefix" type:"string"` + + // The ARN of the configuration. + IdentityProviderConfigArn *string `locationName:"identityProviderConfigArn" type:"string"` + + // The name of the configuration. + IdentityProviderConfigName *string `locationName:"identityProviderConfigName" type:"string"` + + // The URL of the OIDC identity provider that allows the API server to discover + // public signing keys for verifying tokens. + IssuerUrl *string `locationName:"issuerUrl" type:"string"` + + // The key-value pairs that describe required claims in the identity token. + // If set, each claim is verified to be present in the token with a matching + // value. + RequiredClaims map[string]*string `locationName:"requiredClaims" type:"map"` + + // The status of the OIDC identity provider. + Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"ConfigStatus"` + + // The metadata to apply to the provider configuration to assist with categorization + // and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both + // of which you defined. + Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" min:"1" type:"map"` + + // The JSON Web token (JWT) claim that is used as the username. + UsernameClaim *string `locationName:"usernameClaim" type:"string"` + + // The prefix that is prepended to username claims to prevent clashes with existing + // names. The prefix can't contain system: + UsernamePrefix *string `locationName:"usernamePrefix" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OidcIdentityProviderConfig) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OidcIdentityProviderConfig) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetClientId sets the ClientId field's value. +func (s *OidcIdentityProviderConfig) SetClientId(v string) *OidcIdentityProviderConfig { + s.ClientId = &v + return s +} + +// SetClusterName sets the ClusterName field's value. +func (s *OidcIdentityProviderConfig) SetClusterName(v string) *OidcIdentityProviderConfig { + s.ClusterName = &v + return s +} + +// SetGroupsClaim sets the GroupsClaim field's value. +func (s *OidcIdentityProviderConfig) SetGroupsClaim(v string) *OidcIdentityProviderConfig { + s.GroupsClaim = &v + return s +} + +// SetGroupsPrefix sets the GroupsPrefix field's value. +func (s *OidcIdentityProviderConfig) SetGroupsPrefix(v string) *OidcIdentityProviderConfig { + s.GroupsPrefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetIdentityProviderConfigArn sets the IdentityProviderConfigArn field's value. +func (s *OidcIdentityProviderConfig) SetIdentityProviderConfigArn(v string) *OidcIdentityProviderConfig { + s.IdentityProviderConfigArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetIdentityProviderConfigName sets the IdentityProviderConfigName field's value. +func (s *OidcIdentityProviderConfig) SetIdentityProviderConfigName(v string) *OidcIdentityProviderConfig { + s.IdentityProviderConfigName = &v + return s +} + +// SetIssuerUrl sets the IssuerUrl field's value. +func (s *OidcIdentityProviderConfig) SetIssuerUrl(v string) *OidcIdentityProviderConfig { + s.IssuerUrl = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequiredClaims sets the RequiredClaims field's value. +func (s *OidcIdentityProviderConfig) SetRequiredClaims(v map[string]*string) *OidcIdentityProviderConfig { + s.RequiredClaims = v + return s +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *OidcIdentityProviderConfig) SetStatus(v string) *OidcIdentityProviderConfig { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *OidcIdentityProviderConfig) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *OidcIdentityProviderConfig { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + +// SetUsernameClaim sets the UsernameClaim field's value. +func (s *OidcIdentityProviderConfig) SetUsernameClaim(v string) *OidcIdentityProviderConfig { + s.UsernameClaim = &v + return s +} + +// SetUsernamePrefix sets the UsernamePrefix field's value. +func (s *OidcIdentityProviderConfig) SetUsernamePrefix(v string) *OidcIdentityProviderConfig { + s.UsernamePrefix = &v + return s +} + +// An object representing an OpenID Connect (OIDC) configuration. Before associating +// an OIDC identity provider to your cluster, review the considerations in Authenticating +// users for your cluster from an OpenID Connect identity provider (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/authenticate-oidc-identity-provider.html) +// in the Amazon EKS User Guide. +type OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // This is also known as audience. The ID for the client application that makes + // authentication requests to the OpenID identity provider. + // + // ClientId is a required field + ClientId *string `locationName:"clientId" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The JWT claim that the provider uses to return your groups. + GroupsClaim *string `locationName:"groupsClaim" type:"string"` + + // The prefix that is prepended to group claims to prevent clashes with existing + // names (such as system: groups). For example, the valueoidc: will create group + // names like oidc:engineering and oidc:infra. + GroupsPrefix *string `locationName:"groupsPrefix" type:"string"` + + // The name of the OIDC provider configuration. + // + // IdentityProviderConfigName is a required field + IdentityProviderConfigName *string `locationName:"identityProviderConfigName" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The URL of the OpenID identity provider that allows the API server to discover + // public signing keys for verifying tokens. The URL must begin with https:// + // and should correspond to the iss claim in the provider's OIDC ID tokens. + // Per the OIDC standard, path components are allowed but query parameters are + // not. Typically the URL consists of only a hostname, like https://server.example.org + // or https://example.com. This URL should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration + // and must be publicly accessible over the internet. + // + // IssuerUrl is a required field + IssuerUrl *string `locationName:"issuerUrl" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The key value pairs that describe required claims in the identity token. + // If set, each claim is verified to be present in the token with a matching + // value. For the maximum number of claims that you can require, see Amazon + // EKS service quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/service-quotas.html) + // in the Amazon EKS User Guide. + RequiredClaims map[string]*string `locationName:"requiredClaims" type:"map"` + + // The JSON Web Token (JWT) claim to use as the username. The default is sub, + // which is expected to be a unique identifier of the end user. You can choose + // other claims, such as email or name, depending on the OpenID identity provider. + // Claims other than email are prefixed with the issuer URL to prevent naming + // clashes with other plug-ins. + UsernameClaim *string `locationName:"usernameClaim" type:"string"` + + // The prefix that is prepended to username claims to prevent clashes with existing + // names. If you do not provide this field, and username is a value other than + // email, the prefix defaults to issuerurl#. You can use the value - to disable + // all prefixing. + UsernamePrefix *string `locationName:"usernamePrefix" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest"} + if s.ClientId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClientId")) + } + if s.IdentityProviderConfigName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IdentityProviderConfigName")) + } + if s.IssuerUrl == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IssuerUrl")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetClientId sets the ClientId field's value. +func (s *OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest) SetClientId(v string) *OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest { + s.ClientId = &v + return s +} + +// SetGroupsClaim sets the GroupsClaim field's value. +func (s *OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest) SetGroupsClaim(v string) *OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest { + s.GroupsClaim = &v + return s +} + +// SetGroupsPrefix sets the GroupsPrefix field's value. +func (s *OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest) SetGroupsPrefix(v string) *OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest { + s.GroupsPrefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetIdentityProviderConfigName sets the IdentityProviderConfigName field's value. +func (s *OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest) SetIdentityProviderConfigName(v string) *OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest { + s.IdentityProviderConfigName = &v + return s +} + +// SetIssuerUrl sets the IssuerUrl field's value. +func (s *OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest) SetIssuerUrl(v string) *OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest { + s.IssuerUrl = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequiredClaims sets the RequiredClaims field's value. +func (s *OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest) SetRequiredClaims(v map[string]*string) *OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest { + s.RequiredClaims = v + return s +} + +// SetUsernameClaim sets the UsernameClaim field's value. +func (s *OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest) SetUsernameClaim(v string) *OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest { + s.UsernameClaim = &v + return s +} + +// SetUsernamePrefix sets the UsernamePrefix field's value. +func (s *OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest) SetUsernamePrefix(v string) *OidcIdentityProviderConfigRequest { + s.UsernamePrefix = &v + return s +} + // Identifies the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master key (CMK) // used to encrypt the secrets. type Provider struct { @@ -7114,16 +8319,16 @@ type RemoteAccessConfig struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon EC2 SSH key that provides access for SSH communication with the - // worker nodes in the managed node group. For more information, see Amazon - // EC2 Key Pairs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html) + // nodes in the managed node group. For more information, see Amazon EC2 Key + // Pairs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide for Linux Instances. Ec2SshKey *string `locationName:"ec2SshKey" type:"string"` - // The security groups that are allowed SSH access (port 22) to the worker nodes. - // If you specify an Amazon EC2 SSH key but do not specify a source security - // group when you create a managed node group, then port 22 on the worker nodes - // is opened to the internet (0.0.0.0/0). For more information, see Security - // Groups for Your VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_SecurityGroups.html) + // The security groups that are allowed SSH access (port 22) to the nodes. If + // you specify an Amazon EC2 SSH key but do not specify a source security group + // when you create a managed node group, then port 22 on the nodes is opened + // to the internet (0.0.0.0/0). For more information, see Security Groups for + // Your VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_SecurityGroups.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. SourceSecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"sourceSecurityGroups" type:"list"` } @@ -8409,11 +9614,10 @@ type VpcConfigRequest struct { // API server endpoint. If you enable private access, Kubernetes API requests // from within your cluster's VPC use the private VPC endpoint. The default // value for this parameter is false, which disables private access for your - // Kubernetes API server. If you disable private access and you have worker - // nodes or AWS Fargate pods in the cluster, then ensure that publicAccessCidrs - // includes the necessary CIDR blocks for communication with the worker nodes - // or Fargate pods. For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access - // Control (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/cluster-endpoint.html) + // Kubernetes API server. If you disable private access and you have nodes or + // AWS Fargate pods in the cluster, then ensure that publicAccessCidrs includes + // the necessary CIDR blocks for communication with the nodes or Fargate pods. + // For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access Control (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/cluster-endpoint.html) // in the Amazon EKS User Guide . EndpointPrivateAccess *bool `locationName:"endpointPrivateAccess" type:"boolean"` @@ -8429,18 +9633,17 @@ type VpcConfigRequest struct { // The CIDR blocks that are allowed access to your cluster's public Kubernetes // API server endpoint. Communication to the endpoint from addresses outside // of the CIDR blocks that you specify is denied. The default value is 0.0.0.0/0. - // If you've disabled private endpoint access and you have worker nodes or AWS - // Fargate pods in the cluster, then ensure that you specify the necessary CIDR - // blocks. For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access Control - // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/cluster-endpoint.html) + // If you've disabled private endpoint access and you have nodes or AWS Fargate + // pods in the cluster, then ensure that you specify the necessary CIDR blocks. + // For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access Control (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/cluster-endpoint.html) // in the Amazon EKS User Guide . PublicAccessCidrs []*string `locationName:"publicAccessCidrs" type:"list"` // Specify one or more security groups for the cross-account elastic network // interfaces that Amazon EKS creates to use to allow communication between - // your worker nodes and the Kubernetes control plane. If you don't specify - // any security groups, then familiarize yourself with the difference between - // Amazon EKS defaults for clusters deployed with Kubernetes: + // your nodes and the Kubernetes control plane. If you don't specify any security + // groups, then familiarize yourself with the difference between Amazon EKS + // defaults for clusters deployed with Kubernetes: // // * 1.14 Amazon EKS platform version eks.2 and earlier // @@ -8450,9 +9653,9 @@ type VpcConfigRequest struct { // in the Amazon EKS User Guide . SecurityGroupIds []*string `locationName:"securityGroupIds" type:"list"` - // Specify subnets for your Amazon EKS worker nodes. Amazon EKS creates cross-account + // Specify subnets for your Amazon EKS nodes. Amazon EKS creates cross-account // elastic network interfaces in these subnets to allow communication between - // your worker nodes and the Kubernetes control plane. + // your nodes and the Kubernetes control plane. SubnetIds []*string `locationName:"subnetIds" type:"list"` } @@ -8509,10 +9712,10 @@ type VpcConfigResponse struct { // is enabled. If the Amazon EKS private API server endpoint is enabled, Kubernetes // API requests that originate from within your cluster's VPC use the private // VPC endpoint instead of traversing the internet. If this value is disabled - // and you have worker nodes or AWS Fargate pods in the cluster, then ensure - // that publicAccessCidrs includes the necessary CIDR blocks for communication - // with the worker nodes or Fargate pods. For more information, see Amazon EKS - // Cluster Endpoint Access Control (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/cluster-endpoint.html) + // and you have nodes or AWS Fargate pods in the cluster, then ensure that publicAccessCidrs + // includes the necessary CIDR blocks for communication with the nodes or Fargate + // pods. For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access Control + // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/cluster-endpoint.html) // in the Amazon EKS User Guide . EndpointPrivateAccess *bool `locationName:"endpointPrivateAccess" type:"boolean"` @@ -8525,14 +9728,14 @@ type VpcConfigResponse struct { // The CIDR blocks that are allowed access to your cluster's public Kubernetes // API server endpoint. Communication to the endpoint from addresses outside // of the listed CIDR blocks is denied. The default value is 0.0.0.0/0. If you've - // disabled private endpoint access and you have worker nodes or AWS Fargate - // pods in the cluster, then ensure that the necessary CIDR blocks are listed. - // For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access Control (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/cluster-endpoint.html) + // disabled private endpoint access and you have nodes or AWS Fargate pods in + // the cluster, then ensure that the necessary CIDR blocks are listed. For more + // information, see Amazon EKS Cluster Endpoint Access Control (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/cluster-endpoint.html) // in the Amazon EKS User Guide . PublicAccessCidrs []*string `locationName:"publicAccessCidrs" type:"list"` // The security groups associated with the cross-account elastic network interfaces - // that are used to allow communication between your worker nodes and the Kubernetes + // that are used to allow communication between your nodes and the Kubernetes // control plane. SecurityGroupIds []*string `locationName:"securityGroupIds" type:"list"` @@ -8723,6 +9926,26 @@ func ClusterStatus_Values() []string { } } +const ( + // ConfigStatusCreating is a ConfigStatus enum value + ConfigStatusCreating = "CREATING" + + // ConfigStatusDeleting is a ConfigStatus enum value + ConfigStatusDeleting = "DELETING" + + // ConfigStatusActive is a ConfigStatus enum value + ConfigStatusActive = "ACTIVE" +) + +// ConfigStatus_Values returns all elements of the ConfigStatus enum +func ConfigStatus_Values() []string { + return []string{ + ConfigStatusCreating, + ConfigStatusDeleting, + ConfigStatusActive, + } +} + const ( // ErrorCodeSubnetNotFound is a ErrorCode enum value ErrorCodeSubnetNotFound = "SubnetNotFound" @@ -9012,6 +10235,9 @@ const ( // UpdateParamTypePublicAccessCidrs is a UpdateParamType enum value UpdateParamTypePublicAccessCidrs = "PublicAccessCidrs" + // UpdateParamTypeIdentityProviderConfig is a UpdateParamType enum value + UpdateParamTypeIdentityProviderConfig = "IdentityProviderConfig" + // UpdateParamTypeAddonVersion is a UpdateParamType enum value UpdateParamTypeAddonVersion = "AddonVersion" @@ -9037,6 +10263,7 @@ func UpdateParamType_Values() []string { UpdateParamTypeMinSize, UpdateParamTypeReleaseVersion, UpdateParamTypePublicAccessCidrs, + UpdateParamTypeIdentityProviderConfig, UpdateParamTypeAddonVersion, UpdateParamTypeServiceAccountRoleArn, UpdateParamTypeResolveConflicts, @@ -9080,6 +10307,12 @@ const ( // UpdateTypeConfigUpdate is a UpdateType enum value UpdateTypeConfigUpdate = "ConfigUpdate" + // UpdateTypeAssociateIdentityProviderConfig is a UpdateType enum value + UpdateTypeAssociateIdentityProviderConfig = "AssociateIdentityProviderConfig" + + // UpdateTypeDisassociateIdentityProviderConfig is a UpdateType enum value + UpdateTypeDisassociateIdentityProviderConfig = "DisassociateIdentityProviderConfig" + // UpdateTypeAddonUpdate is a UpdateType enum value UpdateTypeAddonUpdate = "AddonUpdate" ) @@ -9091,6 +10324,8 @@ func UpdateType_Values() []string { UpdateTypeEndpointAccessUpdate, UpdateTypeLoggingUpdate, UpdateTypeConfigUpdate, + UpdateTypeAssociateIdentityProviderConfig, + UpdateTypeDisassociateIdentityProviderConfig, UpdateTypeAddonUpdate, } } diff --git a/service/eks/eksiface/interface.go b/service/eks/eksiface/interface.go index 02dfe40011a..003202260e8 100644 --- a/service/eks/eksiface/interface.go +++ b/service/eks/eksiface/interface.go @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ import ( // // myFunc uses an SDK service client to make a request to // // Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service. // func myFunc(svc eksiface.EKSAPI) bool { -// // Make svc.CreateAddon request +// // Make svc.AssociateIdentityProviderConfig request // } // // func main() { @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ import ( // type mockEKSClient struct { // eksiface.EKSAPI // } -// func (m *mockEKSClient) CreateAddon(input *eks.CreateAddonInput) (*eks.CreateAddonOutput, error) { +// func (m *mockEKSClient) AssociateIdentityProviderConfig(input *eks.AssociateIdentityProviderConfigInput) (*eks.AssociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput, error) { // // mock response/functionality // } // @@ -60,6 +60,10 @@ import ( // and waiters. Its suggested to use the pattern above for testing, or using // tooling to generate mocks to satisfy the interfaces. type EKSAPI interface { + AssociateIdentityProviderConfig(*eks.AssociateIdentityProviderConfigInput) (*eks.AssociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput, error) + AssociateIdentityProviderConfigWithContext(aws.Context, *eks.AssociateIdentityProviderConfigInput, ...request.Option) (*eks.AssociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput, error) + AssociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest(*eks.AssociateIdentityProviderConfigInput) (*request.Request, *eks.AssociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput) + CreateAddon(*eks.CreateAddonInput) (*eks.CreateAddonOutput, error) CreateAddonWithContext(aws.Context, *eks.CreateAddonInput, ...request.Option) (*eks.CreateAddonOutput, error) CreateAddonRequest(*eks.CreateAddonInput) (*request.Request, *eks.CreateAddonOutput) @@ -111,6 +115,10 @@ type EKSAPI interface { DescribeFargateProfileWithContext(aws.Context, *eks.DescribeFargateProfileInput, ...request.Option) (*eks.DescribeFargateProfileOutput, error) DescribeFargateProfileRequest(*eks.DescribeFargateProfileInput) (*request.Request, *eks.DescribeFargateProfileOutput) + DescribeIdentityProviderConfig(*eks.DescribeIdentityProviderConfigInput) (*eks.DescribeIdentityProviderConfigOutput, error) + DescribeIdentityProviderConfigWithContext(aws.Context, *eks.DescribeIdentityProviderConfigInput, ...request.Option) (*eks.DescribeIdentityProviderConfigOutput, error) + DescribeIdentityProviderConfigRequest(*eks.DescribeIdentityProviderConfigInput) (*request.Request, *eks.DescribeIdentityProviderConfigOutput) + DescribeNodegroup(*eks.DescribeNodegroupInput) (*eks.DescribeNodegroupOutput, error) DescribeNodegroupWithContext(aws.Context, *eks.DescribeNodegroupInput, ...request.Option) (*eks.DescribeNodegroupOutput, error) DescribeNodegroupRequest(*eks.DescribeNodegroupInput) (*request.Request, *eks.DescribeNodegroupOutput) @@ -119,6 +127,10 @@ type EKSAPI interface { DescribeUpdateWithContext(aws.Context, *eks.DescribeUpdateInput, ...request.Option) (*eks.DescribeUpdateOutput, error) DescribeUpdateRequest(*eks.DescribeUpdateInput) (*request.Request, *eks.DescribeUpdateOutput) + DisassociateIdentityProviderConfig(*eks.DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigInput) (*eks.DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput, error) + DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigWithContext(aws.Context, *eks.DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigInput, ...request.Option) (*eks.DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput, error) + DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigRequest(*eks.DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigInput) (*request.Request, *eks.DisassociateIdentityProviderConfigOutput) + ListAddons(*eks.ListAddonsInput) (*eks.ListAddonsOutput, error) ListAddonsWithContext(aws.Context, *eks.ListAddonsInput, ...request.Option) (*eks.ListAddonsOutput, error) ListAddonsRequest(*eks.ListAddonsInput) (*request.Request, *eks.ListAddonsOutput) @@ -140,6 +152,13 @@ type EKSAPI interface { ListFargateProfilesPages(*eks.ListFargateProfilesInput, func(*eks.ListFargateProfilesOutput, bool) bool) error ListFargateProfilesPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *eks.ListFargateProfilesInput, func(*eks.ListFargateProfilesOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + ListIdentityProviderConfigs(*eks.ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput) (*eks.ListIdentityProviderConfigsOutput, error) + ListIdentityProviderConfigsWithContext(aws.Context, *eks.ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput, ...request.Option) (*eks.ListIdentityProviderConfigsOutput, error) + ListIdentityProviderConfigsRequest(*eks.ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput) (*request.Request, *eks.ListIdentityProviderConfigsOutput) + + ListIdentityProviderConfigsPages(*eks.ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput, func(*eks.ListIdentityProviderConfigsOutput, bool) bool) error + ListIdentityProviderConfigsPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *eks.ListIdentityProviderConfigsInput, func(*eks.ListIdentityProviderConfigsOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + ListNodegroups(*eks.ListNodegroupsInput) (*eks.ListNodegroupsOutput, error) ListNodegroupsWithContext(aws.Context, *eks.ListNodegroupsInput, ...request.Option) (*eks.ListNodegroupsOutput, error) ListNodegroupsRequest(*eks.ListNodegroupsInput) (*request.Request, *eks.ListNodegroupsOutput) diff --git a/service/elbv2/api.go b/service/elbv2/api.go index 728f538ac53..3df9030e94e 100644 --- a/service/elbv2/api.go +++ b/service/elbv2/api.go @@ -8981,6 +8981,10 @@ type TargetGroupAttribute struct { // its full share of traffic. The range is 30-900 seconds (15 minutes). The // default is 0 seconds (disabled). // + // * stickiness.app_cookie.cookie_name - Indicates the name of the application-based + // cookie. Names that start with the following names are not allowed: AWSALB, + // AWSALBAPP, and AWSALBTG. They're reserved for use by the load balancer. + // // * stickiness.app_cookie.duration_seconds - The time period, in seconds, // during which requests from a client should be routed to the same target. // After this time period expires, the application-based cookie is considered @@ -9012,7 +9016,8 @@ type TargetGroupAttribute struct { // * preserve_client_ip.enabled - Indicates whether client IP preservation // is enabled. The value is true or false. The default is disabled if the // target group type is IP address and the target group protocol is TCP or - // TLS. Otherwise, the default is enabled. + // TLS. Otherwise, the default is enabled. Client IP preservation cannot + // be disabled for UDP and TCP_UDP target groups. // // * proxy_protocol_v2.enabled - Indicates whether Proxy Protocol version // 2 is enabled. The value is true or false. The default is false. diff --git a/service/iam/api.go b/service/iam/api.go index 7c3a5dd0dc9..72e374e2bd2 100644 --- a/service/iam/api.go +++ b/service/iam/api.go @@ -82,8 +82,7 @@ func (c *IAM) AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(input *AddClientIDToOpen // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -157,21 +156,19 @@ func (c *IAM) AddRoleToInstanceProfileRequest(input *AddRoleToInstanceProfileInp // AddRoleToInstanceProfile API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // // Adds the specified IAM role to the specified instance profile. An instance -// profile can contain only one role. (The number and size of IAM resources -// in an AWS account are limited. For more information, see IAM and STS Quotas -// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) -// in the IAM User Guide.) You can remove the existing role and then add a different -// role to an instance profile. You must then wait for the change to appear -// across all of AWS because of eventual consistency (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eventual_consistency). +// profile can contain only one role, and this quota cannot be increased. You +// can remove the existing role and then add a different role to an instance +// profile. You must then wait for the change to appear across all of AWS because +// of eventual consistency (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eventual_consistency). // To force the change, you must disassociate the instance profile (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DisassociateIamInstanceProfile.html) // and then associate the instance profile (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_AssociateIamInstanceProfile.html), // or you can stop your instance and then restart it. // -// The caller of this API must be granted the PassRole permission on the IAM -// role by a permissions policy. +// The caller of this operation must be granted the PassRole permission on the +// IAM role by a permissions policy. // -// For more information about roles, go to Working with Roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). -// For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles +// For more information about roles, see Working with roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). +// For more information about instance profiles, see About instance profiles // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -192,8 +189,7 @@ func (c *IAM) AddRoleToInstanceProfileRequest(input *AddRoleToInstanceProfileInp // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeUnmodifiableEntityException "UnmodifiableEntity" // The request was rejected because only the service that depends on the service-linked @@ -288,8 +284,7 @@ func (c *IAM) AddUserToGroupRequest(input *AddUserToGroupInput) (req *request.Re // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -364,10 +359,10 @@ func (c *IAM) AttachGroupPolicyRequest(input *AttachGroupPolicyInput) (req *requ // // Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM group. // -// You use this API to attach a managed policy to a group. To embed an inline -// policy in a group, use PutGroupPolicy. +// You use this operation to attach a managed policy to a group. To embed an +// inline policy in a group, use PutGroupPolicy. // -// For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies +// For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // @@ -385,8 +380,7 @@ func (c *IAM) AttachGroupPolicyRequest(input *AttachGroupPolicyInput) (req *requ // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" // The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied @@ -475,9 +469,9 @@ func (c *IAM) AttachRolePolicyRequest(input *AttachRolePolicyInput) (req *reques // policy is created at the same time as the role, using CreateRole. You can // update a role's trust policy using UpdateAssumeRolePolicy. // -// Use this API to attach a managed policy to a role. To embed an inline policy -// in a role, use PutRolePolicy. For more information about policies, see Managed -// Policies and Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// Use this operation to attach a managed policy to a role. To embed an inline +// policy in a role, use PutRolePolicy. For more information about policies, +// see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -494,8 +488,7 @@ func (c *IAM) AttachRolePolicyRequest(input *AttachRolePolicyInput) (req *reques // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" // The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied @@ -584,10 +577,10 @@ func (c *IAM) AttachUserPolicyRequest(input *AttachUserPolicyInput) (req *reques // // Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified user. // -// You use this API to attach a managed policy to a user. To embed an inline -// policy in a user, use PutUserPolicy. +// You use this operation to attach a managed policy to a user. To embed an +// inline policy in a user, use PutUserPolicy. // -// For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies +// For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // @@ -605,8 +598,7 @@ func (c *IAM) AttachUserPolicyRequest(input *AttachUserPolicyInput) (req *reques // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" // The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied @@ -687,11 +679,14 @@ func (c *IAM) ChangePasswordRequest(input *ChangePasswordInput) (req *request.Re // ChangePassword API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // -// Changes the password of the IAM user who is calling this operation. The AWS -// account root user password is not affected by this operation. +// Changes the password of the IAM user who is calling this operation. This +// operation can be performed using the AWS CLI, the AWS API, or the My Security +// Credentials page in the AWS Management Console. The AWS account root user +// password is not affected by this operation. // -// To change the password for a different user, see UpdateLoginProfile. For -// more information about modifying passwords, see Managing Passwords (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingLogins.html) +// Use UpdateLoginProfile to use the AWS CLI, the AWS API, or the Users page +// in the IAM console to change the password for any IAM user. For more information +// about modifying passwords, see Managing passwords (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingLogins.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -712,8 +707,7 @@ func (c *IAM) ChangePasswordRequest(input *ChangePasswordInput) (req *request.Re // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeEntityTemporarilyUnmodifiableException "EntityTemporarilyUnmodifiable" // The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that is temporarily @@ -804,8 +798,8 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateAccessKeyRequest(input *CreateAccessKeyInput) (req *request. // to manage AWS account root user credentials. This is true even if the AWS // account has no associated users. // -// The number and size of IAM resources in an AWS account are limited. For more -// information, see IAM and STS Quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) +// For information about quotas on the number of keys you can create, see IAM +// and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // To ensure the security of your AWS account, the secret access key is accessible @@ -828,8 +822,7 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateAccessKeyRequest(input *CreateAccessKeyInput) (req *request. // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -903,7 +896,7 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateAccountAliasRequest(input *CreateAccountAliasInput) (req *re // CreateAccountAlias API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // // Creates an alias for your AWS account. For information about using an AWS -// account alias, see Using an Alias for Your AWS Account ID (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AccountAlias.html) +// account alias, see Using an alias for your AWS account ID (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AccountAlias.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -920,8 +913,7 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateAccountAliasRequest(input *CreateAccountAliasInput) (req *re // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -995,8 +987,8 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateGroupRequest(input *CreateGroupInput) (req *request.Request, // // Creates a new group. // -// The number and size of IAM resources in an AWS account are limited. For more -// information, see IAM and STS Quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) +// For information about the number of groups you can create, see IAM and STS +// quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -1009,8 +1001,7 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateGroupRequest(input *CreateGroupInput) (req *request.Request, // Returned Error Codes: // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExists" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already @@ -1091,10 +1082,10 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateInstanceProfileRequest(input *CreateInstanceProfileInput) (r // CreateInstanceProfile API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // // Creates a new instance profile. For information about instance profiles, -// go to About Instance Profiles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html). +// see About instance profiles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entities). // -// The number and size of IAM resources in an AWS account are limited. For more -// information, see IAM and STS Quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) +// For information about the number of instance profiles you can create, see +// IAM object quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -1109,10 +1100,18 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateInstanceProfileRequest(input *CreateInstanceProfileInput) (r // The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already // exists. // +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModification" +// The request was rejected because multiple requests to change this object +// were submitted simultaneously. Wait a few minutes and submit your request +// again. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -1184,9 +1183,15 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateLoginProfileRequest(input *CreateLoginProfileInput) (req *re // CreateLoginProfile API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // -// Creates a password for the specified user, giving the user the ability to -// access AWS services through the AWS Management Console. For more information -// about managing passwords, see Managing Passwords (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingLogins.html) +// Creates a password for the specified IAM user. A password allows an IAM user +// to access AWS services through the AWS Management Console. +// +// You can use the AWS CLI, the AWS API, or the Users page in the IAM console +// to create a password for any IAM user. Use ChangePassword to update your +// own existing password in the My Security Credentials page in the AWS Management +// Console. +// +// For more information about managing passwords, see Managing passwords (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingLogins.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -1211,8 +1216,7 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateLoginProfileRequest(input *CreateLoginProfileInput) (req *re // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -1326,8 +1330,12 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(input *CreateOpenIDConnectProvi // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModification" +// The request was rejected because multiple requests to change this object +// were submitted simultaneously. Wait a few minutes and submit your request +// again. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -1403,11 +1411,11 @@ func (c *IAM) CreatePolicyRequest(input *CreatePolicyInput) (req *request.Reques // // This operation creates a policy version with a version identifier of v1 and // sets v1 as the policy's default version. For more information about policy -// versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) +// versions, see Versioning for managed policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // -// For more information about managed policies in general, see Managed Policies -// and Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// For more information about managed policies in general, see Managed policies +// and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -1424,8 +1432,7 @@ func (c *IAM) CreatePolicyRequest(input *CreatePolicyInput) (req *request.Reques // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExists" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already @@ -1435,6 +1442,11 @@ func (c *IAM) CreatePolicyRequest(input *CreatePolicyInput) (req *request.Reques // The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error // message describes the specific error. // +// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModification" +// The request was rejected because multiple requests to change this object +// were submitted simultaneously. Wait a few minutes and submit your request +// again. +// // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception // or failure. @@ -1514,8 +1526,8 @@ func (c *IAM) CreatePolicyVersionRequest(input *CreatePolicyVersionInput) (req * // The default version is the version that is in effect for the IAM users, groups, // and roles to which the policy is attached. // -// For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed -// Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) +// For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for managed +// policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -1540,8 +1552,7 @@ func (c *IAM) CreatePolicyVersionRequest(input *CreatePolicyVersionInput) (req * // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -1614,9 +1625,9 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateRoleRequest(input *CreateRoleInput) (req *request.Request, o // CreateRole API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // // Creates a new role for your AWS account. For more information about roles, -// go to IAM Roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). -// The number and size of IAM resources in an AWS account are limited. For more -// information, see IAM and STS Quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) +// see IAM roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). +// For information about quotas for role names and the number of roles you can +// create, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -1629,8 +1640,7 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateRoleRequest(input *CreateRoleInput) (req *request.Request, o // Returned Error Codes: // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" // The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied @@ -1737,9 +1747,9 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateSAMLProviderRequest(input *CreateSAMLProviderInput) (req *re // // This operation requires Signature Version 4 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). // -// For more information, see Enabling SAML 2.0 Federated Users to Access the +// For more information, see Enabling SAML 2.0 federated users to access the // AWS Management Console (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-saml.html) -// and About SAML 2.0-based Federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html) +// and About SAML 2.0-based federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -1760,8 +1770,12 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateSAMLProviderRequest(input *CreateSAMLProviderInput) (req *re // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModification" +// The request was rejected because multiple requests to change this object +// were submitted simultaneously. Wait a few minutes and submit your request +// again. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -1839,7 +1853,7 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateServiceLinkedRoleRequest(input *CreateServiceLinkedRoleInput // role, which could put your AWS resources into an unknown state. Allowing // the service to control the role helps improve service stability and proper // cleanup when a service and its role are no longer needed. For more information, -// see Using Service-Linked Roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/using-service-linked-roles.html) +// see Using service-linked roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/using-service-linked-roles.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // To attach a policy to this service-linked role, you must make the request @@ -1859,8 +1873,7 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateServiceLinkedRoleRequest(input *CreateServiceLinkedRoleInput // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" // The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does @@ -1943,12 +1956,13 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateServiceSpecificCredentialRequest(input *CreateServiceSpecifi // You can have a maximum of two sets of service-specific credentials for each // supported service per user. // -// The only supported service at this time is AWS CodeCommit. +// You can create service-specific credentials for AWS CodeCommit and Amazon +// Keyspaces (for Apache Cassandra). // // You can reset the password to a new service-generated value by calling ResetServiceSpecificCredential. // // For more information about service-specific credentials, see Using IAM with -// AWS CodeCommit: Git Credentials, SSH Keys, and AWS Access Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_ssh-keys.html) +// AWS CodeCommit: Git credentials, SSH keys, and AWS access keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_ssh-keys.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -1961,8 +1975,7 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateServiceSpecificCredentialRequest(input *CreateServiceSpecifi // Returned Error Codes: // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" // The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does @@ -2039,8 +2052,8 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateUserRequest(input *CreateUserInput) (req *request.Request, o // // Creates a new IAM user for your AWS account. // -// The number and size of IAM resources in an AWS account are limited. For more -// information, see IAM and STS Quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) +// For information about quotas for the number of IAM users you can create, +// see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -2053,8 +2066,7 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateUserRequest(input *CreateUserInput) (req *request.Request, o // Returned Error Codes: // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExists" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already @@ -2146,11 +2158,11 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateVirtualMFADeviceRequest(input *CreateVirtualMFADeviceInput) // Creates a new virtual MFA device for the AWS account. After creating the // virtual MFA, use EnableMFADevice to attach the MFA device to an IAM user. // For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, -// go to Using a Virtual MFA Device (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_VirtualMFA.html) +// see Using a virtual MFA device (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_VirtualMFA.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // -// The number and size of IAM resources in an AWS account are limited. For more -// information, see IAM and STS Quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) +// For information about the maximum number of MFA devices you can create, see +// IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // The seed information contained in the QR code and the Base32 string should @@ -2169,13 +2181,21 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateVirtualMFADeviceRequest(input *CreateVirtualMFADeviceInput) // Returned Error Codes: // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. // // * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExists" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already // exists. // +// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModification" +// The request was rejected because multiple requests to change this object +// were submitted simultaneously. Wait a few minutes and submit your request +// again. +// // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception // or failure. @@ -2251,7 +2271,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeactivateMFADeviceRequest(input *DeactivateMFADeviceInput) (req * // the user name for which it was originally enabled. // // For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, -// go to Enabling a Virtual Multi-factor Authentication (MFA) Device (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_VirtualMFA.html) +// see Enabling a virtual multi-factor authentication (MFA) device (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_VirtualMFA.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -2274,8 +2294,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeactivateMFADeviceRequest(input *DeactivateMFADeviceInput) (req * // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -2370,8 +2389,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteAccessKeyRequest(input *DeleteAccessKeyInput) (req *request. // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -2445,7 +2463,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteAccountAliasRequest(input *DeleteAccountAliasInput) (req *re // DeleteAccountAlias API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // // Deletes the specified AWS account alias. For information about using an AWS -// account alias, see Using an Alias for Your AWS Account ID (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AccountAlias.html) +// account alias, see Using an alias for your AWS account ID (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AccountAlias.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -2462,8 +2480,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteAccountAliasRequest(input *DeleteAccountAliasInput) (req *re // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -2552,8 +2569,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteAccountPasswordPolicyRequest(input *DeleteAccountPasswordPol // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -2647,8 +2663,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteGroupRequest(input *DeleteGroupInput) (req *request.Request, // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -2726,7 +2741,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteGroupPolicyRequest(input *DeleteGroupPolicyInput) (req *requ // // A group can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed // policy from a group, use DetachGroupPolicy. For more information about policies, -// refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// refer to Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -2743,8 +2758,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteGroupPolicyRequest(input *DeleteGroupPolicyInput) (req *requ // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -2825,7 +2839,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteInstanceProfileRequest(input *DeleteInstanceProfileInput) (r // that is associated with a running instance will break any applications running // on the instance. // -// For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles +// For more information about instance profiles, see About instance profiles // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -2846,8 +2860,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteInstanceProfileRequest(input *DeleteInstanceProfileInput) (r // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -2923,6 +2936,11 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteLoginProfileRequest(input *DeleteLoginProfileInput) (req *re // Deletes the password for the specified IAM user, which terminates the user's // ability to access AWS services through the AWS Management Console. // +// You can use the AWS CLI, the AWS API, or the Users page in the IAM console +// to delete a password for any IAM user. You can use ChangePassword to update, +// but not delete, your own password in the My Security Credentials page in +// the AWS Management Console. +// // Deleting a user's password does not prevent a user from accessing AWS through // the command line interface or the API. To prevent all user access, you must // also either make any access keys inactive or delete them. For more information @@ -2948,8 +2966,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteLoginProfileRequest(input *DeleteLoginProfileInput) (req *re // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -3126,9 +3143,9 @@ func (c *IAM) DeletePolicyRequest(input *DeletePolicyInput) (req *request.Reques // for deleting a managed policy: // // * Detach the policy from all users, groups, and roles that the policy -// is attached to, using the DetachUserPolicy, DetachGroupPolicy, or DetachRolePolicy -// API operations. To list all the users, groups, and roles that a policy -// is attached to, use ListEntitiesForPolicy. +// is attached to, using DetachUserPolicy, DetachGroupPolicy, or DetachRolePolicy. +// To list all the users, groups, and roles that a policy is attached to, +// use ListEntitiesForPolicy. // // * Delete all versions of the policy using DeletePolicyVersion. To list // the policy's versions, use ListPolicyVersions. You cannot use DeletePolicyVersion @@ -3136,9 +3153,9 @@ func (c *IAM) DeletePolicyRequest(input *DeletePolicyInput) (req *request.Reques // the policy's default version in the next step of the process. // // * Delete the policy (this automatically deletes the policy's default version) -// using this API. +// using this operation. // -// For information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies +// For information about managed policies, see Managed policies and inline policies // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // @@ -3156,8 +3173,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeletePolicyRequest(input *DeletePolicyInput) (req *request.Reques // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" // The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied @@ -3240,12 +3256,12 @@ func (c *IAM) DeletePolicyVersionRequest(input *DeletePolicyVersionInput) (req * // // Deletes the specified version from the specified managed policy. // -// You cannot delete the default version from a policy using this API. To delete -// the default version from a policy, use DeletePolicy. To find out which version -// of a policy is marked as the default version, use ListPolicyVersions. +// You cannot delete the default version from a policy using this operation. +// To delete the default version from a policy, use DeletePolicy. To find out +// which version of a policy is marked as the default version, use ListPolicyVersions. // -// For information about versions for managed policies, see Versioning for Managed -// Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) +// For information about versions for managed policies, see Versioning for managed +// policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -3262,8 +3278,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeletePolicyVersionRequest(input *DeletePolicyVersionInput) (req * // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" // The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied @@ -3345,7 +3360,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteRoleRequest(input *DeleteRoleInput) (req *request.Request, o // DeleteRole API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // // Deletes the specified role. The role must not have any policies attached. -// For more information about roles, go to Working with Roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). +// For more information about roles, see Working with roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). // // Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the // role you are about to delete. Deleting a role or instance profile that is @@ -3370,8 +3385,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteRoleRequest(input *DeleteRoleInput) (req *request.Request, o // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeUnmodifiableEntityException "UnmodifiableEntity" // The request was rejected because only the service that depends on the service-linked @@ -3555,7 +3569,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteRolePolicyRequest(input *DeleteRolePolicyInput) (req *reques // // A role can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed // policy from a role, use DetachRolePolicy. For more information about policies, -// refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// refer to Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -3572,8 +3586,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteRolePolicyRequest(input *DeleteRolePolicyInput) (req *reques // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeUnmodifiableEntityException "UnmodifiableEntity" // The request was rejected because only the service that depends on the service-linked @@ -3675,8 +3688,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteSAMLProviderRequest(input *DeleteSAMLProviderInput) (req *re // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" // The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does @@ -3758,7 +3770,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteSSHPublicKeyRequest(input *DeleteSSHPublicKeyInput) (req *re // The SSH public key deleted by this operation is used only for authenticating // the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information // about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see -// Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) +// Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH connections (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) // in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -3843,7 +3855,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteServerCertificateRequest(input *DeleteServerCertificateInput // Deletes the specified server certificate. // // For more information about working with server certificates, see Working -// with Server Certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) +// with server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) // in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of AWS services that // can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. // @@ -3853,7 +3865,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteServerCertificateRequest(input *DeleteServerCertificateInput // continue to use the certificates. This could cause Elastic Load Balancing // to stop accepting traffic. We recommend that you remove the reference to // the certificate from Elastic Load Balancing before using this command to -// delete the certificate. For more information, go to DeleteLoadBalancerListeners +// delete the certificate. For more information, see DeleteLoadBalancerListeners // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ElasticLoadBalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DeleteLoadBalancerListeners.html) // in the Elastic Load Balancing API Reference. // @@ -3875,8 +3887,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteServerCertificateRequest(input *DeleteServerCertificateInput // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -3957,16 +3968,16 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteServiceLinkedRoleRequest(input *DeleteServiceLinkedRoleInput // // If you submit a deletion request for a service-linked role whose linked service // is still accessing a resource, then the deletion task fails. If it fails, -// the GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus API operation returns the reason for -// the failure, usually including the resources that must be deleted. To delete +// the GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus operation returns the reason for the +// failure, usually including the resources that must be deleted. To delete // the service-linked role, you must first remove those resources from the linked // service and then submit the deletion request again. Resources are specific // to the service that is linked to the role. For more information about removing // resources from a service, see the AWS documentation (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/) // for your service. // -// For more information about service-linked roles, see Roles Terms and Concepts: -// AWS Service-Linked Role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_terms-and-concepts.html#iam-term-service-linked-role) +// For more information about service-linked roles, see Roles terms and concepts: +// AWS service-linked role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_terms-and-concepts.html#iam-term-service-linked-role) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -3983,8 +3994,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteServiceLinkedRoleRequest(input *DeleteServiceLinkedRoleInput // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -4160,8 +4170,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteSigningCertificateRequest(input *DeleteSigningCertificateInp // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -4237,7 +4246,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteUserRequest(input *DeleteUserInput) (req *request.Request, o // Deletes the specified IAM user. Unlike the AWS Management Console, when you // delete a user programmatically, you must delete the items attached to the // user manually, or the deletion fails. For more information, see Deleting -// an IAM User (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_users_manage.html#id_users_deleting_cli). +// an IAM user (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_users_manage.html#id_users_deleting_cli). // Before attempting to delete a user, remove the following items: // // * Password (DeleteLoginProfile) @@ -4268,8 +4277,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteUserRequest(input *DeleteUserInput) (req *request.Request, o // Returned Error Codes: // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" // The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does @@ -4449,7 +4457,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteUserPolicyRequest(input *DeleteUserPolicyInput) (req *reques // // A user can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed // policy from a user, use DetachUserPolicy. For more information about policies, -// refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// refer to Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -4466,8 +4474,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteUserPolicyRequest(input *DeleteUserPolicyInput) (req *reques // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -4563,8 +4570,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteVirtualMFADeviceRequest(input *DeleteVirtualMFADeviceInput) // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -4640,8 +4646,8 @@ func (c *IAM) DetachGroupPolicyRequest(input *DetachGroupPolicyInput) (req *requ // Removes the specified managed policy from the specified IAM group. // // A group can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline -// policy, use the DeleteGroupPolicy API. For information about policies, see -// Managed Policies and Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// policy, use DeleteGroupPolicy. For information about policies, see Managed +// policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -4658,8 +4664,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DetachGroupPolicyRequest(input *DetachGroupPolicyInput) (req *requ // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" // The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied @@ -4739,8 +4744,8 @@ func (c *IAM) DetachRolePolicyRequest(input *DetachRolePolicyInput) (req *reques // Removes the specified managed policy from the specified role. // // A role can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline -// policy, use the DeleteRolePolicy API. For information about policies, see -// Managed Policies and Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// policy, use DeleteRolePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed +// policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -4757,8 +4762,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DetachRolePolicyRequest(input *DetachRolePolicyInput) (req *reques // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" // The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied @@ -4844,8 +4848,8 @@ func (c *IAM) DetachUserPolicyRequest(input *DetachUserPolicyInput) (req *reques // Removes the specified managed policy from the specified user. // // A user can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline -// policy, use the DeleteUserPolicy API. For information about policies, see -// Managed Policies and Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// policy, use DeleteUserPolicy. For information about policies, see Managed +// policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -4862,8 +4866,7 @@ func (c *IAM) DetachUserPolicyRequest(input *DetachUserPolicyInput) (req *reques // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" // The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied @@ -4968,8 +4971,7 @@ func (c *IAM) EnableMFADeviceRequest(input *EnableMFADeviceInput) (req *request. // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" // The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does @@ -5046,7 +5048,7 @@ func (c *IAM) GenerateCredentialReportRequest(input *GenerateCredentialReportInp // GenerateCredentialReport API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // // Generates a credential report for the AWS account. For more information about -// the credential report, see Getting Credential Reports (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/credential-reports.html) +// the credential report, see Getting credential reports (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/credential-reports.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -5059,8 +5061,7 @@ func (c *IAM) GenerateCredentialReportRequest(input *GenerateCredentialReportInp // Returned Error Codes: // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -5137,11 +5138,11 @@ func (c *IAM) GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportRequest(input *GenerateOrganizati // unit, or account) or policies in your organization. // // To call this operation, you must be signed in using your AWS Organizations -// master account credentials. You can use your long-term IAM user or root user -// credentials, or temporary credentials from assuming an IAM role. SCPs must -// be enabled for your organization root. You must have the required IAM and -// AWS Organizations permissions. For more information, see Refining Permissions -// Using Service Last Accessed Data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) +// management account credentials. You can use your long-term IAM user or root +// user credentials, or temporary credentials from assuming an IAM role. SCPs +// must be enabled for your organization root. You must have the required IAM +// and AWS Organizations permissions. For more information, see Refining permissions +// using service last accessed data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // You can generate a service last accessed data report for entities by specifying @@ -5156,7 +5157,7 @@ func (c *IAM) GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportRequest(input *GenerateOrganizati // account activity that the policy allows to account principals in the entity // or the entity's children. For important information about the data, reporting // period, permissions required, troubleshooting, and supported Regions see -// Reducing Permissions Using Service Last Accessed Data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) +// Reducing permissions using service last accessed data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // The data includes all attempts to access AWS, not just the successful ones. @@ -5166,7 +5167,7 @@ func (c *IAM) GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportRequest(input *GenerateOrganizati // account has been compromised, because the request might have been denied. // Refer to your CloudTrail logs as the authoritative source for information // about all API calls and whether they were successful or denied access. For -// more information, see Logging IAM Events with CloudTrail (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/cloudtrail-integration.html) +// more information, see Logging IAM events with CloudTrail (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/cloudtrail-integration.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // This operation returns a JobId. Use this parameter in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport @@ -5182,19 +5183,19 @@ func (c *IAM) GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportRequest(input *GenerateOrganizati // * Root – When you specify the organizations root as the entity, the // resulting report lists all of the services allowed by SCPs that are attached // to your root. For each service, the report includes data for all accounts -// in your organization except the master account, because the master account -// is not limited by SCPs. +// in your organization except the management account, because the management +// account is not limited by SCPs. // // * OU – When you specify an organizational unit (OU) as the entity, the // resulting report lists all of the services allowed by SCPs that are attached // to the OU and its parents. For each service, the report includes data -// for all accounts in the OU or its children. This data excludes the master -// account, because the master account is not limited by SCPs. +// for all accounts in the OU or its children. This data excludes the management +// account, because the management account is not limited by SCPs. // -// * Master account – When you specify the master account, the resulting -// report lists all AWS services, because the master account is not limited -// by SCPs. For each service, the report includes data for only the master -// account. +// * management account – When you specify the management account, the +// resulting report lists all AWS services, because the management account +// is not limited by SCPs. For each service, the report includes data for +// only the management account. // // * Account – When you specify another account as the entity, the resulting // report lists all of the services allowed by SCPs that are attached to @@ -5208,8 +5209,8 @@ func (c *IAM) GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportRequest(input *GenerateOrganizati // * Root – When you specify the root entity and a policy ID, the resulting // report lists all of the services that are allowed by the specified SCP. // For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in your organization -// to which the SCP applies. This data excludes the master account, because -// the master account is not limited by SCPs. If the SCP is not attached +// to which the SCP applies. This data excludes the management account, because +// the management account is not limited by SCPs. If the SCP is not attached // to any entities in the organization, then the report will return a list // of services with no data. // @@ -5218,14 +5219,16 @@ func (c *IAM) GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportRequest(input *GenerateOrganizati // For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in the OU // or its children to which the SCP applies. This means that other accounts // outside the OU that are affected by the SCP might not be included in the -// data. This data excludes the master account, because the master account -// is not limited by SCPs. If the SCP is not attached to the OU or one of -// its children, the report will return a list of services with no data. +// data. This data excludes the management account, because the management +// account is not limited by SCPs. If the SCP is not attached to the OU or +// one of its children, the report will return a list of services with no +// data. // -// * Master account – When you specify the master account, the resulting -// report lists all AWS services, because the master account is not limited -// by SCPs. If you specify a policy ID in the CLI or API, the policy is ignored. -// For each service, the report includes data for only the master account. +// * management account – When you specify the management account, the +// resulting report lists all AWS services, because the management account +// is not limited by SCPs. If you specify a policy ID in the CLI or API, +// the policy is ignored. For each service, the report includes data for +// only the management account. // // * Account – When you specify another account entity and a policy ID, // the resulting report lists all of the services that are allowed by the @@ -5239,12 +5242,12 @@ func (c *IAM) GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportRequest(input *GenerateOrganizati // whether a principal could access a service. These other policy types include // identity-based policies, resource-based policies, access control lists, IAM // permissions boundaries, and STS assume role policies. It only applies SCP -// logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating Policies +// logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating policies // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics) // in the IAM User Guide. // -// For more information about service last accessed data, see Reducing Policy -// Scope by Viewing User Activity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) +// For more information about service last accessed data, see Reducing policy +// scope by viewing user activity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -5329,7 +5332,7 @@ func (c *IAM) GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsRequest(input *GenerateServiceLa // group, role, or policy) was last used in an attempt to access AWS services. // Recent activity usually appears within four hours. IAM reports activity for // the last 365 days, or less if your Region began supporting this feature within -// the last year. For more information, see Regions Where Data Is Tracked (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period). +// the last year. For more information, see Regions where data is tracked (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period). // // The service last accessed data includes all attempts to access an AWS API, // not just the successful ones. This includes all attempts that were made using @@ -5338,7 +5341,7 @@ func (c *IAM) GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsRequest(input *GenerateServiceLa // data does not mean that your account has been compromised, because the request // might have been denied. Refer to your CloudTrail logs as the authoritative // source for information about all API calls and whether they were successful -// or denied access. For more information, see Logging IAM Events with CloudTrail +// or denied access. For more information, see Logging IAM events with CloudTrail // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/cloudtrail-integration.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // @@ -5370,11 +5373,11 @@ func (c *IAM) GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsRequest(input *GenerateServiceLa // resource-based policies, access control lists, AWS Organizations policies, // IAM permissions boundaries, and AWS STS assume role policies. It only applies // permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, -// see Evaluating Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics) +// see Evaluating policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics) // in the IAM User Guide. // // For more information about service and action last accessed data, see Reducing -// Permissions Using Service Last Accessed Data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) +// permissions using service last accessed data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -5544,14 +5547,14 @@ func (c *IAM) GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsRequest(input *GetAccountAuthorizati // // Retrieves information about all IAM users, groups, roles, and policies in // your AWS account, including their relationships to one another. Use this -// API to obtain a snapshot of the configuration of IAM permissions (users, +// operation to obtain a snapshot of the configuration of IAM permissions (users, // groups, roles, and policies) in your account. // -// Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986). -// You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON -// text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the -// java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs -// provide similar functionality. +// Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986 +// (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986). You can use a URL decoding method +// to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, +// you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in +// the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. // // You can optionally filter the results using the Filter parameter. You can // paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. @@ -5686,8 +5689,10 @@ func (c *IAM) GetAccountPasswordPolicyRequest(input *GetAccountPasswordPolicyInp // GetAccountPasswordPolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // -// Retrieves the password policy for the AWS account. For more information about -// using a password policy, go to Managing an IAM Password Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingPasswordPolicies.html). +// Retrieves the password policy for the AWS account. This tells you the complexity +// requirements and mandatory rotation periods for the IAM user passwords in +// your account. For more information about using a password policy, see Managing +// an IAM password policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingPasswordPolicies.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5773,8 +5778,7 @@ func (c *IAM) GetAccountSummaryRequest(input *GetAccountSummaryInput) (req *requ // // Retrieves information about IAM entity usage and IAM quotas in the AWS account. // -// The number and size of IAM resources in an AWS account are limited. For more -// information, see IAM and STS Quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) +// For information about IAM quotas, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -5953,9 +5957,9 @@ func (c *IAM) GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyRequest(input *GetContextKeysForPr // as strings. If you want to include only a list of policies by string, use // GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy instead. // -// Note: This API discloses information about the permissions granted to other -// users. If you do not want users to see other user's permissions, then consider -// allowing them to use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy instead. +// Note: This operation discloses information about the permissions granted +// to other users. If you do not want users to see other user's permissions, +// then consider allowing them to use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy instead. // // Context keys are variables maintained by AWS and its services that provide // details about the context of an API query request. Context keys can be evaluated @@ -6045,7 +6049,7 @@ func (c *IAM) GetCredentialReportRequest(input *GetCredentialReportInput) (req * // GetCredentialReport API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // // Retrieves a credential report for the AWS account. For more information about -// the credential report, see Getting Credential Reports (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/credential-reports.html) +// the credential report, see Getting credential reports (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/credential-reports.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -6063,7 +6067,7 @@ func (c *IAM) GetCredentialReportRequest(input *GetCredentialReportInput) (req * // * ErrCodeCredentialReportExpiredException "ReportExpired" // The request was rejected because the most recent credential report has expired. // To generate a new credential report, use GenerateCredentialReport. For more -// information about credential report expiration, see Getting Credential Reports +// information about credential report expiration, see Getting credential reports // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/credential-reports.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // @@ -6286,18 +6290,18 @@ func (c *IAM) GetGroupPolicyRequest(input *GetGroupPolicyInput) (req *request.Re // Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified // IAM group. // -// Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986). -// You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON -// text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the -// java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs -// provide similar functionality. +// Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986 +// (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986). You can use a URL decoding method +// to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, +// you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in +// the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. // // An IAM group can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a // managed policy document that is attached to a group, use GetPolicy to determine // the policy's default version, then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy // document. // -// For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies +// For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // @@ -6385,7 +6389,7 @@ func (c *IAM) GetInstanceProfileRequest(input *GetInstanceProfileInput) (req *re // // Retrieves information about the specified instance profile, including the // instance profile's path, GUID, ARN, and role. For more information about -// instance profiles, see About Instance Profiles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html) +// instance profiles, see About instance profiles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -6470,7 +6474,7 @@ func (c *IAM) GetLoginProfileRequest(input *GetLoginProfileInput) (req *request. // GetLoginProfile API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // -// Retrieves the user name and password-creation date for the specified IAM +// Retrieves the user name and password creation date for the specified IAM // user. If the user has not been assigned a password, the operation returns // a 404 (NoSuchEntity) error. // @@ -6652,10 +6656,10 @@ func (c *IAM) GetOrganizationsAccessReportRequest(input *GetOrganizationsAccessR // Depending on the parameters that you passed when you generated the report, // the data returned could include different information. For details, see GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport. // -// To call this operation, you must be signed in to the master account in your -// organization. SCPs must be enabled for your organization root. You must have -// permissions to perform this operation. For more information, see Refining -// Permissions Using Service Last Accessed Data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) +// To call this operation, you must be signed in to the management account in +// your organization. SCPs must be enabled for your organization root. You must +// have permissions to perform this operation. For more information, see Refining +// permissions using service last accessed data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // For each service that principals in an account (root users, IAM users, or @@ -6747,15 +6751,15 @@ func (c *IAM) GetPolicyRequest(input *GetPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, out // Retrieves information about the specified managed policy, including the policy's // default version and the total number of IAM users, groups, and roles to which // the policy is attached. To retrieve the list of the specific users, groups, -// and roles that the policy is attached to, use the ListEntitiesForPolicy API. -// This API returns metadata about the policy. To retrieve the actual policy +// and roles that the policy is attached to, use ListEntitiesForPolicy. This +// operation returns metadata about the policy. To retrieve the actual policy // document for a specific version of the policy, use GetPolicyVersion. // -// This API retrieves information about managed policies. To retrieve information -// about an inline policy that is embedded with an IAM user, group, or role, -// use the GetUserPolicy, GetGroupPolicy, or GetRolePolicy API. +// This operation retrieves information about managed policies. To retrieve +// information about an inline policy that is embedded with an IAM user, group, +// or role, use GetUserPolicy, GetGroupPolicy, or GetRolePolicy. // -// For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies +// For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // @@ -6848,24 +6852,24 @@ func (c *IAM) GetPolicyVersionRequest(input *GetPolicyVersionInput) (req *reques // Retrieves information about the specified version of the specified managed // policy, including the policy document. // -// Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986). -// You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON -// text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the -// java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs -// provide similar functionality. +// Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986 +// (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986). You can use a URL decoding method +// to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, +// you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in +// the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. // // To list the available versions for a policy, use ListPolicyVersions. // -// This API retrieves information about managed policies. To retrieve information -// about an inline policy that is embedded in a user, group, or role, use the -// GetUserPolicy, GetGroupPolicy, or GetRolePolicy API. +// This operation retrieves information about managed policies. To retrieve +// information about an inline policy that is embedded in a user, group, or +// role, use GetUserPolicy, GetGroupPolicy, or GetRolePolicy. // -// For more information about the types of policies, see Managed Policies and -// Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// For more information about the types of policies, see Managed policies and +// inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // -// For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed -// Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) +// For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for managed +// policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -6956,13 +6960,13 @@ func (c *IAM) GetRoleRequest(input *GetRoleInput) (req *request.Request, output // // Retrieves information about the specified role, including the role's path, // GUID, ARN, and the role's trust policy that grants permission to assume the -// role. For more information about roles, see Working with Roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). +// role. For more information about roles, see Working with roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). // -// Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986). -// You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON -// text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the -// java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs -// provide similar functionality. +// Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986 +// (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986). You can use a URL decoding method +// to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, +// you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in +// the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -7049,23 +7053,23 @@ func (c *IAM) GetRolePolicyRequest(input *GetRolePolicyInput) (req *request.Requ // Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded with the // specified IAM role. // -// Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986). -// You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON -// text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the -// java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs -// provide similar functionality. +// Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986 +// (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986). You can use a URL decoding method +// to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, +// you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in +// the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. // // An IAM role can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a // managed policy document that is attached to a role, use GetPolicy to determine // the policy's default version, then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy // document. // -// For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies +// For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // -// For more information about roles, see Using Roles to Delegate Permissions -// and Federate Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/roles-toplevel.html). +// For more information about roles, see Using roles to delegate permissions +// and federate identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/roles-toplevel.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -7245,7 +7249,7 @@ func (c *IAM) GetSSHPublicKeyRequest(input *GetSSHPublicKeyInput) (req *request. // The SSH public key retrieved by this operation is used only for authenticating // the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information // about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see -// Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) +// Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH connections (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) // in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -7333,7 +7337,7 @@ func (c *IAM) GetServerCertificateRequest(input *GetServerCertificateInput) (req // Retrieves information about the specified server certificate stored in IAM. // // For more information about working with server certificates, see Working -// with Server Certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) +// with server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) // in the IAM User Guide. This topic includes a list of AWS services that can // use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. // @@ -7430,7 +7434,7 @@ func (c *IAM) GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsRequest(input *GetServiceLastAccessed // resource-based policies, access control lists, AWS Organizations policies, // IAM permissions boundaries, and AWS STS assume role policies. It only applies // permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, -// see Evaluating Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics) +// see Evaluating policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics) // in the IAM User Guide. // // For each service that the resource could access using permissions policies, @@ -7463,7 +7467,7 @@ func (c *IAM) GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsRequest(input *GetServiceLastAccessed // Otherwise, this operation returns only service data. // // For more information about service and action last accessed data, see Reducing -// Permissions Using Service Last Accessed Data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) +// permissions using service last accessed data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -7654,8 +7658,8 @@ func (c *IAM) GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusRequest(input *GetServiceLinkedR // GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // // Retrieves the status of your service-linked role deletion. After you use -// the DeleteServiceLinkedRole API operation to submit a service-linked role -// for deletion, you can use the DeletionTaskId parameter in GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus +// DeleteServiceLinkedRole to submit a service-linked role for deletion, you +// can use the DeletionTaskId parameter in GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus // to check the status of the deletion. If the deletion fails, this operation // returns the reason that it failed, if that information is returned by the // service. @@ -7750,7 +7754,7 @@ func (c *IAM) GetUserRequest(input *GetUserInput) (req *request.Request, output // creation date, path, unique ID, and ARN. // // If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly -// based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request to this API. +// based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request to this operation. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -7837,18 +7841,18 @@ func (c *IAM) GetUserPolicyRequest(input *GetUserPolicyInput) (req *request.Requ // Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified // IAM user. // -// Policies returned by this API are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986). -// You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON -// text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the -// java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs -// provide similar functionality. +// Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986 +// (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986). You can use a URL decoding method +// to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, +// you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in +// the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. // // An IAM user can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a // managed policy document that is attached to a user, use GetPolicy to determine // the policy's default version. Then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy // document. // -// For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies +// For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // @@ -8097,7 +8101,7 @@ func (c *IAM) ListAccountAliasesRequest(input *ListAccountAliasesInput) (req *re // // Lists the account alias associated with the AWS account (Note: you can have // only one). For information about using an AWS account alias, see Using an -// Alias for Your AWS Account ID (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AccountAlias.html) +// alias for your AWS account ID (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AccountAlias.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -8239,8 +8243,8 @@ func (c *IAM) ListAttachedGroupPoliciesRequest(input *ListAttachedGroupPoliciesI // Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM group. // // An IAM group can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the -// inline policies for a group, use the ListGroupPolicies API. For information -// about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// inline policies for a group, use ListGroupPolicies. For information about +// policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You @@ -8396,8 +8400,8 @@ func (c *IAM) ListAttachedRolePoliciesRequest(input *ListAttachedRolePoliciesInp // Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM role. // // An IAM role can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline -// policies for a role, use the ListRolePolicies API. For information about -// policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// policies for a role, use ListRolePolicies. For information about policies, +// see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You @@ -8553,8 +8557,8 @@ func (c *IAM) ListAttachedUserPoliciesRequest(input *ListAttachedUserPoliciesInp // Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM user. // // An IAM user can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline -// policies for a user, use the ListUserPolicies API. For information about -// policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// policies for a user, use ListUserPolicies. For information about policies, +// see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You @@ -8866,7 +8870,7 @@ func (c *IAM) ListGroupPoliciesRequest(input *ListGroupPoliciesInput) (req *requ // // An IAM group can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed // policies that are attached to a group, use ListAttachedGroupPolicies. For -// more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies +// more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // @@ -9248,6 +9252,93 @@ func (c *IAM) ListGroupsForUserPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListGrou return p.Err() } +const opListInstanceProfileTags = "ListInstanceProfileTags" + +// ListInstanceProfileTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListInstanceProfileTags operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListInstanceProfileTags for more information on using the ListInstanceProfileTags +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListInstanceProfileTagsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListInstanceProfileTagsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/ListInstanceProfileTags +func (c *IAM) ListInstanceProfileTagsRequest(input *ListInstanceProfileTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListInstanceProfileTagsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListInstanceProfileTags, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListInstanceProfileTagsInput{} + } + + output = &ListInstanceProfileTagsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListInstanceProfileTags API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// +// Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM instance profile. The +// returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, +// see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListInstanceProfileTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" +// The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does +// not exist. The error message describes the resource. +// +// * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/ListInstanceProfileTags +func (c *IAM) ListInstanceProfileTags(input *ListInstanceProfileTagsInput) (*ListInstanceProfileTagsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListInstanceProfileTagsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListInstanceProfileTagsWithContext is the same as ListInstanceProfileTags with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListInstanceProfileTags for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *IAM) ListInstanceProfileTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInstanceProfileTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListInstanceProfileTagsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListInstanceProfileTagsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opListInstanceProfiles = "ListInstanceProfiles" // ListInstanceProfilesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -9300,7 +9391,12 @@ func (c *IAM) ListInstanceProfilesRequest(input *ListInstanceProfilesInput) (req // // Lists the instance profiles that have the specified path prefix. If there // are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about -// instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html). +// instance profiles, see About instance profiles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html). +// +// IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes +// for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even +// though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information +// for an instance profile, see GetInstanceProfile. // // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. // @@ -9442,7 +9538,7 @@ func (c *IAM) ListInstanceProfilesForRoleRequest(input *ListInstanceProfilesForR // // Lists the instance profiles that have the specified associated IAM role. // If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information -// about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html). +// about instance profiles, go to About instance profiles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html). // // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. // @@ -9536,6 +9632,97 @@ func (c *IAM) ListInstanceProfilesForRolePagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input return p.Err() } +const opListMFADeviceTags = "ListMFADeviceTags" + +// ListMFADeviceTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListMFADeviceTags operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListMFADeviceTags for more information on using the ListMFADeviceTags +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListMFADeviceTagsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListMFADeviceTagsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/ListMFADeviceTags +func (c *IAM) ListMFADeviceTagsRequest(input *ListMFADeviceTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMFADeviceTagsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListMFADeviceTags, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListMFADeviceTagsInput{} + } + + output = &ListMFADeviceTagsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListMFADeviceTags API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// +// Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM virtual multi-factor +// authentication (MFA) device. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. +// For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListMFADeviceTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" +// The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does +// not exist. The error message describes the resource. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/ListMFADeviceTags +func (c *IAM) ListMFADeviceTags(input *ListMFADeviceTagsInput) (*ListMFADeviceTagsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListMFADeviceTagsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListMFADeviceTagsWithContext is the same as ListMFADeviceTags with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListMFADeviceTags for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *IAM) ListMFADeviceTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMFADeviceTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMFADeviceTagsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListMFADeviceTagsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opListMFADevices = "ListMFADevices" // ListMFADevicesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -9589,7 +9776,7 @@ func (c *IAM) ListMFADevicesRequest(input *ListMFADevicesInput) (req *request.Re // Lists the MFA devices for an IAM user. If the request includes a IAM user // name, then this operation lists all the MFA devices associated with the specified // user. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly -// based on the AWS access key ID signing the request for this API. +// based on the AWS access key ID signing the request for this operation. // // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. // @@ -9683,6 +9870,99 @@ func (c *IAM) ListMFADevicesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMFADevi return p.Err() } +const opListOpenIDConnectProviderTags = "ListOpenIDConnectProviderTags" + +// ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListOpenIDConnectProviderTags operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListOpenIDConnectProviderTags for more information on using the ListOpenIDConnectProviderTags +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/ListOpenIDConnectProviderTags +func (c *IAM) ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsRequest(input *ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListOpenIDConnectProviderTags, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput{} + } + + output = &ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListOpenIDConnectProviderTags API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// +// Lists the tags that are attached to the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible +// identity provider. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more +// information, see About web identity federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc.html). +// +// For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListOpenIDConnectProviderTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" +// The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does +// not exist. The error message describes the resource. +// +// * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/ListOpenIDConnectProviderTags +func (c *IAM) ListOpenIDConnectProviderTags(input *ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput) (*ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsWithContext is the same as ListOpenIDConnectProviderTags with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListOpenIDConnectProviderTags for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *IAM) ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opListOpenIDConnectProviders = "ListOpenIDConnectProviders" // ListOpenIDConnectProvidersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -9730,6 +10010,11 @@ func (c *IAM) ListOpenIDConnectProvidersRequest(input *ListOpenIDConnectProvider // Lists information about the IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource objects // defined in the AWS account. // +// IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes +// for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even +// though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information +// for an OIDC provider, see GetOpenIDConnectProvider. +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -9824,10 +10109,15 @@ func (c *IAM) ListPoliciesRequest(input *ListPoliciesInput) (req *request.Reques // // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. // -// For more information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline -// Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// For more information about managed policies, see Managed policies and inline +// policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // +// IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes +// for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even +// though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information +// for a customer manged policy, see GetPolicy. +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -9966,7 +10256,7 @@ func (c *IAM) ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessRequest(input *ListPoliciesGranti // policies, access control lists, AWS Organizations policies, IAM permissions // boundaries, and AWS STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions // policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating -// Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics) +// policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics) // in the IAM User Guide. // // The list of policies returned by the operation depends on the ARN of the @@ -9987,7 +10277,7 @@ func (c *IAM) ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessRequest(input *ListPoliciesGranti // For each managed policy, this operation returns the ARN and policy name. // For each inline policy, it returns the policy name and the entity to which // it is attached. Inline policies do not have an ARN. For more information -// about these policy types, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_managed-vs-inline.html) +// about these policy types, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Policies that are attached to users and roles as permissions boundaries are @@ -10032,6 +10322,97 @@ func (c *IAM) ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessWithContext(ctx aws.Context, inpu return out, req.Send() } +const opListPolicyTags = "ListPolicyTags" + +// ListPolicyTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListPolicyTags operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListPolicyTags for more information on using the ListPolicyTags +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListPolicyTagsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListPolicyTagsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/ListPolicyTags +func (c *IAM) ListPolicyTagsRequest(input *ListPolicyTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListPolicyTagsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListPolicyTags, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListPolicyTagsInput{} + } + + output = &ListPolicyTagsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListPolicyTags API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// +// Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM customer managed policy. +// The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about +// tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListPolicyTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" +// The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does +// not exist. The error message describes the resource. +// +// * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/ListPolicyTags +func (c *IAM) ListPolicyTags(input *ListPolicyTagsInput) (*ListPolicyTagsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListPolicyTagsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListPolicyTagsWithContext is the same as ListPolicyTags with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListPolicyTags for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *IAM) ListPolicyTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPolicyTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListPolicyTagsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListPolicyTagsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opListPolicyVersions = "ListPolicyVersions" // ListPolicyVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -10085,8 +10466,8 @@ func (c *IAM) ListPolicyVersionsRequest(input *ListPolicyVersionsInput) (req *re // Lists information about the versions of the specified managed policy, including // the version that is currently set as the policy's default version. // -// For more information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline -// Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// For more information about managed policies, see Managed policies and inline +// policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -10238,7 +10619,7 @@ func (c *IAM) ListRolePoliciesRequest(input *ListRolePoliciesInput) (req *reques // // An IAM role can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed // policies that are attached to a role, use ListAttachedRolePolicies. For more -// information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If @@ -10381,7 +10762,7 @@ func (c *IAM) ListRoleTagsRequest(input *ListRoleTagsInput) (req *request.Reques // // Lists the tags that are attached to the specified role. The returned list // of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging -// IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) +// IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -10473,8 +10854,13 @@ func (c *IAM) ListRolesRequest(input *ListRolesInput) (req *request.Request, out // ListRoles API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // // Lists the IAM roles that have the specified path prefix. If there are none, -// the operation returns an empty list. For more information about roles, go -// to Working with Roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). +// the operation returns an empty list. For more information about roles, see +// Working with roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). +// +// IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes +// for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even +// though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information +// for a role, see GetRole. // // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. // @@ -10564,6 +10950,99 @@ func (c *IAM) ListRolesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListRolesInput, return p.Err() } +const opListSAMLProviderTags = "ListSAMLProviderTags" + +// ListSAMLProviderTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListSAMLProviderTags operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListSAMLProviderTags for more information on using the ListSAMLProviderTags +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListSAMLProviderTagsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListSAMLProviderTagsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/ListSAMLProviderTags +func (c *IAM) ListSAMLProviderTagsRequest(input *ListSAMLProviderTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListSAMLProviderTagsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListSAMLProviderTags, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListSAMLProviderTagsInput{} + } + + output = &ListSAMLProviderTagsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListSAMLProviderTags API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// +// Lists the tags that are attached to the specified Security Assertion Markup +// Language (SAML) identity provider. The returned list of tags is sorted by +// tag key. For more information, see About SAML 2.0-based federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html). +// +// For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListSAMLProviderTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" +// The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does +// not exist. The error message describes the resource. +// +// * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/ListSAMLProviderTags +func (c *IAM) ListSAMLProviderTags(input *ListSAMLProviderTagsInput) (*ListSAMLProviderTagsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListSAMLProviderTagsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListSAMLProviderTagsWithContext is the same as ListSAMLProviderTags with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListSAMLProviderTags for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *IAM) ListSAMLProviderTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListSAMLProviderTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListSAMLProviderTagsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListSAMLProviderTagsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opListSAMLProviders = "ListSAMLProviders" // ListSAMLProvidersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -10608,7 +11087,11 @@ func (c *IAM) ListSAMLProvidersRequest(input *ListSAMLProvidersInput) (req *requ // ListSAMLProviders API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // -// Lists the SAML provider resource objects defined in IAM in the account. +// Lists the SAML provider resource objects defined in IAM in the account. IAM +// resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for +// the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though +// they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information +// for a SAML provider, see GetSAMLProvider. // // This operation requires Signature Version 4 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). // @@ -10702,7 +11185,7 @@ func (c *IAM) ListSSHPublicKeysRequest(input *ListSSHPublicKeysInput) (req *requ // The SSH public keys returned by this operation are used only for authenticating // the IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information about // using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see Set up -// AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) +// AWS CodeCommit for SSH connections (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) // in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. // // Although each user is limited to a small number of keys, you can still paginate @@ -10794,6 +11277,99 @@ func (c *IAM) ListSSHPublicKeysPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListSSHP return p.Err() } +const opListServerCertificateTags = "ListServerCertificateTags" + +// ListServerCertificateTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListServerCertificateTags operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListServerCertificateTags for more information on using the ListServerCertificateTags +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListServerCertificateTagsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListServerCertificateTagsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/ListServerCertificateTags +func (c *IAM) ListServerCertificateTagsRequest(input *ListServerCertificateTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListServerCertificateTagsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListServerCertificateTags, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListServerCertificateTagsInput{} + } + + output = &ListServerCertificateTagsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListServerCertificateTags API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// +// Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM server certificate. +// The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about +// tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// For certificates in a Region supported by AWS Certificate Manager (ACM), +// we recommend that you don't use IAM server certificates. Instead, use ACM +// to provision, manage, and deploy your server certificates. For more information +// about IAM server certificates, Working with server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListServerCertificateTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" +// The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does +// not exist. The error message describes the resource. +// +// * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/ListServerCertificateTags +func (c *IAM) ListServerCertificateTags(input *ListServerCertificateTagsInput) (*ListServerCertificateTagsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListServerCertificateTagsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListServerCertificateTagsWithContext is the same as ListServerCertificateTags with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListServerCertificateTags for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *IAM) ListServerCertificateTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListServerCertificateTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListServerCertificateTagsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListServerCertificateTagsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opListServerCertificates = "ListServerCertificates" // ListServerCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -10850,10 +11426,15 @@ func (c *IAM) ListServerCertificatesRequest(input *ListServerCertificatesInput) // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. // // For more information about working with server certificates, see Working -// with Server Certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) +// with server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) // in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of AWS services that // can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. // +// IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes +// for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even +// though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information +// for a servercertificate, see GetServerCertificate. +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -10989,7 +11570,7 @@ func (c *IAM) ListServiceSpecificCredentialsRequest(input *ListServiceSpecificCr // The service-specific credentials returned by this operation are used only // for authenticating the IAM user to a specific service. For more information // about using service-specific credentials to authenticate to an AWS service, -// see Set Up service-specific credentials (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-gc.html) +// see Set up service-specific credentials (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-gc.html) // in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -11086,10 +11667,10 @@ func (c *IAM) ListSigningCertificatesRequest(input *ListSigningCertificatesInput // you can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. // // If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly -// based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request for this API. This -// operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you -// can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even if -// the AWS account has no associated users. +// based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request for this operation. +// This operation works for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, +// you can use this operation to manage AWS account root user credentials even +// if the AWS account has no associated users. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -11235,7 +11816,7 @@ func (c *IAM) ListUserPoliciesRequest(input *ListUserPoliciesInput) (req *reques // // An IAM user can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed // policies that are attached to a user, use ListAttachedUserPolicies. For more -// information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If @@ -11376,9 +11957,9 @@ func (c *IAM) ListUserTagsRequest(input *ListUserTagsInput) (req *request.Reques // ListUserTags API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // -// Lists the tags that are attached to the specified user. The returned list -// of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging -// IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) +// Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM user. The returned +// list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see +// Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -11473,6 +12054,11 @@ func (c *IAM) ListUsersRequest(input *ListUsersInput) (req *request.Request, out // is specified, the operation returns all users in the AWS account. If there // are none, the operation returns an empty list. // +// IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes +// for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even +// though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information +// for a user, see GetUser. +// // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -11616,6 +12202,11 @@ func (c *IAM) ListVirtualMFADevicesRequest(input *ListVirtualMFADevicesInput) (r // of all virtual MFA devices. Assignment status can be Assigned, Unassigned, // or Any. // +// IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes +// for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even +// though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information +// for a virtual MFA device, see ListVirtualMFADevices. +// // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -11748,17 +12339,17 @@ func (c *IAM) PutGroupPolicyRequest(input *PutGroupPolicyInput) (req *request.Re // // A user can also have managed policies attached to it. To attach a managed // policy to a group, use AttachGroupPolicy. To create a new managed policy, -// use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and -// Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed policies and +// inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // -// For information about limits on the number of inline policies that you can -// embed in a group, see Limitations on IAM Entities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/LimitationsOnEntities.html) +// For information about the maximum number of inline policies that you can +// embed in a group, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET // when calling PutGroupPolicy. For general information about using the Query -// API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) +// API with IAM, see Making query requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -11771,8 +12362,7 @@ func (c *IAM) PutGroupPolicyRequest(input *PutGroupPolicyInput) (req *request.Re // Returned Error Codes: // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException "MalformedPolicyDocument" // The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error @@ -11863,7 +12453,7 @@ func (c *IAM) PutRolePermissionsBoundaryRequest(input *PutRolePermissionsBoundar // // Policies used as permissions boundaries do not provide permissions. You must // also attach a permissions policy to the role. To learn how the effective -// permissions for a role are evaluated, see IAM JSON Policy Evaluation Logic +// permissions for a role are evaluated, see IAM JSON policy evaluation logic // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // @@ -11971,21 +12561,21 @@ func (c *IAM) PutRolePolicyRequest(input *PutRolePolicyInput) (req *request.Requ // of the role's access (permissions) policy. The role's trust policy is created // at the same time as the role, using CreateRole. You can update a role's trust // policy using UpdateAssumeRolePolicy. For more information about IAM roles, -// go to Using Roles to Delegate Permissions and Federate Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/roles-toplevel.html). +// see Using roles to delegate permissions and federate identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/roles-toplevel.html). // // A role can also have a managed policy attached to it. To attach a managed // policy to a role, use AttachRolePolicy. To create a new managed policy, use -// CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline -// Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline +// policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // -// For information about limits on the number of inline policies that you can -// embed with a role, see Limitations on IAM Entities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/LimitationsOnEntities.html) +// For information about the maximum number of inline policies that you can +// embed with a role, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET // when calling PutRolePolicy. For general information about using the Query -// API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) +// API with IAM, see Making query requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -11998,8 +12588,7 @@ func (c *IAM) PutRolePolicyRequest(input *PutRolePolicyInput) (req *request.Requ // Returned Error Codes: // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException "MalformedPolicyDocument" // The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error @@ -12094,7 +12683,7 @@ func (c *IAM) PutUserPermissionsBoundaryRequest(input *PutUserPermissionsBoundar // // Policies that are used as permissions boundaries do not provide permissions. // You must also attach a permissions policy to the user. To learn how the effective -// permissions for a user are evaluated, see IAM JSON Policy Evaluation Logic +// permissions for a user are evaluated, see IAM JSON policy evaluation logic // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // @@ -12194,17 +12783,17 @@ func (c *IAM) PutUserPolicyRequest(input *PutUserPolicyInput) (req *request.Requ // // An IAM user can also have a managed policy attached to it. To attach a managed // policy to a user, use AttachUserPolicy. To create a new managed policy, use -// CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline -// Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline +// policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // -// For information about limits on the number of inline policies that you can -// embed in a user, see Limitations on IAM Entities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/LimitationsOnEntities.html) +// For information about the maximum number of inline policies that you can +// embed in a user, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET // when calling PutUserPolicy. For general information about using the Query -// API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) +// API with IAM, see Making query requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -12217,8 +12806,7 @@ func (c *IAM) PutUserPolicyRequest(input *PutUserPolicyInput) (req *request.Requ // Returned Error Codes: // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException "MalformedPolicyDocument" // The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error @@ -12400,8 +12988,8 @@ func (c *IAM) RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileRequest(input *RemoveRoleFromInstance // an instance profile that is associated with a running instance might break // any applications running on the instance. // -// For more information about IAM roles, go to Working with Roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). -// For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles +// For more information about IAM roles, see Working with roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). +// For more information about instance profiles, see About instance profiles // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -12418,8 +13006,7 @@ func (c *IAM) RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileRequest(input *RemoveRoleFromInstance // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeUnmodifiableEntityException "UnmodifiableEntity" // The request was rejected because only the service that depends on the service-linked @@ -12514,8 +13101,7 @@ func (c *IAM) RemoveUserFromGroupRequest(input *RemoveUserFromGroupInput) (req * // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -12675,7 +13261,7 @@ func (c *IAM) ResyncMFADeviceRequest(input *ResyncMFADeviceInput) (req *request. // AWS servers. // // For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, -// go to Using a Virtual MFA Device (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_VirtualMFA.html) +// see Using a virtual MFA device (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_VirtualMFA.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -12696,8 +13282,7 @@ func (c *IAM) ResyncMFADeviceRequest(input *ResyncMFADeviceInput) (req *request. // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -12775,9 +13360,9 @@ func (c *IAM) SetDefaultPolicyVersionRequest(input *SetDefaultPolicyVersionInput // // This operation affects all users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached // to. To list the users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, -// use the ListEntitiesForPolicy API. +// use ListEntitiesForPolicy. // -// For information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies +// For information about managed policies, see Managed policies and inline policies // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // @@ -12799,8 +13384,7 @@ func (c *IAM) SetDefaultPolicyVersionRequest(input *SetDefaultPolicyVersionInput // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -12880,7 +13464,7 @@ func (c *IAM) SetSecurityTokenServicePreferencesRequest(input *SetSecurityTokenS // and all STS requests go to a single endpoint at https://sts.amazonaws.com. // AWS recommends using Regional STS endpoints to reduce latency, build in redundancy, // and increase session token availability. For information about Regional endpoints -// for STS, see AWS Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#sts_region) +// for STS, see AWS AWS Security Token Service endpoints and quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sts.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // If you make an STS call to the global endpoint, the resulting session tokens @@ -12889,8 +13473,8 @@ func (c *IAM) SetSecurityTokenServicePreferencesRequest(input *SetSecurityTokenS // that are available by default. These tokens do not work in manually enabled // Regions, such as Asia Pacific (Hong Kong). Version 2 tokens are valid in // all Regions. However, version 2 tokens are longer and might affect systems -// where you temporarily store tokens. For information, see Activating and Deactivating -// STS in an AWS Region (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// where you temporarily store tokens. For information, see Activating and deactivating +// STS in an AWS region (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // To view the current session token version, see the GlobalEndpointTokenVersion @@ -12985,7 +13569,8 @@ func (c *IAM) SimulateCustomPolicyRequest(input *SimulateCustomPolicyInput) (req // effective permissions. The policies are provided as strings. // // The simulation does not perform the API operations; it only checks the authorization -// to determine if the simulated policies allow or deny the operations. +// to determine if the simulated policies allow or deny the operations. You +// can simulate resources that don't exist in your account. // // If you want to simulate existing policies that are attached to an IAM user, // group, or role, use SimulatePrincipalPolicy instead. @@ -12999,6 +13584,10 @@ func (c *IAM) SimulateCustomPolicyRequest(input *SimulateCustomPolicyInput) (req // If the output is long, you can use MaxItems and Marker parameters to paginate // the results. // +// For more information about using the policy simulator, see Testing IAM policies +// with the IAM policy simulator (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_testing-policies.html)in +// the IAM User Guide. +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -13143,7 +13732,8 @@ func (c *IAM) SimulatePrincipalPolicyRequest(input *SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput // list of API operations and AWS resources to determine the policies' effective // permissions. The entity can be an IAM user, group, or role. If you specify // a user, then the simulation also includes all of the policies that are attached -// to groups that the user belongs to. +// to groups that the user belongs to. You can simulate resources that don't +// exist in your account. // // You can optionally include a list of one or more additional policies specified // as strings to include in the simulation. If you want to simulate only policies @@ -13155,9 +13745,9 @@ func (c *IAM) SimulatePrincipalPolicyRequest(input *SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput // The simulation does not perform the API operations; it only checks the authorization // to determine if the simulated policies allow or deny the operations. // -// Note: This API discloses information about the permissions granted to other -// users. If you do not want users to see other user's permissions, then consider -// allowing them to use SimulateCustomPolicy instead. +// Note: This operation discloses information about the permissions granted +// to other users. If you do not want users to see other user's permissions, +// then consider allowing them to use SimulateCustomPolicy instead. // // Context keys are variables maintained by AWS and its services that provide // details about the context of an API query request. You can use the Condition @@ -13167,6 +13757,10 @@ func (c *IAM) SimulatePrincipalPolicyRequest(input *SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput // If the output is long, you can use the MaxItems and Marker parameters to // paginate the results. // +// For more information about using the policy simulator, see Testing IAM policies +// with the IAM policy simulator (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_testing-policies.html)in +// the IAM User Guide. +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -13261,57 +13855,56 @@ func (c *IAM) SimulatePrincipalPolicyPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Si return p.Err() } -const opTagRole = "TagRole" +const opTagInstanceProfile = "TagInstanceProfile" -// TagRoleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the -// client's request for the TagRole operation. The "output" return +// TagInstanceProfileRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the TagInstanceProfile operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // -// See TagRole for more information on using the TagRole +// See TagInstanceProfile for more information on using the TagInstanceProfile // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // -// // Example sending a request using the TagRoleRequest method. -// req, resp := client.TagRoleRequest(params) +// // Example sending a request using the TagInstanceProfileRequest method. +// req, resp := client.TagInstanceProfileRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // -// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/TagRole -func (c *IAM) TagRoleRequest(input *TagRoleInput) (req *request.Request, output *TagRoleOutput) { +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/TagInstanceProfile +func (c *IAM) TagInstanceProfileRequest(input *TagInstanceProfileInput) (req *request.Request, output *TagInstanceProfileOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ - Name: opTagRole, + Name: opTagInstanceProfile, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { - input = &TagRoleInput{} + input = &TagInstanceProfileInput{} } - output = &TagRoleOutput{} + output = &TagInstanceProfileOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } -// TagRole API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// TagInstanceProfile API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // -// Adds one or more tags to an IAM role. The role can be a regular role or a -// service-linked role. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then -// that tag is overwritten with the new value. +// Adds one or more tags to an IAM instance profile. If a tag with the same +// key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. // -// A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to -// your resources, you can do the following: +// Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags +// to your resources, you can do the following: // // * Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to // aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all @@ -13319,49 +13912,167 @@ func (c *IAM) TagRoleRequest(input *TagRoleInput) (req *request.Request, output // Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value // 41200. // -// * Access control - Reference tags in IAM user-based and resource-based -// policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM user or role -// that has a specified tag attached. You can also restrict access to only -// those resources that have a certain tag attached. For examples of policies -// that show how to use tags to control access, see Control Access Using -// IAM Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) +// * Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. +// You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM instance profile that +// has a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to +// use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // -// * Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams -// are using which AWS resources. -// -// * Make sure that you have no invalid tags and that you do not exceed the -// allowed number of tags per role. In either case, the entire request fails -// and no tags are added to the role. +// * If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum +// number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not +// created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the +// IAM User Guide. // // * AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need // to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. // However, you must interpret the value in your code. // -// For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. -// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's -// API operation TagRole for usage and error information. +// API operation TagInstanceProfile for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" // The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does // not exist. The error message describes the resource. // +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModification" +// The request was rejected because multiple requests to change this object +// were submitted simultaneously. Wait a few minutes and submit your request +// again. +// +// * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/TagInstanceProfile +func (c *IAM) TagInstanceProfile(input *TagInstanceProfileInput) (*TagInstanceProfileOutput, error) { + req, out := c.TagInstanceProfileRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// TagInstanceProfileWithContext is the same as TagInstanceProfile with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See TagInstanceProfile for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *IAM) TagInstanceProfileWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TagInstanceProfileInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TagInstanceProfileOutput, error) { + req, out := c.TagInstanceProfileRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opTagMFADevice = "TagMFADevice" + +// TagMFADeviceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the TagMFADevice operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See TagMFADevice for more information on using the TagMFADevice +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the TagMFADeviceRequest method. +// req, resp := client.TagMFADeviceRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/TagMFADevice +func (c *IAM) TagMFADeviceRequest(input *TagMFADeviceInput) (req *request.Request, output *TagMFADeviceOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opTagMFADevice, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &TagMFADeviceInput{} + } + + output = &TagMFADeviceOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// TagMFADevice API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// +// Adds one or more tags to an IAM virtual multi-factor authentication (MFA) +// device. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is +// overwritten with the new value. +// +// A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to +// your resources, you can do the following: +// +// * Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to +// aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all +// resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. +// Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value +// 41200. +// +// * Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. +// You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM virtual MFA device +// that has a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show +// how to use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// * If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum +// number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not +// created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the +// IAM User Guide. +// +// * AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need +// to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. +// However, you must interpret the value in your code. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation TagMFADevice for usage and error information. // +// Returned Error Codes: // * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" // The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied // for an input parameter. // +// * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" +// The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does +// not exist. The error message describes the resource. +// +// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// // * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModification" // The request was rejected because multiple requests to change this object // were submitted simultaneously. Wait a few minutes and submit your request @@ -13371,75 +14082,78 @@ func (c *IAM) TagRoleRequest(input *TagRoleInput) (req *request.Request, output // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception // or failure. // -// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/TagRole -func (c *IAM) TagRole(input *TagRoleInput) (*TagRoleOutput, error) { - req, out := c.TagRoleRequest(input) +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/TagMFADevice +func (c *IAM) TagMFADevice(input *TagMFADeviceInput) (*TagMFADeviceOutput, error) { + req, out := c.TagMFADeviceRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } -// TagRoleWithContext is the same as TagRole with the addition of +// TagMFADeviceWithContext is the same as TagMFADevice with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // -// See TagRole for details on how to use this API operation. +// See TagMFADevice for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. -func (c *IAM) TagRoleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TagRoleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TagRoleOutput, error) { - req, out := c.TagRoleRequest(input) +func (c *IAM) TagMFADeviceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TagMFADeviceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TagMFADeviceOutput, error) { + req, out := c.TagMFADeviceRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } -const opTagUser = "TagUser" +const opTagOpenIDConnectProvider = "TagOpenIDConnectProvider" -// TagUserRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the -// client's request for the TagUser operation. The "output" return +// TagOpenIDConnectProviderRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the TagOpenIDConnectProvider operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // -// See TagUser for more information on using the TagUser +// See TagOpenIDConnectProvider for more information on using the TagOpenIDConnectProvider // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // -// // Example sending a request using the TagUserRequest method. -// req, resp := client.TagUserRequest(params) +// // Example sending a request using the TagOpenIDConnectProviderRequest method. +// req, resp := client.TagOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // -// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/TagUser -func (c *IAM) TagUserRequest(input *TagUserInput) (req *request.Request, output *TagUserOutput) { +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/TagOpenIDConnectProvider +func (c *IAM) TagOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(input *TagOpenIDConnectProviderInput) (req *request.Request, output *TagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ - Name: opTagUser, + Name: opTagOpenIDConnectProvider, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { - input = &TagUserInput{} + input = &TagOpenIDConnectProviderInput{} } - output = &TagUserOutput{} + output = &TagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } -// TagUser API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// TagOpenIDConnectProvider API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // -// Adds one or more tags to an IAM user. If a tag with the same key name already -// exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. +// Adds one or more tags to an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible identity provider. +// For more information about these providers, see About web identity federation +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc.html). +// If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten +// with the new value. // // A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to // your resources, you can do the following: @@ -13450,34 +14164,28 @@ func (c *IAM) TagUserRequest(input *TagUserInput) (req *request.Request, output // Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value // 41200. // -// * Access control - Reference tags in IAM user-based and resource-based -// policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM requesting -// user or to a role that has a specified tag attached. You can also restrict -// access to only those resources that have a certain tag attached. For examples -// of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control Access -// Using IAM Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) +// * Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. +// You can use tags to restrict access to only an OIDC provider that has +// a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use +// tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // -// * Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams -// are using which AWS resources. -// -// * Make sure that you have no invalid tags and that you do not exceed the -// allowed number of tags per role. In either case, the entire request fails -// and no tags are added to the role. +// * If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum +// number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not +// created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the +// IAM User Guide. // // * AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need // to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. // However, you must interpret the value in your code. // -// For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. -// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's -// API operation TagUser for usage and error information. +// API operation TagOpenIDConnectProvider for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" @@ -13486,8 +14194,655 @@ func (c *IAM) TagUserRequest(input *TagUserInput) (req *request.Request, output // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModification" +// The request was rejected because multiple requests to change this object +// were submitted simultaneously. Wait a few minutes and submit your request +// again. +// +// * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/TagOpenIDConnectProvider +func (c *IAM) TagOpenIDConnectProvider(input *TagOpenIDConnectProviderInput) (*TagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error) { + req, out := c.TagOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// TagOpenIDConnectProviderWithContext is the same as TagOpenIDConnectProvider with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See TagOpenIDConnectProvider for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *IAM) TagOpenIDConnectProviderWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TagOpenIDConnectProviderInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error) { + req, out := c.TagOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opTagPolicy = "TagPolicy" + +// TagPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the TagPolicy operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See TagPolicy for more information on using the TagPolicy +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the TagPolicyRequest method. +// req, resp := client.TagPolicyRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/TagPolicy +func (c *IAM) TagPolicyRequest(input *TagPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *TagPolicyOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opTagPolicy, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &TagPolicyInput{} + } + + output = &TagPolicyOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// TagPolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// +// Adds one or more tags to an IAM customer managed policy. If a tag with the +// same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. +// +// A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to +// your resources, you can do the following: +// +// * Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to +// aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all +// resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. +// Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value +// 41200. +// +// * Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. +// You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM customer managed policy +// that has a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show +// how to use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// * If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum +// number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not +// created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the +// IAM User Guide. +// +// * AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need +// to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. +// However, you must interpret the value in your code. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation TagPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" +// The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does +// not exist. The error message describes the resource. +// +// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModification" +// The request was rejected because multiple requests to change this object +// were submitted simultaneously. Wait a few minutes and submit your request +// again. +// +// * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/TagPolicy +func (c *IAM) TagPolicy(input *TagPolicyInput) (*TagPolicyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.TagPolicyRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// TagPolicyWithContext is the same as TagPolicy with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See TagPolicy for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *IAM) TagPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TagPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TagPolicyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.TagPolicyRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opTagRole = "TagRole" + +// TagRoleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the TagRole operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See TagRole for more information on using the TagRole +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the TagRoleRequest method. +// req, resp := client.TagRoleRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/TagRole +func (c *IAM) TagRoleRequest(input *TagRoleInput) (req *request.Request, output *TagRoleOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opTagRole, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &TagRoleInput{} + } + + output = &TagRoleOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// TagRole API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// +// Adds one or more tags to an IAM role. The role can be a regular role or a +// service-linked role. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then +// that tag is overwritten with the new value. +// +// A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to +// your resources, you can do the following: +// +// * Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to +// aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all +// resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. +// Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value +// 41200. +// +// * Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. +// You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM role that has a specified +// tag attached. You can also restrict access to only those resources that +// have a certain tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to +// use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// * Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams +// are using which AWS resources. +// +// * If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum +// number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not +// created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the +// IAM User Guide. +// +// * AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need +// to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. +// However, you must interpret the value in your code. +// +// For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation TagRole for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" +// The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does +// not exist. The error message describes the resource. +// +// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModification" +// The request was rejected because multiple requests to change this object +// were submitted simultaneously. Wait a few minutes and submit your request +// again. +// +// * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/TagRole +func (c *IAM) TagRole(input *TagRoleInput) (*TagRoleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.TagRoleRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// TagRoleWithContext is the same as TagRole with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See TagRole for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *IAM) TagRoleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TagRoleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TagRoleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.TagRoleRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opTagSAMLProvider = "TagSAMLProvider" + +// TagSAMLProviderRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the TagSAMLProvider operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See TagSAMLProvider for more information on using the TagSAMLProvider +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the TagSAMLProviderRequest method. +// req, resp := client.TagSAMLProviderRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/TagSAMLProvider +func (c *IAM) TagSAMLProviderRequest(input *TagSAMLProviderInput) (req *request.Request, output *TagSAMLProviderOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opTagSAMLProvider, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &TagSAMLProviderInput{} + } + + output = &TagSAMLProviderOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// TagSAMLProvider API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// +// Adds one or more tags to a Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity +// provider. For more information about these providers, see About SAML 2.0-based +// federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html). +// If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten +// with the new value. +// +// A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to +// your resources, you can do the following: +// +// * Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to +// aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all +// resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. +// Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value +// 41200. +// +// * Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. +// You can use tags to restrict access to only a SAML identity provider that +// has a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to +// use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// * If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum +// number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not +// created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the +// IAM User Guide. +// +// * AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need +// to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. +// However, you must interpret the value in your code. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation TagSAMLProvider for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" +// The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does +// not exist. The error message describes the resource. +// +// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModification" +// The request was rejected because multiple requests to change this object +// were submitted simultaneously. Wait a few minutes and submit your request +// again. +// +// * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/TagSAMLProvider +func (c *IAM) TagSAMLProvider(input *TagSAMLProviderInput) (*TagSAMLProviderOutput, error) { + req, out := c.TagSAMLProviderRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// TagSAMLProviderWithContext is the same as TagSAMLProvider with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See TagSAMLProvider for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *IAM) TagSAMLProviderWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TagSAMLProviderInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TagSAMLProviderOutput, error) { + req, out := c.TagSAMLProviderRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opTagServerCertificate = "TagServerCertificate" + +// TagServerCertificateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the TagServerCertificate operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See TagServerCertificate for more information on using the TagServerCertificate +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the TagServerCertificateRequest method. +// req, resp := client.TagServerCertificateRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/TagServerCertificate +func (c *IAM) TagServerCertificateRequest(input *TagServerCertificateInput) (req *request.Request, output *TagServerCertificateOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opTagServerCertificate, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &TagServerCertificateInput{} + } + + output = &TagServerCertificateOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// TagServerCertificate API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// +// Adds one or more tags to an IAM server certificate. If a tag with the same +// key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. +// +// For certificates in a Region supported by AWS Certificate Manager (ACM), +// we recommend that you don't use IAM server certificates. Instead, use ACM +// to provision, manage, and deploy your server certificates. For more information +// about IAM server certificates, Working with server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to +// your resources, you can do the following: +// +// * Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to +// aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all +// resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. +// Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value +// 41200. +// +// * Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. +// You can use tags to restrict access to only a server certificate that +// has a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to +// use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// * Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams +// are using which AWS resources. +// +// * If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum +// number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not +// created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the +// IAM User Guide. +// +// * AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need +// to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. +// However, you must interpret the value in your code. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation TagServerCertificate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" +// The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does +// not exist. The error message describes the resource. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModification" +// The request was rejected because multiple requests to change this object +// were submitted simultaneously. Wait a few minutes and submit your request +// again. +// +// * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/TagServerCertificate +func (c *IAM) TagServerCertificate(input *TagServerCertificateInput) (*TagServerCertificateOutput, error) { + req, out := c.TagServerCertificateRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// TagServerCertificateWithContext is the same as TagServerCertificate with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See TagServerCertificate for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *IAM) TagServerCertificateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TagServerCertificateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TagServerCertificateOutput, error) { + req, out := c.TagServerCertificateRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opTagUser = "TagUser" + +// TagUserRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the TagUser operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See TagUser for more information on using the TagUser +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the TagUserRequest method. +// req, resp := client.TagUserRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/TagUser +func (c *IAM) TagUserRequest(input *TagUserInput) (req *request.Request, output *TagUserOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opTagUser, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &TagUserInput{} + } + + output = &TagUserOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// TagUser API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// +// Adds one or more tags to an IAM user. If a tag with the same key name already +// exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. +// +// A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to +// your resources, you can do the following: +// +// * Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to +// aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all +// resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. +// Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value +// 41200. +// +// * Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. +// You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM requesting user that +// has a specified tag attached. You can also restrict access to only those +// resources that have a certain tag attached. For examples of policies that +// show how to use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) in +// the IAM User Guide. +// +// * Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams +// are using which AWS resources. +// +// * If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum +// number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not +// created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the +// IAM User Guide. +// +// * AWS always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need +// to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. +// However, you must interpret the value in your code. +// +// For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation TagUser for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" +// The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does +// not exist. The error message describes the resource. +// +// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" // The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied @@ -13524,6 +14879,393 @@ func (c *IAM) TagUserWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TagUserInput, opts ...r return out, req.Send() } +const opUntagInstanceProfile = "UntagInstanceProfile" + +// UntagInstanceProfileRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UntagInstanceProfile operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UntagInstanceProfile for more information on using the UntagInstanceProfile +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UntagInstanceProfileRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UntagInstanceProfileRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/UntagInstanceProfile +func (c *IAM) UntagInstanceProfileRequest(input *UntagInstanceProfileInput) (req *request.Request, output *UntagInstanceProfileOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUntagInstanceProfile, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UntagInstanceProfileInput{} + } + + output = &UntagInstanceProfileOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// UntagInstanceProfile API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// +// Removes the specified tags from the IAM instance profile. For more information +// about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation UntagInstanceProfile for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" +// The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does +// not exist. The error message describes the resource. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModification" +// The request was rejected because multiple requests to change this object +// were submitted simultaneously. Wait a few minutes and submit your request +// again. +// +// * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/UntagInstanceProfile +func (c *IAM) UntagInstanceProfile(input *UntagInstanceProfileInput) (*UntagInstanceProfileOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UntagInstanceProfileRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UntagInstanceProfileWithContext is the same as UntagInstanceProfile with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UntagInstanceProfile for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *IAM) UntagInstanceProfileWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UntagInstanceProfileInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UntagInstanceProfileOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UntagInstanceProfileRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUntagMFADevice = "UntagMFADevice" + +// UntagMFADeviceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UntagMFADevice operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UntagMFADevice for more information on using the UntagMFADevice +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UntagMFADeviceRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UntagMFADeviceRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/UntagMFADevice +func (c *IAM) UntagMFADeviceRequest(input *UntagMFADeviceInput) (req *request.Request, output *UntagMFADeviceOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUntagMFADevice, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UntagMFADeviceInput{} + } + + output = &UntagMFADeviceOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// UntagMFADevice API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// +// Removes the specified tags from the IAM virtual multi-factor authentication +// (MFA) device. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM +// User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation UntagMFADevice for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" +// The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does +// not exist. The error message describes the resource. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModification" +// The request was rejected because multiple requests to change this object +// were submitted simultaneously. Wait a few minutes and submit your request +// again. +// +// * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/UntagMFADevice +func (c *IAM) UntagMFADevice(input *UntagMFADeviceInput) (*UntagMFADeviceOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UntagMFADeviceRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UntagMFADeviceWithContext is the same as UntagMFADevice with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UntagMFADevice for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *IAM) UntagMFADeviceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UntagMFADeviceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UntagMFADeviceOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UntagMFADeviceRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUntagOpenIDConnectProvider = "UntagOpenIDConnectProvider" + +// UntagOpenIDConnectProviderRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UntagOpenIDConnectProvider operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UntagOpenIDConnectProvider for more information on using the UntagOpenIDConnectProvider +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UntagOpenIDConnectProviderRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UntagOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/UntagOpenIDConnectProvider +func (c *IAM) UntagOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(input *UntagOpenIDConnectProviderInput) (req *request.Request, output *UntagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUntagOpenIDConnectProvider, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UntagOpenIDConnectProviderInput{} + } + + output = &UntagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// UntagOpenIDConnectProvider API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// +// Removes the specified tags from the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible +// identity provider in IAM. For more information about OIDC providers, see +// About web identity federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc.html). +// For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation UntagOpenIDConnectProvider for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" +// The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does +// not exist. The error message describes the resource. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModification" +// The request was rejected because multiple requests to change this object +// were submitted simultaneously. Wait a few minutes and submit your request +// again. +// +// * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/UntagOpenIDConnectProvider +func (c *IAM) UntagOpenIDConnectProvider(input *UntagOpenIDConnectProviderInput) (*UntagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UntagOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UntagOpenIDConnectProviderWithContext is the same as UntagOpenIDConnectProvider with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UntagOpenIDConnectProvider for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *IAM) UntagOpenIDConnectProviderWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UntagOpenIDConnectProviderInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UntagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UntagOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUntagPolicy = "UntagPolicy" + +// UntagPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UntagPolicy operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UntagPolicy for more information on using the UntagPolicy +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UntagPolicyRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UntagPolicyRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/UntagPolicy +func (c *IAM) UntagPolicyRequest(input *UntagPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *UntagPolicyOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUntagPolicy, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UntagPolicyInput{} + } + + output = &UntagPolicyOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// UntagPolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// +// Removes the specified tags from the customer managed policy. For more information +// about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation UntagPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" +// The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does +// not exist. The error message describes the resource. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModification" +// The request was rejected because multiple requests to change this object +// were submitted simultaneously. Wait a few minutes and submit your request +// again. +// +// * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/UntagPolicy +func (c *IAM) UntagPolicy(input *UntagPolicyInput) (*UntagPolicyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UntagPolicyRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UntagPolicyWithContext is the same as UntagPolicy with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UntagPolicy for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *IAM) UntagPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UntagPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UntagPolicyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UntagPolicyRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opUntagRole = "UntagRole" // UntagRoleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -13570,7 +15312,7 @@ func (c *IAM) UntagRoleRequest(input *UntagRoleInput) (req *request.Request, out // UntagRole API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // // Removes the specified tags from the role. For more information about tagging, -// see Tagging IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) +// see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -13616,6 +15358,206 @@ func (c *IAM) UntagRoleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UntagRoleInput, opts return out, req.Send() } +const opUntagSAMLProvider = "UntagSAMLProvider" + +// UntagSAMLProviderRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UntagSAMLProvider operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UntagSAMLProvider for more information on using the UntagSAMLProvider +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UntagSAMLProviderRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UntagSAMLProviderRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/UntagSAMLProvider +func (c *IAM) UntagSAMLProviderRequest(input *UntagSAMLProviderInput) (req *request.Request, output *UntagSAMLProviderOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUntagSAMLProvider, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UntagSAMLProviderInput{} + } + + output = &UntagSAMLProviderOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// UntagSAMLProvider API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// +// Removes the specified tags from the specified Security Assertion Markup Language +// (SAML) identity provider in IAM. For more information about these providers, +// see About web identity federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc.html). +// For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation UntagSAMLProvider for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" +// The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does +// not exist. The error message describes the resource. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModification" +// The request was rejected because multiple requests to change this object +// were submitted simultaneously. Wait a few minutes and submit your request +// again. +// +// * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/UntagSAMLProvider +func (c *IAM) UntagSAMLProvider(input *UntagSAMLProviderInput) (*UntagSAMLProviderOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UntagSAMLProviderRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UntagSAMLProviderWithContext is the same as UntagSAMLProvider with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UntagSAMLProvider for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *IAM) UntagSAMLProviderWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UntagSAMLProviderInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UntagSAMLProviderOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UntagSAMLProviderRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUntagServerCertificate = "UntagServerCertificate" + +// UntagServerCertificateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UntagServerCertificate operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UntagServerCertificate for more information on using the UntagServerCertificate +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UntagServerCertificateRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UntagServerCertificateRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/UntagServerCertificate +func (c *IAM) UntagServerCertificateRequest(input *UntagServerCertificateInput) (req *request.Request, output *UntagServerCertificateOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUntagServerCertificate, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UntagServerCertificateInput{} + } + + output = &UntagServerCertificateOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// UntagServerCertificate API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// +// Removes the specified tags from the IAM server certificate. For more information +// about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// For certificates in a Region supported by AWS Certificate Manager (ACM), +// we recommend that you don't use IAM server certificates. Instead, use ACM +// to provision, manage, and deploy your server certificates. For more information +// about IAM server certificates, Working with server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation UntagServerCertificate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" +// The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does +// not exist. The error message describes the resource. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModification" +// The request was rejected because multiple requests to change this object +// were submitted simultaneously. Wait a few minutes and submit your request +// again. +// +// * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iam-2010-05-08/UntagServerCertificate +func (c *IAM) UntagServerCertificate(input *UntagServerCertificateInput) (*UntagServerCertificateOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UntagServerCertificateRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UntagServerCertificateWithContext is the same as UntagServerCertificate with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UntagServerCertificate for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *IAM) UntagServerCertificateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UntagServerCertificateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UntagServerCertificateOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UntagServerCertificateRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opUntagUser = "UntagUser" // UntagUserRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -13662,7 +15604,7 @@ func (c *IAM) UntagUserRequest(input *UntagUserInput) (req *request.Request, out // UntagUser API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // // Removes the specified tags from the user. For more information about tagging, -// see Tagging IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) +// see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -13763,7 +15705,7 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateAccessKeyRequest(input *UpdateAccessKeyInput) (req *request. // to manage AWS account root user credentials even if the AWS account has no // associated users. // -// For information about rotating keys, see Managing Keys and Certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/ManagingCredentials.html) +// For information about rotating keys, see Managing keys and certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/ManagingCredentials.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -13780,8 +15722,7 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateAccessKeyRequest(input *UpdateAccessKeyInput) (req *request. // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -13863,8 +15804,8 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyRequest(input *UpdateAccountPasswordPol // parameter to be explicitly set. Instead, to invoke the default value, // do not include that parameter when you invoke the operation. // -// For more information about using a password policy, see Managing an IAM Password -// Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingPasswordPolicies.html) +// For more information about using a password policy, see Managing an IAM password +// policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingPasswordPolicies.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -13885,8 +15826,7 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyRequest(input *UpdateAccountPasswordPol // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -13961,7 +15901,7 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateAssumeRolePolicyRequest(input *UpdateAssumeRolePolicyInput) // // Updates the policy that grants an IAM entity permission to assume a role. // This is typically referred to as the "role trust policy". For more information -// about roles, go to Using Roles to Delegate Permissions and Federate Identities +// about roles, see Using roles to delegate permissions and federate identities // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/roles-toplevel.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -13982,8 +15922,7 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateAssumeRolePolicyRequest(input *UpdateAssumeRolePolicyInput) // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeUnmodifiableEntityException "UnmodifiableEntity" // The request was rejected because only the service that depends on the service-linked @@ -14065,7 +16004,7 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateGroupRequest(input *UpdateGroupInput) (req *request.Request, // Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM group. // // You should understand the implications of changing a group's path or name. -// For more information, see Renaming Users and Groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_WorkingWithGroupsAndUsers.html) +// For more information, see Renaming users and groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_WorkingWithGroupsAndUsers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // The person making the request (the principal), must have permission to change @@ -14073,7 +16012,7 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateGroupRequest(input *UpdateGroupInput) (req *request.Request, // the group named Managers to MGRs, the principal must have a policy that allows // them to update both groups. If the principal has permission to update the // Managers group, but not the MGRs group, then the update fails. For more information -// about permissions, see Access Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access.html). +// about permissions, see Access management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -14093,8 +16032,7 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateGroupRequest(input *UpdateGroupInput) (req *request.Request, // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -14167,10 +16105,12 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateLoginProfileRequest(input *UpdateLoginProfileInput) (req *re // UpdateLoginProfile API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // -// Changes the password for the specified IAM user. +// Changes the password for the specified IAM user. You can use the AWS CLI, +// the AWS API, or the Users page in the IAM console to change the password +// for any IAM user. Use ChangePassword to change your own password in the My +// Security Credentials page in the AWS Management Console. // -// IAM users can change their own passwords by calling ChangePassword. For more -// information about modifying passwords, see Managing Passwords (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingLogins.html) +// For more information about modifying passwords, see Managing passwords (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingLogins.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -14197,8 +16137,7 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateLoginProfileRequest(input *UpdateLoginProfileInput) (req *re // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -14579,8 +16518,7 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateSAMLProviderRequest(input *UpdateSAMLProviderInput) (req *re // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -14661,7 +16599,7 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateSSHPublicKeyRequest(input *UpdateSSHPublicKeyInput) (req *re // The SSH public key affected by this operation is used only for authenticating // the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information // about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see -// Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) +// Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH connections (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) // in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -14747,12 +16685,12 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateServerCertificateRequest(input *UpdateServerCertificateInput // in IAM. // // For more information about working with server certificates, see Working -// with Server Certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) +// with server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) // in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of AWS services that // can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. // // You should understand the implications of changing a server certificate's -// path or name. For more information, see Renaming a Server Certificate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs_manage.html#RenamingServerCerts) +// path or name. For more information, see Renaming a server certificate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs_manage.html#RenamingServerCerts) // in the IAM User Guide. // // The person making the request (the principal), must have permission to change @@ -14761,7 +16699,7 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateServerCertificateRequest(input *UpdateServerCertificateInput // have a policy that allows them to update both certificates. If the principal // has permission to update the ProductionCert group, but not the ProdCert certificate, // then the update fails. For more information about permissions, see Access -// Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access.html) +// management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -14782,8 +16720,7 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateServerCertificateRequest(input *UpdateServerCertificateInput // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -14964,8 +16901,7 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateSigningCertificateRequest(input *UpdateSigningCertificateInp // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception @@ -15041,15 +16977,15 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateUserRequest(input *UpdateUserInput) (req *request.Request, o // Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM user. // // You should understand the implications of changing an IAM user's path or -// name. For more information, see Renaming an IAM User (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_users_manage.html#id_users_renaming) -// and Renaming an IAM Group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_groups_manage_rename.html) +// name. For more information, see Renaming an IAM user (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_users_manage.html#id_users_renaming) +// and Renaming an IAM group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_groups_manage_rename.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // To change a user name, the requester must have appropriate permissions on // both the source object and the target object. For example, to change Bob // to Robert, the entity making the request must have permission on Bob and // Robert, or must have permission on all (*). For more information about permissions, -// see Permissions and Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/PermissionsAndPolicies.html). +// see Permissions and policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/PermissionsAndPolicies.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -15065,8 +17001,7 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateUserRequest(input *UpdateUserInput) (req *request.Request, o // // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExists" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already @@ -15158,7 +17093,7 @@ func (c *IAM) UploadSSHPublicKeyRequest(input *UploadSSHPublicKeyInput) (req *re // The SSH public key uploaded by this operation can be used only for authenticating // the associated IAM user to an AWS CodeCommit repository. For more information // about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see -// Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) +// Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH connections (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) // in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -15171,8 +17106,7 @@ func (c *IAM) UploadSSHPublicKeyRequest(input *UploadSSHPublicKeyInput) (req *re // Returned Error Codes: // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeNoSuchEntityException "NoSuchEntity" // The request was rejected because it referenced a resource entity that does @@ -15267,20 +17201,20 @@ func (c *IAM) UploadServerCertificateRequest(input *UploadServerCertificateInput // about using ACM, see the AWS Certificate Manager User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/). // // For more information about working with server certificates, see Working -// with Server Certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) +// with server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) // in the IAM User Guide. This topic includes a list of AWS services that can // use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. // // For information about the number of server certificates you can upload, see -// Limitations on IAM Entities and Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-limits.html) +// IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Because the body of the public key certificate, private key, and the certificate // chain can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling UploadServerCertificate. // For information about setting up signatures and authorization through the -// API, go to Signing AWS API Requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) +// API, see Signing AWS API requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) // in the AWS General Reference. For general information about using the Query -// API with IAM, go to Calling the API by Making HTTP Query Requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/programming.html) +// API with IAM, see Calling the API by making HTTP query requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/programming.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -15293,8 +17227,11 @@ func (c *IAM) UploadServerCertificateRequest(input *UploadServerCertificateInput // Returned Error Codes: // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInput" +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. // // * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExists" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already @@ -15308,6 +17245,11 @@ func (c *IAM) UploadServerCertificateRequest(input *UploadServerCertificateInput // The request was rejected because the public key certificate and the private // key do not match. // +// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModification" +// The request was rejected because multiple requests to change this object +// were submitted simultaneously. Wait a few minutes and submit your request +// again. +// // * ErrCodeServiceFailureException "ServiceFailure" // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception // or failure. @@ -15379,10 +17321,14 @@ func (c *IAM) UploadSigningCertificateRequest(input *UploadSigningCertificateInp // UploadSigningCertificate API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // // Uploads an X.509 signing certificate and associates it with the specified -// IAM user. Some AWS services use X.509 signing certificates to validate requests +// IAM user. Some AWS services require you to use certificates to validate requests // that are signed with a corresponding private key. When you upload the certificate, // its default status is Active. // +// For information about when you would use an X.509 signing certificate, see +// Managing server certificates in IAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// // If the UserName is not specified, the IAM user name is determined implicitly // based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works // for access keys under the AWS account. Consequently, you can use this operation @@ -15391,10 +17337,10 @@ func (c *IAM) UploadSigningCertificateRequest(input *UploadSigningCertificateInp // // Because the body of an X.509 certificate can be large, you should use POST // rather than GET when calling UploadSigningCertificate. For information about -// setting up signatures and authorization through the API, go to Signing AWS -// API Requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) +// setting up signatures and authorization through the API, see Signing AWS +// API requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) // in the AWS General Reference. For general information about using the Query -// API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) +// API with IAM, see Making query requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -15407,8 +17353,7 @@ func (c *IAM) UploadSigningCertificateRequest(input *UploadSigningCertificateInp // Returned Error Codes: // * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceeded" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond -// the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit -// exceeded. +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. // // * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExists" // The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already @@ -15495,12 +17440,12 @@ type AccessDetail struct { // The namespace of the service in which access was attempted. // - // To learn the service namespace of a service, go to Actions, Resources, and - // Condition Keys for AWS Services (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_actions-resources-contextkeys.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for - // that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, - // (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see - // AWS Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) + // To learn the service namespace of a service, see Actions, resources, and + // condition keys for AWS services (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/service-authorization/latest/reference/reference_policies_actions-resources-contextkeys.html) + // in the Service Authorization Reference. Choose the name of the service to + // view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. + // For example, (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, + // see AWS service namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) // in the AWS General Reference. // // ServiceNamespace is a required field @@ -15666,7 +17611,7 @@ type AccessKeyLastUsed struct { // // * There is no sign-in data associated with the user. // - // For more information about AWS Regions, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html) + // For more information about AWS Regions, see Regions and endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. // // Region is a required field @@ -16017,8 +17962,7 @@ type AttachGroupPolicyInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // PolicyArn is a required field @@ -16088,8 +18032,7 @@ type AttachRolePolicyInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // PolicyArn is a required field @@ -16168,8 +18111,7 @@ type AttachUserPolicyInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // PolicyArn is a required field @@ -16248,8 +18190,8 @@ func (s AttachUserPolicyOutput) GoString() string { // An attached permissions boundary is a managed policy that has been attached // to a user or role to set the permissions boundary. // -// For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries -// for IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) +// For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries +// for IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) // in the IAM User Guide. type AttachedPermissionsBoundary struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -16293,16 +18235,15 @@ func (s *AttachedPermissionsBoundary) SetPermissionsBoundaryType(v string) *Atta // ListAttachedRolePolicies, ListAttachedUserPolicies, and GetAccountAuthorizationDetails // operations. // -// For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed Policies and -// Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed policies and +// inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. type AttachedPolicy struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for AWS resources. // - // For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. PolicyArn *string `min:"20" type:"string"` @@ -16617,7 +18558,7 @@ type CreateGroupInput struct { // GroupName is a required field GroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` - // The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers + // The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // @@ -16726,6 +18667,15 @@ type CreateInstanceProfileInput struct { // (\u007F), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased // letters. Path *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // A list of tags that you want to attach to the newly created IAM instance + // profile. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more + // information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number + // of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. + Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -16750,6 +18700,16 @@ func (s *CreateInstanceProfileInput) Validate() error { if s.Path != nil && len(*s.Path) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Path", 1)) } + if s.Tags != nil { + for i, v := range s.Tags { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams @@ -16769,6 +18729,12 @@ func (s *CreateInstanceProfileInput) SetPath(v string) *CreateInstanceProfileInp return s } +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *CreateInstanceProfileInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateInstanceProfileInput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + // Contains the response to a successful CreateInstanceProfile request. type CreateInstanceProfileOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -16918,6 +18884,15 @@ type CreateOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { // operation accepts client IDs up to 255 characters long. ClientIDList []*string `type:"list"` + // A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) + // provider. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more + // information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number + // of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. + Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` + // A list of server certificate thumbprints for the OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity // provider's server certificates. Typically this list includes only one entry. // However, IAM lets you have up to five thumbprints for an OIDC provider. This @@ -16935,7 +18910,7 @@ type CreateOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { // of the certificate used by https://keys.server.example.com. // // For more information about obtaining the OIDC provider's thumbprint, see - // Obtaining the Thumbprint for an OpenID Connect Provider (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/identity-providers-oidc-obtain-thumbprint.html) + // Obtaining the thumbprint for an OpenID Connect provider (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/identity-providers-oidc-obtain-thumbprint.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // ThumbprintList is a required field @@ -16977,6 +18952,16 @@ func (s *CreateOpenIDConnectProviderInput) Validate() error { if s.Url != nil && len(*s.Url) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Url", 1)) } + if s.Tags != nil { + for i, v := range s.Tags { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams @@ -16990,6 +18975,12 @@ func (s *CreateOpenIDConnectProviderInput) SetClientIDList(v []*string) *CreateO return s } +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *CreateOpenIDConnectProviderInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateOpenIDConnectProviderInput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + // SetThumbprintList sets the ThumbprintList field's value. func (s *CreateOpenIDConnectProviderInput) SetThumbprintList(v []*string) *CreateOpenIDConnectProviderInput { s.ThumbprintList = v @@ -17009,6 +19000,12 @@ type CreateOpenIDConnectProviderOutput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the new IAM OpenID Connect provider that // is created. For more information, see OpenIDConnectProviderListEntry. OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string `min:"20" type:"string"` + + // A list of tags that are attached to the new IAM OIDC provider. The returned + // list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see + // Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -17027,6 +19024,12 @@ func (s *CreateOpenIDConnectProviderOutput) SetOpenIDConnectProviderArn(v string return s } +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *CreateOpenIDConnectProviderOutput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateOpenIDConnectProviderOutput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + type CreatePolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -17041,7 +19044,7 @@ type CreatePolicyInput struct { // The path for the policy. // - // For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + // For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash @@ -17086,6 +19089,15 @@ type CreatePolicyInput struct { // // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM customer managed policy. + // Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information + // about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number + // of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. + Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -17116,6 +19128,16 @@ func (s *CreatePolicyInput) Validate() error { if s.PolicyName != nil && len(*s.PolicyName) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PolicyName", 1)) } + if s.Tags != nil { + for i, v := range s.Tags { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams @@ -17147,6 +19169,12 @@ func (s *CreatePolicyInput) SetPolicyName(v string) *CreatePolicyInput { return s } +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *CreatePolicyInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreatePolicyInput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + // Contains the response to a successful CreatePolicy request. type CreatePolicyOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -17177,8 +19205,7 @@ type CreatePolicyVersionInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy to which you want to add // a new version. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // PolicyArn is a required field @@ -17213,8 +19240,8 @@ type CreatePolicyVersionInput struct { // version. That is, it becomes the version that is in effect for the IAM users, // groups, and roles that the policy is attached to. // - // For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed - // Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) + // For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for managed + // policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) // in the IAM User Guide. SetAsDefault *bool `type:"boolean"` } @@ -17335,7 +19362,7 @@ type CreateRoleInput struct { // for the DurationSeconds parameter, their security credentials are valid for // one hour by default. This applies when you use the AssumeRole* API operations // or the assume-role* CLI operations but does not apply when you use those - // operations to create a console URL. For more information, see Using IAM Roles + // operations to create a console URL. For more information, see Using IAM roles // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html) in the // IAM User Guide. MaxSessionDuration *int64 `min:"3600" type:"integer"` @@ -17368,13 +19395,13 @@ type CreateRoleInput struct { // RoleName is a required field RoleName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` - // A list of tags that you want to attach to the newly created role. Each tag - // consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about - // tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + // A list of tags that you want to attach to the new role. Each tag consists + // of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, + // see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // - // If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed number of - // tags per role, then the entire request fails and the role is not created. + // If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number + // of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` } @@ -17515,11 +19542,20 @@ type CreateSAMLProviderInput struct { // that are received from the IdP. You must generate the metadata document using // the identity management software that is used as your organization's IdP. // - // For more information, see About SAML 2.0-based Federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html) + // For more information, see About SAML 2.0-based federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html) // in the IAM User Guide // // SAMLMetadataDocument is a required field SAMLMetadataDocument *string `min:"1000" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM SAML provider. Each + // tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information + // about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number + // of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. + Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -17547,6 +19583,16 @@ func (s *CreateSAMLProviderInput) Validate() error { if s.SAMLMetadataDocument != nil && len(*s.SAMLMetadataDocument) < 1000 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SAMLMetadataDocument", 1000)) } + if s.Tags != nil { + for i, v := range s.Tags { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams @@ -17566,12 +19612,24 @@ func (s *CreateSAMLProviderInput) SetSAMLMetadataDocument(v string) *CreateSAMLP return s } +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *CreateSAMLProviderInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateSAMLProviderInput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + // Contains the response to a successful CreateSAMLProvider request. type CreateSAMLProviderOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the new SAML provider resource in IAM. SAMLProviderArn *string `min:"20" type:"string"` + + // A list of tags that are attached to the new IAM SAML provider. The returned + // list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see + // Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -17590,6 +19648,12 @@ func (s *CreateSAMLProviderOutput) SetSAMLProviderArn(v string) *CreateSAMLProvi return s } +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *CreateSAMLProviderOutput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateSAMLProviderOutput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + type CreateServiceLinkedRoleInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -17598,7 +19662,7 @@ type CreateServiceLinkedRoleInput struct { // elasticbeanstalk.amazonaws.com. // // Service principals are unique and case-sensitive. To find the exact service - // principal for your service-linked role, see AWS Services That Work with IAM + // principal for your service-linked role, see AWS services that work with IAM // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_aws-services-that-work-with-iam.html) // in the IAM User Guide. Look for the services that have Yes in the Service-Linked // Role column. Choose the Yes link to view the service-linked role documentation @@ -17785,7 +19849,7 @@ func (s *CreateServiceSpecificCredentialOutput) SetServiceSpecificCredential(v * type CreateUserInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The path for the user name. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers + // The path for the user name. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // @@ -17804,13 +19868,13 @@ type CreateUserInput struct { // user. PermissionsBoundary *string `min:"20" type:"string"` - // A list of tags that you want to attach to the newly created user. Each tag - // consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about - // tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + // A list of tags that you want to attach to the new user. Each tag consists + // of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, + // see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // - // If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed number of - // tags per user, then the entire request fails and the user is not created. + // If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number + // of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` // The name of the user to create. @@ -17917,7 +19981,7 @@ type CreateVirtualMFADeviceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The path for the virtual MFA device. For more information about paths, see - // IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + // IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash @@ -17931,6 +19995,15 @@ type CreateVirtualMFADeviceInput struct { // letters. Path *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + // A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM virtual MFA device. + // Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information + // about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number + // of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. + Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` + // The name of the virtual MFA device. Use with path to uniquely identify a // virtual MFA device. // @@ -17964,6 +20037,16 @@ func (s *CreateVirtualMFADeviceInput) Validate() error { if s.VirtualMFADeviceName != nil && len(*s.VirtualMFADeviceName) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("VirtualMFADeviceName", 1)) } + if s.Tags != nil { + for i, v := range s.Tags { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams @@ -17977,6 +20060,12 @@ func (s *CreateVirtualMFADeviceInput) SetPath(v string) *CreateVirtualMFADeviceI return s } +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *CreateVirtualMFADeviceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateVirtualMFADeviceInput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + // SetVirtualMFADeviceName sets the VirtualMFADeviceName field's value. func (s *CreateVirtualMFADeviceInput) SetVirtualMFADeviceName(v string) *CreateVirtualMFADeviceInput { s.VirtualMFADeviceName = &v @@ -18574,8 +20663,7 @@ type DeletePolicyInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to delete. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // PolicyArn is a required field @@ -18634,8 +20722,7 @@ type DeletePolicyVersionInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy from which you want to delete // a version. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // PolicyArn is a required field @@ -18648,8 +20735,8 @@ type DeletePolicyVersionInput struct { // by one or two digits, and optionally followed by a period '.' and a string // of letters and digits. // - // For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed - // Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) + // For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for managed + // policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // VersionId is a required field @@ -19632,8 +21719,7 @@ type DetachGroupPolicyInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // PolicyArn is a required field @@ -19703,8 +21789,7 @@ type DetachRolePolicyInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // PolicyArn is a required field @@ -19783,8 +21868,7 @@ type DetachUserPolicyInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // PolicyArn is a required field @@ -20043,8 +22127,7 @@ type EntityInfo struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for AWS resources. // - // For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // Arn is a required field @@ -20061,7 +22144,7 @@ type EntityInfo struct { Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The path to the entity (user or role). For more information about paths, - // see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + // see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. Path *string `min:"1" type:"string"` @@ -20182,7 +22265,7 @@ type EvaluationResult struct { // When you make a cross-account request, AWS evaluates the request in the trusting // account and the trusted account. The request is allowed only if both evaluations // return true. For more information about how policies are evaluated, see Evaluating - // Policies Within a Single Account (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics). + // policies within a single account (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics). // // If an AWS Organizations SCP included in the evaluation denies access, the // simulation ends. In this case, policy evaluation does not proceed any further @@ -20910,8 +22993,7 @@ type GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyInput struct { // form here for clarity, but must be URL encoded to be included as a part of // a real HTML request. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // PolicySourceArn is a required field @@ -21423,8 +23505,7 @@ type GetOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { // to get information for. You can get a list of OIDC provider resource ARNs // by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // OpenIDConnectProviderArn is a required field @@ -21475,6 +23556,12 @@ type GetOpenIDConnectProviderOutput struct { // in the AWS account. CreateDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + // A list of tags that are attached to the specified IAM OIDC provider. The + // returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, + // see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` + // A list of certificate thumbprints that are associated with the specified // IAM OIDC provider resource object. For more information, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider. ThumbprintList []*string `type:"list"` @@ -21506,6 +23593,12 @@ func (s *GetOpenIDConnectProviderOutput) SetCreateDate(v time.Time) *GetOpenIDCo return s } +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *GetOpenIDConnectProviderOutput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *GetOpenIDConnectProviderOutput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + // SetThumbprintList sets the ThumbprintList field's value. func (s *GetOpenIDConnectProviderOutput) SetThumbprintList(v []*string) *GetOpenIDConnectProviderOutput { s.ThumbprintList = v @@ -21729,8 +23822,7 @@ type GetPolicyInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the managed policy that you want information // about. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // PolicyArn is a required field @@ -21799,8 +23891,7 @@ type GetPolicyVersionInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the managed policy that you want information // about. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // PolicyArn is a required field @@ -22077,8 +24168,7 @@ type GetSAMLProviderInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider resource object in IAM // to get information about. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // SAMLProviderArn is a required field @@ -22127,6 +24217,12 @@ type GetSAMLProviderOutput struct { // The XML metadata document that includes information about an identity provider. SAMLMetadataDocument *string `min:"1000" type:"string"` + // A list of tags that are attached to the specified IAM SAML provider. The + // returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, + // see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` + // The expiration date and time for the SAML provider. ValidUntil *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` } @@ -22153,6 +24249,12 @@ func (s *GetSAMLProviderOutput) SetSAMLMetadataDocument(v string) *GetSAMLProvid return s } +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *GetSAMLProviderOutput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *GetSAMLProviderOutput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + // SetValidUntil sets the ValidUntil field's value. func (s *GetSAMLProviderOutput) SetValidUntil(v time.Time) *GetSAMLProviderOutput { s.ValidUntil = &v @@ -22552,12 +24654,12 @@ type GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesInput struct { // The service namespace for an AWS service. Provide the service namespace to // learn when the IAM entity last attempted to access the specified service. // - // To learn the service namespace for a service, go to Actions, Resources, and - // Condition Keys for AWS Services (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_actions-resources-contextkeys.html) + // To learn the service namespace for a service, see Actions, resources, and + // condition keys for AWS services (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/service-authorization/latest/reference/reference_policies_actions-resources-contextkeys.html) // in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for // that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, // (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see - // AWS Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) + // AWS service namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) // in the AWS General Reference. // // ServiceNamespace is a required field @@ -22852,10 +24954,10 @@ type GetUserOutput struct { // sign-in (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_finding-unused.html) // dates shown in the IAM console and password last used dates in the IAM credential // report (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_getting-report.html), - // and returned by this GetUser API. If users signed in during the affected - // time, the password last used date that is returned is the date the user last - // signed in before May 3, 2018. For users that signed in after May 23, 2018 - // 14:08 PDT, the returned password last used date is accurate. + // and returned by this operation. If users signed in during the affected time, + // the password last used date that is returned is the date the user last signed + // in before May 3, 2018. For users that signed in after May 23, 2018 14:08 + // PDT, the returned password last used date is accurate. // // You can use password last used information to identify unused credentials // for deletion. For example, you might delete users who did not sign in to @@ -23015,7 +25117,7 @@ type Group struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the group. For more information - // about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + // about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Arn is a required field @@ -23028,7 +25130,7 @@ type Group struct { CreateDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" required:"true"` // The stable and unique string identifying the group. For more information - // about IDs, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + // about IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // GroupId is a required field @@ -23039,7 +25141,7 @@ type Group struct { // GroupName is a required field GroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` - // The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers + // The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // @@ -23096,8 +25198,7 @@ type GroupDetail struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for AWS resources. // - // For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string"` @@ -23109,7 +25210,7 @@ type GroupDetail struct { CreateDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The stable and unique string identifying the group. For more information - // about IDs, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + // about IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. GroupId *string `min:"16" type:"string"` @@ -23119,7 +25220,7 @@ type GroupDetail struct { // A list of the inline policies embedded in the group. GroupPolicyList []*PolicyDetail `type:"list"` - // The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers + // The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. Path *string `min:"1" type:"string"` @@ -23192,7 +25293,7 @@ type InstanceProfile struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the instance profile. For more - // information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM Identifiers + // information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM identifiers // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // @@ -23205,7 +25306,7 @@ type InstanceProfile struct { CreateDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" required:"true"` // The stable and unique string identifying the instance profile. For more information - // about IDs, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + // about IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // InstanceProfileId is a required field @@ -23217,7 +25318,7 @@ type InstanceProfile struct { InstanceProfileName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The path to the instance profile. For more information about paths, see IAM - // Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + // identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Path is a required field @@ -23227,6 +25328,11 @@ type InstanceProfile struct { // // Roles is a required field Roles []*Role `type:"list" required:"true"` + + // A list of tags that are attached to the instance profile. For more information + // about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -23275,6 +25381,12 @@ func (s *InstanceProfile) SetRoles(v []*Role) *InstanceProfile { return s } +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *InstanceProfile) SetTags(v []*Tag) *InstanceProfile { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + type ListAccessKeysInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -23996,8 +26108,7 @@ type ListEntitiesForPolicyInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy for which you want the versions. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // PolicyArn is a required field @@ -24544,6 +26655,138 @@ func (s *ListGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *ListGroupsOutput { return s } +type ListInstanceProfileTagsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the IAM instance profile whose tags you want to see. + // + // This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) + // a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters + // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // InstanceProfileName is a required field + InstanceProfileName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive + // a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value + // of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where + // the next call should start. + Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // (Optional) Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum + // number of items that you want in the response. If additional items exist + // beyond the maximum that you specify, the IsTruncated response element is + // true. + // + // If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to 100. Note that IAM might + // return fewer results, even when more results are available. In that case, + // the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value + // to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue + // from. + MaxItems *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListInstanceProfileTagsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListInstanceProfileTagsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListInstanceProfileTagsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListInstanceProfileTagsInput"} + if s.InstanceProfileName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceProfileName")) + } + if s.InstanceProfileName != nil && len(*s.InstanceProfileName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InstanceProfileName", 1)) + } + if s.Marker != nil && len(*s.Marker) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Marker", 1)) + } + if s.MaxItems != nil && *s.MaxItems < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxItems", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetInstanceProfileName sets the InstanceProfileName field's value. +func (s *ListInstanceProfileTagsInput) SetInstanceProfileName(v string) *ListInstanceProfileTagsInput { + s.InstanceProfileName = &v + return s +} + +// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. +func (s *ListInstanceProfileTagsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListInstanceProfileTagsInput { + s.Marker = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxItems sets the MaxItems field's value. +func (s *ListInstanceProfileTagsInput) SetMaxItems(v int64) *ListInstanceProfileTagsInput { + s.MaxItems = &v + return s +} + +type ListInstanceProfileTagsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results + // were truncated, you can use the Marker request parameter to make a subsequent + // pagination request that retrieves more items. Note that IAM might return + // fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when more results are available. + // Check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all of your + // results. + IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value + // to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request. + Marker *string `type:"string"` + + // The list of tags that are currently attached to the IAM instance profile. + // Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached + // to the specified resource, the response contains an empty list. + // + // Tags is a required field + Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListInstanceProfileTagsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListInstanceProfileTagsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. +func (s *ListInstanceProfileTagsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListInstanceProfileTagsOutput { + s.IsTruncated = &v + return s +} + +// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. +func (s *ListInstanceProfileTagsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *ListInstanceProfileTagsOutput { + s.Marker = &v + return s +} + +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *ListInstanceProfileTagsOutput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ListInstanceProfileTagsOutput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + type ListInstanceProfilesForRoleInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -24804,6 +27047,139 @@ func (s *ListInstanceProfilesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *ListInstanceProfilesOu return s } +type ListMFADeviceTagsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive + // a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value + // of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where + // the next call should start. + Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // (Optional) Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum + // number of items that you want in the response. If additional items exist + // beyond the maximum that you specify, the IsTruncated response element is + // true. + // + // If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to 100. Note that IAM might + // return fewer results, even when more results are available. In that case, + // the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value + // to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue + // from. + MaxItems *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // The unique identifier for the IAM virtual MFA device whose tags you want + // to see. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN. + // + // This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) + // a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters + // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // SerialNumber is a required field + SerialNumber *string `min:"9" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListMFADeviceTagsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListMFADeviceTagsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListMFADeviceTagsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListMFADeviceTagsInput"} + if s.Marker != nil && len(*s.Marker) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Marker", 1)) + } + if s.MaxItems != nil && *s.MaxItems < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxItems", 1)) + } + if s.SerialNumber == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SerialNumber")) + } + if s.SerialNumber != nil && len(*s.SerialNumber) < 9 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SerialNumber", 9)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. +func (s *ListMFADeviceTagsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListMFADeviceTagsInput { + s.Marker = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxItems sets the MaxItems field's value. +func (s *ListMFADeviceTagsInput) SetMaxItems(v int64) *ListMFADeviceTagsInput { + s.MaxItems = &v + return s +} + +// SetSerialNumber sets the SerialNumber field's value. +func (s *ListMFADeviceTagsInput) SetSerialNumber(v string) *ListMFADeviceTagsInput { + s.SerialNumber = &v + return s +} + +type ListMFADeviceTagsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results + // were truncated, you can use the Marker request parameter to make a subsequent + // pagination request that retrieves more items. Note that IAM might return + // fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when more results are available. + // Check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all of your + // results. + IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value + // to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request. + Marker *string `type:"string"` + + // The list of tags that are currently attached to the virtual MFA device. Each + // tag consists of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached + // to the specified resource, the response contains an empty list. + // + // Tags is a required field + Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListMFADeviceTagsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListMFADeviceTagsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. +func (s *ListMFADeviceTagsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListMFADeviceTagsOutput { + s.IsTruncated = &v + return s +} + +// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. +func (s *ListMFADeviceTagsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *ListMFADeviceTagsOutput { + s.Marker = &v + return s +} + +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *ListMFADeviceTagsOutput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ListMFADeviceTagsOutput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + type ListMFADevicesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -24929,6 +27305,140 @@ func (s *ListMFADevicesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *ListMFADevicesOutput { return s } +type ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive + // a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value + // of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where + // the next call should start. + Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // (Optional) Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum + // number of items that you want in the response. If additional items exist + // beyond the maximum that you specify, the IsTruncated response element is + // true. + // + // If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to 100. Note that IAM might + // return fewer results, even when more results are available. In that case, + // the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value + // to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue + // from. + MaxItems *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // The ARN of the OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider whose tags you want + // to see. + // + // This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) + // a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters + // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // OpenIDConnectProviderArn is a required field + OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput"} + if s.Marker != nil && len(*s.Marker) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Marker", 1)) + } + if s.MaxItems != nil && *s.MaxItems < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxItems", 1)) + } + if s.OpenIDConnectProviderArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OpenIDConnectProviderArn")) + } + if s.OpenIDConnectProviderArn != nil && len(*s.OpenIDConnectProviderArn) < 20 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OpenIDConnectProviderArn", 20)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. +func (s *ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput { + s.Marker = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxItems sets the MaxItems field's value. +func (s *ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput) SetMaxItems(v int64) *ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput { + s.MaxItems = &v + return s +} + +// SetOpenIDConnectProviderArn sets the OpenIDConnectProviderArn field's value. +func (s *ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput) SetOpenIDConnectProviderArn(v string) *ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput { + s.OpenIDConnectProviderArn = &v + return s +} + +type ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results + // were truncated, you can use the Marker request parameter to make a subsequent + // pagination request that retrieves more items. Note that IAM might return + // fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when more results are available. + // Check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all of your + // results. + IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value + // to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request. + Marker *string `type:"string"` + + // The list of tags that are currently attached to the OpenID Connect (OIDC) + // identity provider. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. + // If no tags are attached to the specified resource, the response contains + // an empty list. + // + // Tags is a required field + Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. +func (s *ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsOutput { + s.IsTruncated = &v + return s +} + +// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. +func (s *ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsOutput { + s.Marker = &v + return s +} + +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsOutput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsOutput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + type ListOpenIDConnectProvidersInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } @@ -24981,12 +27491,12 @@ type ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessEntry struct { // The namespace of the service that was accessed. // - // To learn the service namespace of a service, go to Actions, Resources, and - // Condition Keys for AWS Services (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_actions-resources-contextkeys.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for - // that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, - // (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see - // AWS Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) + // To learn the service namespace of a service, see Actions, resources, and + // condition keys for AWS services (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/service-authorization/latest/reference/reference_policies_actions-resources-contextkeys.html) + // in the Service Authorization Reference. Choose the name of the service to + // view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. + // For example, (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, + // see AWS service namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) // in the AWS General Reference. ServiceNamespace *string `min:"1" type:"string"` } @@ -25030,12 +27540,12 @@ type ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessInput struct { // The service namespace for the AWS services whose policies you want to list. // - // To learn the service namespace for a service, go to Actions, Resources, and - // Condition Keys for AWS Services (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_actions-resources-contextkeys.html) + // To learn the service namespace for a service, see Actions, resources, and + // condition keys for AWS services (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/service-authorization/latest/reference/reference_policies_actions-resources-contextkeys.html) // in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for // that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, // (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see - // AWS Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) + // AWS service namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) // in the AWS General Reference. // // ServiceNamespaces is a required field @@ -25313,6 +27823,138 @@ func (s *ListPoliciesOutput) SetPolicies(v []*Policy) *ListPoliciesOutput { return s } +type ListPolicyTagsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive + // a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value + // of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where + // the next call should start. + Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // (Optional) Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum + // number of items that you want in the response. If additional items exist + // beyond the maximum that you specify, the IsTruncated response element is + // true. + // + // If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to 100. Note that IAM might + // return fewer results, even when more results are available. In that case, + // the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value + // to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue + // from. + MaxItems *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // The ARN of the IAM customer managed policy whose tags you want to see. + // + // This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) + // a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters + // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // PolicyArn is a required field + PolicyArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListPolicyTagsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListPolicyTagsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListPolicyTagsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListPolicyTagsInput"} + if s.Marker != nil && len(*s.Marker) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Marker", 1)) + } + if s.MaxItems != nil && *s.MaxItems < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxItems", 1)) + } + if s.PolicyArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PolicyArn")) + } + if s.PolicyArn != nil && len(*s.PolicyArn) < 20 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PolicyArn", 20)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. +func (s *ListPolicyTagsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListPolicyTagsInput { + s.Marker = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxItems sets the MaxItems field's value. +func (s *ListPolicyTagsInput) SetMaxItems(v int64) *ListPolicyTagsInput { + s.MaxItems = &v + return s +} + +// SetPolicyArn sets the PolicyArn field's value. +func (s *ListPolicyTagsInput) SetPolicyArn(v string) *ListPolicyTagsInput { + s.PolicyArn = &v + return s +} + +type ListPolicyTagsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results + // were truncated, you can use the Marker request parameter to make a subsequent + // pagination request that retrieves more items. Note that IAM might return + // fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when more results are available. + // Check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all of your + // results. + IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value + // to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request. + Marker *string `type:"string"` + + // The list of tags that are currently attached to the IAM customer managed + // policy. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. If no tags + // are attached to the specified resource, the response contains an empty list. + // + // Tags is a required field + Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListPolicyTagsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListPolicyTagsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. +func (s *ListPolicyTagsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListPolicyTagsOutput { + s.IsTruncated = &v + return s +} + +// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. +func (s *ListPolicyTagsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *ListPolicyTagsOutput { + s.Marker = &v + return s +} + +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *ListPolicyTagsOutput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ListPolicyTagsOutput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + type ListPolicyVersionsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -25335,8 +27977,7 @@ type ListPolicyVersionsInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy for which you want the versions. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // PolicyArn is a required field @@ -25411,8 +28052,8 @@ type ListPolicyVersionsOutput struct { // A list of policy versions. // - // For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed - // Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) + // For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for managed + // policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) // in the IAM User Guide. Versions []*PolicyVersion `type:"list"` } @@ -25671,9 +28312,9 @@ type ListRoleTagsOutput struct { // to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request. Marker *string `type:"string"` - // The list of tags currently that is attached to the role. Each tag consists + // The list of tags that are currently attached to the role. Each tag consists // of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached to the specified - // role, the response contains an empty list. + // resource, the response contains an empty list. // // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` @@ -25837,6 +28478,140 @@ func (s *ListRolesOutput) SetRoles(v []*Role) *ListRolesOutput { return s } +type ListSAMLProviderTagsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive + // a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value + // of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where + // the next call should start. + Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // (Optional) Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum + // number of items that you want in the response. If additional items exist + // beyond the maximum that you specify, the IsTruncated response element is + // true. + // + // If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to 100. Note that IAM might + // return fewer results, even when more results are available. In that case, + // the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value + // to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue + // from. + MaxItems *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // The ARN of the Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity provider + // whose tags you want to see. + // + // This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) + // a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters + // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // SAMLProviderArn is a required field + SAMLProviderArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListSAMLProviderTagsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListSAMLProviderTagsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListSAMLProviderTagsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListSAMLProviderTagsInput"} + if s.Marker != nil && len(*s.Marker) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Marker", 1)) + } + if s.MaxItems != nil && *s.MaxItems < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxItems", 1)) + } + if s.SAMLProviderArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SAMLProviderArn")) + } + if s.SAMLProviderArn != nil && len(*s.SAMLProviderArn) < 20 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SAMLProviderArn", 20)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. +func (s *ListSAMLProviderTagsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListSAMLProviderTagsInput { + s.Marker = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxItems sets the MaxItems field's value. +func (s *ListSAMLProviderTagsInput) SetMaxItems(v int64) *ListSAMLProviderTagsInput { + s.MaxItems = &v + return s +} + +// SetSAMLProviderArn sets the SAMLProviderArn field's value. +func (s *ListSAMLProviderTagsInput) SetSAMLProviderArn(v string) *ListSAMLProviderTagsInput { + s.SAMLProviderArn = &v + return s +} + +type ListSAMLProviderTagsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results + // were truncated, you can use the Marker request parameter to make a subsequent + // pagination request that retrieves more items. Note that IAM might return + // fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when more results are available. + // Check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all of your + // results. + IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value + // to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request. + Marker *string `type:"string"` + + // The list of tags that are currently attached to the Security Assertion Markup + // Language (SAML) identity provider. Each tag consists of a key name and an + // associated value. If no tags are attached to the specified resource, the + // response contains an empty list. + // + // Tags is a required field + Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListSAMLProviderTagsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListSAMLProviderTagsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. +func (s *ListSAMLProviderTagsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListSAMLProviderTagsOutput { + s.IsTruncated = &v + return s +} + +// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. +func (s *ListSAMLProviderTagsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *ListSAMLProviderTagsOutput { + s.Marker = &v + return s +} + +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *ListSAMLProviderTagsOutput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ListSAMLProviderTagsOutput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + type ListSAMLProvidersInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } @@ -26000,6 +28775,138 @@ func (s *ListSSHPublicKeysOutput) SetSSHPublicKeys(v []*SSHPublicKeyMetadata) *L return s } +type ListServerCertificateTagsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive + // a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value + // of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where + // the next call should start. + Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // (Optional) Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum + // number of items that you want in the response. If additional items exist + // beyond the maximum that you specify, the IsTruncated response element is + // true. + // + // If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to 100. Note that IAM might + // return fewer results, even when more results are available. In that case, + // the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value + // to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue + // from. + MaxItems *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // The name of the IAM server certificate whose tags you want to see. + // + // This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) + // a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters + // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // ServerCertificateName is a required field + ServerCertificateName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListServerCertificateTagsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListServerCertificateTagsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListServerCertificateTagsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListServerCertificateTagsInput"} + if s.Marker != nil && len(*s.Marker) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Marker", 1)) + } + if s.MaxItems != nil && *s.MaxItems < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxItems", 1)) + } + if s.ServerCertificateName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ServerCertificateName")) + } + if s.ServerCertificateName != nil && len(*s.ServerCertificateName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ServerCertificateName", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. +func (s *ListServerCertificateTagsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListServerCertificateTagsInput { + s.Marker = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxItems sets the MaxItems field's value. +func (s *ListServerCertificateTagsInput) SetMaxItems(v int64) *ListServerCertificateTagsInput { + s.MaxItems = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerCertificateName sets the ServerCertificateName field's value. +func (s *ListServerCertificateTagsInput) SetServerCertificateName(v string) *ListServerCertificateTagsInput { + s.ServerCertificateName = &v + return s +} + +type ListServerCertificateTagsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results + // were truncated, you can use the Marker request parameter to make a subsequent + // pagination request that retrieves more items. Note that IAM might return + // fewer than the MaxItems number of results even when more results are available. + // Check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all of your + // results. + IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value + // to use for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request. + Marker *string `type:"string"` + + // The list of tags that are currently attached to the IAM server certificate. + // Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached + // to the specified resource, the response contains an empty list. + // + // Tags is a required field + Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListServerCertificateTagsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListServerCertificateTagsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. +func (s *ListServerCertificateTagsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListServerCertificateTagsOutput { + s.IsTruncated = &v + return s +} + +// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. +func (s *ListServerCertificateTagsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *ListServerCertificateTagsOutput { + s.Marker = &v + return s +} + +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *ListServerCertificateTagsOutput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ListServerCertificateTagsOutput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + type ListServerCertificatesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -26558,7 +29465,7 @@ type ListUserTagsOutput struct { // The list of tags that are currently attached to the user. Each tag consists // of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached to the specified - // user, the response contains an empty list. + // resource, the response contains an empty list. // // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` @@ -26951,16 +29858,15 @@ func (s *MFADevice) SetUserName(v string) *MFADevice { // This data type is used as a response element in the GetAccountAuthorizationDetails // operation. // -// For more information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline -// Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// For more information about managed policies, see Managed policies and inline +// policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. type ManagedPolicyDetail struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for AWS resources. // - // For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string"` @@ -26975,7 +29881,7 @@ type ManagedPolicyDetail struct { // The identifier for the version of the policy that is set as the default (operative) // version. // - // For more information about policy versions, see Versioning for Managed Policies + // For more information about policy versions, see Versioning for managed policies // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) // in the IAM User Guide. DefaultVersionId *string `type:"string"` @@ -26988,21 +29894,21 @@ type ManagedPolicyDetail struct { // The path to the policy. // - // For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + // For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. Path *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The number of entities (users and roles) for which the policy is used as // the permissions boundary. // - // For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries - // for IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) + // For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries + // for IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) // in the IAM User Guide. PermissionsBoundaryUsageCount *int64 `type:"integer"` // The stable and unique string identifying the policy. // - // For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + // For more information about IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. PolicyId *string `min:"16" type:"string"` @@ -27110,8 +30016,7 @@ type OpenIDConnectProviderListEntry struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for AWS resources. // - // For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string"` } @@ -27187,16 +30092,22 @@ type PasswordPolicy struct { // reusing. PasswordReusePrevention *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` - // Specifies whether to require lowercase characters for IAM user passwords. + // Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one lowercase + // character (a to z). RequireLowercaseCharacters *bool `type:"boolean"` - // Specifies whether to require numbers for IAM user passwords. + // Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one numeric character + // (0 to 9). RequireNumbers *bool `type:"boolean"` - // Specifies whether to require symbols for IAM user passwords. + // Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one of the following + // symbols: + // + // ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) _ + - = [ ] { } | ' RequireSymbols *bool `type:"boolean"` - // Specifies whether to require uppercase characters for IAM user passwords. + // Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one uppercase + // character (A to Z). RequireUppercaseCharacters *bool `type:"boolean"` } @@ -27307,16 +30218,15 @@ func (s *PermissionsBoundaryDecisionDetail) SetAllowedByPermissionsBoundary(v bo // This data type is used as a response element in the CreatePolicy, GetPolicy, // and ListPolicies operations. // -// For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed Policies and -// Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed policies and +// inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. type Policy struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for AWS resources. // - // For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string"` @@ -27342,27 +30252,32 @@ type Policy struct { // The path to the policy. // - // For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + // For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. Path *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The number of entities (users and roles) for which the policy is used to // set the permissions boundary. // - // For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries - // for IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) + // For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries + // for IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) // in the IAM User Guide. PermissionsBoundaryUsageCount *int64 `type:"integer"` // The stable and unique string identifying the policy. // - // For more information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + // For more information about IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. PolicyId *string `min:"16" type:"string"` // The friendly name (not ARN) identifying the policy. PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + // A list of tags that are attached to the instance profile. For more information + // about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` + // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601), // when the policy was last updated. // @@ -27443,6 +30358,12 @@ func (s *Policy) SetPolicyName(v string) *Policy { return s } +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *Policy) SetTags(v []*Tag) *Policy { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + // SetUpdateDate sets the UpdateDate field's value. func (s *Policy) SetUpdateDate(v time.Time) *Policy { s.UpdateDate = &v @@ -27496,7 +30417,7 @@ type PolicyGrantingServiceAccess struct { // The name of the entity (user or role) to which the inline policy is attached. // // This field is null for managed policies. For more information about these - // policy types, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_managed-vs-inline.html) + // policy types, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. EntityName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` @@ -27504,14 +30425,13 @@ type PolicyGrantingServiceAccess struct { // to which the inline policy is attached. // // This field is null for managed policies. For more information about these - // policy types, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_managed-vs-inline.html) + // policy types, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. EntityType *string `type:"string" enum:"PolicyOwnerEntityType"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for AWS resources. // - // For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. PolicyArn *string `min:"20" type:"string"` @@ -27521,7 +30441,7 @@ type PolicyGrantingServiceAccess struct { PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The policy type. For more information about these policy types, see Managed - // Policies and Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_managed-vs-inline.html) + // policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // PolicyType is a required field @@ -27573,14 +30493,14 @@ func (s *PolicyGrantingServiceAccess) SetPolicyType(v string) *PolicyGrantingSer // This data type is used as a response element in the ListEntitiesForPolicy // operation. // -// For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed Policies and -// Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed policies and +// inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. type PolicyGroup struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The stable and unique string identifying the group. For more information - // about IDs, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html) + // about IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. GroupId *string `min:"16" type:"string"` @@ -27615,14 +30535,14 @@ func (s *PolicyGroup) SetGroupName(v string) *PolicyGroup { // This data type is used as a response element in the ListEntitiesForPolicy // operation. // -// For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed Policies and -// Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed policies and +// inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. type PolicyRole struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The stable and unique string identifying the role. For more information about - // IDs, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html) + // IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. RoleId *string `min:"16" type:"string"` @@ -27657,14 +30577,14 @@ func (s *PolicyRole) SetRoleName(v string) *PolicyRole { // This data type is used as a response element in the ListEntitiesForPolicy // operation. // -// For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed Policies and -// Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed policies and +// inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. type PolicyUser struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The stable and unique string identifying the user. For more information about - // IDs, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html) + // IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. UserId *string `min:"16" type:"string"` @@ -27700,8 +30620,8 @@ func (s *PolicyUser) SetUserName(v string) *PolicyUser { // GetPolicyVersion, ListPolicyVersions, and GetAccountAuthorizationDetails // operations. // -// For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed Policies and -// Inline Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) +// For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed policies and +// inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. type PolicyVersion struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -28306,8 +31226,7 @@ type RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { // the client ID from. You can get a list of OIDC provider ARNs by using the // ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // OpenIDConnectProviderArn is a required field @@ -28838,7 +31757,7 @@ type Role struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the role. For more information - // about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + // about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide guide. // // Arn is a required field @@ -28862,7 +31781,7 @@ type Role struct { // parameter. MaxSessionDuration *int64 `min:"3600" type:"integer"` - // The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers + // The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // @@ -28871,13 +31790,13 @@ type Role struct { // The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the role. // - // For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries - // for IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) + // For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries + // for IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) // in the IAM User Guide. PermissionsBoundary *AttachedPermissionsBoundary `type:"structure"` // The stable and unique string identifying the role. For more information about - // IDs, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + // IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // RoleId is a required field @@ -28888,7 +31807,7 @@ type Role struct { // Activity is only reported for the trailing 400 days. This period can be shorter // if your Region began supporting these features within the last year. The // role might have been used more than 400 days ago. For more information, see - // Regions Where Data Is Tracked (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period) + // Regions where data is tracked (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period) // in the IAM User Guide. RoleLastUsed *RoleLastUsed `type:"structure"` @@ -28897,8 +31816,8 @@ type Role struct { // RoleName is a required field RoleName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` - // A list of tags that are attached to the specified role. For more information - // about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + // A list of tags that are attached to the role. For more information about + // tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) // in the IAM User Guide. Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` } @@ -28988,8 +31907,7 @@ type RoleDetail struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for AWS resources. // - // For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string"` @@ -29007,20 +31925,20 @@ type RoleDetail struct { // A list of instance profiles that contain this role. InstanceProfileList []*InstanceProfile `type:"list"` - // The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers + // The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. Path *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the role. // - // For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries - // for IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) + // For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries + // for IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) // in the IAM User Guide. PermissionsBoundary *AttachedPermissionsBoundary `type:"structure"` // The stable and unique string identifying the role. For more information about - // IDs, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + // IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. RoleId *string `min:"16" type:"string"` @@ -29029,7 +31947,7 @@ type RoleDetail struct { // Activity is only reported for the trailing 400 days. This period can be shorter // if your Region began supporting these features within the last year. The // role might have been used more than 400 days ago. For more information, see - // Regions Where Data Is Tracked (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period) + // Regions where data is tracked (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period) // in the IAM User Guide. RoleLastUsed *RoleLastUsed `type:"structure"` @@ -29040,8 +31958,8 @@ type RoleDetail struct { // access (permissions) policies. RolePolicyList []*PolicyDetail `type:"list"` - // A list of tags that are attached to the specified role. For more information - // about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + // A list of tags that are attached to the role. For more information about + // tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) // in the IAM User Guide. Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` } @@ -29133,7 +32051,7 @@ func (s *RoleDetail) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RoleDetail { // Activity is only reported for the trailing 400 days. This period can be shorter // if your Region began supporting these features within the last year. The // role might have been used more than 400 days ago. For more information, see -// Regions Where Data Is Tracked (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period) +// Regions where data is tracked (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period) // in the IAM User Guide. // // This data type is returned as a response element in the GetRole and GetAccountAuthorizationDetails @@ -29145,8 +32063,8 @@ type RoleLastUsed struct { // that the role was last used. // // This field is null if the role has not been used within the IAM tracking - // period. For more information about the tracking period, see Regions Where - // Data Is Tracked (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period) + // period. For more information about the tracking period, see Regions where + // data is tracked (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period) // in the IAM User Guide. LastUsedDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` @@ -29424,6 +32342,11 @@ type ServerCertificate struct { // // ServerCertificateMetadata is a required field ServerCertificateMetadata *ServerCertificateMetadata `type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // A list of tags that are attached to the server certificate. For more information + // about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -29454,6 +32377,12 @@ func (s *ServerCertificate) SetServerCertificateMetadata(v *ServerCertificateMet return s } +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *ServerCertificate) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ServerCertificate { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + // Contains information about a server certificate without its certificate body, // certificate chain, and private key. // @@ -29463,7 +32392,7 @@ type ServerCertificateMetadata struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the server certificate. For more - // information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM Identifiers + // information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM identifiers // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // @@ -29474,14 +32403,14 @@ type ServerCertificateMetadata struct { Expiration *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The path to the server certificate. For more information about paths, see - // IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + // IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // Path is a required field Path *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The stable and unique string identifying the server certificate. For more - // information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + // information about IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // ServerCertificateId is a required field @@ -29578,12 +32507,12 @@ type ServiceLastAccessed struct { // The namespace of the service in which access was attempted. // - // To learn the service namespace of a service, go to Actions, Resources, and - // Condition Keys for AWS Services (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_actions-resources-contextkeys.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for - // that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, - // (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see - // AWS Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) + // To learn the service namespace of a service, see Actions, resources, and + // condition keys for AWS services (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/service-authorization/latest/reference/reference_policies_actions-resources-contextkeys.html) + // in the Service Authorization Reference. Choose the name of the service to + // view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. + // For example, (service prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, + // see AWS Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) // in the AWS General Reference. // // ServiceNamespace is a required field @@ -29845,8 +32774,7 @@ type SetDefaultPolicyVersionInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy whose default version you // want to set. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // PolicyArn is a required field @@ -29854,8 +32782,8 @@ type SetDefaultPolicyVersionInput struct { // The version of the policy to set as the default (operative) version. // - // For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed - // Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) + // For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for managed + // policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // VersionId is a required field @@ -29926,7 +32854,7 @@ type SetSecurityTokenServicePreferencesInput struct { // are valid in all Regions. However, version 2 tokens are longer and might // affect systems where you temporarily store tokens. // - // For information, see Activating and Deactivating STS in an AWS Region (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) + // For information, see Activating and deactivating STS in an AWS region (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // GlobalEndpointTokenVersion is a required field @@ -30093,8 +33021,8 @@ type SimulateCustomPolicyInput struct { // The IAM permissions boundary policy to simulate. The permissions boundary // sets the maximum permissions that an IAM entity can have. You can input only // one permissions boundary when you pass a policy to this operation. For more - // information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for - // IAM Entities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) + // information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for + // IAM entities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) // in the IAM User Guide. The policy input is specified as a string that contains // the complete, valid JSON text of a permissions boundary policy. // @@ -30140,7 +33068,8 @@ type SimulateCustomPolicyInput struct { // is not provided, then the value defaults to * (all resources). Each API in // the ActionNames parameter is evaluated for each resource in this list. The // simulation determines the access result (allowed or denied) of each combination - // and reports it in the response. + // and reports it in the response. You can simulate resources that don't exist + // in your account. // // The simulation does not automatically retrieve policies for the specified // resources. If you want to include a resource policy in the simulation, then @@ -30149,8 +33078,7 @@ type SimulateCustomPolicyInput struct { // If you include a ResourcePolicy, then it must be applicable to all of the // resources included in the simulation or you receive an invalid input error. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. ResourceArns []*string `type:"list"` @@ -30167,7 +33095,7 @@ type SimulateCustomPolicyInput struct { // must specify that volume as a resource. If the EC2 scenario includes VPC, // then you must supply the network-interface resource. If it includes an IP // subnet, then you must specify the subnet resource. For more information on - // the EC2 scenario options, see Supported Platforms (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-supported-platforms.html) + // the EC2 scenario options, see Supported platforms (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-supported-platforms.html) // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. // // * EC2-Classic-InstanceStore instance, image, security-group @@ -30412,8 +33340,7 @@ type SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput struct { // is not the ARN for an IAM user. This is required so that the resource-based // policy's Principal element has a value to use in evaluating the policy. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. CallerArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"` @@ -30446,7 +33373,7 @@ type SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput struct { // if a permissions boundary is attached to an entity and you pass in a different // permissions boundary policy using this parameter, then the new permissions // boundary policy is used for the simulation. For more information about permissions - // boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries for IAM Entities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) + // boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for IAM entities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) // in the IAM User Guide. The policy input is specified as a string containing // the complete, valid JSON text of a permissions boundary policy. // @@ -30486,8 +33413,7 @@ type SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput struct { // If you specify a user, the simulation also includes all policies that are // attached to any groups the user belongs to. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // PolicySourceArn is a required field @@ -30497,14 +33423,14 @@ type SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput struct { // is not provided, then the value defaults to * (all resources). Each API in // the ActionNames parameter is evaluated for each resource in this list. The // simulation determines the access result (allowed or denied) of each combination - // and reports it in the response. + // and reports it in the response. You can simulate resources that don't exist + // in your account. // // The simulation does not automatically retrieve policies for the specified // resources. If you want to include a resource policy in the simulation, then // you must include the policy as a string in the ResourcePolicy parameter. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. ResourceArns []*string `type:"list"` @@ -30521,7 +33447,7 @@ type SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput struct { // must specify that volume as a resource. If the EC2 scenario includes VPC, // then you must supply the network interface resource. If it includes an IP // subnet, then you must specify the subnet resource. For more information on - // the EC2 scenario options, see Supported Platforms (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-supported-platforms.html) + // the EC2 scenario options, see Supported platforms (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-supported-platforms.html) // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. // // * EC2-Classic-InstanceStore instance, image, security group @@ -30753,8 +33679,8 @@ func (s *Statement) SetStartPosition(v *Position) *Statement { } // A structure that represents user-provided metadata that can be associated -// with a resource such as an IAM user or role. For more information about tagging, -// see Tagging IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) +// with an IAM resource. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM +// resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) // in the IAM User Guide. type Tag struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -30820,10 +33746,347 @@ func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag { return s } +type TagInstanceProfileInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the IAM instance profile to which you want to add tags. + // + // This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) + // a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters + // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // InstanceProfileName is a required field + InstanceProfileName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM instance profile. Each + // tag consists of a key name and an associated value. + // + // Tags is a required field + Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TagInstanceProfileInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TagInstanceProfileInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *TagInstanceProfileInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TagInstanceProfileInput"} + if s.InstanceProfileName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceProfileName")) + } + if s.InstanceProfileName != nil && len(*s.InstanceProfileName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InstanceProfileName", 1)) + } + if s.Tags == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags")) + } + if s.Tags != nil { + for i, v := range s.Tags { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetInstanceProfileName sets the InstanceProfileName field's value. +func (s *TagInstanceProfileInput) SetInstanceProfileName(v string) *TagInstanceProfileInput { + s.InstanceProfileName = &v + return s +} + +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *TagInstanceProfileInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *TagInstanceProfileInput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + +type TagInstanceProfileOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TagInstanceProfileOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TagInstanceProfileOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type TagMFADeviceInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The unique identifier for the IAM virtual MFA device to which you want to + // add tags. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN. + // + // This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) + // a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters + // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // SerialNumber is a required field + SerialNumber *string `min:"9" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM virtual MFA device. Each + // tag consists of a key name and an associated value. + // + // Tags is a required field + Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TagMFADeviceInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TagMFADeviceInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *TagMFADeviceInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TagMFADeviceInput"} + if s.SerialNumber == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SerialNumber")) + } + if s.SerialNumber != nil && len(*s.SerialNumber) < 9 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SerialNumber", 9)) + } + if s.Tags == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags")) + } + if s.Tags != nil { + for i, v := range s.Tags { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetSerialNumber sets the SerialNumber field's value. +func (s *TagMFADeviceInput) SetSerialNumber(v string) *TagMFADeviceInput { + s.SerialNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *TagMFADeviceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *TagMFADeviceInput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + +type TagMFADeviceOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TagMFADeviceOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TagMFADeviceOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type TagOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ARN of the OIDC identity provider in IAM to which you want to add tags. + // + // This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) + // a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters + // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // OpenIDConnectProviderArn is a required field + OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The list of tags that you want to attach to the OIDC identity provider in + // IAM. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. + // + // Tags is a required field + Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TagOpenIDConnectProviderInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TagOpenIDConnectProviderInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *TagOpenIDConnectProviderInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TagOpenIDConnectProviderInput"} + if s.OpenIDConnectProviderArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OpenIDConnectProviderArn")) + } + if s.OpenIDConnectProviderArn != nil && len(*s.OpenIDConnectProviderArn) < 20 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OpenIDConnectProviderArn", 20)) + } + if s.Tags == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags")) + } + if s.Tags != nil { + for i, v := range s.Tags { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetOpenIDConnectProviderArn sets the OpenIDConnectProviderArn field's value. +func (s *TagOpenIDConnectProviderInput) SetOpenIDConnectProviderArn(v string) *TagOpenIDConnectProviderInput { + s.OpenIDConnectProviderArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *TagOpenIDConnectProviderInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *TagOpenIDConnectProviderInput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + +type TagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type TagPolicyInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ARN of the IAM customer managed policy to which you want to add tags. + // + // This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) + // a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters + // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // PolicyArn is a required field + PolicyArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM customer managed policy. + // Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. + // + // Tags is a required field + Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TagPolicyInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TagPolicyInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *TagPolicyInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TagPolicyInput"} + if s.PolicyArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PolicyArn")) + } + if s.PolicyArn != nil && len(*s.PolicyArn) < 20 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PolicyArn", 20)) + } + if s.Tags == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags")) + } + if s.Tags != nil { + for i, v := range s.Tags { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetPolicyArn sets the PolicyArn field's value. +func (s *TagPolicyInput) SetPolicyArn(v string) *TagPolicyInput { + s.PolicyArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *TagPolicyInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *TagPolicyInput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + +type TagPolicyOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TagPolicyOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TagPolicyOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + type TagRoleInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The name of the role that you want to add tags to. + // The name of the IAM role to which you want to add tags. // // This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) // a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters @@ -30832,8 +34095,8 @@ type TagRoleInput struct { // RoleName is a required field RoleName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` - // The list of tags that you want to attach to the role. Each tag consists of - // a key name and an associated value. You can specify this with a JSON string. + // The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM role. Each tag consists + // of a key name and an associated value. // // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` @@ -30904,16 +34167,184 @@ func (s TagRoleOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } +type TagSAMLProviderInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ARN of the SAML identity provider in IAM to which you want to add tags. + // + // This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) + // a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters + // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // SAMLProviderArn is a required field + SAMLProviderArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The list of tags that you want to attach to the SAML identity provider in + // IAM. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. + // + // Tags is a required field + Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TagSAMLProviderInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TagSAMLProviderInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *TagSAMLProviderInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TagSAMLProviderInput"} + if s.SAMLProviderArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SAMLProviderArn")) + } + if s.SAMLProviderArn != nil && len(*s.SAMLProviderArn) < 20 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SAMLProviderArn", 20)) + } + if s.Tags == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags")) + } + if s.Tags != nil { + for i, v := range s.Tags { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetSAMLProviderArn sets the SAMLProviderArn field's value. +func (s *TagSAMLProviderInput) SetSAMLProviderArn(v string) *TagSAMLProviderInput { + s.SAMLProviderArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *TagSAMLProviderInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *TagSAMLProviderInput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + +type TagSAMLProviderOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TagSAMLProviderOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TagSAMLProviderOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type TagServerCertificateInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the IAM server certificate to which you want to add tags. + // + // This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) + // a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters + // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // ServerCertificateName is a required field + ServerCertificateName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM server certificate. Each + // tag consists of a key name and an associated value. + // + // Tags is a required field + Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TagServerCertificateInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TagServerCertificateInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *TagServerCertificateInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TagServerCertificateInput"} + if s.ServerCertificateName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ServerCertificateName")) + } + if s.ServerCertificateName != nil && len(*s.ServerCertificateName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ServerCertificateName", 1)) + } + if s.Tags == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags")) + } + if s.Tags != nil { + for i, v := range s.Tags { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetServerCertificateName sets the ServerCertificateName field's value. +func (s *TagServerCertificateInput) SetServerCertificateName(v string) *TagServerCertificateInput { + s.ServerCertificateName = &v + return s +} + +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *TagServerCertificateInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *TagServerCertificateInput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + +type TagServerCertificateOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TagServerCertificateOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TagServerCertificateOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + type TagUserInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The list of tags that you want to attach to the user. Each tag consists of - // a key name and an associated value. + // The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM user. Each tag consists + // of a key name and an associated value. // // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` - // The name of the user that you want to add tags to. + // The name of the IAM user to which you want to add tags. // // This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) // a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters @@ -31002,8 +34433,7 @@ type TrackedActionLastAccessed struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for AWS resources. // - // For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. LastAccessedEntity *string `min:"20" type:"string"` @@ -31057,6 +34487,305 @@ func (s *TrackedActionLastAccessed) SetLastAccessedTime(v time.Time) *TrackedAct return s } +type UntagInstanceProfileInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the IAM instance profile from which you want to remove tags. + // + // This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) + // a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters + // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // InstanceProfileName is a required field + InstanceProfileName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching + // keys are removed from the specified instance profile. + // + // TagKeys is a required field + TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UntagInstanceProfileInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UntagInstanceProfileInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UntagInstanceProfileInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UntagInstanceProfileInput"} + if s.InstanceProfileName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceProfileName")) + } + if s.InstanceProfileName != nil && len(*s.InstanceProfileName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InstanceProfileName", 1)) + } + if s.TagKeys == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetInstanceProfileName sets the InstanceProfileName field's value. +func (s *UntagInstanceProfileInput) SetInstanceProfileName(v string) *UntagInstanceProfileInput { + s.InstanceProfileName = &v + return s +} + +// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value. +func (s *UntagInstanceProfileInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *UntagInstanceProfileInput { + s.TagKeys = v + return s +} + +type UntagInstanceProfileOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UntagInstanceProfileOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UntagInstanceProfileOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type UntagMFADeviceInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The unique identifier for the IAM virtual MFA device from which you want + // to remove tags. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the same as + // the ARN. + // + // This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) + // a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters + // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // SerialNumber is a required field + SerialNumber *string `min:"9" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching + // keys are removed from the specified instance profile. + // + // TagKeys is a required field + TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UntagMFADeviceInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UntagMFADeviceInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UntagMFADeviceInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UntagMFADeviceInput"} + if s.SerialNumber == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SerialNumber")) + } + if s.SerialNumber != nil && len(*s.SerialNumber) < 9 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SerialNumber", 9)) + } + if s.TagKeys == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetSerialNumber sets the SerialNumber field's value. +func (s *UntagMFADeviceInput) SetSerialNumber(v string) *UntagMFADeviceInput { + s.SerialNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value. +func (s *UntagMFADeviceInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *UntagMFADeviceInput { + s.TagKeys = v + return s +} + +type UntagMFADeviceOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UntagMFADeviceOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UntagMFADeviceOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type UntagOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ARN of the OIDC provider in IAM from which you want to remove tags. + // + // This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) + // a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters + // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // OpenIDConnectProviderArn is a required field + OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching + // keys are removed from the specified OIDC provider. + // + // TagKeys is a required field + TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UntagOpenIDConnectProviderInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UntagOpenIDConnectProviderInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UntagOpenIDConnectProviderInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UntagOpenIDConnectProviderInput"} + if s.OpenIDConnectProviderArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OpenIDConnectProviderArn")) + } + if s.OpenIDConnectProviderArn != nil && len(*s.OpenIDConnectProviderArn) < 20 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OpenIDConnectProviderArn", 20)) + } + if s.TagKeys == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetOpenIDConnectProviderArn sets the OpenIDConnectProviderArn field's value. +func (s *UntagOpenIDConnectProviderInput) SetOpenIDConnectProviderArn(v string) *UntagOpenIDConnectProviderInput { + s.OpenIDConnectProviderArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value. +func (s *UntagOpenIDConnectProviderInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *UntagOpenIDConnectProviderInput { + s.TagKeys = v + return s +} + +type UntagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UntagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UntagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type UntagPolicyInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ARN of the IAM customer managed policy from which you want to remove + // tags. + // + // This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) + // a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters + // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // PolicyArn is a required field + PolicyArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching + // keys are removed from the specified policy. + // + // TagKeys is a required field + TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UntagPolicyInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UntagPolicyInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UntagPolicyInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UntagPolicyInput"} + if s.PolicyArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PolicyArn")) + } + if s.PolicyArn != nil && len(*s.PolicyArn) < 20 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PolicyArn", 20)) + } + if s.TagKeys == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetPolicyArn sets the PolicyArn field's value. +func (s *UntagPolicyInput) SetPolicyArn(v string) *UntagPolicyInput { + s.PolicyArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value. +func (s *UntagPolicyInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *UntagPolicyInput { + s.TagKeys = v + return s +} + +type UntagPolicyOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UntagPolicyOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UntagPolicyOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + type UntagRoleInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -31131,6 +34860,155 @@ func (s UntagRoleOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } +type UntagSAMLProviderInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ARN of the SAML identity provider in IAM from which you want to remove + // tags. + // + // This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) + // a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters + // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // SAMLProviderArn is a required field + SAMLProviderArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching + // keys are removed from the specified SAML identity provider. + // + // TagKeys is a required field + TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UntagSAMLProviderInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UntagSAMLProviderInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UntagSAMLProviderInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UntagSAMLProviderInput"} + if s.SAMLProviderArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SAMLProviderArn")) + } + if s.SAMLProviderArn != nil && len(*s.SAMLProviderArn) < 20 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SAMLProviderArn", 20)) + } + if s.TagKeys == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetSAMLProviderArn sets the SAMLProviderArn field's value. +func (s *UntagSAMLProviderInput) SetSAMLProviderArn(v string) *UntagSAMLProviderInput { + s.SAMLProviderArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value. +func (s *UntagSAMLProviderInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *UntagSAMLProviderInput { + s.TagKeys = v + return s +} + +type UntagSAMLProviderOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UntagSAMLProviderOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UntagSAMLProviderOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type UntagServerCertificateInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the IAM server certificate from which you want to remove tags. + // + // This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) + // a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters + // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // ServerCertificateName is a required field + ServerCertificateName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching + // keys are removed from the specified IAM server certificate. + // + // TagKeys is a required field + TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UntagServerCertificateInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UntagServerCertificateInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UntagServerCertificateInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UntagServerCertificateInput"} + if s.ServerCertificateName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ServerCertificateName")) + } + if s.ServerCertificateName != nil && len(*s.ServerCertificateName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ServerCertificateName", 1)) + } + if s.TagKeys == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetServerCertificateName sets the ServerCertificateName field's value. +func (s *UntagServerCertificateInput) SetServerCertificateName(v string) *UntagServerCertificateInput { + s.ServerCertificateName = &v + return s +} + +// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value. +func (s *UntagServerCertificateInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *UntagServerCertificateInput { + s.TagKeys = v + return s +} + +type UntagServerCertificateOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UntagServerCertificateOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UntagServerCertificateOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + type UntagUserInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -31218,8 +35096,8 @@ type UpdateAccessKeyInput struct { AccessKeyId *string `min:"16" type:"string" required:"true"` // The status you want to assign to the secret access key. Active means that - // the key can be used for API calls to AWS, while Inactive means that the key - // cannot be used. + // the key can be used for programmatic calls to AWS, while Inactive means that + // the key cannot be used. // // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"StatusType"` @@ -31300,8 +35178,8 @@ type UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Allows all IAM users in your account to use the AWS Management Console to - // change their own passwords. For more information, see Letting IAM Users Change - // Their Own Passwords (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/HowToPwdIAMUser.html) + // change their own passwords. For more information, see Letting IAM users change + // their own passwords (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/HowToPwdIAMUser.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses @@ -31761,8 +35639,7 @@ type UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintInput struct { // which you want to update the thumbprint. You can get a list of OIDC provider // ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // OpenIDConnectProviderArn is a required field @@ -31925,7 +35802,7 @@ type UpdateRoleInput struct { // for the DurationSeconds parameter, their security credentials are valid for // one hour by default. This applies when you use the AssumeRole* API operations // or the assume-role* CLI operations but does not apply when you use those - // operations to create a console URL. For more information, see Using IAM Roles + // operations to create a console URL. For more information, see Using IAM roles // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html) in the // IAM User Guide. MaxSessionDuration *int64 `min:"3600" type:"integer"` @@ -32011,8 +35888,7 @@ type UpdateSAMLProviderInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider to update. // - // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. // // SAMLProviderArn is a required field @@ -32384,8 +36260,8 @@ type UpdateSigningCertificateInput struct { CertificateId *string `min:"24" type:"string" required:"true"` // The status you want to assign to the certificate. Active means that the certificate - // can be used for API calls to AWS Inactive means that the certificate cannot - // be used. + // can be used for programmatic calls to AWS Inactive means that the certificate + // cannot be used. // // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"StatusType"` @@ -32697,7 +36573,7 @@ type UploadServerCertificateInput struct { CertificateChain *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The path for the server certificate. For more information about paths, see - // IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + // IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash @@ -32740,6 +36616,15 @@ type UploadServerCertificateInput struct { // // ServerCertificateName is a required field ServerCertificateName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM server certificate + // resource. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more + // information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number + // of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. + Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -32779,6 +36664,16 @@ func (s *UploadServerCertificateInput) Validate() error { if s.ServerCertificateName != nil && len(*s.ServerCertificateName) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ServerCertificateName", 1)) } + if s.Tags != nil { + for i, v := range s.Tags { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams @@ -32816,6 +36711,12 @@ func (s *UploadServerCertificateInput) SetServerCertificateName(v string) *Uploa return s } +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *UploadServerCertificateInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *UploadServerCertificateInput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + // Contains the response to a successful UploadServerCertificate request. type UploadServerCertificateOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -32823,6 +36724,12 @@ type UploadServerCertificateOutput struct { // The meta information of the uploaded server certificate without its certificate // body, certificate chain, and private key. ServerCertificateMetadata *ServerCertificateMetadata `type:"structure"` + + // A list of tags that are attached to the new IAM server certificate. The returned + // list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see + // Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -32841,6 +36748,12 @@ func (s *UploadServerCertificateOutput) SetServerCertificateMetadata(v *ServerCe return s } +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *UploadServerCertificateOutput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *UploadServerCertificateOutput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + type UploadSigningCertificateInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -32964,7 +36877,7 @@ type User struct { // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601), // when the user's password was last used to sign in to an AWS website. For // a list of AWS websites that capture a user's last sign-in time, see the Credential - // Reports (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/credential-reports.html) + // reports (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/credential-reports.html) // topic in the IAM User Guide. If a password is used more than once in a five-minute // span, only the first use is returned in this field. If the field is null // (no value), then it indicates that they never signed in with a password. @@ -32982,27 +36895,27 @@ type User struct { // This value is returned only in the GetUser and ListUsers operations. PasswordLastUsed *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` - // The path to the user. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers + // The path to the user. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // + // The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the user. + // // Path is a required field Path *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` - // The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the user. - // - // For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries - // for IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) + // For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries + // for IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) // in the IAM User Guide. PermissionsBoundary *AttachedPermissionsBoundary `type:"structure"` - // A list of tags that are associated with the specified user. For more information - // about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + // A list of tags that are associated with the user. For more information about + // tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) // in the IAM User Guide. Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` // The stable and unique string identifying the user. For more information about - // IDs, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + // IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. // // UserId is a required field @@ -33082,8 +36995,7 @@ type UserDetail struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for AWS resources. // - // For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS - // Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) + // For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string"` @@ -33097,25 +37009,25 @@ type UserDetail struct { // A list of IAM groups that the user is in. GroupList []*string `type:"list"` - // The path to the user. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers + // The path to the user. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. Path *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the user. // - // For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries - // for IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) + // For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries + // for IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) // in the IAM User Guide. PermissionsBoundary *AttachedPermissionsBoundary `type:"structure"` - // A list of tags that are associated with the specified user. For more information - // about tagging, see Tagging IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + // A list of tags that are associated with the user. For more information about + // tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) // in the IAM User Guide. Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` // The stable and unique string identifying the user. For more information about - // IDs, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + // IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the IAM User Guide. UserId *string `min:"16" type:"string"` @@ -33222,6 +37134,11 @@ type VirtualMFADevice struct { // SerialNumber is a required field SerialNumber *string `min:"9" type:"string" required:"true"` + // A list of tags that are attached to the virtual MFA device. For more information + // about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` + // The IAM user associated with this virtual MFA device. User *User `type:"structure"` } @@ -33260,6 +37177,12 @@ func (s *VirtualMFADevice) SetSerialNumber(v string) *VirtualMFADevice { return s } +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *VirtualMFADevice) SetTags(v []*Tag) *VirtualMFADevice { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + // SetUser sets the User field's value. func (s *VirtualMFADevice) SetUser(v *User) *VirtualMFADevice { s.User = v @@ -33589,8 +37512,8 @@ func PolicyType_Values() []string { // The policy usage type that indicates whether the policy is used as a permissions // policy or as the permissions boundary for an entity. // -// For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions Boundaries -// for IAM Identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) +// For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries +// for IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) // in the IAM User Guide. const ( // PolicyUsageTypePermissionsPolicy is a PolicyUsageType enum value diff --git a/service/iam/errors.go b/service/iam/errors.go index 74afac25e08..3a4ff5f0502 100644 --- a/service/iam/errors.go +++ b/service/iam/errors.go @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ const ( // // The request was rejected because the most recent credential report has expired. // To generate a new credential report, use GenerateCredentialReport. For more - // information about credential report expiration, see Getting Credential Reports + // information about credential report expiration, see Getting credential reports // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/credential-reports.html) // in the IAM User Guide. ErrCodeCredentialReportExpiredException = "ReportExpired" @@ -117,8 +117,7 @@ const ( // "LimitExceeded". // // The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond - // the current AWS account limitations. The error message describes the limit - // exceeded. + // the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. ErrCodeLimitExceededException = "LimitExceeded" // ErrCodeMalformedCertificateException for service response error code diff --git a/service/iam/examples_test.go b/service/iam/examples_test.go index 1e2131ac176..5aa8c4f0d97 100644 --- a/service/iam/examples_test.go +++ b/service/iam/examples_test.go @@ -412,8 +412,12 @@ func ExampleIAM_CreateInstanceProfile_shared00() { switch aerr.Code() { case iam.ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException: fmt.Println(iam.ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException, aerr.Error()) + case iam.ErrCodeInvalidInputException: + fmt.Println(iam.ErrCodeInvalidInputException, aerr.Error()) case iam.ErrCodeLimitExceededException: fmt.Println(iam.ErrCodeLimitExceededException, aerr.Error()) + case iam.ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException: + fmt.Println(iam.ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException, aerr.Error()) case iam.ErrCodeServiceFailureException: fmt.Println(iam.ErrCodeServiceFailureException, aerr.Error()) default: @@ -496,6 +500,8 @@ func ExampleIAM_CreateOpenIDConnectProvider_shared00() { fmt.Println(iam.ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException, aerr.Error()) case iam.ErrCodeLimitExceededException: fmt.Println(iam.ErrCodeLimitExceededException, aerr.Error()) + case iam.ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException: + fmt.Println(iam.ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException, aerr.Error()) case iam.ErrCodeServiceFailureException: fmt.Println(iam.ErrCodeServiceFailureException, aerr.Error()) default: @@ -2346,12 +2352,16 @@ func ExampleIAM_UploadServerCertificate_shared00() { switch aerr.Code() { case iam.ErrCodeLimitExceededException: fmt.Println(iam.ErrCodeLimitExceededException, aerr.Error()) + case iam.ErrCodeInvalidInputException: + fmt.Println(iam.ErrCodeInvalidInputException, aerr.Error()) case iam.ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException: fmt.Println(iam.ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException, aerr.Error()) case iam.ErrCodeMalformedCertificateException: fmt.Println(iam.ErrCodeMalformedCertificateException, aerr.Error()) case iam.ErrCodeKeyPairMismatchException: fmt.Println(iam.ErrCodeKeyPairMismatchException, aerr.Error()) + case iam.ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException: + fmt.Println(iam.ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException, aerr.Error()) case iam.ErrCodeServiceFailureException: fmt.Println(iam.ErrCodeServiceFailureException, aerr.Error()) default: diff --git a/service/iam/iamiface/interface.go b/service/iam/iamiface/interface.go index 7b3273a846e..8cfb8ad8b82 100644 --- a/service/iam/iamiface/interface.go +++ b/service/iam/iamiface/interface.go @@ -437,6 +437,10 @@ type IAMAPI interface { ListGroupsForUserPages(*iam.ListGroupsForUserInput, func(*iam.ListGroupsForUserOutput, bool) bool) error ListGroupsForUserPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.ListGroupsForUserInput, func(*iam.ListGroupsForUserOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + ListInstanceProfileTags(*iam.ListInstanceProfileTagsInput) (*iam.ListInstanceProfileTagsOutput, error) + ListInstanceProfileTagsWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.ListInstanceProfileTagsInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.ListInstanceProfileTagsOutput, error) + ListInstanceProfileTagsRequest(*iam.ListInstanceProfileTagsInput) (*request.Request, *iam.ListInstanceProfileTagsOutput) + ListInstanceProfiles(*iam.ListInstanceProfilesInput) (*iam.ListInstanceProfilesOutput, error) ListInstanceProfilesWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.ListInstanceProfilesInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.ListInstanceProfilesOutput, error) ListInstanceProfilesRequest(*iam.ListInstanceProfilesInput) (*request.Request, *iam.ListInstanceProfilesOutput) @@ -451,6 +455,10 @@ type IAMAPI interface { ListInstanceProfilesForRolePages(*iam.ListInstanceProfilesForRoleInput, func(*iam.ListInstanceProfilesForRoleOutput, bool) bool) error ListInstanceProfilesForRolePagesWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.ListInstanceProfilesForRoleInput, func(*iam.ListInstanceProfilesForRoleOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + ListMFADeviceTags(*iam.ListMFADeviceTagsInput) (*iam.ListMFADeviceTagsOutput, error) + ListMFADeviceTagsWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.ListMFADeviceTagsInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.ListMFADeviceTagsOutput, error) + ListMFADeviceTagsRequest(*iam.ListMFADeviceTagsInput) (*request.Request, *iam.ListMFADeviceTagsOutput) + ListMFADevices(*iam.ListMFADevicesInput) (*iam.ListMFADevicesOutput, error) ListMFADevicesWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.ListMFADevicesInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.ListMFADevicesOutput, error) ListMFADevicesRequest(*iam.ListMFADevicesInput) (*request.Request, *iam.ListMFADevicesOutput) @@ -458,6 +466,10 @@ type IAMAPI interface { ListMFADevicesPages(*iam.ListMFADevicesInput, func(*iam.ListMFADevicesOutput, bool) bool) error ListMFADevicesPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.ListMFADevicesInput, func(*iam.ListMFADevicesOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + ListOpenIDConnectProviderTags(*iam.ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput) (*iam.ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsOutput, error) + ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsOutput, error) + ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsRequest(*iam.ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput) (*request.Request, *iam.ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsOutput) + ListOpenIDConnectProviders(*iam.ListOpenIDConnectProvidersInput) (*iam.ListOpenIDConnectProvidersOutput, error) ListOpenIDConnectProvidersWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.ListOpenIDConnectProvidersInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.ListOpenIDConnectProvidersOutput, error) ListOpenIDConnectProvidersRequest(*iam.ListOpenIDConnectProvidersInput) (*request.Request, *iam.ListOpenIDConnectProvidersOutput) @@ -473,6 +485,10 @@ type IAMAPI interface { ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessOutput, error) ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessRequest(*iam.ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessInput) (*request.Request, *iam.ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessOutput) + ListPolicyTags(*iam.ListPolicyTagsInput) (*iam.ListPolicyTagsOutput, error) + ListPolicyTagsWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.ListPolicyTagsInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.ListPolicyTagsOutput, error) + ListPolicyTagsRequest(*iam.ListPolicyTagsInput) (*request.Request, *iam.ListPolicyTagsOutput) + ListPolicyVersions(*iam.ListPolicyVersionsInput) (*iam.ListPolicyVersionsOutput, error) ListPolicyVersionsWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.ListPolicyVersionsInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.ListPolicyVersionsOutput, error) ListPolicyVersionsRequest(*iam.ListPolicyVersionsInput) (*request.Request, *iam.ListPolicyVersionsOutput) @@ -498,6 +514,10 @@ type IAMAPI interface { ListRolesPages(*iam.ListRolesInput, func(*iam.ListRolesOutput, bool) bool) error ListRolesPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.ListRolesInput, func(*iam.ListRolesOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + ListSAMLProviderTags(*iam.ListSAMLProviderTagsInput) (*iam.ListSAMLProviderTagsOutput, error) + ListSAMLProviderTagsWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.ListSAMLProviderTagsInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.ListSAMLProviderTagsOutput, error) + ListSAMLProviderTagsRequest(*iam.ListSAMLProviderTagsInput) (*request.Request, *iam.ListSAMLProviderTagsOutput) + ListSAMLProviders(*iam.ListSAMLProvidersInput) (*iam.ListSAMLProvidersOutput, error) ListSAMLProvidersWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.ListSAMLProvidersInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.ListSAMLProvidersOutput, error) ListSAMLProvidersRequest(*iam.ListSAMLProvidersInput) (*request.Request, *iam.ListSAMLProvidersOutput) @@ -509,6 +529,10 @@ type IAMAPI interface { ListSSHPublicKeysPages(*iam.ListSSHPublicKeysInput, func(*iam.ListSSHPublicKeysOutput, bool) bool) error ListSSHPublicKeysPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.ListSSHPublicKeysInput, func(*iam.ListSSHPublicKeysOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + ListServerCertificateTags(*iam.ListServerCertificateTagsInput) (*iam.ListServerCertificateTagsOutput, error) + ListServerCertificateTagsWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.ListServerCertificateTagsInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.ListServerCertificateTagsOutput, error) + ListServerCertificateTagsRequest(*iam.ListServerCertificateTagsInput) (*request.Request, *iam.ListServerCertificateTagsOutput) + ListServerCertificates(*iam.ListServerCertificatesInput) (*iam.ListServerCertificatesOutput, error) ListServerCertificatesWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.ListServerCertificatesInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.ListServerCertificatesOutput, error) ListServerCertificatesRequest(*iam.ListServerCertificatesInput) (*request.Request, *iam.ListServerCertificatesOutput) @@ -614,18 +638,66 @@ type IAMAPI interface { SimulatePrincipalPolicyPages(*iam.SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput, func(*iam.SimulatePolicyResponse, bool) bool) error SimulatePrincipalPolicyPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput, func(*iam.SimulatePolicyResponse, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + TagInstanceProfile(*iam.TagInstanceProfileInput) (*iam.TagInstanceProfileOutput, error) + TagInstanceProfileWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.TagInstanceProfileInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.TagInstanceProfileOutput, error) + TagInstanceProfileRequest(*iam.TagInstanceProfileInput) (*request.Request, *iam.TagInstanceProfileOutput) + + TagMFADevice(*iam.TagMFADeviceInput) (*iam.TagMFADeviceOutput, error) + TagMFADeviceWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.TagMFADeviceInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.TagMFADeviceOutput, error) + TagMFADeviceRequest(*iam.TagMFADeviceInput) (*request.Request, *iam.TagMFADeviceOutput) + + TagOpenIDConnectProvider(*iam.TagOpenIDConnectProviderInput) (*iam.TagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error) + TagOpenIDConnectProviderWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.TagOpenIDConnectProviderInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.TagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error) + TagOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(*iam.TagOpenIDConnectProviderInput) (*request.Request, *iam.TagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput) + + TagPolicy(*iam.TagPolicyInput) (*iam.TagPolicyOutput, error) + TagPolicyWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.TagPolicyInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.TagPolicyOutput, error) + TagPolicyRequest(*iam.TagPolicyInput) (*request.Request, *iam.TagPolicyOutput) + TagRole(*iam.TagRoleInput) (*iam.TagRoleOutput, error) TagRoleWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.TagRoleInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.TagRoleOutput, error) TagRoleRequest(*iam.TagRoleInput) (*request.Request, *iam.TagRoleOutput) + TagSAMLProvider(*iam.TagSAMLProviderInput) (*iam.TagSAMLProviderOutput, error) + TagSAMLProviderWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.TagSAMLProviderInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.TagSAMLProviderOutput, error) + TagSAMLProviderRequest(*iam.TagSAMLProviderInput) (*request.Request, *iam.TagSAMLProviderOutput) + + TagServerCertificate(*iam.TagServerCertificateInput) (*iam.TagServerCertificateOutput, error) + TagServerCertificateWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.TagServerCertificateInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.TagServerCertificateOutput, error) + TagServerCertificateRequest(*iam.TagServerCertificateInput) (*request.Request, *iam.TagServerCertificateOutput) + TagUser(*iam.TagUserInput) (*iam.TagUserOutput, error) TagUserWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.TagUserInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.TagUserOutput, error) TagUserRequest(*iam.TagUserInput) (*request.Request, *iam.TagUserOutput) + UntagInstanceProfile(*iam.UntagInstanceProfileInput) (*iam.UntagInstanceProfileOutput, error) + UntagInstanceProfileWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.UntagInstanceProfileInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.UntagInstanceProfileOutput, error) + UntagInstanceProfileRequest(*iam.UntagInstanceProfileInput) (*request.Request, *iam.UntagInstanceProfileOutput) + + UntagMFADevice(*iam.UntagMFADeviceInput) (*iam.UntagMFADeviceOutput, error) + UntagMFADeviceWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.UntagMFADeviceInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.UntagMFADeviceOutput, error) + UntagMFADeviceRequest(*iam.UntagMFADeviceInput) (*request.Request, *iam.UntagMFADeviceOutput) + + UntagOpenIDConnectProvider(*iam.UntagOpenIDConnectProviderInput) (*iam.UntagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error) + UntagOpenIDConnectProviderWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.UntagOpenIDConnectProviderInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.UntagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error) + UntagOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(*iam.UntagOpenIDConnectProviderInput) (*request.Request, *iam.UntagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput) + + UntagPolicy(*iam.UntagPolicyInput) (*iam.UntagPolicyOutput, error) + UntagPolicyWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.UntagPolicyInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.UntagPolicyOutput, error) + UntagPolicyRequest(*iam.UntagPolicyInput) (*request.Request, *iam.UntagPolicyOutput) + UntagRole(*iam.UntagRoleInput) (*iam.UntagRoleOutput, error) UntagRoleWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.UntagRoleInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.UntagRoleOutput, error) UntagRoleRequest(*iam.UntagRoleInput) (*request.Request, *iam.UntagRoleOutput) + UntagSAMLProvider(*iam.UntagSAMLProviderInput) (*iam.UntagSAMLProviderOutput, error) + UntagSAMLProviderWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.UntagSAMLProviderInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.UntagSAMLProviderOutput, error) + UntagSAMLProviderRequest(*iam.UntagSAMLProviderInput) (*request.Request, *iam.UntagSAMLProviderOutput) + + UntagServerCertificate(*iam.UntagServerCertificateInput) (*iam.UntagServerCertificateOutput, error) + UntagServerCertificateWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.UntagServerCertificateInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.UntagServerCertificateOutput, error) + UntagServerCertificateRequest(*iam.UntagServerCertificateInput) (*request.Request, *iam.UntagServerCertificateOutput) + UntagUser(*iam.UntagUserInput) (*iam.UntagUserOutput, error) UntagUserWithContext(aws.Context, *iam.UntagUserInput, ...request.Option) (*iam.UntagUserOutput, error) UntagUserRequest(*iam.UntagUserInput) (*request.Request, *iam.UntagUserOutput) diff --git a/service/macie2/api.go b/service/macie2/api.go index b1fb3c06107..dce3702e8a4 100644 --- a/service/macie2/api.go +++ b/service/macie2/api.go @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ func (c *Macie2) CreateMemberRequest(input *CreateMemberInput) (req *request.Req // CreateMember API operation for Amazon Macie 2. // -// Associates an account with an Amazon Macie master account. +// Associates an account with an Amazon Macie administrator account. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1313,7 +1313,8 @@ func (c *Macie2) DeleteMemberRequest(input *DeleteMemberInput) (req *request.Req // DeleteMember API operation for Amazon Macie 2. // -// Deletes the association between an Amazon Macie master account and an account. +// Deletes the association between an Amazon Macie administrator account and +// an account. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1955,6 +1956,111 @@ func (c *Macie2) DisableOrganizationAdminAccountWithContext(ctx aws.Context, inp return out, req.Send() } +const opDisassociateFromAdministratorAccount = "DisassociateFromAdministratorAccount" + +// DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DisassociateFromAdministratorAccount operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DisassociateFromAdministratorAccount for more information on using the DisassociateFromAdministratorAccount +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/macie2-2020-01-01/DisassociateFromAdministratorAccount +func (c *Macie2) DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountRequest(input *DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDisassociateFromAdministratorAccount, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/administrator/disassociate", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountInput{} + } + + output = &DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DisassociateFromAdministratorAccount API operation for Amazon Macie 2. +// +// Disassociates a member account from its Amazon Macie administrator account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Macie 2's +// API operation DisassociateFromAdministratorAccount for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// * ValidationException +// Provides information about an error that occurred due to a syntax error in +// a request. +// +// * InternalServerException +// Provides information about an error that occurred due to an unknown internal +// server error, exception, or failure. +// +// * ServiceQuotaExceededException +// Provides information about an error that occurred due to one or more service +// quotas for an account. +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// Provides information about an error that occurred due to insufficient access +// to a specified resource. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Provides information about an error that occurred because a specified resource +// wasn't found. +// +// * ThrottlingException +// Provides information about an error that occurred because too many requests +// were sent during a certain amount of time. +// +// * ConflictException +// Provides information about an error that occurred due to a versioning conflict +// for a specified resource. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/macie2-2020-01-01/DisassociateFromAdministratorAccount +func (c *Macie2) DisassociateFromAdministratorAccount(input *DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountInput) (*DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountWithContext is the same as DisassociateFromAdministratorAccount with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DisassociateFromAdministratorAccount for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Macie2) DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opDisassociateFromMasterAccount = "DisassociateFromMasterAccount" // DisassociateFromMasterAccountRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -2000,7 +2106,9 @@ func (c *Macie2) DisassociateFromMasterAccountRequest(input *DisassociateFromMas // DisassociateFromMasterAccount API operation for Amazon Macie 2. // -// Disassociates a member account from its Amazon Macie master account. +// (Deprecated) Disassociates a member account from its Amazon Macie administrator +// account. This operation has been replaced by the DisassociateFromAdministratorAccount +// operation. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2105,7 +2213,7 @@ func (c *Macie2) DisassociateMemberRequest(input *DisassociateMemberInput) (req // DisassociateMember API operation for Amazon Macie 2. // -// Disassociates an Amazon Macie master account from a member account. +// Disassociates an Amazon Macie administrator account from a member account. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2377,6 +2485,111 @@ func (c *Macie2) EnableOrganizationAdminAccountWithContext(ctx aws.Context, inpu return out, req.Send() } +const opGetAdministratorAccount = "GetAdministratorAccount" + +// GetAdministratorAccountRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetAdministratorAccount operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetAdministratorAccount for more information on using the GetAdministratorAccount +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetAdministratorAccountRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetAdministratorAccountRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/macie2-2020-01-01/GetAdministratorAccount +func (c *Macie2) GetAdministratorAccountRequest(input *GetAdministratorAccountInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetAdministratorAccountOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetAdministratorAccount, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/administrator", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetAdministratorAccountInput{} + } + + output = &GetAdministratorAccountOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetAdministratorAccount API operation for Amazon Macie 2. +// +// Retrieves information about the Amazon Macie administrator account for an +// account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Macie 2's +// API operation GetAdministratorAccount for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// * ValidationException +// Provides information about an error that occurred due to a syntax error in +// a request. +// +// * InternalServerException +// Provides information about an error that occurred due to an unknown internal +// server error, exception, or failure. +// +// * ServiceQuotaExceededException +// Provides information about an error that occurred due to one or more service +// quotas for an account. +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// Provides information about an error that occurred due to insufficient access +// to a specified resource. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Provides information about an error that occurred because a specified resource +// wasn't found. +// +// * ThrottlingException +// Provides information about an error that occurred because too many requests +// were sent during a certain amount of time. +// +// * ConflictException +// Provides information about an error that occurred due to a versioning conflict +// for a specified resource. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/macie2-2020-01-01/GetAdministratorAccount +func (c *Macie2) GetAdministratorAccount(input *GetAdministratorAccountInput) (*GetAdministratorAccountOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetAdministratorAccountRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetAdministratorAccountWithContext is the same as GetAdministratorAccount with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetAdministratorAccount for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Macie2) GetAdministratorAccountWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetAdministratorAccountInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetAdministratorAccountOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetAdministratorAccountRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opGetBucketStatistics = "GetBucketStatistics" // GetBucketStatisticsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -3256,7 +3469,9 @@ func (c *Macie2) GetMasterAccountRequest(input *GetMasterAccountInput) (req *req // GetMasterAccount API operation for Amazon Macie 2. // -// Retrieves information about the Amazon Macie master account for an account. +// (Deprecated) Retrieves information about the Amazon Macie administrator account +// for an account. This operation has been replaced by the GetAdministratorAccount +// operation. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3360,8 +3575,8 @@ func (c *Macie2) GetMemberRequest(input *GetMemberInput) (req *request.Request, // GetMember API operation for Amazon Macie 2. // -// Retrieves information about a member account that's associated with an Amazon -// Macie master account. +// Retrieves information about an account that's associated with an Amazon Macie +// administrator account. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4550,7 +4765,7 @@ func (c *Macie2) ListMembersRequest(input *ListMembersInput) (req *request.Reque // ListMembers API operation for Amazon Macie 2. // // Retrieves information about the accounts that are associated with an Amazon -// Macie master account. +// Macie administrator account. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5622,7 +5837,7 @@ func (c *Macie2) UpdateMemberSessionRequest(input *UpdateMemberSessionInput) (re // UpdateMemberSession API operation for Amazon Macie 2. // -// Enables an Amazon Macie master account to suspend or re-enable a member account. +// Enables an Amazon Macie administrator to suspend or re-enable a member account. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5787,15 +6002,21 @@ func (c *Macie2) UpdateOrganizationConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, inp return out, req.Send() } -// Specifies an Amazon Macie membership invitation to accept. +// Specifies an Amazon Macie membership invitation to accept. In the request, +// you have to specify the ID for the AWS account that sent the invitation. +// Otherwise, a validation error occurs. To specify this ID, we recommend that +// you use the administratorAccountId property instead of the masterAccount +// property. The masterAccount property has been deprecated and is retained +// only for backward compatibility. type AcceptInvitationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + AdministratorAccountId *string `locationName:"administratorAccountId" type:"string"` + // InvitationId is a required field InvitationId *string `locationName:"invitationId" type:"string" required:"true"` - // MasterAccount is a required field - MasterAccount *string `locationName:"masterAccount" type:"string" required:"true"` + MasterAccount *string `locationName:"masterAccount" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -5814,9 +6035,6 @@ func (s *AcceptInvitationInput) Validate() error { if s.InvitationId == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InvitationId")) } - if s.MasterAccount == nil { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MasterAccount")) - } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams @@ -5824,6 +6042,12 @@ func (s *AcceptInvitationInput) Validate() error { return nil } +// SetAdministratorAccountId sets the AdministratorAccountId field's value. +func (s *AcceptInvitationInput) SetAdministratorAccountId(v string) *AcceptInvitationInput { + s.AdministratorAccountId = &v + return s +} + // SetInvitationId sets the InvitationId field's value. func (s *AcceptInvitationInput) SetInvitationId(v string) *AcceptInvitationInput { s.InvitationId = &v @@ -5939,7 +6163,7 @@ func (s *AccessDeniedException) RequestID() string { return s.RespMetadata.RequestID } -// Specifies details for an account to associate with an Amazon Macie master +// Specifies details for an account to associate with an Amazon Macie administrator // account. type AccountDetail struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -6026,7 +6250,7 @@ type AdminAccount struct { AccountId *string `locationName:"accountId" type:"string"` // The current status of an account as the delegated Amazon Macie administrator - // account for an AWS organization. + // account for an AWS organization. Possible values are: Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"AdminStatus"` } @@ -7801,11 +8025,12 @@ func (s *CreateInvitationsOutput) SetUnprocessedAccounts(v []*UnprocessedAccount return s } -// Specifies an account to associate with an Amazon Macie master account. +// Specifies an AWS account to associate with an Amazon Macie administrator +// account. type CreateMemberInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Specifies details for an account to associate with an Amazon Macie master + // Specifies details for an account to associate with an Amazon Macie administrator // account. // // Account is a required field @@ -7858,7 +8083,7 @@ func (s *CreateMemberInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateMemberInput { } // Provides information about a request to associate an account with an Amazon -// Macie master account. +// Macie administrator account. type CreateMemberOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -8904,6 +9129,34 @@ func (s DisableOrganizationAdminAccountOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } +type DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + type DisassociateFromMasterAccountInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } @@ -9009,8 +9262,8 @@ func (s *DomainDetails) SetDomainName(v string) *DomainDetails { return s } -// Enables Amazon Macie and specifies the configuration settings for an Amazon -// Macie account. +// Enables Amazon Macie and specifies the configuration settings for a Macie +// account. type EnableMacieInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -9563,6 +9816,47 @@ func (s *FindingsFilterListItem) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *FindingsFilterLi return s } +type GetAdministratorAccountInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetAdministratorAccountInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetAdministratorAccountInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Provides information about the Amazon Macie administrator account for an +// account. If the accounts are associated by a Macie membership invitation, +// the response also provides information about that invitation. +type GetAdministratorAccountOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Provides information about an Amazon Macie membership invitation that was + // received by an account. + Administrator *Invitation `locationName:"administrator" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetAdministratorAccountOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetAdministratorAccountOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAdministrator sets the Administrator field's value. +func (s *GetAdministratorAccountOutput) SetAdministrator(v *Invitation) *GetAdministratorAccountOutput { + s.Administrator = v + return s +} + // Specifies the account that owns the S3 buckets to retrieve aggregated statistical // data for. type GetBucketStatisticsInput struct { @@ -10313,9 +10607,9 @@ func (s GetMasterAccountInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Provides information about the Amazon Macie master account for an account. -// If the accounts are associated by a Macie membership invitation, the response -// also provides information about that invitation. +// (Deprecated) Provides information about the Amazon Macie administrator account +// for an account. If the accounts are associated by a Macie membership invitation, +// the response also provides information about that invitation. type GetMasterAccountOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -10380,12 +10674,14 @@ func (s *GetMemberInput) SetId(v string) *GetMemberInput { } // Provides information about an account that's associated with an Amazon Macie -// master account. +// administrator account. type GetMemberOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` AccountId *string `locationName:"accountId" type:"string"` + AdministratorAccountId *string `locationName:"administratorAccountId" type:"string"` + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` Email *string `locationName:"email" type:"string"` @@ -10395,7 +10691,7 @@ type GetMemberOutput struct { MasterAccountId *string `locationName:"masterAccountId" type:"string"` // The current status of the relationship between an account and an associated - // Amazon Macie master account (inviter account). Possible values are: + // Amazon Macie administrator account (inviter account). Possible values are: RelationshipStatus *string `locationName:"relationshipStatus" type:"string" enum:"RelationshipStatus"` // A string-to-string map of key-value pairs that specifies the tags (keys and @@ -10422,6 +10718,12 @@ func (s *GetMemberOutput) SetAccountId(v string) *GetMemberOutput { return s } +// SetAdministratorAccountId sets the AdministratorAccountId field's value. +func (s *GetMemberOutput) SetAdministratorAccountId(v string) *GetMemberOutput { + s.AdministratorAccountId = &v + return s +} + // SetArn sets the Arn field's value. func (s *GetMemberOutput) SetArn(v string) *GetMemberOutput { s.Arn = &v @@ -10772,7 +11074,7 @@ type Invitation struct { InvitedAt *time.Time `locationName:"invitedAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // The current status of the relationship between an account and an associated - // Amazon Macie master account (inviter account). Possible values are: + // Amazon Macie administrator account (inviter account). Possible values are: RelationshipStatus *string `locationName:"relationshipStatus" type:"string" enum:"RelationshipStatus"` } @@ -11658,8 +11960,8 @@ func (s *ListInvitationsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInvitationsInput { return s } -// Provides information about all the Amazon Macie membership invitations that -// were received by an account. +// Provides information about the Amazon Macie membership invitations that were +// received by an account. type ListInvitationsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -11850,7 +12152,7 @@ func (s *ListMembersInput) SetOnlyAssociated(v string) *ListMembersInput { } // Provides information about the accounts that are associated with an Amazon -// Macie master account. +// Macie administrator account. type ListMembersOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -12024,12 +12326,14 @@ func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ListTagsForRe } // Provides information about an account that's associated with an Amazon Macie -// master account. +// administrator account. type Member struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` AccountId *string `locationName:"accountId" type:"string"` + AdministratorAccountId *string `locationName:"administratorAccountId" type:"string"` + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` Email *string `locationName:"email" type:"string"` @@ -12039,7 +12343,7 @@ type Member struct { MasterAccountId *string `locationName:"masterAccountId" type:"string"` // The current status of the relationship between an account and an associated - // Amazon Macie master account (inviter account). Possible values are: + // Amazon Macie administrator account (inviter account). Possible values are: RelationshipStatus *string `locationName:"relationshipStatus" type:"string" enum:"RelationshipStatus"` // A string-to-string map of key-value pairs that specifies the tags (keys and @@ -12066,6 +12370,12 @@ func (s *Member) SetAccountId(v string) *Member { return s } +// SetAdministratorAccountId sets the AdministratorAccountId field's value. +func (s *Member) SetAdministratorAccountId(v string) *Member { + s.AdministratorAccountId = &v + return s +} + // SetArn sets the Arn field's value. func (s *Member) SetArn(v string) *Member { s.Arn = &v @@ -13832,7 +14142,7 @@ type UnprocessedAccount struct { AccountId *string `locationName:"accountId" type:"string"` - // The source of an error, issue, or delay. Possible values are: + // The source of an issue or delay. Possible values are: ErrorCode *string `locationName:"errorCode" type:"string" enum:"ErrorCode"` ErrorMessage *string `locationName:"errorMessage" type:"string"` @@ -14238,7 +14548,7 @@ func (s UpdateMemberSessionOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Specifies whether Amazon Macie is enabled automatically for accounts that +// Specifies whether to enable Amazon Macie automatically for accounts that // are added to an AWS organization. type UpdateOrganizationConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -14765,7 +15075,7 @@ func (s *WeeklySchedule) SetDayOfWeek(v string) *WeeklySchedule { } // The current status of an account as the delegated Amazon Macie administrator -// account for an AWS organization. +// account for an AWS organization. Possible values are: const ( // AdminStatusEnabled is a AdminStatus enum value AdminStatusEnabled = "ENABLED" @@ -14878,7 +15188,7 @@ func EncryptionType_Values() []string { } } -// The source of an error, issue, or delay. Possible values are: +// The source of an issue or delay. Possible values are: const ( // ErrorCodeClientError is a ErrorCode enum value ErrorCodeClientError = "ClientError" @@ -15295,7 +15605,7 @@ func OrderBy_Values() []string { } // The current status of the relationship between an account and an associated -// Amazon Macie master account (inviter account). Possible values are: +// Amazon Macie administrator account (inviter account). Possible values are: const ( // RelationshipStatusEnabled is a RelationshipStatus enum value RelationshipStatusEnabled = "Enabled" diff --git a/service/macie2/macie2iface/interface.go b/service/macie2/macie2iface/interface.go index 96377bd47f3..3445dd838d3 100644 --- a/service/macie2/macie2iface/interface.go +++ b/service/macie2/macie2iface/interface.go @@ -135,6 +135,10 @@ type Macie2API interface { DisableOrganizationAdminAccountWithContext(aws.Context, *macie2.DisableOrganizationAdminAccountInput, ...request.Option) (*macie2.DisableOrganizationAdminAccountOutput, error) DisableOrganizationAdminAccountRequest(*macie2.DisableOrganizationAdminAccountInput) (*request.Request, *macie2.DisableOrganizationAdminAccountOutput) + DisassociateFromAdministratorAccount(*macie2.DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountInput) (*macie2.DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountOutput, error) + DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountWithContext(aws.Context, *macie2.DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountInput, ...request.Option) (*macie2.DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountOutput, error) + DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountRequest(*macie2.DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountInput) (*request.Request, *macie2.DisassociateFromAdministratorAccountOutput) + DisassociateFromMasterAccount(*macie2.DisassociateFromMasterAccountInput) (*macie2.DisassociateFromMasterAccountOutput, error) DisassociateFromMasterAccountWithContext(aws.Context, *macie2.DisassociateFromMasterAccountInput, ...request.Option) (*macie2.DisassociateFromMasterAccountOutput, error) DisassociateFromMasterAccountRequest(*macie2.DisassociateFromMasterAccountInput) (*request.Request, *macie2.DisassociateFromMasterAccountOutput) @@ -151,6 +155,10 @@ type Macie2API interface { EnableOrganizationAdminAccountWithContext(aws.Context, *macie2.EnableOrganizationAdminAccountInput, ...request.Option) (*macie2.EnableOrganizationAdminAccountOutput, error) EnableOrganizationAdminAccountRequest(*macie2.EnableOrganizationAdminAccountInput) (*request.Request, *macie2.EnableOrganizationAdminAccountOutput) + GetAdministratorAccount(*macie2.GetAdministratorAccountInput) (*macie2.GetAdministratorAccountOutput, error) + GetAdministratorAccountWithContext(aws.Context, *macie2.GetAdministratorAccountInput, ...request.Option) (*macie2.GetAdministratorAccountOutput, error) + GetAdministratorAccountRequest(*macie2.GetAdministratorAccountInput) (*request.Request, *macie2.GetAdministratorAccountOutput) + GetBucketStatistics(*macie2.GetBucketStatisticsInput) (*macie2.GetBucketStatisticsOutput, error) GetBucketStatisticsWithContext(aws.Context, *macie2.GetBucketStatisticsInput, ...request.Option) (*macie2.GetBucketStatisticsOutput, error) GetBucketStatisticsRequest(*macie2.GetBucketStatisticsInput) (*request.Request, *macie2.GetBucketStatisticsOutput) diff --git a/service/personalizeevents/api.go b/service/personalizeevents/api.go index 650cd0c2afc..a3090ace414 100644 --- a/service/personalizeevents/api.go +++ b/service/personalizeevents/api.go @@ -58,7 +58,8 @@ func (c *PersonalizeEvents) PutEventsRequest(input *PutEventsInput) (req *reques // PutEvents API operation for Amazon Personalize Events. // -// Records user interaction event data. For more information see event-record-api. +// Records user interaction event data. For more information see Recording Events +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/personalize/latest/dg/recording-events.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -138,7 +139,8 @@ func (c *PersonalizeEvents) PutItemsRequest(input *PutItemsInput) (req *request. // PutItems API operation for Amazon Personalize Events. // -// Adds one or more items to an Items dataset. For more information see importing-items. +// Adds one or more items to an Items dataset. For more information see Importing +// Items Incrementally (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/personalize/latest/dg/importing-items.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -154,6 +156,9 @@ func (c *PersonalizeEvents) PutItemsRequest(input *PutItemsInput) (req *request. // * ResourceNotFoundException // Could not find the specified resource. // +// * ResourceInUseException +// The specified resource is in use. +// // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/personalize-events-2018-03-22/PutItems func (c *PersonalizeEvents) PutItems(input *PutItemsInput) (*PutItemsOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutItemsRequest(input) @@ -221,7 +226,8 @@ func (c *PersonalizeEvents) PutUsersRequest(input *PutUsersInput) (req *request. // PutUsers API operation for Amazon Personalize Events. // -// Adds one or more users to a Users dataset. For more information see importing-users. +// Adds one or more users to a Users dataset. For more information see Importing +// Users Incrementally (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/personalize/latest/dg/importing-users.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -237,6 +243,9 @@ func (c *PersonalizeEvents) PutUsersRequest(input *PutUsersInput) (req *request. // * ResourceNotFoundException // Could not find the specified resource. // +// * ResourceInUseException +// The specified resource is in use. +// // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/personalize-events-2018-03-22/PutUsers func (c *PersonalizeEvents) PutUsers(input *PutUsersInput) (*PutUsersOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutUsersRequest(input) @@ -458,6 +467,7 @@ func (s *InvalidInputException) RequestID() string { } // Represents item metadata added to an Items dataset using the PutItems API. +// For more information see Importing Items Incrementally (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/personalize/latest/dg/importing-items.html). type Item struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -467,13 +477,13 @@ type Item struct { ItemId *string `locationName:"itemId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A string map of item-specific metadata. Each element in the map consists - // of a key-value pair. For example, - // - // {"numberOfRatings": "12"} + // of a key-value pair. For example, {"numberOfRatings": "12"}. // - // The keys use camel case names that match the fields in the Items schema. - // In the above example, the numberOfRatings would match the 'NUMBER_OF_RATINGS' - // field defined in the Items schema. + // The keys use camel case names that match the fields in the schema for the + // Items dataset. In the previous example, the numberOfRatings matches the 'NUMBER_OF_RATINGS' + // field defined in the Items schema. For categorical string data, to include + // multiple categories for a single item, separate each category with a pipe + // separator (|). For example, \"Horror|Action\". Properties aws.JSONValue `locationName:"properties" type:"jsonvalue"` } @@ -526,7 +536,7 @@ type PutEventsInput struct { // The session ID associated with the user's visit. Your application generates // the sessionId when a user first visits your website or uses your application. // Amazon Personalize uses the sessionId to associate events with the user before - // they log in. For more information see event-record-api. + // they log in. For more information, see Recording Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/personalize/latest/dg/recording-events.html). // // SessionId is a required field SessionId *string `locationName:"sessionId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -634,8 +644,8 @@ func (s PutEventsOutput) GoString() string { type PutItemsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The Amazon Resource Number (ARN) of the Items dataset you are adding the - // item or items to. + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Items dataset you are adding the item + // or items to. // // DatasetArn is a required field DatasetArn *string `locationName:"datasetArn" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -714,8 +724,8 @@ func (s PutItemsOutput) GoString() string { type PutUsersInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The Amazon Resource Number (ARN) of the Users dataset you are adding the - // user or users to. + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Users dataset you are adding the user + // or users to. // // DatasetArn is a required field DatasetArn *string `locationName:"datasetArn" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -791,6 +801,62 @@ func (s PutUsersOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } +// The specified resource is in use. +type ResourceInUseException struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` + + Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ResourceInUseException) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ResourceInUseException) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +func newErrorResourceInUseException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { + return &ResourceInUseException{ + RespMetadata: v, + } +} + +// Code returns the exception type name. +func (s *ResourceInUseException) Code() string { + return "ResourceInUseException" +} + +// Message returns the exception's message. +func (s *ResourceInUseException) Message() string { + if s.Message_ != nil { + return *s.Message_ + } + return "" +} + +// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. +func (s *ResourceInUseException) OrigErr() error { + return nil +} + +func (s *ResourceInUseException) Error() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) +} + +// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. +func (s *ResourceInUseException) StatusCode() int { + return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode +} + +// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. +func (s *ResourceInUseException) RequestID() string { + return s.RespMetadata.RequestID +} + // Could not find the specified resource. type ResourceNotFoundException struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -848,17 +914,18 @@ func (s *ResourceNotFoundException) RequestID() string { } // Represents user metadata added to a Users dataset using the PutUsers API. +// For more information see Importing Users Incrementally (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/personalize/latest/dg/importing-users.html). type User struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A string map of user-specific metadata. Each element in the map consists - // of a key-value pair. For example, - // - // {"numberOfVideosWatched": "45"} + // of a key-value pair. For example, {"numberOfVideosWatched": "45"}. // - // The keys use camel case names that match the fields in the Users schema. - // In the above example, the numberOfVideosWatched would match the 'NUMBER_OF_VIDEOS_WATCHED' - // field defined in the Users schema. + // The keys use camel case names that match the fields in the schema for the + // Users dataset. In the previous example, the numberOfVideosWatched matches + // the 'NUMBER_OF_VIDEOS_WATCHED' field defined in the Users schema. For categorical + // string data, to include multiple categories for a single user, separate each + // category with a pipe separator (|). For example, \"Member|Frequent shopper\". Properties aws.JSONValue `locationName:"properties" type:"jsonvalue"` // The ID associated with the user. diff --git a/service/personalizeevents/doc.go b/service/personalizeevents/doc.go index 959056163a3..da46f227e4e 100644 --- a/service/personalizeevents/doc.go +++ b/service/personalizeevents/doc.go @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ // // Amazon Personalize can consume real-time user event data, such as stream // or click data, and use it for model training either alone or combined with -// historical data. For more information see recording-events. +// historical data. For more information see Recording Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/personalize/latest/dg/recording-events.html). // // See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/personalize-events-2018-03-22 for more information on this service. // diff --git a/service/personalizeevents/errors.go b/service/personalizeevents/errors.go index dc5d66c563f..0a580889ce2 100644 --- a/service/personalizeevents/errors.go +++ b/service/personalizeevents/errors.go @@ -14,6 +14,12 @@ const ( // Provide a valid value for the field or parameter. ErrCodeInvalidInputException = "InvalidInputException" + // ErrCodeResourceInUseException for service response error code + // "ResourceInUseException". + // + // The specified resource is in use. + ErrCodeResourceInUseException = "ResourceInUseException" + // ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException for service response error code // "ResourceNotFoundException". // @@ -23,5 +29,6 @@ const ( var exceptionFromCode = map[string]func(protocol.ResponseMetadata) error{ "InvalidInputException": newErrorInvalidInputException, + "ResourceInUseException": newErrorResourceInUseException, "ResourceNotFoundException": newErrorResourceNotFoundException, } diff --git a/service/rds/api.go b/service/rds/api.go index 11723bf9223..333b846611c 100644 --- a/service/rds/api.go +++ b/service/rds/api.go @@ -21969,9 +21969,12 @@ type DBClusterSnapshot struct { // Specifies the identifier for the DB cluster snapshot. DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` - // Specifies the name of the database engine. + // Specifies the name of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot. Engine *string `type:"string"` + // Provides the engine mode of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot. + EngineMode *string `type:"string"` + // Provides the version of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot. EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` @@ -21989,7 +21992,7 @@ type DBClusterSnapshot struct { // Provides the license model information for this DB cluster snapshot. LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` - // Provides the master username for the DB cluster snapshot. + // Provides the master username for this DB cluster snapshot. MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. @@ -22077,6 +22080,12 @@ func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngine(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { return s } +// SetEngineMode sets the EngineMode field's value. +func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngineMode(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { + s.EngineMode = &v + return s +} + // SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { s.EngineVersion = &v @@ -43039,8 +43048,20 @@ type UpgradeTarget struct { // The version number of the upgrade target database engine. EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` - // A value that indicates whether a database engine is upgraded to a major version. + // A value that indicates whether upgrading to the target version requires upgrading + // the major version of the database engine. IsMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // A list of the supported DB engine modes for the target engine version. + SupportedEngineModes []*string `type:"list"` + + // A value that indicates whether you can use Aurora global databases with the + // target engine version. + SupportsGlobalDatabases *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // A value that indicates whether you can use Aurora parallel query with the + // target engine version. + SupportsParallelQuery *bool `type:"boolean"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -43083,6 +43104,24 @@ func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetIsMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *UpgradeTarget { return s } +// SetSupportedEngineModes sets the SupportedEngineModes field's value. +func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetSupportedEngineModes(v []*string) *UpgradeTarget { + s.SupportedEngineModes = v + return s +} + +// SetSupportsGlobalDatabases sets the SupportsGlobalDatabases field's value. +func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetSupportsGlobalDatabases(v bool) *UpgradeTarget { + s.SupportsGlobalDatabases = &v + return s +} + +// SetSupportsParallelQuery sets the SupportsParallelQuery field's value. +func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetSupportsParallelQuery(v bool) *UpgradeTarget { + s.SupportsParallelQuery = &v + return s +} + // Specifies the details of authentication used by a proxy to log in as a specific // database user. type UserAuthConfig struct { diff --git a/service/wafv2/api.go b/service/wafv2/api.go index a7112a25132..073f9648654 100644 --- a/service/wafv2/api.go +++ b/service/wafv2/api.go @@ -58,11 +58,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) AssociateWebACLRequest(input *AssociateWebACLInput) (req *reques // AssociateWebACL API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Associates a Web ACL with a regional application resource, to protect the // resource. A regional application can be an Application Load Balancer (ALB), // an API Gateway REST API, or an AppSync GraphQL API. @@ -175,11 +170,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) CheckCapacityRequest(input *CheckCapacityInput) (req *request.Re // CheckCapacity API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Returns the web ACL capacity unit (WCU) requirements for a specified scope // and set of rules. You can use this to check the capacity requirements for // the rules you want to use in a RuleGroup or WebACL. @@ -304,11 +294,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) CreateIPSetRequest(input *CreateIPSetInput) (req *request.Reques // CreateIPSet API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Creates an IPSet, which you use to identify web requests that originate from // specific IP addresses or ranges of IP addresses. For example, if you're receiving // a lot of requests from a ranges of IP addresses, you can configure AWS WAF @@ -433,11 +418,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) CreateRegexPatternSetRequest(input *CreateRegexPatternSetInput) // CreateRegexPatternSet API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Creates a RegexPatternSet, which you reference in a RegexPatternSetReferenceStatement, // to have AWS WAF inspect a web request component for the specified patterns. // @@ -560,11 +540,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) CreateRuleGroupRequest(input *CreateRuleGroupInput) (req *reques // CreateRuleGroup API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Creates a RuleGroup per the specifications provided. // // A rule group defines a collection of rules to inspect and control web requests @@ -701,11 +676,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) CreateWebACLRequest(input *CreateWebACLInput) (req *request.Requ // CreateWebACL API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Creates a WebACL per the specifications provided. // // A Web ACL defines a collection of rules to use to inspect and control web @@ -963,11 +933,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) DeleteIPSetRequest(input *DeleteIPSetInput) (req *request.Reques // DeleteIPSet API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Deletes the specified IPSet. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -1088,11 +1053,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) DeleteLoggingConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteLoggingConfigurat // DeleteLoggingConfiguration API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Deletes the LoggingConfiguration from the specified web ACL. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -1304,11 +1264,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) DeleteRegexPatternSetRequest(input *DeleteRegexPatternSetInput) // DeleteRegexPatternSet API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Deletes the specified RegexPatternSet. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -1429,11 +1384,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) DeleteRuleGroupRequest(input *DeleteRuleGroupInput) (req *reques // DeleteRuleGroup API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Deletes the specified RuleGroup. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -1554,11 +1504,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) DeleteWebACLRequest(input *DeleteWebACLInput) (req *request.Requ // DeleteWebACL API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Deletes the specified WebACL. // // You can only use this if ManagedByFirewallManager is false in the specified @@ -1681,11 +1626,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) DescribeManagedRuleGroupRequest(input *DescribeManagedRuleGroupI // DescribeManagedRuleGroup API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Provides high-level information for a managed rule group, including descriptions // of the rules. // @@ -1794,11 +1734,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) DisassociateWebACLRequest(input *DisassociateWebACLInput) (req * // DisassociateWebACL API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Disassociates a Web ACL from a regional application resource. A regional // application can be an Application Load Balancer (ALB), an API Gateway REST // API, or an AppSync GraphQL API. @@ -1908,11 +1843,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) GetIPSetRequest(input *GetIPSetInput) (req *request.Request, out // GetIPSet API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Retrieves the specified IPSet. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -2015,11 +1945,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) GetLoggingConfigurationRequest(input *GetLoggingConfigurationInp // GetLoggingConfiguration API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Returns the LoggingConfiguration for the specified web ACL. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -2223,11 +2148,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) GetRateBasedStatementManagedKeysRequest(input *GetRateBasedState // GetRateBasedStatementManagedKeys API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Retrieves the keys that are currently blocked by a rate-based rule. The maximum // number of managed keys that can be blocked for a single rate-based rule is // 10,000. If more than 10,000 addresses exceed the rate limit, those with the @@ -2333,11 +2253,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) GetRegexPatternSetRequest(input *GetRegexPatternSetInput) (req * // GetRegexPatternSet API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Retrieves the specified RegexPatternSet. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -2440,11 +2355,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) GetRuleGroupRequest(input *GetRuleGroupInput) (req *request.Requ // GetRuleGroup API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Retrieves the specified RuleGroup. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -2547,11 +2457,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) GetSampledRequestsRequest(input *GetSampledRequestsInput) (req * // GetSampledRequests API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Gets detailed information about a specified number of requests--a sample--that // AWS WAF randomly selects from among the first 5,000 requests that your AWS // resource received during a time range that you choose. You can specify a @@ -2661,11 +2566,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) GetWebACLRequest(input *GetWebACLInput) (req *request.Request, o // GetWebACL API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Retrieves the specified WebACL. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -2768,11 +2668,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) GetWebACLForResourceRequest(input *GetWebACLForResourceInput) (r // GetWebACLForResource API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Retrieves the WebACL for the specified resource. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -2878,11 +2773,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) ListAvailableManagedRuleGroupsRequest(input *ListAvailableManage // ListAvailableManagedRuleGroups API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Retrieves an array of managed rule groups that are available for you to use. // This list includes all AWS Managed Rules rule groups and the AWS Marketplace // managed rule groups that you're subscribed to. @@ -2983,11 +2873,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) ListIPSetsRequest(input *ListIPSetsInput) (req *request.Request, // ListIPSets API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Retrieves an array of IPSetSummary objects for the IP sets that you manage. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -3086,11 +2971,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) ListLoggingConfigurationsRequest(input *ListLoggingConfiguration // ListLoggingConfigurations API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Retrieves an array of your LoggingConfiguration objects. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -3189,11 +3069,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) ListRegexPatternSetsRequest(input *ListRegexPatternSetsInput) (r // ListRegexPatternSets API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Retrieves an array of RegexPatternSetSummary objects for the regex pattern // sets that you manage. // @@ -3293,11 +3168,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) ListResourcesForWebACLRequest(input *ListResourcesForWebACLInput // ListResourcesForWebACL API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Retrieves an array of the Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) for the regional resources // that are associated with the specified web ACL. If you want the list of AWS // CloudFront resources, use the AWS CloudFront call ListDistributionsByWebACLId. @@ -3402,11 +3272,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) ListRuleGroupsRequest(input *ListRuleGroupsInput) (req *request. // ListRuleGroups API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Retrieves an array of RuleGroupSummary objects for the rule groups that you // manage. // @@ -3506,11 +3371,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req // ListTagsForResource API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Retrieves the TagInfoForResource for the specified resource. Tags are key:value // pairs that you can use to categorize and manage your resources, for purposes // like billing. For example, you might set the tag key to "customer" and the @@ -3628,11 +3488,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) ListWebACLsRequest(input *ListWebACLsInput) (req *request.Reques // ListWebACLs API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Retrieves an array of WebACLSummary objects for the web ACLs that you manage. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -3731,11 +3586,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) PutLoggingConfigurationRequest(input *PutLoggingConfigurationInp // PutLoggingConfiguration API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Enables the specified LoggingConfiguration, to start logging from a web ACL, // according to the configuration provided. // @@ -4015,11 +3865,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) (req *request.Reques // TagResource API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Associates tags with the specified AWS resource. Tags are key:value pairs // that you can use to categorize and manage your resources, for purposes like // billing. For example, you might set the tag key to "customer" and the value @@ -4144,11 +3989,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) UntagResourceRequest(input *UntagResourceInput) (req *request.Re // UntagResource API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Disassociates tags from an AWS resource. Tags are key:value pairs that you // can associate with AWS resources. For example, the tag key might be "customer" // and the tag value might be "companyA." You can specify one or more tags to @@ -4261,11 +4101,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) UpdateIPSetRequest(input *UpdateIPSetInput) (req *request.Reques // UpdateIPSet API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Updates the specified IPSet. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -4384,11 +4219,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) UpdateRegexPatternSetRequest(input *UpdateRegexPatternSetInput) // UpdateRegexPatternSet API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Updates the specified RegexPatternSet. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -4507,11 +4337,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) UpdateRuleGroupRequest(input *UpdateRuleGroupInput) (req *reques // UpdateRuleGroup API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Updates the specified RuleGroup. // // A rule group defines a collection of rules to inspect and control web requests @@ -4641,11 +4466,6 @@ func (c *WAFV2) UpdateWebACLRequest(input *UpdateWebACLInput) (req *request.Requ // UpdateWebACL API operation for AWS WAFV2. // -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Updates the specified WebACL. // // A Web ACL defines a collection of rules to use to inspect and control web @@ -4739,11 +4559,26 @@ func (c *WAFV2) UpdateWebACLWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateWebACLInpu return out, req.Send() } +// Inspect all of the elements that AWS WAF has parsed and extracted from the +// web request JSON body that are within the JsonBody MatchScope. This is used +// with the FieldToMatch option JsonBody. // -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// +// This is used only to indicate the web request component for AWS WAF to inspect, +// in the FieldToMatch specification. +type All struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s All) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s All) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + // All query arguments of a web request. // // This is used only to indicate the web request component for AWS WAF to inspect, @@ -4762,11 +4597,6 @@ func (s AllQueryArguments) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Specifies that AWS WAF should allow requests. // // This is used only in the context of other settings, for example to specify @@ -4785,11 +4615,6 @@ func (s AllowAction) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // A logical rule statement used to combine other rule statements with AND logic. // You provide more than one Statement within the AndStatement. type AndStatement struct { @@ -4913,11 +4738,6 @@ func (s AssociateWebACLOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Specifies that AWS WAF should block requests. // // This is used only in the context of other settings, for example to specify @@ -4936,11 +4756,6 @@ func (s BlockAction) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // The body of a web request. This immediately follows the request headers. // // This is used only to indicate the web request component for AWS WAF to inspect, @@ -4959,11 +4774,6 @@ func (s Body) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // A rule statement that defines a string match search for AWS WAF to apply // to web requests. The byte match statement provides the bytes to search for, // the location in requests that you want AWS WAF to search, and other settings. @@ -5234,11 +5044,6 @@ func (s *CheckCapacityOutput) SetCapacity(v int64) *CheckCapacityOutput { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Specifies that AWS WAF should count requests. // // This is used only in the context of other settings, for example to specify @@ -5285,8 +5090,7 @@ type CreateIPSetInput struct { // Addresses is a required field Addresses []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` - // A description of the IP set that helps with identification. You cannot change - // the description of an IP set after you create it. + // A description of the IP set that helps with identification. Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // Specify IPV4 or IPV6. @@ -5435,8 +5239,7 @@ func (s *CreateIPSetOutput) SetSummary(v *IPSetSummary) *CreateIPSetOutput { type CreateRegexPatternSetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // A description of the set that helps with identification. You cannot change - // the description of a set after you create it. + // A description of the set that helps with identification. Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the set. You cannot change the name after you create the set. @@ -5603,8 +5406,7 @@ type CreateRuleGroupInput struct { // Capacity is a required field Capacity *int64 `min:"1" type:"long" required:"true"` - // A description of the rule group that helps with identification. You cannot - // change the description of a rule group after you create it. + // A description of the rule group that helps with identification. Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the rule group. You cannot change the name of a rule group after @@ -5788,8 +5590,7 @@ type CreateWebACLInput struct { // DefaultAction is a required field DefaultAction *DefaultAction `type:"structure" required:"true"` - // A description of the Web ACL that helps with identification. You cannot change - // the description of a Web ACL after you create it. + // A description of the Web ACL that helps with identification. Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the Web ACL. You cannot change the name of a Web ACL after you @@ -5961,11 +5762,6 @@ func (s *CreateWebACLOutput) SetSummary(v *WebACLSummary) *CreateWebACLOutput { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // In a WebACL, this is the action that you want AWS WAF to perform when a web // request doesn't match any of the rules in the WebACL. The default action // must be a terminating action, so count is not allowed. @@ -6883,11 +6679,6 @@ func (s DisassociateWebACLOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Specifies a single rule to exclude from the rule group. Excluding a rule // overrides its action setting for the rule group in the web ACL, setting it // to COUNT. This effectively excludes the rule from acting on web requests. @@ -6932,11 +6723,6 @@ func (s *ExcludedRule) SetName(v string) *ExcludedRule { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // The part of a web request that you want AWS WAF to inspect. Include the single // FieldToMatch type that you want to inspect, with additional specifications // as needed, according to the type. You specify a single request component @@ -6949,10 +6735,10 @@ type FieldToMatch struct { // Inspect all query arguments. AllQueryArguments *AllQueryArguments `type:"structure"` - // Inspect the request body, which immediately follows the request headers. - // This is the part of a request that contains any additional data that you - // want to send to your web server as the HTTP request body, such as data from - // a form. + // Inspect the request body as plain text. The request body immediately follows + // the request headers. This is the part of a request that contains any additional + // data that you want to send to your web server as the HTTP request body, such + // as data from a form. // // Note that only the first 8 KB (8192 bytes) of the request body are forwarded // to AWS WAF for inspection by the underlying host service. If you don't need @@ -6964,6 +6750,21 @@ type FieldToMatch struct { // the 8 KB limit. Body *Body `type:"structure"` + // Inspect the request body as JSON. The request body immediately follows the + // request headers. This is the part of a request that contains any additional + // data that you want to send to your web server as the HTTP request body, such + // as data from a form. + // + // Note that only the first 8 KB (8192 bytes) of the request body are forwarded + // to AWS WAF for inspection by the underlying host service. If you don't need + // to inspect more than 8 KB, you can guarantee that you don't allow additional + // bytes in by combining a statement that inspects the body of the web request, + // such as ByteMatchStatement or RegexPatternSetReferenceStatement, with a SizeConstraintStatement + // that enforces an 8 KB size limit on the body of the request. AWS WAF doesn't + // support inspecting the entire contents of web requests whose bodies exceed + // the 8 KB limit. + JsonBody *JsonBody `type:"structure"` + // Inspect the HTTP method. The method indicates the type of operation that // the request is asking the origin to perform. Method *Method `type:"structure"` @@ -7002,6 +6803,11 @@ func (s FieldToMatch) GoString() string { // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *FieldToMatch) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FieldToMatch"} + if s.JsonBody != nil { + if err := s.JsonBody.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("JsonBody", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } if s.SingleHeader != nil { if err := s.SingleHeader.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("SingleHeader", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) @@ -7031,6 +6837,12 @@ func (s *FieldToMatch) SetBody(v *Body) *FieldToMatch { return s } +// SetJsonBody sets the JsonBody field's value. +func (s *FieldToMatch) SetJsonBody(v *JsonBody) *FieldToMatch { + s.JsonBody = v + return s +} + // SetMethod sets the Method field's value. func (s *FieldToMatch) SetMethod(v *Method) *FieldToMatch { s.Method = v @@ -7104,11 +6916,6 @@ type FirewallManagerRuleGroup struct { // Priority is a required field Priority *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` - // - // This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, - // 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from - // the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). - // // Defines and enables Amazon CloudWatch metrics and web request sample collection. // // VisibilityConfig is a required field @@ -7160,11 +6967,6 @@ func (s *FirewallManagerRuleGroup) SetVisibilityConfig(v *VisibilityConfig) *Fir type FirewallManagerStatement struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // - // This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, - // 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from - // the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). - // // A rule statement used to run the rules that are defined in a managed rule // group. To use this, provide the vendor name and the name of the rule group // in this statement. You can retrieve the required names by calling ListAvailableManagedRuleGroups. @@ -7174,11 +6976,6 @@ type FirewallManagerStatement struct { // within a rule. ManagedRuleGroupStatement *ManagedRuleGroupStatement `type:"structure"` - // - // This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, - // 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from - // the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). - // // A rule statement used to run the rules that are defined in a RuleGroup. To // use this, create a rule group with your rules, then provide the ARN of the // rule group in this statement. @@ -7293,11 +7090,6 @@ func (s *ForwardedIPConfig) SetHeaderName(v string) *ForwardedIPConfig { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // A rule statement used to identify web requests based on country of origin. type GeoMatchStatement struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -7443,11 +7235,6 @@ func (s *GetIPSetInput) SetScope(v string) *GetIPSetInput { type GetIPSetOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // - // This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, - // 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from - // the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). - // // Contains one or more IP addresses or blocks of IP addresses specified in // Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation. AWS WAF supports any CIDR // range. For information about CIDR notation, see the Wikipedia entry Classless @@ -7850,11 +7637,6 @@ type GetRegexPatternSetOutput struct { // operation. LockToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"` - // - // This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, - // 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from - // the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). - // // Contains one or more regular expressions. // // AWS WAF assigns an ARN to each RegexPatternSet that you create. To use a @@ -7982,11 +7764,6 @@ type GetRuleGroupOutput struct { // operation. LockToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"` - // - // This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, - // 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from - // the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). - // // A rule group defines a collection of rules to inspect and control web requests // that you can use in a WebACL. When you create a rule group, you define an // immutable capacity limit. If you update a rule group, you must stay within @@ -8053,7 +7830,8 @@ type GetSampledRequestsInput struct { // you want GetSampledRequests to return a sample of requests. You must specify // the times in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) format. UTC format includes // the special designator, Z. For example, "2016-09-27T14:50Z". You can specify - // any time range in the previous three hours. + // any time range in the previous three hours. If you specify a start time that's + // earlier than three hours ago, AWS WAF sets it to three hours ago. // // TimeWindow is a required field TimeWindow *TimeWindow `type:"structure" required:"true"` @@ -8382,11 +8160,6 @@ func (s *GetWebACLOutput) SetWebACL(v *WebACL) *GetWebACLOutput { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Part of the response from GetSampledRequests. This is a complex type that // appears as Headers in the response syntax. HTTPHeader contains the names // and values of all of the headers that appear in one of the web requests. @@ -8422,11 +8195,6 @@ func (s *HTTPHeader) SetValue(v string) *HTTPHeader { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Part of the response from GetSampledRequests. This is a complex type that // appears as Request in the response syntax. HTTPRequest contains information // about one of the web requests. @@ -8510,11 +8278,6 @@ func (s *HTTPRequest) SetURI(v string) *HTTPRequest { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Contains one or more IP addresses or blocks of IP addresses specified in // Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation. AWS WAF supports any CIDR // range. For information about CIDR notation, see the Wikipedia entry Classless @@ -8555,8 +8318,7 @@ type IPSet struct { // Addresses is a required field Addresses []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` - // A description of the IP set that helps with identification. You cannot change - // the description of an IP set after you create it. + // A description of the IP set that helps with identification. Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // Specify IPV4 or IPV6. @@ -8732,11 +8494,6 @@ func (s *IPSetForwardedIPConfig) SetPosition(v string) *IPSetForwardedIPConfig { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // A rule statement used to detect web requests coming from particular IP addresses // or address ranges. To use this, create an IPSet that specifies the addresses // you want to detect, then use the ARN of that set in this statement. To create @@ -8807,11 +8564,6 @@ func (s *IPSetReferenceStatement) SetIPSetForwardedIPConfig(v *IPSetForwardedIPC return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // High-level information about an IPSet, returned by operations like create // and list. This provides information like the ID, that you can use to retrieve // and manage an IPSet, and the ARN, that you provide to the IPSetReferenceStatement @@ -8822,8 +8574,7 @@ type IPSetSummary struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the entity. ARN *string `min:"20" type:"string"` - // A description of the IP set that helps with identification. You cannot change - // the description of an IP set after you create it. + // A description of the IP set that helps with identification. Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A unique identifier for the set. This ID is returned in the responses to @@ -8885,6 +8636,158 @@ func (s *IPSetSummary) SetName(v string) *IPSetSummary { return s } +// The body of a web request, inspected as JSON. The body immediately follows +// the request headers. This is used in the FieldToMatch specification. +// +// Use the specifications in this object to indicate which parts of the JSON +// body to inspect using the rule's inspection criteria. AWS WAF inspects only +// the parts of the JSON that result from the matches that you indicate. +type JsonBody struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The inspection behavior to fall back to if the JSON in the request body is + // invalid. For AWS WAF, invalid JSON is any content that isn't complete syntactical + // JSON, content whose root node isn't an object or an array, and duplicate + // keys in the content. + // + // You can specify the following fallback behaviors: + // + // * MATCH - Treat the web request as matching the rule statement. AWS WAF + // applies the rule action to the request. + // + // * NO_MATCH - Treat the web request as not matching the rule statement. + // + // * EVALUATE_AS_STRING - Inspect the body as plain text. This option applies + // the text transformations and inspection criteria that you defined for + // the JSON inspection to the body text string. + // + // If you don't provide this setting, when AWS WAF encounters invalid JSON, + // it parses and inspects what it can, up to the first invalid JSON that it + // encounters. + InvalidFallbackBehavior *string `type:"string" enum:"BodyParsingFallbackBehavior"` + + // The patterns to look for in the JSON body. AWS WAF inspects the results of + // these pattern matches against the rule inspection criteria. + // + // MatchPattern is a required field + MatchPattern *JsonMatchPattern `type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // The parts of the JSON to match against using the MatchPattern. If you specify + // All, AWS WAF matches against keys and values. + // + // MatchScope is a required field + MatchScope *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"JsonMatchScope"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s JsonBody) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s JsonBody) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *JsonBody) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "JsonBody"} + if s.MatchPattern == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MatchPattern")) + } + if s.MatchScope == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MatchScope")) + } + if s.MatchPattern != nil { + if err := s.MatchPattern.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("MatchPattern", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetInvalidFallbackBehavior sets the InvalidFallbackBehavior field's value. +func (s *JsonBody) SetInvalidFallbackBehavior(v string) *JsonBody { + s.InvalidFallbackBehavior = &v + return s +} + +// SetMatchPattern sets the MatchPattern field's value. +func (s *JsonBody) SetMatchPattern(v *JsonMatchPattern) *JsonBody { + s.MatchPattern = v + return s +} + +// SetMatchScope sets the MatchScope field's value. +func (s *JsonBody) SetMatchScope(v string) *JsonBody { + s.MatchScope = &v + return s +} + +// The patterns to look for in the JSON body. AWS WAF inspects the results of +// these pattern matches against the rule inspection criteria. This is used +// with the FieldToMatch option JsonBody. +type JsonMatchPattern struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Match all of the elements. See also MatchScope in JsonBody. + // + // You must specify either this setting or the IncludedPaths setting, but not + // both. + All *All `type:"structure"` + + // Match only the specified include paths. See also MatchScope in JsonBody. + // + // Provide the include paths using JSON Pointer syntax. For example, "IncludedPaths": + // ["/dogs/0/name", "/dogs/1/name"]. For information about this syntax, see + // the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) documentation JavaScript Object + // Notation (JSON) Pointer (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6901). + // + // You must specify either this setting or the All setting, but not both. + // + // Don't use this option to include all paths. Instead, use the All setting. + IncludedPaths []*string `min:"1" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s JsonMatchPattern) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s JsonMatchPattern) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *JsonMatchPattern) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "JsonMatchPattern"} + if s.IncludedPaths != nil && len(s.IncludedPaths) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("IncludedPaths", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAll sets the All field's value. +func (s *JsonMatchPattern) SetAll(v *All) *JsonMatchPattern { + s.All = v + return s +} + +// SetIncludedPaths sets the IncludedPaths field's value. +func (s *JsonMatchPattern) SetIncludedPaths(v []*string) *JsonMatchPattern { + s.IncludedPaths = v + return s +} + type ListAvailableManagedRuleGroupsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -9728,11 +9631,6 @@ func (s *ListWebACLsOutput) SetWebACLs(v []*WebACLSummary) *ListWebACLsOutput { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Defines an association between Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose destinations // and a web ACL resource, for logging from AWS WAF. As part of the association, // you can specify parts of the standard logging fields to keep out of the logs. @@ -9830,11 +9728,6 @@ func (s *LoggingConfiguration) SetResourceArn(v string) *LoggingConfiguration { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // A rule statement used to run the rules that are defined in a managed rule // group. To use this, provide the vendor name and the name of the rule group // in this statement. You can retrieve the required names by calling ListAvailableManagedRuleGroups. @@ -9923,11 +9816,6 @@ func (s *ManagedRuleGroupStatement) SetVendorName(v string) *ManagedRuleGroupSta return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // High-level information about a managed rule group, returned by ListAvailableManagedRuleGroups. // This provides information like the name and vendor name, that you provide // when you add a ManagedRuleGroupStatement to a web ACL. Managed rule groups @@ -9978,11 +9866,6 @@ func (s *ManagedRuleGroupSummary) SetVendorName(v string) *ManagedRuleGroupSumma return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // The HTTP method of a web request. The method indicates the type of operation // that the request is asking the origin to perform. // @@ -10002,11 +9885,6 @@ func (s Method) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Specifies that AWS WAF should do nothing. This is generally used to try out // a rule without performing any actions. You set the OverrideAction on the // Rule. @@ -10027,11 +9905,6 @@ func (s NoneAction) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // A logical rule statement used to negate the results of another rule statement. // You provide one Statement within the NotStatement. type NotStatement struct { @@ -10077,11 +9950,6 @@ func (s *NotStatement) SetStatement(v *Statement) *NotStatement { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // A logical rule statement used to combine other rule statements with OR logic. // You provide more than one Statement within the OrStatement. type OrStatement struct { @@ -10183,11 +10051,6 @@ func (s *OverrideAction) SetNone(v *NoneAction) *OverrideAction { type PutLoggingConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // - // This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, - // 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from - // the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). - // // Defines an association between Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose destinations // and a web ACL resource, for logging from AWS WAF. As part of the association, // you can specify parts of the standard logging fields to keep out of the logs. @@ -10233,11 +10096,6 @@ func (s *PutLoggingConfigurationInput) SetLoggingConfiguration(v *LoggingConfigu type PutLoggingConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // - // This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, - // 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from - // the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). - // // Defines an association between Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose destinations // and a web ACL resource, for logging from AWS WAF. As part of the association, // you can specify parts of the standard logging fields to keep out of the logs. @@ -10349,11 +10207,6 @@ func (s PutPermissionPolicyOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // The query string of a web request. This is the part of a URL that appears // after a ? character, if any. // @@ -10373,11 +10226,6 @@ func (s QueryString) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // A rate-based rule tracks the rate of requests for each originating IP address, // and triggers the rule action when the rate exceeds a limit that you specify // on the number of requests in any 5-minute time span. You can use this to @@ -10510,11 +10358,6 @@ func (s *RateBasedStatement) SetScopeDownStatement(v *Statement) *RateBasedState return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // The set of IP addresses that are currently blocked for a rate-based statement. type RateBasedStatementManagedKeysIPSet struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -10547,11 +10390,6 @@ func (s *RateBasedStatementManagedKeysIPSet) SetIPAddressVersion(v string) *Rate return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // A single regular expression. This is used in a RegexPatternSet. type Regex struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -10589,11 +10427,6 @@ func (s *Regex) SetRegexString(v string) *Regex { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Contains one or more regular expressions. // // AWS WAF assigns an ARN to each RegexPatternSet that you create. To use a @@ -10604,8 +10437,7 @@ type RegexPatternSet struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the entity. ARN *string `min:"20" type:"string"` - // A description of the set that helps with identification. You cannot change - // the description of a set after you create it. + // A description of the set that helps with identification. Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A unique identifier for the set. This ID is returned in the responses to @@ -10659,11 +10491,6 @@ func (s *RegexPatternSet) SetRegularExpressionList(v []*Regex) *RegexPatternSet return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // A rule statement used to search web request components for matches with regular // expressions. To use this, create a RegexPatternSet that specifies the expressions // that you want to detect, then use the ARN of that set in this statement. @@ -10768,11 +10595,6 @@ func (s *RegexPatternSetReferenceStatement) SetTextTransformations(v []*TextTran return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // High-level information about a RegexPatternSet, returned by operations like // create and list. This provides information like the ID, that you can use // to retrieve and manage a RegexPatternSet, and the ARN, that you provide to @@ -10783,8 +10605,7 @@ type RegexPatternSetSummary struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the entity. ARN *string `min:"20" type:"string"` - // A description of the set that helps with identification. You cannot change - // the description of a set after you create it. + // A description of the set that helps with identification. Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A unique identifier for the set. This ID is returned in the responses to @@ -10846,11 +10667,6 @@ func (s *RegexPatternSetSummary) SetName(v string) *RegexPatternSetSummary { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // A single rule, which you can use in a WebACL or RuleGroup to identify web // requests that you want to allow, block, or count. Each rule includes one // top-level Statement that AWS WAF uses to identify matching web requests, @@ -11000,11 +10816,6 @@ func (s *Rule) SetVisibilityConfig(v *VisibilityConfig) *Rule { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // The action that AWS WAF should take on a web request when it matches a rule's // statement. Settings at the web ACL level can override the rule action setting. type RuleAction struct { @@ -11048,11 +10859,6 @@ func (s *RuleAction) SetCount(v *CountAction) *RuleAction { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // A rule group defines a collection of rules to inspect and control web requests // that you can use in a WebACL. When you create a rule group, you define an // immutable capacity limit. If you update a rule group, you must stay within @@ -11084,8 +10890,7 @@ type RuleGroup struct { // Capacity is a required field Capacity *int64 `min:"1" type:"long" required:"true"` - // A description of the rule group that helps with identification. You cannot - // change the description of a rule group after you create it. + // A description of the rule group that helps with identification. Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A unique identifier for the rule group. This ID is returned in the responses @@ -11165,11 +10970,6 @@ func (s *RuleGroup) SetVisibilityConfig(v *VisibilityConfig) *RuleGroup { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // A rule statement used to run the rules that are defined in a RuleGroup. To // use this, create a rule group with your rules, then provide the ARN of the // rule group in this statement. @@ -11238,11 +11038,6 @@ func (s *RuleGroupReferenceStatement) SetExcludedRules(v []*ExcludedRule) *RuleG return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // High-level information about a RuleGroup, returned by operations like create // and list. This provides information like the ID, that you can use to retrieve // and manage a RuleGroup, and the ARN, that you provide to the RuleGroupReferenceStatement @@ -11253,8 +11048,7 @@ type RuleGroupSummary struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the entity. ARN *string `min:"20" type:"string"` - // A description of the rule group that helps with identification. You cannot - // change the description of a rule group after you create it. + // A description of the rule group that helps with identification. Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A unique identifier for the rule group. This ID is returned in the responses @@ -11317,11 +11111,6 @@ func (s *RuleGroupSummary) SetName(v string) *RuleGroupSummary { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // High-level information about a Rule, returned by operations like DescribeManagedRuleGroup. // This provides information like the ID, that you can use to retrieve and manage // a RuleGroup, and the ARN, that you provide to the RuleGroupReferenceStatement @@ -11329,11 +11118,6 @@ func (s *RuleGroupSummary) SetName(v string) *RuleGroupSummary { type RuleSummary struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // - // This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, - // 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from - // the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). - // // The action that AWS WAF should take on a web request when it matches a rule's // statement. Settings at the web ACL level can override the rule action setting. Action *RuleAction `type:"structure"` @@ -11364,11 +11148,6 @@ func (s *RuleSummary) SetName(v string) *RuleSummary { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Represents a single sampled web request. The response from GetSampledRequests // includes a SampledHTTPRequests complex type that appears as SampledRequests // in the response syntax. SampledHTTPRequests contains an array of SampledHTTPRequest @@ -11443,11 +11222,6 @@ func (s *SampledHTTPRequest) SetWeight(v int64) *SampledHTTPRequest { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // One of the headers in a web request, identified by name, for example, User-Agent // or Referer. This setting isn't case sensitive. // @@ -11494,11 +11268,6 @@ func (s *SingleHeader) SetName(v string) *SingleHeader { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // One query argument in a web request, identified by name, for example UserName // or SalesRegion. The name can be up to 30 characters long and isn't case sensitive. type SingleQueryArgument struct { @@ -11542,11 +11311,6 @@ func (s *SingleQueryArgument) SetName(v string) *SingleQueryArgument { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // A rule statement that compares a number of bytes against the size of a request // component, using a comparison operator, such as greater than (>) or less // than (<). For example, you can use a size constraint statement to look for @@ -11663,11 +11427,6 @@ func (s *SizeConstraintStatement) SetTextTransformations(v []*TextTransformation return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Attackers sometimes insert malicious SQL code into web requests in an effort // to extract data from your database. To allow or block web requests that appear // to contain malicious SQL code, create one or more SQL injection match conditions. @@ -11750,11 +11509,6 @@ func (s *SqliMatchStatement) SetTextTransformations(v []*TextTransformation) *Sq return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // The processing guidance for a Rule, used by AWS WAF to determine whether // a web request matches the rule. type Statement struct { @@ -12053,11 +11807,6 @@ func (s *Statement) SetXssMatchStatement(v *XssMatchStatement) *Statement { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // A tag associated with an AWS resource. Tags are key:value pairs that you // can use to categorize and manage your resources, for purposes like billing // or other management. Typically, the tag key represents a category, such as @@ -12128,11 +11877,6 @@ func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // The collection of tagging definitions for an AWS resource. Tags are key:value // pairs that you can use to categorize and manage your resources, for purposes // like billing or other management. Typically, the tag key represents a category, @@ -12259,11 +12003,6 @@ func (s TagResourceOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Text transformations eliminate some of the unusual formatting that attackers // use in web requests in an effort to bypass detection. type TextTransformation struct { @@ -12387,11 +12126,6 @@ func (s *TextTransformation) SetType(v string) *TextTransformation { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // In a GetSampledRequests request, the StartTime and EndTime objects specify // the time range for which you want AWS WAF to return a sample of web requests. // @@ -12566,8 +12300,7 @@ type UpdateIPSetInput struct { // Addresses is a required field Addresses []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` - // A description of the IP set that helps with identification. You cannot change - // the description of an IP set after you create it. + // A description of the IP set that helps with identification. Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A unique identifier for the set. This ID is returned in the responses to @@ -12720,8 +12453,7 @@ func (s *UpdateIPSetOutput) SetNextLockToken(v string) *UpdateIPSetOutput { type UpdateRegexPatternSetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // A description of the set that helps with identification. You cannot change - // the description of a set after you create it. + // A description of the set that helps with identification. Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A unique identifier for the set. This ID is returned in the responses to @@ -12886,8 +12618,7 @@ func (s *UpdateRegexPatternSetOutput) SetNextLockToken(v string) *UpdateRegexPat type UpdateRuleGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // A description of the rule group that helps with identification. You cannot - // change the description of a rule group after you create it. + // A description of the rule group that helps with identification. Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A unique identifier for the rule group. This ID is returned in the responses @@ -13078,8 +12809,7 @@ type UpdateWebACLInput struct { // DefaultAction is a required field DefaultAction *DefaultAction `type:"structure" required:"true"` - // A description of the Web ACL that helps with identification. You cannot change - // the description of a Web ACL after you create it. + // A description of the Web ACL that helps with identification. Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The unique identifier for the Web ACL. This ID is returned in the responses @@ -13271,11 +13001,6 @@ func (s *UpdateWebACLOutput) SetNextLockToken(v string) *UpdateWebACLOutput { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // The path component of the URI of a web request. This is the part of a web // request that identifies a resource, for example, /images/daily-ad.jpg. // @@ -13295,11 +13020,6 @@ func (s UriPath) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // Defines and enables Amazon CloudWatch metrics and web request sample collection. type VisibilityConfig struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -14268,11 +13988,6 @@ func (s *WAFUnavailableEntityException) RequestID() string { return s.RespMetadata.RequestID } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // A Web ACL defines a collection of rules to use to inspect and control web // requests. Each rule has an action defined (allow, block, or count) for requests // that match the statement of the rule. In the Web ACL, you assign a default @@ -14307,8 +14022,7 @@ type WebACL struct { // DefaultAction is a required field DefaultAction *DefaultAction `type:"structure" required:"true"` - // A description of the Web ACL that helps with identification. You cannot change - // the description of a Web ACL after you create it. + // A description of the Web ACL that helps with identification. Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A unique identifier for the WebACL. This ID is returned in the responses @@ -14439,11 +14153,6 @@ func (s *WebACL) SetVisibilityConfig(v *VisibilityConfig) *WebACL { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // High-level information about a WebACL, returned by operations like create // and list. This provides information like the ID, that you can use to retrieve // and manage a WebACL, and the ARN, that you provide to operations like AssociateWebACL. @@ -14453,8 +14162,7 @@ type WebACLSummary struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the entity. ARN *string `min:"20" type:"string"` - // A description of the Web ACL that helps with identification. You cannot change - // the description of a Web ACL after you create it. + // A description of the Web ACL that helps with identification. Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The unique identifier for the Web ACL. This ID is returned in the responses @@ -14517,11 +14225,6 @@ func (s *WebACLSummary) SetName(v string) *WebACLSummary { return s } -// -// This is the latest version of AWS WAF, named AWS WAFV2, released in November, -// 2019. For information, including how to migrate your AWS WAF resources from -// the prior release, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/waf-chapter.html). -// // A rule statement that defines a cross-site scripting (XSS) match search for // AWS WAF to apply to web requests. XSS attacks are those where the attacker // uses vulnerabilities in a benign website as a vehicle to inject malicious @@ -14604,6 +14307,26 @@ func (s *XssMatchStatement) SetTextTransformations(v []*TextTransformation) *Xss return s } +const ( + // BodyParsingFallbackBehaviorMatch is a BodyParsingFallbackBehavior enum value + BodyParsingFallbackBehaviorMatch = "MATCH" + + // BodyParsingFallbackBehaviorNoMatch is a BodyParsingFallbackBehavior enum value + BodyParsingFallbackBehaviorNoMatch = "NO_MATCH" + + // BodyParsingFallbackBehaviorEvaluateAsString is a BodyParsingFallbackBehavior enum value + BodyParsingFallbackBehaviorEvaluateAsString = "EVALUATE_AS_STRING" +) + +// BodyParsingFallbackBehavior_Values returns all elements of the BodyParsingFallbackBehavior enum +func BodyParsingFallbackBehavior_Values() []string { + return []string{ + BodyParsingFallbackBehaviorMatch, + BodyParsingFallbackBehaviorNoMatch, + BodyParsingFallbackBehaviorEvaluateAsString, + } +} + const ( // ComparisonOperatorEq is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorEq = "EQ" @@ -15692,6 +15415,26 @@ func IPAddressVersion_Values() []string { } } +const ( + // JsonMatchScopeAll is a JsonMatchScope enum value + JsonMatchScopeAll = "ALL" + + // JsonMatchScopeKey is a JsonMatchScope enum value + JsonMatchScopeKey = "KEY" + + // JsonMatchScopeValue is a JsonMatchScope enum value + JsonMatchScopeValue = "VALUE" +) + +// JsonMatchScope_Values returns all elements of the JsonMatchScope enum +func JsonMatchScope_Values() []string { + return []string{ + JsonMatchScopeAll, + JsonMatchScopeKey, + JsonMatchScopeValue, + } +} + const ( // ParameterExceptionFieldWebAcl is a ParameterExceptionField enum value ParameterExceptionFieldWebAcl = "WEB_ACL" @@ -15821,6 +15564,15 @@ const ( // ParameterExceptionFieldHeaderName is a ParameterExceptionField enum value ParameterExceptionFieldHeaderName = "HEADER_NAME" + + // ParameterExceptionFieldJsonMatchPattern is a ParameterExceptionField enum value + ParameterExceptionFieldJsonMatchPattern = "JSON_MATCH_PATTERN" + + // ParameterExceptionFieldJsonMatchScope is a ParameterExceptionField enum value + ParameterExceptionFieldJsonMatchScope = "JSON_MATCH_SCOPE" + + // ParameterExceptionFieldBodyParsingFallbackBehavior is a ParameterExceptionField enum value + ParameterExceptionFieldBodyParsingFallbackBehavior = "BODY_PARSING_FALLBACK_BEHAVIOR" ) // ParameterExceptionField_Values returns all elements of the ParameterExceptionField enum @@ -15869,6 +15621,9 @@ func ParameterExceptionField_Values() []string { ParameterExceptionFieldForwardedIpConfig, ParameterExceptionFieldIpSetForwardedIpConfig, ParameterExceptionFieldHeaderName, + ParameterExceptionFieldJsonMatchPattern, + ParameterExceptionFieldJsonMatchScope, + ParameterExceptionFieldBodyParsingFallbackBehavior, } }